Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 583

UTRAN

UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms


Description
Student Guide
TMO18255_V2.0-SG Edition 1

COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT @@YEAR. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not
permitted without written authorization from Alcatel-Lucent

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


Terms of use and legal notices

Switch to notes view!


TERMS OF USE AND LEGAL NOTICE
Alcatel-Lucent provides this training course to you subject to these Terms of Use and Legal Notice. Your use of this training course
and/or this site constitutes your acceptance of and agreement to these Terms of Use and Legal Notice. These Terms of Use and Legal
Notice, as well as the contents of this training course, may be updated or amended by Alcatel-Lucent from time to time without prior
notice to you. Your use of the Alcatel-Lucent training materials after such update or amendment constitutes your acceptance of and
agreement to said updated or amended Terms of Use and Legal Notice.

SAFETY WARNING
Alcatel-Lucent training materials can be for products or refer to products that have both lethal and dangerous voltages present. Always
observe all safety precautions and do not work on the equipment alone. The user is strongly advised not to wear conductive jewelry
while working on the products. Equipment referred to or used during this course may be electrostatic sensitive. Please observe correct
anti-static precautions.

PERMISSION TO USE CONTENT


The information, communications, scripts, photos, text, video, graphics, music, sounds, images and other materials provided in this
training course (collectively the "Content"), is intended for the lawful use of employees of Alcatel-Lucent and other authorized
participants in this Alcatel-Lucent training course. You are hereby granted a non-exclusive, non-transferable permission to access and
use the Content solely for your personal training and non-commercial use. This permission may be terminated by Alcatel-Lucent at
any time for any reason or no reason, with or without notice. You must immediately cease use of the Content upon such termination.

COPYRIGHTS AND TRADEMARKS


The unauthorized copying, displaying or other use of any Content from this training course is a violation of the law and Alcatel-Lucents
corporate policies. The Content is protected in France, the U.S. and other countries by a variety of laws, including but not limited to,
copyright laws and treaty provisions, trademark laws, patent laws and other proprietary rights laws (collectively, "IP Rights"). In
addition to Alcatel-Lucents IP Rights in the Content, in part and in whole, Alcatel-Lucent, and any of the third parties who have
licensed and/or contributed to the Content, owns a copyright in the formatting and presentation of the Content.
Alcatel-Lucent does not grant you any permission to use the Content other than the permission expressly stated in these Terms of Use
and Legal Notice. All other use of Content from this training course, including, but not limited to, modification, publication, transmission,
participation in the transfer or sale of, copying, reproduction, republishing, creation of derivative works from, distribution, performance,
display,
2
incorporation into another training course or presentation, or in any other way exploiting any of the Content, in whole or in
part,@@PRODUCT
for uses other than those expressly permitted COPYRIGHT
hereinisALCATEL-LUCENT
strictly prohibited and shall not be made without Alcatel-Lucents prior
2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

written consent. All characters appearing in this training course are fictitious. Any resemblance to real persons, living or dead, is purely
@@COURSENAME
coincidental.
There may be a number of proprietary logos, marks, trademarks, slogans and product designations found in the Content. Alcatel,
Lucent, Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logos are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent. All other trademarks are the property of their
respective owners. Alcatel-Lucent does not grant you a license to use any of the foregoing logos, marks, trademarks, slogans and
product designations in any fashion. Granting of the right to access and use the Content for training purposes does not confer upon
you any license under any of Alcatel-Lucents or any third party's IP Rights.

DISCLAIMER
ALCATEL-LUCENT DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES REGARDING THE TRAINING COURSES OR THE CONTENT, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
THE ALCATEL-LUCENT WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE FOR ANY INJURY, LOSS, CLAIM, DAMAGE, OR ANY SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION
LOSS PROFITS OR LOSS SAVINGS), WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, THAT ARISES OUT
OF OR IS IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH (A) ANY USE OR MISUSE OF THE CONTENT OR THE TRAINING COURSES BY YOU, OR (B)
ANY FAILURE OR DELAY BY ALCATEL-LUCENT, ITS OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES IN CONNECTION WITH THE
CONTENT OR THE TRAINING COURSES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE ANY COMPONENT
OF THE CONTENT OR TRAINING BY YOU). SOME JURISDICTIONS LIMIT OR PROHIBIT SUCH EXCLUSION OF WARRANTIES OR
LIMITATION OF LIABILITIES AND SO THE FOREGOING EXCLUSION OF WARRANTIES OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY MAY NOT APPLY
TO YOU.

GOVERNING LAW
These Terms of Use and Legal Notice are governed by the laws of France. The operation and use of the training course is governed by
the laws of the country that governs your employment contract, if applicable. If any provision of these Terms of Use and Legal Notice,
or the application thereto to a person or circumstance, is held invalid or unenforceable by law, statute or a court of competent
jurisdiction, for any reason, then such provision shall be modified and/or superseded by a provision that reflects the intent of the
original provision as closely as possible. All other provisions of these Terms of Use and Legal Notice shall remain in full force and
effect. You may not assign these Terms of Use or any permission granted hereunder without Alcatel-Lucents prior written
consent. Nothing herein shall be deemed an employment agreement or an offer of employment or an alteration in any way of a users
terms of employment with or within Alcatel-Lucent.
Copyright 2011 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


Course outline

Welcome to UTRAN
1. W-CDMA 4. Topic/Section is Positioned Here
R99 Algorithms Description
1. 9300
UA08 UTRAN Parameters
W-CDMA R99and Objects Description
Algorithms
5. Topic/Section is Positioned Here
2. UTRAN Configuration
3. Services
1. W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description 6. Topic/Section is Positioned Here
1. UTRAN
4. Measurements Parameters and Objects
2. UTRAN Configuration 7. Topic/Section is Positioned Here
5. Call Admission
3. Services
6. Power Management
4. Measurements
7. Call Management
5. Call Admission
8. Mobility in Reselection
6. Power Management
9. Mobility in SHO
7. Call Management
10. 8.Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
Mobility in Reselection
11. 9.Inter-Carrier
Mobility in SHO Mobility at RRC Connection
12. 10.
Abbreviations and Acronyms
Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
11. Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
12. Abbreviations and Acronyms

3 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


@@PRODUCT
@@COURSENAME

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


Course objectives

UTRAN
Upon completion of this course, you should be able to:

UA08 9300 the


- describe W-CDMA R99
organization of Algorithms Description
UTRAN parameters
- evaluate the impact of parameter modifications
- completion
Upon describe the of UTRAN Configuration
this course, you shouldManagement
be able to: process and tools
- describe main measurements purpose and use
- describe Compressed Mode principles, implementation, configuration, and
impacts
describe on other UTRAN
the organization features
of UTRAN parameters
- describe the mobility in Idle and the associated parameters: Cell Selection, Cell reselection
evaluate the impact of parameter modifications
- describe the call establishment and the associated parameters: RAB Matching, IRM RAB to
describe the UTRAN
RB Mapping, Configuration
CAC, CELL_FACH Management
admission process and tools
- describe the packet data management
describe the main measurement purposes and use principles: Always On, Rb Rate Adaptation, iRM
Scheduling, iRM Preemption and associated parameters
describe Compressed
- describe powerMode principles,and
management implementation, configuration,
control with the associatedand impacts on other UTRAN features
parameters
- describe Handover types and purpose: SHO, Alarm Handovers, iMCTA algorithm
describe the mobility in Idle and the associated parameters: Cell Selection, Cell reselection

Course content
describe the call establishment and the associated parameters: RAB Matching, IRM RAB to RB Mapping, CAC,
1 UTRAN Parameters and Objects
CELL_FACH admission
1 UTRAN Parameters and Objects
describe
2 UTRAN the packet data management principles: Always On, Rb Rate Adaptation, iRM Scheduling, iRM
Configuration
Preemption
3 Services and associated parameters
4 Measurements
describe power management and control with the associated parameters
5 Call Admission
describe
6 Power Handover types and purpose: SHO, Alarm Handovers, iMCTA algorithm
Management
4
7 Call Management
@@PRODUCT
COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

7 Call Management
@@COURSENAME

Your feedback is appreciated!


Please feel free to Email your comments to:

training.feedback@alcatel-lucent.com

Please include the following training reference in your email:


TMO18255_V2.0-SG Edition 1

Thank you!

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


Section 1
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

W-CDMA R99 Algorithms


Description
Module 1
UTRAN Parameters and Objects
TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1

UTRAN
UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
TMO18255_V2.0-SG Edition 1

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 1
Blank page

112 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Document History

Edition Date Author Remarks

01 YYYY-MM-DD Last name, first name First edition

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 2
Module objectives

Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:

Describe the organization of UTRAN parameters

113 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 3
Module objectives [cont.]

114 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 4
Table of contents

Switch to notes view! Page

1 UTRAN Configuration Overview 7


1.1 UTRAN Configuration Process & Tools 8
1.2 Customer Input Questionnaire 9
1.3 UTRAN CM Solution Overview 10
1.4 UTRAN CM XML Files Exchange 11
2 Organization of UTRAN Parameters 12
2.1 UTRAN Objects Mapping 13
2.2 UTRAN Parameter Domain 14
2.3 RAN Parameter Types 15
2.4 RAN Attribute Activation Classes 17
2.5 RAN Object Activation Classes 18
2.6 RRM Subtree 19
2.7 Configuration Classes Instantiation 20

115 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 5
Table of contents [cont.]

Switch to notes view!

116 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 6
1 UTRAN configuration overview

117 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
1 UTRAN configuration overview
1.1 UTRAN configuration process & tools
Planning
Activities

ATM
RF
ND IP

Provisioning
Activities WPS for Access

OA&M
Activities

Configuration Data
Main Server

118 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This process describes how to configure UTRAN Network Elements (NEs) during a deployment phase. The main
steps are the following:
Planning Activities:
Check UTRAN CIQs consistency
Provide neighboring XML files for cell planning
Provide the last WPS templates and ATM Profile
Provisioning Activities:
Generate full configuration with WPS
Export XML files from WPS
Operation Administration & Maintenance Activities:
Load configuration data into their respective NEs
Build the database (MIB) of the RNS and make sure all the local pieces of information are up-to-date.
Perform real-time adjustments to the initial network configuration.
Note:
These steps do not necessarily apply to other contexts such as introduction of new features, addition of new NEs,
network optimization, etc.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 8
1 UTRAN configuration overview
1.2 Customer Input Questionnaire (CIQ)
Network system definition
Engineering rules
Network requirements
Addressing rules
Deployment constraints
...
...

A
T
RRM Parameters A M Para
T
RRM ParametersrsA M Para meters
e sTM Par meter

D si n
t e

k De sig
RRM Parameters
ram ete

ig n
r ame s

es g
a

or rk De
P P

n
m s ters
I Para eter

tw o rk
P m s
I Para ter

Ne tw o
N etw
I P ra m e e rs
a t
FP me

N
.
.. R Para

e

F
R




Operator Engineering
Teams Teams
CIQ (Core, Local)

119 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The Customer Input Questionnaire is a repository where all parameter values and configuration data required for
the later datafill of the UTRAN subsystem are stored.
As mentioned in the document header: "The CIQ is used by the Wireless Network Engineering team, Regional
Engineering and deployment personnel to better understand the customer requirements.
Each manager of a Local Engineering team (in relation with the other activity groups) is in charge of filling his own
part of the CIQ along with the operator:
RadioFrequency (RF) staff fills RF parameters. The RF team can also provide XML files coming from any cell
planning tool such as iPlanner.
IP engineering staff fills the IP addresses.
ATM engineering staff fills the ATM parameters.
Etc.

The UTRAN CIQ template highlights for each parameter the domain it belongs to (Design, IP, ATM, etc.).
At WPS level, the UTRAN datafill engineer is in charge of checking the consistency and completeness of the UTRAN
CIQs.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 9
1 UTRAN configuration overview
1.3 UTRAN CM solution overview

Wireless Network Management System

Off-
Off-line On-
On-line
WPS Access
Main Server

XML Files

XML

Open BTS
Engineering Tools I-Node C-Node
Interface
RNC NodeB

Provisioning OA&M

1 1 10 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

For the UMTS Access Network, Wireless-Network Management System provides two complementary sets of
configuration tools:
An off-line configuration tool to support network engineering.
An on-line configuration tool to support network operations.
These two toolkits fully inter-work and provide a consistent user environment for the engineering and operations
staff.
Off-lineconfiguration is designed to support efficient bulk configuration of the UTRAN by the engineering staff.
Users can import, modify and export data, both from the UMTS access network and from 3rd party engineering
tools (such as iPlanner). Off-line Configuration delivers a seamless network-engineering environment from initial
network design through to actual network configuration.
On-lineconfiguration has been designed to change the configuration of the UTRAN in real-time. Not adapted to
bulk configuration, the On-line configuration mainly concerns specific operations such as extending the
network, adding NEs, etc.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 10
1 UTRAN configuration overview
1.4 UTRAN CM XML files exchange

WPS

S D
XML snapshots
Import/Export

Import/Export

WPS Import S WNMS Export

WPS Export D WNMS Import


Main server
XML Workorders
S D
Live network

WPS

1 1 11 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

S = Snapshot & D = Delta

At any time during the network building steps, the datafiller can export part of his work towards other platforms.
The following Configuration Management (CM) files can be exported:
Snapshots

Work orders
According to the option selected, the result of the export will be very different:
Exportingthe current state of the network as a snapshot means merging the elementary operations performed
by the work orders with the initial snapshot. As WPS says: the current planning view is the result of the
execution of work orders on the initial snapshot.
Exporting the work order means gathering all the elementary operations performed upon a snapshot into a CM
file for further use (other WPS platforms, W-NMS).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 11
2 Organization of UTRAN parameters

1 1 12 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
2 Organization of UTRAN parameters
2.1 UTRAN objects mapping

FDDCell /0 BTSCell /0

NodeB BTSEquipment

FDDCell /1 BTSCell /1

RNC

CN IN PP15K -IN

RNCEquipment

Logical Configuration Hardware Equipment

1 1 13 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The RAN model is split into two parts:


Hardware Equipment: this part groups all elements (parameters) that define the equipment (BTS) and the
Passport module (Pmod). It is the physical part of that model.
Logical Configuration: this other part groups all elements that define the Node B and RNC logical configuration.
It is called logical part because it defines the software for logical radio sectors and logical RNC nodes.
To create a link between the Hardware Equipment (physical part) and the Logical Configuration (logical part), it is
necessary to link several elements from both parts. For example, to link the logical sectors to the physical
equipment, the user has to attach a BTSCell (physical part) to one FddCell (logical part). This specific operation is
called Mapping.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 13
2 Organization of UTRAN parameters
2.2 UTRAN parameter domain

MIB

RAN Model
Based
NodeB
Control
Node
W-NMS
WiPS
MIB

Passport
Based
Access Interface
Node Node

1 1 14 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Two different types of parameters are designed to configure a UMTS Access Network:
Control Node, Node B and RAN parameters
Interface Node, Access Node and Passport parameters
Changing parameter values may impact the behavior of the live network.
For RAN parameters, the impact triggered by a parameter modification is strongly linked with the parameter classes
(see next slide).
For Passport parameters, it is not always easy to predict the impact of a parameter modification. Possible
consequences are:
nothing

reset of an interface
reset of a module
reset of a node

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 14
2 Organization of UTRAN parameters
2.3 RAN parameter types

RNC OMC

Static

Non-Static Customer

Example:

1 1 15 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

There are two main kinds of parameters in the Alcatel-Lucent system: static and configuration parameters.

The static parameters have the following characteristics:


They have a fixed value and cannot be modified at the Access OAM.
They are part of the network element load.
A new network element needs to be reloaded and built in order to change their values.
They cannot be modified by the customer.

The configuration parameters have the following characteristic: they are contained in the Access OAM database.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 15
2 Organization of UTRAN parameters
2.3 RAN parameter types [cont.]

The customer parameters have been reviewed and tagged with the following rules:
System_restricted:
Parameters which should not be modified in live networks. Proposal also to align the settings for these
parameters on WNE templates at upgrade
Customer_setting:
Parameters which have to be set by the customer, either due to design or to activate optional features
Expert_tuning:
Parameters which can be modified by the customer, but with a specific support from Alcatel-Lucent, because of
the complexity or sensitivity of this parameter with respect to QoS.
Customer_tuning:
Parameters which can be modified by the customer, without specific support from Alcatel-Lucent

1 1 16 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This table gives an overview of the number of parameters in UA07:


Count of Object User
Domain Class Customer Manufacturer Grand Total
BTS 0 87 44 131
2 2 2
3 310 3 313
BTS Total 399 47 446
RNC 0 177 16 193
2 97 97
3 1918 8 1926
RNC Total 2192 24 2216
Grand Total 2591 71 2662
Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.
TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 16
2 Organization of UTRAN parameters
2.4 RAN attribute activation classes
Class 0
Activation classes apply to
Customer and Manufacturer parameters

MIB

Class 2
MIB build required
(most common case)

Class 3 (A1, A2, B)

lock/unlock required

On-line modification allowed

1 1 17 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Class0: value set at object creation. Parameters require a build to be implemented on the NEs large impact on
system
Class2: parameters require a lock of the object(or its parent object) in order to change the parameter value - slight
impact on system
Class3: the parameter can be changed online without impact on the service. Three sub-classes are derived from
Class 3:
Class 3-A1: new value is immediately taken into account.
Class 3-A2: new value is taken into account upon event reception (service establishment, SRLR, LCS, etc.).
Class 3-B: new value is taken into account for next calls.
Customer: the parameter is configurable from the OMC and seen by the operator
Manufacturer: the parameter is configurable from the OMC and only seen by Alcatel-Lucent engineering teams

Example:

MO Name MO Attribute Name Class

PowerPartConfClass CallAdmissionRatio 3-a1

HSDPACellClass maximumNumberOfUsers 3-a2

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 17
2 Organization of UTRAN parameters
2.5 RAN object activation classes
Not Allowed
On-line Creation / Deletion behavior

Allowed With Parent MIB

MIB build required

Allowed With Lock

Parent modification required

Allowed
Lock/unlock required

On-line modification allowed

1 1 18 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The object activation class defines the object behavior with respect to the create online and delete online
operations.
Not Allowed: the object cannot be created/deleted online. A build is required.
AllowedWith Parent: the object can be created/deleted online but the operation requires the creation/deletion
of the parent.
Allowed With Lock: the object can be created/deleted online but the operation requires locking the object or
one of its ancestors in the containment tree.
Allowed: the object can be created/deleted online.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 18
2 Organization of UTRAN parameters
2.6 RRM subtree
RNC

RadioAccessService

DedicatedConf

ConfigurationClassX ConfigurationClassY ConfigurationClassZ

InstanceN InstanceN InstanceN

Instance...
Instance...
Instance...
Instance...
Instance3
Instance3
Instance2
Instance2
Instance2

Instance1 Instance1 Instance1

1 1 19 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Radio Resource Management is an essential piece of the RNC controlling the radio resources allocated to the users.
The RadioAccessService object is the root of the RRM architecture. It includes a set of parameters that apply to the
whole Radio Network Subsystem.
Some of the parameters of the RRM tree are stored in libraries composed of Configuration Classes and Configuration
Classes Instances.
There are 7 Main Configuration Classes, some of them containing children:
CacConfClass

HoConfClass

MeasurementConfClass

NodeBConfClass

PowerConfClass

PowerPartClass

PowerCtrlConClass

Each of these Configuration Classes can have a maximum of 5 different instances. Each instance then corresponds
to a predefined set of parameters (see example next page).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 19
2 Organization of UTRAN parameters
2.7 Configuration classes instantiation

RNC

RadioAccessService

DedicatedConf

MeasurementConfClass PowerConfClass PowerCtrlConfClass PowerPartConfClass HoConfClass CacConfClass

FDDCell

Example

CacConfClass//
CacConfClass 0

firstRlOvsfCodeCacThreshold
maxDlEstablishmentRbRate 85
384
FDDCell
maxUlEstablishmentRbRate 384
64
cacConfId 0
maxUlInterferenceLevel -50.0

1 1 20 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Configuration Classes are involved in Node B, FDDCell and NeighbouringRNC configuration.


Once all the configuration classes are defined, each FDDcell belonging to the RNC has pointers defined by the
following parameters:
powerConfId

powerPartId

powerCtrlConfId

hoConfId

cacConfId

measurementConfId

In the example above, we can see that each instance of CacConfClass includes a set of predefined parameters.
Each parameter belonging to the CacConfClass object can take a different value under each instance.
For example, the maxUlInterferenceLevel can take values from -112 dBm to -50 dBm according to the selected
instance.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 20
End of module
UTRAN Parameters and Objects

1 1 21 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Parameters and Objects
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.1 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 1 Page 21
Section 1
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

W-CDMA R99 Algorithms


Description
Module 2
UTRAN Configuration
TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1

UTRAN
UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
TMO18255_V2.0-SG Edition 1

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 1
Blank page

122 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Document History

Edition Date Author Remarks

01 YYYY-MM-DD Last name, first name First edition

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 2
Module objectives

Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:

Describe the RNC configuration and its associated parameters


Describe the Node B configuration and its associated parameters
Describe the neighboring cell configuration and its associated parameters

123 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 3
Module objectives [cont.]

124 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 4
Table of contents

Switch to notes view! Page

1 RNC configuration 7
1.1 Identification & capacity 8
2 Node B configuration 9
2.1 FDDCell identifiers 10
2.2 Channel numbers 11
2.3 Scrambling codes 12
2.4 Automatic carrier switch off 13
2.4.1 Switch off description 14
2.4.2 Switch on description 15
2.4.3 RAN model 16
2.5 Node B capacity licensing 17
3 Neighboring cell configuration 19
3.1 FDDCell, RemoteFDDCell, GSMCell 20
3.1.1 Corresponding RAN model 21
3.2 UMTSFddNeighbouringCell 22
3.3 GsmNeighbouringCell 23
3.4 UmtsNeighbouringRelation 24
3.4.1 Example 25
3.5 SIB11/DCH neighboring lists 26

125 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 5
Table of contents [cont.]

Switch to notes view!

126 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 6
1 RNC configuration

127 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 7
1 RNC configuration
1.1 Identification & capacity

serviceGroupId (NodeB)

NodeB

RNC NodeB Iub


NodeB
rncId (RNC)
Iub
NodeB
Iub
RNC

rncId (RNC) NodeB

NodeB

numberOfServicesGroup (RNC) serviceGroupId (Iub)


NodeB

128 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The different RNCs of the network are simply identified by their rncId under the RNC object.

The capacity of the RNC in terms of number of calls, number of supported BTSs and cells depends on two major
factors:
The number of TMUs (hardware configuration)
The software configuration.
The cnodeCapacity parameter is no longer supported from UA06.
From UA06, the service group to which a given Node B is allocated can be specified by the operator
(serviceGroupId parameter of the NodeB object).
It is also possible to know on which TMU an RNC has set a given service group. Thus with these facilities, it is now
possible to modify the affectation of one Node B from a given service group to another one (and consequently from
a PMC-TMU to another one). This possibility may be interesting in order to better balance the load between the
PMC-TMU if needed. Nevertheless, it has to be noticed that the re-affectation of one Node B from a Service Group to
another one implies a loss of service on this Node B.
The number of service groups of an RNC is specified by the numberOfServiceGroups parameter of the RNC
object.
The serviceGroupId parameter of the Iub object specifies which service group this Iub interface is assigned to. All
IubIfs provisioned with the same serviceGroupId will be processed by the same PMC-TMU processor. The
serviceGroupId provisioned on this IubIf must match the serviceGroupId configured on the RNC NodeB managed
object.

Service group id refers to a given TMU board and that numberOfServicesGroup = total number of TMU boards.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 8
2 Node B configuration

129 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 9
2 Node B configuration
2.1 FDDCell identifiers

Logical Objects Physical Objects


(3GPP) (Alcatel-Lucent)

Operator (OAM)

RNC
NodeB BTSEquipment
rncId (RNC)

+
cellId (FDDCell)
FDDCell BTSCell

=
ucid (FDDCell)
localCellId (FDDCell)
localCellId (BTSCell)

1 2 10 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The standardization of the Iub interface has driven Alcatel-Lucent to define an object model based on a logical part
and a physical part in order to cope with the multi-vendor configurations:
The logical part of the equipment (Node B and RNC) is managed by the OMC-R.
The physical part of the equipment (BTS) is managed by the OMC-B.
The mapping between the two parts is ensured by the localCellId parameter, coded into 28 bits, found under the
FDDCell and BTSCell objects. It is recommended to have a unique localCellId in the whole network for OAM
purposes, to prevent problems during neighboring declaration.
In the UTRAN, the different cells (part of the Node Bs) are identified uniquely by their ucid.
This ucid contains the identifier of the RNC, the rncId, coded into 12 bits, defined under the RNC object and also the
cellId, coded into 16 bits, defined under the FDDCell object.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 10
2 Node B configuration
2.2 Channel numbers

RNC
NodeB
Operator (OAM)

FDDCell

dlFrequencyNumber (FDDCell) ulFrequencyNumber (FDDCell)

ITU Region UL (MHz) UARFCN DL (MHz) UARFCN

1 and 3 1920-1980 9612-9888 2110-2170 10562-10838

2 1850-1910 9262-9538 1930-1990 9662-9938

1 2 11 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The frequency of a carrier is defined:


in uplink by the ulFrequencyNumber parameter.
in downlink by the dlFrequencyNumber parameter.
Both parameters correspond to the UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (UARFCN) where: UARFCN =
5 * Frequency (MHz).
UTRAN is designed to operate with the following Tx-Rx frequency separation:
ITU Region 1 & 3; duplex shift = 190 MHz
ITU Region 2; duplex shift = 80 MHz
However, it is possible to have a channel separation which is different from these standard values, due to the
channel raster.
The channel raster is 200 kHz, which means that the center frequency must be an integer multiple of 200 kHz.
The nominal channel spacing is 5 MHz, but this can be adjusted to optimize performance in a particular deployment
scenario.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 11
2 Node B configuration
2.3 Scrambling codes

primaryScramblingCode (FDDCell)
aichScramblingCode(RACH)
sccpchDlScramblingCode(SCCPCH)

Scrambling code NodeB

Channelizationcode 1

User 1 signal

Channelizationcode 2

User 2 signal

Channelizationcode 3

User 3 signal

1 2 12 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

A UE is surrounded by Base Transceiver Stations (BTSs), all of which transmit on the same W-CDMA frequency.
It must be able to discriminate between the different cells of different base stations and listen to only one set of
channel codes. Therefore, two types of codes are used:
DLChannelization Code.
The user data are spread synchronously with different channelization codes. The orthogonality properties of
OVSF enables the UE to recover each of its bits without being disturbed by other user channels.
DLScrambling Code.
Scrambling is used for cell identification.

Scrambling Code parameters


The Primary Scrambling Code (P-SC) of each cell is set with the primaryScramblingCode parameter of the
FDDCell object. The range of the P-SC must be between 0 and 511. On the Iub interface, the system will convert
this value (defined as i) using the following formula: P-SC = 16*i.
When Secondary SCq are not in use, the aichScramblingCode and the sccpchDlScramblingCode must be set to 0.
The 0 value will define the AICH Scrambling Code = the Primary SC and the S-CCPCH Scrambling Code = the
Primary SC.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 12
2 Node B configuration
2.4 Automatic carrier switch off

The Automatic Carrier Switch Off intends to automatically shut down


the secondary carrier(s) on an STSR X+Y Node B site in case of:
low traffic
AC mains failure isAutomaticSwitchOff(FDDCell)

MCPA F1 F1 Overlay Carrier


to be switched off

MCPA F2 F2Base Carrier


softShutdownTimer
(Shutdownconfclass)
Carrier switch off steps:
1. Cell barring is activated preventing new calls on the cell
2. When the softShutdownTimer expires, the CPICH power and max Tx
power of the cell will be reduced forcing users to handoff to other cells /
carriers
3. The cell is deleted and the PA is switched off
1 2 13 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

ACSO: Automatic Carrier Switch Off

The automatic carrier shutdown in case of low traffic is supported:


on STSR X+Y Node B where a sector is served by two MCPAs or two TRDUs.
on STSR X+Y configurations with 2 RRHs per sector where a sector is served by 2 MCPAs.

The automatic switch off configurations allowed are STSR 1+1, STSR 2+1 and STSR 2+2.

The automatic carrier shutdown in case of power supply alarm is supported on STSR x+y with AC supply.

The procedure used to unload the cells of a carrier to be shut down is the same as the one used by the Node B Soft
Shutdown feature available from UA06.

The automatic reconfiguration of the remaining carrier for HSDPA support is in restriction.
This means that if R99 is configured on F1 & HSxPA on F2 on a STSR1+1 configuration, when F2 will be shut down,
the customer will lose the HSxPA coverage.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 13
2.4 Automatic carrier switch off
2.4.1 Switch off description
choiceOfFormulaForSwitchOff(autoSwitchOffConfClass)

Triggering based on power amplification

baseAndOverlayCellPowerThres
holdForSwitchOff(autoSwitchO
overlayCellPowerThresholdForSwitchOff ffConfClass)
(autoSwitchOffConfClass)

F1 PA Occupancy
F1 + F2 PA Occupancy

And/or triggering based on cell load

RL Load on F1 < OverlayCellLoadThresholdForSwi


F1 tchOff(autoSwitchOffConfClass)

baseAndOverlayCellLoadThres
RL Load on F1 + F2 < holdForSwitchOff(autoSwitchO
F2 ffConfClass)

1 2 14 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Feature benefits:

ACSO in case of low traffic allows saving energy during off-peak hours: when all the cells relating to a particular
Power Amplifier of a Node B are switched off, then the Node B will switch off the Power Amplifier (the Power
Amplifier is in standby mode : the radio power module is switched off, while the digital unit remains alive).

ACSO in case of AC mains failures allows saving battery energy in degraded conditions: when the Node B PA
loses AC mains power, backup battery takes over and the node B informs the RNC that this event occurred.
The RNC starts to switch off all the cells relating to that PA. Once all the cells are switched off, the Node B will
switch off the PA.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 14
2.4 Automatic carrier switch off
2.4.2 Switch on description

Switch on when:

baseCellPowerThresholdForSwitchOn
(autoSwitchOffConfClass)

F2 or Base Cell PA Occupancy

And/or triggering based on cell load

F1 baseCellLoadThreshold
RL Load on Overlay Cell F2 > ForSwitchOn(autoSwitc
hOffConfClass)

F2

1 2 15 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 15
2.4 Automatic carrier switch off
2.4.3 RAN model
BTSEquipment
RNC
paSwitchOffActivationOnAcFailure
SamplingRateForAutoCarrierSwitchOffMeasur
e

RadioAccessService
NodeB
isUplinkRadioLoadEnabled

FDDCell
isAutomaticSwitchOff
cellIdForSwicthOn ShutdownConfClass 132 AutoSwitchOffConfClass 132
shutdownConfClassId
autoSwitchOffConfClassId softShutdownTimer IsAlarmGenerated
isHSxPAToBeReconfigured cellShrinkStep shutdownConfClassId
cellShrinkStepDuration filterCoefficientForSwitchOff
IsEmergencyCallChecked filterCoefficientForSwitchOn
additionalTimerForEmergencyCall startTimeValiditySwitchOff
endTimeValiditySwitchOff
Weighting fators (W1-W18)
baseCellPowerThresholdForSwitchOn
baseAndOverlayCellPowerThresholdForSwitchOff
baseCellLoadThresholdForSwitchOn
overlayCellPowerThresholdForSwitchOff
choiceOfFormulaForSwitchOff
baseAndOverlayCellLoadThresholdForSwitchOff
overlayCellLoadThresholdForSwitchOff

1 2 16 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 16
2 Node B configuration
2.5 Node B capacity licensing

Node B
Per OMC capacity licenses

License keys OMC


server Spare capacity
License keys
Capacity dispatched to the
management BTS
NodeBs capacity controlled
via licensing capacity
parameters

R99 CE capacity
xTRM
xTRM i or
Node B xCEM/eCEM HSDPA capacity
Node B MCPA RRH
Node B EDCH capacity
Node B

Activation of second carrier


Remaining H/W Capacity PA Power

S/W allowed Capacity RRH power Number of carriers

1 2 17 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This feature provides the technical base for Pay-as-you-grow commercial schemes. With a licensing scheme in
place, the operator can order HW with a reduced capacity and subsequently purchase licenses for additional
capacity.
Node B capacity licenses are per OMC; the operator can distribute capacity between controlled BTSs via licensing
parameters.
The following Node B capacity aspects are managed in UA06 via this feature: CEM R99 capacity, CEM HSDPA
capacity, CEM HSUPA capacity, xTRM capacity, RRH capacity, PA power and RRH power.
Additional capacity license is OMC wide and can be distributed between the controlled BTSs (intra-OMC). There is no
exchange of licenses between OMCs.
License file: it is a file describing the total capacity (temporary or permanent) allocated for all BTSs of a given OMC.
This file is protected by a digital signature.
HW Capacities: The customer can purchase HW and capacities independently.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 17
2 Node B configuration
2.5 Node B capacity licensing [cont.]

BtsEquipment

Capacity PaResource RemoteRadioHeader BTSHsdpaResource HsXpaResource


maxPowerAmplification*

r99NumberCECapacityLicensing hsdpaMaxThroughputHbbu*
hSDPANumberUserCapacityLicensing
PaResourceRRH hsdpaMaxThroughputXcem
hSDPAThroughputCapacityLicensing
maxRrhPowerAmplification
edchNumberUserCapacityLicensing edchMaxThroughputXcem

edchThroughputCapacityLicensing edchMaxThroughputEcem

xtrmCarrierCapacityLicensing
rrhCarrierCapacityLicensing
rrhTrduThirdCarrierCapacityLicensing
rrhNumberFrequency
additionalRadioPerSectorCapacityLicensing
paPowerCapacityLicensing

1 2 18 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

additionalRadioPerSectorCapacityLicensing controls the number of additional radios that can be configured on


each sector.

The existing UA06 parameter (rrhCarrierCapacityLicensing) represents from UA07 the number of tokens to
allow the configuration of the second carriers of RRH and TRDU and supplementary carriers (3rd and 4th) if all
second carriers have been configured.
The new parameter (rrhTrduThirdCarrierCapacityLicensing) defines the number of supplementary 3rd or
supplementary (4rth) Rx carriers allowed for the pool of RRHs and TRDUs.

If the 2nd carrier capacity licensing is infinite, the 3rd carrier capacity licensing becomes obsolete and all 2nd and
supplementary carriers will be configured following the pseudo parameter rrhNumberFrequency.

[xCEM][eCEM] The maximal capacity can be further controlled (limited) by the parameter
hsdpaMaxThroughputXcem.
For xCEM and eCEM, the processing resources can be configured accordingly with the license agreement via
edchMaxThroughputXcem and edchMaxThroughputEcem which indicates the maximum throughput in kbps
that can be used for E-DCH traffic (MAC-e layer).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 18
3 Neighboring cell configuration

1 2 19 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 19
3 Neighboring cell configuration
3.1 FDDCell, RemoteFDDCell, GSMCell

RNC1 RNC2
C must be declared as B must be declared as
RemoteFDDCell in RNC1 RemoteFDDCell in RNC2

controls controls

FDDCell FDDCell FDDCell FDDCell


A B C D

GSMCell GSMCell
E F

E must be declared as F must be declared as


GSMCell in RNC1 GSMCell in RNC2

BSC

1 2 20 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Adjacency between cells (also called Neighboring relation between cells) represents a couple of cells (A and B)
relation where Cell Reselection and/or Soft Handover procedures can be performed from one cell A called Source cell
or Serving cell towards another cell B called Target Cell.
An adjacency is therefore a directional relation between two cells and should rather be noted (A->B).
Adjacencies managed by an RNC can be of 3 kinds:
3G->3G adjacencies where the 3G Target cell is controlled by the same RNC as the CRNC of the Serving cell.
3G->3G adjacencies where the 3G Target cell is controlled by another RNC than the CRNC of the Serving cell.
In this case, a new RemoteFDDCell object must created in the RNC object tree of the CRNC of the Serving cell.
This RemoteFDDCell object shall represent the Target 3G cell in the CRNC of the Serving cell.
3G->2G adjacencies
In this case, a new GSMCell object must created in the RNC object tree of the CRNC of the Serving cell. This
GSMCell object shall represent the 2G Target cell in the CRNC of the Serving cell.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 20
3.1 FDDCell, RemoteFDDCell, GSMCell
3.1.1 Corresponding RAN model

RNC/1

NodeB/x UmtsNeighbouring/0 GSMNeighbour/0

FDDCell/A FDDCell/B RemoteFDDCell/C GSMCell/E

1 2 21 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

All RemoteFDDCell objects of an RNC are grouped under the UmtsNeighbouring child object of this RNC.
All GSMCell objects of an RNC are grouped under the GSMNeighbour child object of this RNC.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 21
3 Neighboring cell configuration
3.2 UMTSFddNeighbouringCell
RNC1 RNC2

Same identifier between


adjacency and 3G target Cell

RNC/1 FDDCell FDDCell FDDCell


A B C

NodeB/x UmtsNeighbouring/0

FDDCell / A FDDCell/B RemoteFDDCell / C

UMTSFddNeighbouringCell / A UMTSFddNeighbouringCell / C

1 2 22 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In this example, two 3G->3G adjacencies are defined:


B->A where both serving cell B and target cell A are controlled by the same RNC1.
B->C where serving cell B is controlled by RNC1 and target cell C is controlled by RNC2.

B->A adjacency:
FDDcellB and FDDCellA objects being defined under RNC1, the B->A adjacency is configured by creating under
FDDCellB a child object UMTSFddNeighbouringCell instance having its userLabel parameter value set to A.

B->C adjacency:
FDDcellB object being defined under RNC1 and FDDCellC object under RNC2, the B->C adjacency is configured in
two steps:
1. by creating under RNC1 a RemoteFDDCell object instance having its userLabel parameter set to C.
2. by creating under FDDCellB a child object UMTSFddNeighbouringCell instance having its userLabel
parameter value set to C.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 22
3 Neighboring cell configuration
3.3 GsmNeighbouringCell
RNC1

Same identifier between


adjacency and 2G target Cell

RNC/1 FDDCell FDDCell


A B

GSMCell
E
NodeB/x GSMNeighbour/0

FDDCell/B GSMCell / E

GsmNeighbouringCell / E

1 2 23 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In this example, a 3G->2G adjacency is defined: B->E.

B->E adjacency:
FDDcellB object being defined under RNC1, the B->E adjacency is configured in two steps:
1. by creating under RNC1 a GSMCell object instance having its userLabel parameter set to E.
2. by creating under FDDCellB a child object GsmNeighbouringCell instance having its userLabel parameter value
set to E.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 23
3 Neighboring cell configuration
3.4 UmtsNeighbouringRelation
RNC1
Object Class for
adjacency based
Cell selection and SHO
parameters

Outdoor Outdoor
RNC/1 Cell Cell

Indoor Indoor Indoor


UmtsNeighbouring/0 Cell Cell Cell

UmtsNeighbouringRelation/outdoor->outdoor

UmtsNeighbouringRelation/outdoor->indoor

UmtsNeighbouringRelation/indoor->outdoor

UmtsNeighbouringRelation/indoor->indoor

1 2 24 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In the UMTS network, some radio parameters used for Cell Reselection and Soft Handover procedures are defined at
Adjacency level. In order to limit the size of the Parameter Database in the RNC, these parameters cannot be set
per 3G->3G adjacency object (UMTSFddNeighbouringCell) but per Object Class object called
UMTSNeighbouringRelation as one dont expect to have very different values from one adjacency to another. Values
usually differ according to the network design, morphostructure and traffic mix in a certain network area.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 24
3.4 UmtsNeighbouringRelation
3.4.1 Example
RNC1

RNC/1

Outdoor Outdoor
FDDCell FDDCell
NodeB/x UmtsNeighbouring/0 A B

Indoor
Cell C

FDDCell/A UmtsNeighbouringRelation/outdoor->outdoor

UmtsNeighbouringRelation/outdoor->indoor

UMTSFddNeighbouringCell / B UMTSFddNeighbouringCell / C
umtsNeighRelationId umtsNeighRelationId
= UmtsNeighbouringRelation/outdoor->outdoor = UmtsNeighbouringRelation/outdoor->indoor

1 2 25 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In this example, two 3G->3G adjacencies are defined:


A->B where both serving cell A and target cell B are outdoor cells.
A->C where serving cell A is an outdoor cell and target cell C is an indoor one.

A->B adjacency:
A->B Cell Reselection parameters shall be set to the Outdoor->Outdoor type of reselection. Therefore, the
configuration shall be done in two steps:
1. by creating under RNC1 a UmtsNeighbouringRelation object instance having its userLabel parameter set to
Outdoor->Outdoor (for instance).
2. by setting for UMTSFddNeighbouringCellB child object of FDDCellA its umtsNeighRelationId parameter value
set to Outdoor->Outdoor.

A->C adjacency:
A->C Cell Reselection parameters shall be set to the Outdoor->Indoor type of reselection. Therefore, the
configuration shall be done in two steps:
1. by creating under RNC1 a UmtsNeighbouringRelation object instance having its userLabel parameter set to
Outdoor->Indoor (for instance).
2. by setting for UMTSFddNeighbouringCellC child object of FDDCellA its umtsNeighRelationId parameter value
set to Outdoor->Indoor.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 25
3 Neighboring cell configuration
3.5 SIB11/DCH neighboring lists
isSib11MeasReportingAllowed
NodeB isEnhancedSib11Allowed
SI broadcast (FDDCell)
P-CCPCH

OR DCH DCH
UE
Measurement Control DCH DCH DCH
SIB1 SIB1
RRC 1 1
+ +
DCH SIB1 DCH
1
DCH + DCH
SIB1 DCH SIB1
sib11AndDchNeighboringFddCellAlgo 1 1
DCH + + DCH
(FDDCell) SIB1 DCH DCH SIB1
1 FDDCel 1
classic +
DCH SIB1 l SIB1
+
DCH
manual DCH +
1
+
1
DCH
DCH SIB1 DCH
DCH 1+ DCH
sib11OrDchUsage (UMTSFddNeighboringCell) SIB1 DCH SIB1
1 1
sib11OrDchUsage (GSMNeighbouringCell) + +
DCH DCH
DCH DCH DCH
sib11AndDch
sib11Usage DCH DCH
dchUsage

1 2 26 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Neighboring:
DCH: max 96 (32 intra-freq + 32 inter-freq + 32 GSM)
Idle, PCH, FACH: max (intra-freq+inter-freq+GSM)
Max 96 if isEnhancedSib11Allowed = True
Max 48 if isEnhancedSib11Allowed = False
isSib11MeasReportingAllowed:

True: the UE will use intra-freq neighboring in SIB11/SIB12 in DCH state (in addition to idle, PCH, FACH)
until it receives the list in an RRC measurement control message.
False: when the UE enters the DCH state, it must wait for the RRC measurement control message to get
the measurement list.

If isEnhancedSib11Allowed is set to FALSE, the SIB11 neighboring list shall usually be a subset of the Cell_DCH
connected mode neighboring list.
The algorithm used to build SIB11 and RRC Measurement Control, for 3G frequency measurements is set by the
value of sib11AndDchNeighbouringFddCellAlgo:
classic (or unset): no distinction between SIB11 and DCH neighboring lists.

manual: the RNC reads sib11OrDchUsage to compute the neighboring lists

automatic: the RNC automatically chooses intra-frequency neighboring cells broadcasted in SIB11 (not
supported in this release).
Manual algorithm is preferred to declare and control correctly the list of neighboring cells, thus allowing to make
differentiation between the configuration of SIB11 neighborhood (i.e. while in idle, PCH and Cell_FACH modes) and
Cell_DCH connected mode neighborhood.
The differentiation is set through the SIB11OrDchUsage parameter on each UmtsFddNeighbouringCell and
GsmNeighbouringCell.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 26
End of module
UTRAN Configuration

1 2 27 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description UTRAN Configuration
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.2 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 2 Page 27
Section 1
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

W-CDMA R99 Algorithms


Description
Module 3
Services
TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1

UTRAN
UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
TMO18255_V2.0-SG Edition 1

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 1
Blank page

132 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Document History

Edition Date Author Remarks

01 YYYY-MM-DD Last name, first name First edition

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 2
Module objectives

Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:

Describe the mono-RAB user services supported


Describe the multi-RAB user services supported
Describe how to configure either the mono-rate or multi-rate AMR service

133 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 3
Module objectives [cont.]

134 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 4
Table of contents

Switch to notes view! Page

1 Radio bearers 7
1.1 Signaling Radio Bearers (SRBs) 8
1.2 Conversational radio bearers 9
1.3 Streaming radio bearers 10
1.4 Interactive/background radio bearers 11
2 Services 13
2.1 Mono and multi-RAB services - examples 14
2.1.1 DCH 16
2.1.2 HSxPA 17
3 Multi-rate AMR 19
3.1 AMR NB configurations 20
3.2 AMR NB TB definition 21
3.3 AMR WB TB definition 22
3.4 UL AMR codec mode adaptation 23
3.5 Multi-rate AMR activation NB and WB 24
3.6 Multi-Rate AMR call setup 25

135 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 5
Table of contents [cont.]

Switch to notes view!

136 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 6
1 Radio bearers

137 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 7
1 Radio bearers
1.1 Signaling Radio Bearers (SRBs)

RNC

RadioAccessService

DlRbSetConf UlRbSetConf

Traffic Class RB name TTI Traffic Class RB name TTI


Signaling (DCH) SRB_3_4K_DCH 40 ms Signaling (DCH) SRB_3_4K_DCH 40 ms

Signaling (DCH) SRB_13_6K_DCH 10 ms Signaling (DCH) SRB_13_6K_DCH 10 ms


Signaling (FACH) SRB_CellFACH N.A. Signaling (FACH) SRB_CellFACH N.A.

Signaling (DCH) SRB_5_AMR 40 ms Signaling (DCH) SRB_5_AMR 40 ms

Signaling (DCH) SRB_EDCH 10 ms

138 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

SRB_CellFACH is used for:


Registration (LA/RA/URA/Cell Update)
Detach

Originating Low Priority Signaling (Originating SMS)


Terminating Low Priority Signaling (Terminating SMS)
SRB_3_4K_DCH is used for Emergency call.
SRB_13_6K_DCH is used for any other causes before Traffic RB(s) is (are) setup:
Originating/Terminating conversational call
Originating/Terminating streaming call
Originating/Terminating interactive call
Originating/Terminating background call
Call re-establishment
Inter-RAT cell reselection
Inter-RAT cell change order
Originating/Terminating High Priority Signaling
Terminating cause unknown
SRB__EDCH is used for HSUPA Category 6 UE using a minimum 2xSF2+2xSF4 configuration and if 2ms TTI is used.

The SRB #5 for AMR rate control (SRB_5_AMR) is not supported in UA07. Thus, the flag isSrb5Allowed must be set
to false.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 8
1 Radio bearers
1.2 Conversational radio bearers
RNC

RadioAccessService

DlRbSetConf UlRbSetConf

DownLink Radio Bearers UpLink Radio Bearers


Traffic Class RB name TTI Traffic Class RB name TTI

Conversational (Speech) CS_AMR_LR 20 ms Conversational (Speech) CS_AMR_LR 20 ms

Conversational (Speech) CS_AMR_NB 20 ms Conversational (Speech) CS_AMR_NB 20 ms

Conversational (Speech) CS_AMR_WB 20 ms Conversational (Speech) CS_AMR_WB 20 ms

Conversational (CSD) CS_14_4K 40 ms Conversational (CSD) CS_14_4K 40 ms

Conversational (CSD) CS_57_6K 40 ms Conversational (CSD) CS_57_6K 40 ms

Conversational (VT) CS_64K 20 ms Conversational (VT) CS_64K 20 ms

Conversational (Scudif) CS_64K_Scudif 20 ms Conversational (Scudif) CS_64K_Scudif 20 ms

139 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The standard voice call consists of two narrowband (300-3400 Hz) sound channels, one in each direction, and that
operate independently.
CS_AMR_NB stands for AMR Narrow Band RB for which AMR NB voice codecs used allow a DL SF of 128 if AMR
RAB is not multiplexed with another RAB.
CS_AMR_LR stands for AMR Low Rate RB for which AMR LB voice codecs used allow a DL SF of 256 if AMR RAB
is not multiplexed with another RAB.
CS_14_4K RB corresponds to the CS data service also provided in GSM networks.
CS_57_6K RB corresponds to the CS data service also provided in HSCSD GSM networks.
CS_64K RB corresponds to the Video Call service not available in GSM networks.

CSD= Conversational Data Service


VT=Video Transmission

Note: CS_64K_Scudif RB Switching between Video and Speech is optionally supported from UA07.1.2.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 9
1 Radio bearers
1.3 Streaming radio bearers

RNC

RadioAccessServic
e

DlRbSetConf UlRbSetConf

Streaming PS_64K_STR 40 ms Streaming PS_32K_STR 20 ms

Streaming PS_128K_STR 20 ms Streaming PS_64K_STR 40 ms

Streaming PS_256K_STR 20 ms Streaming PS_128K_STR 20 ms

Streaming PS_384K_STR 10 ms

Streaming PS_HSDSCH_STR 2ms

1 3 10 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

PS_xxx_STR RB >= 256 kbps are provided for High Quality streaming services which require a higher bandwidth.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 10
1 Radio bearers
1.4 Interactive/background radio bearers
Traffic Class RB name TTI Traffic Class RB name TTI
PS_0K_IB N.A. PS_0K_IB N.A.

PS_0K_IB_MUX N.A. PS_0K_IB_MUX N.A.

PS_0K_IB_MUX3 N.A. PS_0K_IB_MUX3 N.A.

PS_8K_IB 40 ms PS_8K_IB 40 ms

PS_8K_IB_MUX 40 ms PS_8K_IB_MUX 40 ms

PS_16K_IB 40 ms PS_8K_IB_MUX3 40 ms
Interactive/
Interactive/ PS_32K_IB 40 ms PS_16K_IB 40 ms
Background
Background PS_64K_IB 20 ms PS_32K_IB 40 ms

PS_64K_IB_MUX 20 ms PS_32K_IB_MUX 40 ms

PS_64K_IB_MUX3 20 ms PS_32K_IB_MUX3 40 ms

PS_128K_IB 20 ms PS_64K_IB 40 ms

PS_128K_IB_MUX 20 ms PS_64K_IB_MUX 20 ms

PS_128K_IB_MUX3 20 ms PS_64K_IB_MUX3 20 ms
PS_256K_IB 10 ms

DlRbSetConf UlRbSetConf

1 3 11 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

PS_xx_IB_MUX RB corresponds to a UE having simultaneously several PS RABs established.


There might be several situations during which UTRAN is required to manage 2 simultaneous PS
Interactive/Background RABs for a given user identified by a single RRC connection:
A user activates a primary PDP context and a secondary PDP context in order to open bearers with different
qualities of service towards a given Access Point Name (APN).
A user activates two primary PDP contexts, each of them corresponding to a different APN.
In case of 2 PS RAB configuration, the 2 RLC flows are multiplexed at MAC layer into a single Mac-d flow.
Example: PDP 1
RAB 1
PDP 2
RAB 2 DCCH

DL 64 DL 64 DL
3,4

DCH DCH
DL 64 DL
SF32 3,4

DPCH
SF32

UA08: new RAB combinations:


This feature introduces the new RAB combinations:

3 PS I/B RABs handling over HSUPA/HSDPA (E-DCH/HS-DSCH)

3 PS I/B over HSDPA (one streaming RAB + 2 PS I/B)

3 PS I/B Mux over DCH

UL 384+384 Mux (the existing support is only 128+128 Mux for UL)

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 11
1 Radio bearers
1.4 Interactive/background radio bearers [cont.]

Traffic Class RB name TTI Traffic Class RB name TTI


PS_384K_IB 10 ms PS_128K_IB 20 ms

PS_384K_IB_MUX 10 ms PS_128K_IB_MUX 20 ms

PS_HSDCH_IB 2 ms PS_128K_IB_MUX3 20 ms
Interactive/
PS_HSDCH_IB_MUX 2 ms PS_384K_IB 10 ms
Background
Interactive/
PS_HSDCH_IB_MUX3 2 ms PS_384K_IB_MUX 10 ms
Background
TRB_CellFACH N.A. PS_384K_IB_MUX3 10 ms

TRB_CellFACH_MUX N.A. PS_EDCH 10 or 2 ms

TRB_CellFACH N.A.

TRB_CellFACH_MUX N.A.

DlRbSetConf UlRbSetConf

1 3 12 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 12
2 Services

1 3 13 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 13
2 Services
2.1 Mono and multi-RAB services - examples
UlUserService

User Service User Service


CS_64KxPS_0K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_NBxPS_32K_STRxPS_16K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_64KxPS_0K_IBxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_NBxPS_32K_STRxPS_32K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_64KxPS_16K_IBxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_NBxPS_32K_STRxPS_64K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_64KxPS_64K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_NBxPS_32K_STRxPS_128K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_64KxPS_128K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_NBxPS_32K_STRxPS_384K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_LRxPS_0K_IBxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_NBxPS_64K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_LRxPS_8K_IBxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_NBxPS_64K_STRxPS_8K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_LRxPS_EDCH_IBxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_NBxPS_64K_STRxPS_16K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_0K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_NBxPS_64K_STRxPS_32K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_0K_IBxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_NBxPS_64K_STRxPS_64K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_8K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_NBxPS_64K_STRxPS_EDCHxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_16K_IBxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_NBxPS_64K_STRxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_16K_STRxPS_8K_IBxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_NBxPS_128K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_16K_STRxPS_16K_IBxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_NBxPS_128K_STRxPS_16K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_16K_STRxPS_32K_IBxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_NBxPS_128K_STRxPS_32K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_16K_STRxPS_64K_IBxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_NBxPS_128K_STRxPS_64K_IB_MUXxSRB
_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_16K_STRxPS_128K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_384K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_16K_STRxPS_384K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_WBxPS_8K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_32K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K

1 3 14 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Before UA07, CS AMR NB versions were NB1: [12.2, 7.95, 5.9, 4.75] and NB2: [10.2, 6.7, 5.9, 4.75]
From UA07 onwards, CS NB2 becomes [12.2, 7.4, 5.9, 4.75]

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 14
2 Services
2.1 Mono and multi-RAB services examples [cont.]
DlUserService

User Service User Service


CS_64KxPS_0K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_WBxPS_0K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K

CS_64KxPS_0K_IBxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_WBxPS_0K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_64KxPS_16K_IBxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_WBxPS_8K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K
CS_64KxPS_64K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_WBxPS_16K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_64KxPS_128K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_WBxPS_384K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_LRxPS_0K_IBxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_WBxPS_384K_STRxPS_8K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_LRxPS_8K_IBxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_WBxPS_384K_STRxPS_HSDSCHxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_LRxPS_HSDSCHxSRB_3_4K CS_AMR_WBxPS_384K_STRxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_0K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K PS_0K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_0K_IBxSRB_3_4K PS_0K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_8K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K PS_8K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_16K_IBxSRB_3_4K PS_16K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_16K_STRxPS_8K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K PS_16K_STRxPS_0K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_64K_STRxPS_8K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K PS_16K_STRxPS_8K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_128K_STRxPS_8K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K PS_64K_STRxPS_0K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_384K_IBxSRB_3_4K PS_64K_STRxPS_8K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_384K_STRxPS_8K_IBxSRB_3_4K PS_128K_STRxPS_0K_IBxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_384K_STRxPS_HSDSCHxSRB_3_4K PS_128K_STRxPS_8K_IB_MUXxSRB_3_4K
CS_AMR_NBxPS_384K_STRxSRB_3_4K PS_384K_STRxPS_8K_IBxSRB_3_4K

1 3 15 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 15
2.1 Mono and multi-RAB services
2.1.1 DCH

DCH
Stand-alone
CS Conversational speech: AMR_LR, AMR_NB, AMR_WB
CS Conversational VT: 64/64
CS Streaming: 14.4/14.4, 57.6/57.6
PS Streaming DL: 16,32,64,128 UL: 16,64,128,256,384
PS I/B DL: 8,16,32,64,128,256,384 UL: 8,16,32,64,128,384
Combination
CS Conv. Speech + PS I/B DL: 0,8,16,32,64,128,384 UL: 0,8,16,32,64,128,384
CS Conv. VT + PS I/B DL: 0,8,16,32,64,128 UL: 0,8,16,32,64,128,384
(CS Conv. Speech +) PS I/B MUX DL: 0,64,128,384 UL: 0,64,128
CS Conv. VT + PS I/B MUX DL: 0,64 UL: 0,64,128
(CS Conv. Speech +) (PS I/B +) PS Streaming:
PS Streaming DL: 16,64,128,256,384 UL: 16,32,64,128
PS I/B DL: 8 UL: 8,16,64,128,256,384

1 3 16 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

UA08: new RAB combinations:

This feature introduces the new RAB combinations:

3 PS I/B RABs handling over HSUPA/HSDPA (E-DCH/HS-DSCH)

3 PS I/B over HSDPA (one streaming RAB + 2 PS I/B)

3 PS I/B Mux over DCH

UL 384+384 Mux (the existing support is only 128+128 Mux for UL)

Additionally, multi-service configurations are supported with:

CS Voice AMR NB (UL/DL 12.2 kbps or 12.2/7.95/5.9/4.75 kbps or 12.2/7.4/5.9/4.75 kbps, with VAD/DTX)

CS Voice AMR WB (12.65/8.85/6.6 kbps with VAD/DTX)

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 16
2.1 Mono and multi-RAB services
2.1.2 HSxPA

HSxPA
Stand-Alone
PS I/B HSDPA/DCH DL: f(HSD UE category)
UL: 8,16,32,64,128,384
PS I/B HSDPA/HSUPA DL: f(HSD UE category)
UL: f(HSU UE category, TTI)
PS Streaming HSDPA/DCH DL: (HSD UE category, GBR)
UL: 16,32,64,128

1 3 17 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

PS Streaming on HSDPA
UL: 16, 32, 64, 128
DL: Max Bit Rate depending on UE Category & GBR

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 17
2.1 Mono and multi-RAB services
2.1.2 HSxPA [cont.]
Combination
CS Conv. Speech + PS I/B HSDPA/DCH DL: f(HSD UE category) UL: 8,16,32,64,128,384
CS Conv. Speech + PS I/B HSD/HSU DL: f(HSD UE category) UL: f(HSU UE category, TTI)
CS Conv. VT + PS I/B HSDPA/DCH DL: f(HSD UE category) UL: 8,16,32,64,128,384
CS Conv. VT + PS I/B HSDPA/HSUPA DL: f(HSD UE category) UL: f(HSU UE category, TTI)
(CS Conv. Speech +) PS I/B MUX HSDPA/DCH DL: f(HSD UE category) UL: 64,128
CS Conv. Speech + PS Streaming HSDPA/DCH DL: (HSD UE category, GBR) UL: 16,32,64,128
(CS Conv. Speech +) (PS I/B HSDPA/DCH +) PS Streaming:
PS Streaming (HSDPA or DCH/DCH) DL: 16,64,128,256,384 or f(HSD UE category, GBR)
UL: 16,32,64,128
PS I/B: DL: f(HSD UE category) UL: 8,16,32,64,128,384
(CS Conv. Speech +) (PS I/B HSDPA/HSUPA PS Streaming:
+) DL: 16,64,128,256,384 or f(HSD UE category, GBR)
PS Streaming (HSDPA or DCH/DCH) UL: 16,32,64, E-DCH (f(HSU UE category, TTI,
GBR))
PS I/B:
DL: f(HSD UE category) UL: f(HSU UE category, TTI)
CS Conv. Speech + PS Streaming HSDPA DL: f(HSD UE category, GBR)
UL: f(HSU UE category, TTI, GBR
(CS Conv. Speech +) PS I/B MUX HSxPA DL: f(HSD UE category
UL: f(HSU UE category, TTI)

1 3 18 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 18
3 Multi-rate AMR

1 3 19 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 19
3 Multi-rate AMR
3.1 AMR NB configurations

2 kinds of AMR Radio Bearers


CS_AMR_LR : CS AMR Low Rate
CS_AMR_NB : CS AMR Narrow Band

AMR Narrow Band AMR Low Rate


Configuration A D E B C
12.2k 12.2k
5.9k
7.95k 7.4k
Supported Bit Rate 12.2k 4.75k
5.9k 5.9k
4.75k
4.75k 4.75
Downlink Spreading Factor 128 256
Uplink Spreading Factor 64 128

multi-rate AMR Configurations


Only configurations A, B and D allow mono-rate AMRConfigurations
speech and coding rate adaptation
1 3 20 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The Multi-rate AMR feature consists of the introduction of a certain number of Multi Mode configurations of the AMR
for the speech service:
A. 12,2 7,95 5,9 4,75
B. 5,9 4,75
C. 4,75
D. 12,2 7,4 5,9 4,75
E. 12,2
All these configurations can be used together with I/B PS services but B and C which are intended to be used with
Spreading Factor 256 in DL, e.g. in capacity limited networks.
Configuration E is intended for legacy purposes. It is the only one which is compatible with the Iu User Plane Frame
protocol V1 (see 3GPP TS 25.415). Other configurations required Iu UP FP V2.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 20
3 Multi-rate AMR
3.2 AMR NB TB definition
Number of bits per TTI (20 Class A Class B Class C
AMR Mode
ms) bits bits bits
12.2k 244 81 103 60
10.2k 204 65 99 40
7.95k 159 75 84 0
7.4k (not
148 61 87 0
used)
6.7k 134 58 76 0
5.9k 118 55 63 0
5.15k (not
103 49 54 0
used)
4.95k 95 42 53 0

Quality only based on Class A bits


Protected by CRC
Input for OLPC (SIR target update)

1 3 21 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

On the radio interface, one dedicated transport channel is established per class of bits, i.e. DCH A for Class A bits,
DCH B for Class B bits and DCH C for Class C bits. Thus, each class can be subject to a different error protection
scheme:
Class
A contains the bits that are most sensitive to errors. Any error in these bits would result in a corrupted
speech frame which would need error correction for proper decoding. It is the only class protected by a CRC.
Classes
B and C contain bits for which increasing error rates gradually reduce the speech quality. However, the
decoding of an erroneous frame can be done without significantly degrading the quality.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 21
3 Multi-rate AMR
3.3 AMR WB TB definition

5 AMR WB codes for telephony

1 3 22 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The wideband AMR codec consists in 9 sources with bit rates of 23.85k, 23.05, 19.85k, 18.25k, 15.85k, 14.25k,
12.65k, 8.85k and 6.6k. Only 5 modes are used and supported for telephony (3.85k 15.85k 12.65k 8.85k and
6.6k). The other modes are used for other services (e.g., for MMS).

SUPPORTED AMR WIDE BAND CONFIGURATIONS


From UA05.1, only TS 26.103 AMR-WB configuration #0 (Active Codec Set (ACS) 12.65 8.85 & 6.60) is supported.
The spreading factor for downlink and uplink is similar to NB-AMR.
For mono services:
Downlink:128

Uplink: 64
At AMR WB Call Setup, the Max Bit rate is initialized to the Max bit rate which is 12.65.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 22
3 Multi-rate AMR
3.4 UL AMR codec mode adaptation

TFCS TFCS TFCS


12.2 12.2 12.2
7.95 7.95 7.95
5.9 5.9 5.9
4.75 4.75 4.75

AMR mode
(kbps)

12.2

- 10.2
7.95
UE 7.40
output 6.70
power 5.90
5.15
+ 4.75

1 3 23 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The new CS NB2 configuration (12.2, 7.4, 5.9, 4.75) is supported as a replacement of (10.2, 6.7, 5.9, 4.75) kbps.
AMR rate change
For Multi Mode configurations (i.e. A, B and D), the speech rate can change in UL and DL.
DL rate is set according to the rate of the Iu UP Frames received from the CN.
ULrate can change either on decision of the UE according to its TFCS selection function or on request of the CS
CN. This latter case can happen when TFO/TrFO is used in Mobile-to-Mobile calls.
AMR configuration at call set-up
TheAMR configuration is selected according to the CS CN request at call setup. If the CN supports Iu UP FP v1
only Configuration E will be used.
If it supports v2 it must indicate one of the A to D configurations.

AMR code mode adaptations occur in both UL and DL for configurations A, B, D for AMR-NB
and for AMR-WB:
In
DL, the AMR rate adaptation occurs in the TFO/TrFO scenario when the distant UE changes its bit rate (also
when the RNC changes the max DL bit rate).
InUL, the UE can select a different AMR rate in case of coverage limit. The UE transmitted power is closed to
the maximum. In this case, the UE can reduce its AMR rate.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 23
3 Multi-rate AMR
3.5 Multi-rate AMR activation NB and WB

isAmrWbAllowed (RadioAccessService)

isAmrMultiModeAllowed (RadioAccessService)
isAmrMultiModeSetupAllowed (FDDCell)
Multi-rate AMR activated in a cell?

isAmrMultiModeSetupAllowed

True False
isAmrMultiModeAllowed

disabled NO NO

completelyEnabled YES YES

enabledPerCell YES NO

1 3 24 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 24
3 Multi-rate AMR
3.6 Multi-Rate AMR call setup
RNC MSC
isCnInitiatedRateControlAllowed
allowedIuUpVersion
(CsCoreNetworkAccess)
isSrb5Allowed
RRC Connection Request
minUeRelForSrb5Amr
(Originating conversational call) isMaxDlAmrRateConfiguredAllowed
isCsRabModificationForSpeechAllowed
RRC Connection Setup (RadioAccessService)
maxDlAmrRateConfigured
RRC Connection Setup Complete (FDDCell)
(AS release indicator)
CM Service Request
(MO call establishment)
Setup
(Speech, Speech Version 3)
RAB Assignment Request
(UP mode version 2)
SRB#2
Class A bits
Class B bits
Class C bits
Iu UP Init
(RFCIs)

1 3 25 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The AMR configuration can be specified at call setup through the SRB #5 if present.
The SRB #5 contains the following information:
Signaling RB information to set up
Authorized TFC subset list to be used in UL.
SRB 5 is set up if all of the following conditions are met:
isCnInitiatedRateControlAllowed is True.
isSrb5Allowed is True.
Version 2 of Iu UP is selected.
At least two speech modes are selected (silent mode excluded).
TheUE indicated 3GPP release (UE radio access capability / Access stratum release indicator) is greater than or
equal to the provisioned value of minUeRelForSrb5Amr.
Starting from UA07, SRB#5 is not supported by ALU UTRAN, therefore isSrb5Allowed must be set to False and
SRB#2 is used to transfer AMR adaptation signaling instead of SRB#5.
In UA05.0, the initial AMR codec used at call setup was fixed and equal to the maximum rate allowed among the
ones of the Multi-mode configuration used.
In UA05.1, the initial AMR codec used at call setup could be chosen by the operator thanks to the two following
parameters:
isMaxDlAmrRateConfiguredAllowed is the activation flag for control of the maximum downlink rate for AMR
Narrowband calls based on provisioned cell parameters.
maxDlAmrRateConfigured is the maximum downlink rate for Narrowband AMR calls in the cell.
isCsRabModificationForSpeechAllowed is the activation flag for CS RAB modification between AMR NB and AMR WB
configuration.
Currently, SRB#5 is not used since it is not supported by all UEs.
Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.
TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 25
End of module
Services

1 3 26 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Services
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.3 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 3 Page 26
Section 1
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

W-CDMA R99 Algorithms


Description
Module 4
Measurements
TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1

UTRAN
UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
TMO18255_V2.0-SG Edition 1

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 1
Blank page

142 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Document History

Edition Date Author Remarks

01 YYYY-MM-DD Last name, first name First edition

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 2
Module objectives

Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:

Describe measurements principles


Describe the main measurement purpose and use
Describe the NBAP measurement process and parameters
Describe the RRC measurement process and parameters
Describe the In-Band measurement process and parameters
Describe the Compressed Mode procedure and related parameters

143 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 3
Module objectives [cont.]

144 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 4
Table of contents

Switch to notes view! Page

1 UMTS measurement principles 7


1.1 Reported measurements 8
1.2 Measurements elaboration 9
1.3 Measurements activation 10
2 Main measurements 11
2.1 Cell sets 12
2.2 Power measurements 13
2.3 Signal to Interference Ratio (SIR) 14
2.4 Path loss 15
2.5 QE and CRCI 16
3 NBAP measurement procedures 17
3.1 NBAP measurement initiation 18
3.2 NBAP measurement reports 19
3.3 Call Trace (CT) 20
3.4 Event triggered reports 21
3.5 Example: event A 22
4 RRC measurement procedures 23
4.1 RRC measurement initiation 24
4.2 Intra-frequency measurements reporting periodical mode 25
4.3 RRC measurements on RACH 26
4.4 Fast measurements at call establishment 27
5 Event triggered reporting of RRC measurements
145
28
5.1
W-CDMAIntra-frequency measurements reporting event mode
COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
R99 Algorithms Description Measurements 29
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
5.2 Events for active set management 30
5.3 Events for hard handover management 31
5.4 Events for always-on and RB rate adaptation 32
5.5 Example: event 1A 33
6 In-Band measurement procedures 34
6.1 RACH & DCH FP measurements 35
7 Compressed mode 36
7.1 CM scope & methods 37
7.2 Need for compressed mode 38
7.3 High-level scheduling method 39
7.4 HLS activation 40
7.5 CM pattern sequences 41
7.6 Pattern sequence configuration 42
7.7 FDD Inter-Freq CM pattern 43
7.8 GSM Inter-RAT CM pattern 44

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 5
Table of contents [cont.]

Switch to notes view!

146 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 6
1 UMTS measurement principles

147 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 7
1 UMTS measurement principles
1.1 Reported measurements
Intra & Inter Frequency Measurements
Traffic Volume Measurements (UL)
P-CPICH Ec/No
P-CPICH RSCP
Path Loss
SFN-SFN Observed Time Difference Quality Measurements
Cell Synchronization Information (SFN-CFN) Transport Channel BLER
UTRA Carrier RSSI SIR

Inter System Measurements UE Internal Measurements


GSM Carrier RSSI UE Transmitted Power
Path Loss RRC Measurements UE Position (UE-based GPS)
BSIC
Observed time difference to GSM Cell

RNC

NodeB NBAP Measurements


DL Transmitted Carrier Power SIR
DL Transmitted power of all codes not used for SIR Error
HS-PDSCH,HS-SCCH,E-AGCH,E-RGCH,E-HICH DL Transmitted Code Power
UE UL Received Total Wideband Power Round Trip Time
Acknowledged PRACH Preamble

BTS In-Band Measurements


Propagation Delay (RACH)
BLER (CRCI)
BER (QE)

148 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The Node B has to provide two types of measurements: common measurements and dedicated measurements.
These measurements are also called NBAP measurements because they are reported to the RNC using NBAP
messages.
Beside the NBAP measurements, the BTS also provides measurement results that are sent in-band.
The UE has to be capable of performing 7 different measurement types: intra-frequency, inter-frequency, inter-
system, traffic volume, quality, UE-internal and UE positioning. These measurements are also called RRC
measurements because they are reported to the RNC using RRC messages.
From UA05, the Node B only removes the contribution of HSDPA channels (it does not remove the E-DCH
contribution) to the power measurement. This leads to slightly overestimation of the R99 contribution and impact
DCH call admission control. This effect can be attenuated by increasing DCH admission threshold on power for
HSUPA cells.

Path loss (Inter System Measurements): this measurement figures in the reporting message in the UMTS
specifications but does not correspond to any measurement defined in the GSM specifications.
This measurement is not managed by the RNC.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 8
1 UMTS measurements principles
1.2 Measurements elaboration

RRC
Measurements

REPORTING
UE
ESTIMATING
FILTERING

FN = (1 - a).FN-1 + a.MN
filter coefficient
reporting period
acquisition time or
event triggered RNC
NodeB

NBAP
Measurements

149 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Physical Layer provides measurements to the upper layers (Layer 3). For each measurement, a basic measurement
period is defined, which corresponds to the shortest averaging period and also to the shortest reporting period, i.e.
the Node B or UE cannot be required to report a measurement to the RNC in a shorter time period.
Before reporting to the RNC, the Node B or UE Layer 3 performs a filtering operation averaging several
measurements and allowing them to create measurement reports with a period not necessarily equal to the basic
measurement period. The filtering parameter a is defined as a = 1/2k/2, where k is the parameter received in the
Measurement Filter Coefficient IE.
The reporting period for each measurement is configured by the RNC when the UE or the Node B is requested to
perform measurements. The minimum reporting period for each measurement is equal to the basic measurement
period for this measurement. In general, the reporting period is a multiple of the basic measurement period.
For UTRAN measurements reported in-band, the reporting period is the period at which frames are sent from the
Node B to the serving RNC.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 9
1 UMTS measurements principles
1.3 Measurements activation

isEventTriggeredMeasAllowed isInterFreqMeasActivationAllowed
(FDDCell) (RadioAccessService)

IsInterfreqCModeActivationAllowed
isGsmCModeActivationAllowed
RNC (DlUserService)

ueInternalMeasurementQuantity
ueInternalMeasurementFilterCoeff
(UEIntMeas)
measurementConfId
(FDDCell)
measurementConfClassId
(NeighbouringRNC)

1 4 10 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Each FDDCell and NeighbouringRNC must have a pointer to one of the Measurement Configuration Classes stored
under the RNC they depend upon.
The isEventTriggeredMeasAllowed parameter controls the activation of Full Event Triggered RRC measurement
reports per FDDcell.
The isInterFreqMeasActivationtAllowed parameter controls the activation of inter-frequency RRC measurement
reports whether Inter-FDD or Inter-RAT neighboring cells are to be measured.
The IsInterfreqCmodeActivationAllowed parameter controls the activation of the compressed mode for
inter-FDD neighboring cell measurements.
The isGsmCmodeActivationAllowed parameter controls the activation of the compressed mode for inter-
RAT neighboring cell measurements.
When set to true, the UeInternalMeasurementQuantity parameter allows one to choose which measurement
type is selected among the three available types: ueTransmittedPower, utraCarrierRssi, ueRxTxTimeDiff.

Note: UeIntMeas is an optional object.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 10
2 Main measurements

1 4 11 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 11
2 Main measurements
2.1 Cell sets

Cells belonging to the Active Set

isDetectedSetCellsAllowed
(RadioAccessService)

Cell belonging to the Detected Set

Cell belonging to the Monitored Set

1 4 12 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

There are 3 different ways to classify the cells that may be involved in handover procedures:
Thecells belonging to the Active Set are the cells involved in the soft handover and that are communicating
with the UE.
Thecells belonging to the Monitored Set, that do not belong to the active set, but that are monitored by the UE
depending on the neighboring list sent by the UTRAN.
The cells belonging to the Detected Set, which are detected by the UE, but that are neither in the Active Set
nor in the Monitored Set.
isDetectedSetCellsAllowed indicates if the cells of the detected set have to be taken into account for RRC Intra-
Frequency measurement management for the calls established in Event-Triggered Reporting Mode.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 12
2 Main measurements
2.2 Power measurements

Intra/Inter-Frequency Intra/Inter-Frequency

-25 -15-10 0

Pilot Ec/No (dB)


CPICH_RSCP = Pilot
Received
Signal Code
Power Power density
measured on of CPICH
CPICH OVSF
CPICH_Ec/No =
Power
code density in
the band
Inter-System GSM Signal

Received Power on
GSM CARRIER RSSI =
the GSM BCCH carrier

1 4 13 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

CPICH Ec/No
CPICH Ec/No is the received energy per chip divided by the power density in the band, that is, it is identical to
the RSCP measured on the CPICH divided by the RSSI. The UE has to perform this measurement on the
Primary CPICH and the reference point is the antenna connector of the UE. This measurement is used for cell
selection and re-selection and for handover preparation.
CPICH RSCP
CPICH RSCP is the Received Signal Code Power on one channelization code measured on the bits of the Primary
CPICH. The reference point is the antenna connector at the UE. Although the measurement of this quantity
requires that the Primary CPICH is despread, it should be noted that the RSCP is related to a chip energy and
not a bit energy. This measurement is used for cell selection and re-selection and for handover preparation,
open loop power control and pathloss calculation.
GSM carrier RSSI
Thismeasurement is the wide-band received measured on a specified GSM BCCH carrier. This measurement is
used for GSM handover preparation.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 13
2 Main measurements
2.3 Signal to Interference Ratio (SIR)

SIR_Error = SIR SIR Target


Serving UL outer loop
RNC power control

Received Signal Code Power


Power Control SIR = SF x
SIR Target Interference Signal Code Power

DL outer loop
power control DPCCH
n
SF RSCP io
x = SIR at
2 ISCP DPCCH t im
Es
y
lit
ua
Q
nk
Li
=
R
SI

1 4 14 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

SIR (Node B measurement)


The Signal to Interference Ratio (SIR) is measured on a Dedicated Physical Control Channel (DPCCH) after
radio link combination in the Node B. In compressed mode, the SIR should not be measured during the
transmission gaps.
SIRis defined as SF*(RSCP/ISCP) where SF is the spreading factor, RSCP is the Received Signal Code Power
and ISCP is the Interference Signal Code Power.
This measurement is used in Power Control algorithms.
SIR Error
A SIR error is defined as SIR - SIRtarget. SIRtarget is the SIR value for the UL outer loop power control
algorithm.
This measurement is used to assess the efficiency of the UL outer loop power control.
SIR (UE measurement)
SIR is defined as (RSCP/ISCP)*SF/2
The reference point for RSCP and ISCP is the antenna connector, but they can only be measured at the output
of the de-spreader as they assess either the received power and the non-orthogonal reference received on a
particular code. It should be clearly understood that RSCP is though a wideband measurement, i.e. at chip
level. The narrow band measurement is RSCP * SF/2.
Thismeasurement is used as a quality estimation for the link (for downlink outer loop power control). It is sent
periodically, once every power control cycle and event are triggered to the RNC (RRC).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 14
2 Main measurements
2.4 Path loss

Path Loss = Primary CPICH Tx Power - P-CPICH_RSCP

P-CPICH

Path Loss
Path Loss

FDD Cell

1 4 15 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The path loss is calculated by the UE and by the RNC using the following formula: Path Loss = Primary CPICH Tx
Power - P-CPICH_RSCP
The RNC does not ask the UE to send the path loss, because the RNC can calculate it directly.
The path loss calculated by the RNC is used for inter-frequency handover criteria evaluation.
The path loss calculated by the UE is used to define the initial PRACH power.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 15
2 Main measurements
2.5 QE and CRCI

RNC

Physical
Transport Channels Transport Channels
Channel block block
block block

CRC
Indicato
Soft Handover
r UL outer loop PC

qeSelector (Static)
Frame Protocols
DATA CRCtx
IE QE Selector: Quality Estimate:

non-selected Physical Channel BER (DPCCH)


OR
selected Transport Channel BER (DPDCH)

1 4 16 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

CRC INDICATOR
TheCRC indicator is attached to the UL frame for each transport block of each transport channel transferred
between the Node B and the RNC. It shows if the transport block has a correct CRC (0=Correct, 1=Not
Correct). This measurement is used for frame selection in case of soft handover.
QUALITY ESTIMATE
Thequality estimate is reported in band in the UL data frames from the Node B to the RNC and it is derived
from the Transport channel BER or Physical channel BER. If the IE QE-Selector is equal to:
Selected, then the Node B calculates the BER of the transport channel measured on DPDCH per TTI (if
no DPDCH is sent, then the Node B will use DPCCH BER).
non-selected, then the Node B calculates the BER of the physical channel measured on DPCCH per TTI.
Incase of soft handover, the quality estimate is needed in order to select a transport block when all CRC
indications are showing bad (or good) frames. The RNC compares the QE value with the qeThreshold (static
parameter) in order to choose the best transport block.
Quality Estimate can also be used to enhance the UL Outer Loop Power Control mechanism.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 16
3 NBAP measurement procedures

1 4 17 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 17
3 NBAP measurement procedures
3.1 NBAP measurement initiation

C-RNC

Node B Common
Measurement Initiation Request
Dedicated

Measurement Measurement Measurement


Measurement Report
Object type Filter
ID Characteristics
Type Coefficient

On Demand
Cell
RACH Common Event-Triggered
Dedicated Periodic

DL Transmitted Carrier Power


DL Transmitted Code Power RTWP
SIR ...
RTT
...

1 4 18 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Depending on the type of measurement (common or dedicated), measurement requests are initiated by the
controlling RNC by sending a COMMON MEASUREMENT INITIATION REQUEST or DEDICATED MEASUREMENT
INITIATION REQUEST to the Node B.
The common and dedicated measurement messages both contain the following information elements to define the
measurements to be performed:
A measurement id uniquely identifying each measurement.
A measurement object type to indicate the type of object on which the measurement is to be performed, e.g.,
cell, RACH, time slot, etc. It can be common or dedicated according to the message. In the case of a dedicated
measurement, either a radio link is identified on which the measurement has to be performed or the
measurement should be performed on all radio links for the Node B.
A measurement type indicates which measurement is to be performed. It is also common (Received total
wideband power, transmitted carrier power, Acknowledged PRACH preambles, etc.) or dedicated (SIR,
transmitted code power, In-Band (transport channel BER, physical channel BER), etc.).
A measurement filter coefficient gives the parameter for the layer 3 filtering to be performed before the
measurement can be reported.
The report characteristics give the criteria for reporting the measurement. The reporting is on demand, periodic
or event-triggered.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 18
3 NBAP measurement procedures
3.2 NBAP measurement reports

Node B
C-RNC

commonMeasurementReportingPeriod
commonMeasurementFilterCoeff Common Measurement Reports
(NBAP Measurement)

nbapCommonMeasRtwpReportingPeri
od
nbapCommonMeasRtwpFilterCoeff Measurement Report
Measured Quantity
(NbapMeasRtwpParameters) ID Type

Common Measurement Termination Request

1 4 19 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The reports are sent in the COMMON MEASUREMENT REPORT, on criteria defined by the report characteristics given
in the measurement request.
For these Common Measurements, the type of measurement report is defined by the commonRepType parameter
[on demand, periodic, event-triggered].
The quantity measured is defined by the measQuantity parameter.
The periodicity is given in the Report_Periodicit yIE of the measurement request message.
The periodicity is given in the Report_Periodicity IE of the measurement request message and corresponds to the
CommonMeasurementReportingPeriod parameter for DL Transmitted Carrier Power and DL Transmitted Carrier
Power of all Codes not used for HS-PDSCH, HS-SCCH, E-AGCH, E-RGCH or E-HICH transmission.
nbapCommonMeasRtwpReportingPeriod is the reporting period to be applied to UL RTWP measurements.
CommonMeasurementFilterCoeff is the filtering coefficient to be applied to DL Transmitted Carrier Power and
DL Transmitted Carrier Power of all codes not used for HS-PDSCH, HS-SCCH, E-AGCH, E-RGCH or E-HICH
transmission measurements.
nbapCommonMeasRtwpFilterCoeff is the filtering coefficient to be applied to UL RTWP measurement
The measurements reporting by the Node B stop upon reception of COMMON MEASUREMENT TERMINATION
REQUESTs sent by the CRNC if any.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 19
3 NBAP measurement procedures
3.3 Call Trace (CT)
Node B
C-RNC

Dedicated Measurement Initiation Request


tcpRequired
tcpReportPeriodicity
rtwpRequired
rtwpReportPeridodicity
(NbapCommonMeasConfigForCallTrace)

Dedicated Measurement Reports


sirRequired
sirReportPeridodicity

transmittedCodePowerRequired
transmittedCodePowerReportPeridodicity
Dedicated Measurement Termination Request
roundTripTimeRequired
roundTripTimeReportPeriodicity

(NbapDedicatedMeasConfigForCallTrace)

Dedicated Measurement Termination Request

1 4 20 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In the case of Dedicated Measurements, three different types of measurements reports are supported (SIR, DL
TRANSMITTED CODE POWER and ROUND-TRIP-TIME). For Call Trace purposes, these three types of reports can be
activated separately and can be configured with different periodicities.
The procedure is initiated with a DEDICATED MEASUREMENT INITIATION REQUEST message sent from the RNC to
the Node B. This procedure is used by an RNC to request the initiation of measurements on dedicated resources (all
UE radio links managed by FDDCells belonging to this Node B).
Upon reception, the Node B shall initiate the requested measurement according to the parameters given in the
request and shall periodically send a DEDICATED MEASUREMENT REPORT.
The procedure is operational as long as the RL is established. The RNC does not send a DEDICATED MEASUREMENT
TERMINATION REQUEST message. Instead, even though the trace session is deleted, the NBAP dedicated
measurement reporting, if initiated, will remain until the radio links associated with the call being traced are deleted
or released.

Round trip time (RTT) is defined as: RTT = TRX - TTX, where:
TTX = the time of transmission of the beginning of a DL DPCH frame to a UE.
TRX
= the time of reception of the beginning (the first detected path in time) of the corresponding UL
DPCCH/DPDCH frame from the UE.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 20
3 NBAP measurement procedures
3.4 Event triggered reports

Node B
C-RNC
iRM Scheduling Downgraded UE

Dedicated Measurement Initiation Request (Bx)

Primary Cell

RL Monitoring
Event A
Event B1
Event B2
NBAP Dedicated Report Event Bx

Dedicated Measurement Termination Request (Bx)

1 4 21 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The NBAP event triggered report mode is only used in the scope of iRM scheduling downgrade/upgrade procedures
with the RNC perspective to retrieve the transmitted code power by the Node B for a particular radio link (user) and
to order the radio bearer downsizing/upsizing through iRM scheduling towards the more adapted bit rate to
guarantee service continuity.
For the purposes of iRM Scheduling, the RNC configures the Node B with one Event A and two Events B:
Event A indicates that the radio conditions have become bad enough to attempt a downgrading to the fallback
radio bearer in order to maintain a good radio link quality.
Event B1 indicates that the radio conditions have become good enough to attempt an upgrading towards the
original requested RB.
Event B2 indicates that the radio conditions have become good enough to consider an upsizing towards a
relative lower bit rate than the requested RB to maintain a good radio link quality.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 21
3 NBAP measurement procedures
3.5 Example: event A

Transmitted Code Power

Event A
Report
pcpichPower + maxDlTxPowerPerOls

- thresholdDelta Primary Cell


(DlIrmSchedDowngradeTxcp)
Event A
Threshold

Event A timeToTriggerEvent A timeToTrigger

timeToTrigger
(DlIrmSchedDowngradeTxcp)

1 4 22 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In order to be able to perform IRM Scheduling downgrade, the RNC configures the NBAP dedicated measurement by
event A report for this UE on the primary cell.
So, each time the primary cell changes, the RNC terminates measurements on the old primary cell and initiates
measurements on the new primary cell.

Event A configuration relies on:


Measurement Threshold: the relative transmitted code power threshold given by the parameter threshold_delta
is used to compute the absolute TxCP Threshold together with the pcpichPower (FDDCell) and
maxDlTxPowerPerOls (DlUsPowerConf) parameters.
Measurement Hysteresis: timeToTrigger.
So Event A is reported when the transmitted code power is above the TxCP absolute threshold during at least the
time to trigger.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 22
4 RRC measurement procedures

1 4 23 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 23
4 RRC measurement procedures
4.1 RRC measurement initiation

SI broadcast
P-CCPCH

OR
UE Node B

Measurement Control
RRC

Measurement Measurement
Measurement Measurement Measurement Measurement Measurement Reporting
Reporting Reporting
ID Command Type Object Quantity Mode
Quantity Criteria

Inter-Frequency
Ec/No
Intra-Frequency FDDCell
Setup RSCP
Inter-System Physical Channel Periodical RLC AM
Modify BLER
Traffic Volume RB Event-Triggered RLC UM
Release Traffic Volume
Quality
...
UE internal

1 4 24 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state, the UE is informed of the measurements to perform via the system
information broadcast on the P-CCPCH.
When the UE is in CELL_DCH state, UTRAN starts a measurement in the UE by sending the MEASUREMENT
CONTROL message, which includes the following information elements to define measurements to perform:
measurement id is a reference number to be used when modifying or releasing measurement.
measurement command indicates the action performed on the measurement (set up a new measurement,
modify the characteristics of a measurement, etc.).
measurement type indicates one of the different types of measurement: inter-frequency, intra-frequency, etc.
measurement object indicates the object on which the measurement shall be performed.
measurement quantity indicates the quantity to be measured (RSCP, SIR, etc.).
measurement reporting quantity indicates quantities that the UE should report together with the measurement
quantity for example, the measurement quantity which triggered the report.
measurement reporting criteria indicates the type of reporting that is, periodical or event-triggered.
reporting
mode specifies whether the UE shall transmit the measurement report using the acknowledged or
unacknowledged RLC mode.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 24
4 RRC measurement procedures
4.2 Intra-frequency measurements reporting periodical mode

Measurement Report
rrcIntraFreqMeasurementReportingPeriod
rrcIntraFreqMeasurementFilterCoeff
Measurement Report (RRCMeasurement)

Measurement Measurement Measurement


ID Results Reporting
Quantity
Active Set cells
+
Node B 6 Best Monitored cells

Cell Synchronization information (SFN-CFN)


repMode (static)
CPICH Ec/No
maxCellsRepType (static)
CPICH RSCP
SFN-SFN observed time difference type2

1 4 25 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The MEASUREMENT REPORT message is sent from the UE to the UTRAN and contains the measurement id, the
measured results and the measurement event result that was required to be reported.
When the rrcIntraFreqMeasurementReportingPeriod time has elapsed, the UE shall send the computed
measurement.
Reporting Quantities
The RNC requests the following quantities to be reported by the mobiles:
Cell Synchronization information: provides the difference between SFN of the reported cell and CFN as
observed by the UE.
CPICH Ec/No: the received energy per chip divided by the power density in the band.
CPICH RSCP: the received power on one code measured on the Primary CPICH.
Other reporting quantities are also supported by UTRAN and are also requested to the UE for tracing purposes:
SFN SFN observed time difference "type 2": the relative timing difference between cell j and cell i
measured on the primary CPICH.
The RepMode parameter indicates that the UE shall report measurements on cells of the active set and
intrafrequency monitored set cells. This STATIC parameter is set to ACTIVE_SET_AND_MONITORED_ON_FREQ.
The maxCellsRepType parameter indicates the number of measured cells belonging to the monitored set. This
STATIC parameter is set to 6.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 25
4 RRC measurement procedures
4.3 RRC measurements on RACH

sib11IntraFreqMeasurementNbrOfCellOnRACH
sib11IntraFreqMeasurementFilterCoeffOnRACH Unused (25.331 8.6.7.2 Filter Coefficient)

(RRCSysInfoMeas)

SIB 11
Reported measurements on RACH
RACH
CPICH Ec/No
or
CPICH RSCP
or
Neighboring Cells Path Loss
measQuantity
(static)

1 4 26 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Measurements reported in the RACH message are used by power allocation and RAB assignment algorithms.
The measQuantity static parameter determines the type of reported measurements. Only the value CPICH_Ec/No
is supported by the measQuantity static parameter.
The sib11IntraFreqMeasurementNbrOfCellOnRACH parameter indicates how many cell measurements shall
be reported in the RACH message, including the current cell; for instance the current cell plus the best 4 measured
neighbors.
The number of reported cells on RACH is used by the compound neighbor list feature to create the neighboring list
for the first Measurement Control Message.
As specified by 3GPP 25.212, no filtering shall be performed for the measurements reported in RACH.
Note: For parity reasons, sib11IntraFreqMeasurementNbrOfCellOnRACH is set to the currentCell value in
USA customer templates.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 26
4 RRC measurement procedures
4.4 Fast measurements at call establishment

SI broadcast
P-CCPCH

RNC
UE NodeB
RRC Connection Request

RadioAccessService

RRC Connection Setup


DedicatedConf

Measurement Report HoConfClass

Event1AHoConfInSIB11
Measurement Control

isSib11MeasReportingAllowed
cpichEcNoReportingRange1A
(FDDCell) hysteresis1A
timeToTrigger1A
maxActiveSetSize

1 4 27 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This feature allows UTRAN to provide intra-frequency measurements configuration information to UEs which are in
Idle Mode or in Cell-FACH. Received within the SIB11, information is used by UEs to activate intra-frequency
measurements just after entering the Cell-DCH state, with no need to wait for the first Measurement Control.
If the reporting mode is Event Triggered, only Event 1A is configured in the SIB11 and the UE sends the first
Measurement Report only if the 1A Event has been reached. The rest of the events are configured in the first RRC
Measurement Control message. Event1AHoConfInSIB11 dedicated object has been created under HoConfClass
so that specific 1A setting can be broadcast in SIB11 for faster measurements.
If the reporting mode is Periodic, the UE keeps on sending reports at the defined period until reception of the first
RRC Measurement Control.
The first RRC Measurement Control message sent to the UE is of type SETUP instead of MODIFY in order to ensure
that there is no misalignment between the UE and the Network.
The UE starts sending measurements when its state changes:
from Idle mode to Cell-DCH (after the RRC Connection Setup)
from Cell-FACH to Cell-DCH (after the RRC RB Setup).
If isSib11MeasReportingAllowed is set to True, SIB11 (but also SIB12 if Sib12Enable is set to True) will
include the 3GPP TS 25.331 Intra-Frequency Measurement Quantity and Reporting information for state
CELL_DCH Information Elements (IEs) which allow the UE to configure the intra-frequency measurement reporting
mode until reception of the RRC Measurement Control message.
If isSib11MeasReportingAllowed is set to True, the serving cell has to be present in the neighboring intra freq
cells list present in SIB11, thereby reducing the maximum number of neighbor cells by 1.
If isSib11MeasReportingAllowed is set to False, SIB11 and SIB12 do not include these IEs and the UE must wait
for the first RRC Measurement Control to measure neighboring cells when entering Cell_DCH.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 27
5 Event triggered reporting of RRC
measurements

1 4 28 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 28
5 Event triggered reporting of RRC measurements
5.1 Intra-frequency measurements reporting event mode

isEventTriggeredMeasAllowed
(FDDCell)

Measurement Report (EventNX)

Measurement
Measurement Measurement
Reporting
ID Results
Quantity
Active Set cells
+
Node B Best Monitored cells
+
Best Detected cells (call trace
only)

CPICH Ec/No
CPICH RSCP isDetectedSetCellsAllowed
(RadioAccessService)

1 4 29 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The MEASUREMENT REPORT message is sent from the UE to the UTRAN and contains the measurement id, the
measured results and the measurement event result that triggered the report.
Reporting Quantities
The RNC requests the following quantities to be reported by the mobiles:
CPICH Ec/No: the received energy per chip divided by the power density in the band.
CPICH RSCP: the received power on one code measured on the Primary CPICH.
In
case or Event Measurements Reported for UE tracing, then up to 3 best detected cells can be reported in
some of the Events.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 29
5 Event triggered reporting of RRC measurements
5.2 Events for active set management

Event Meas. Id Triggering Triggering cells Semantics & usage


Id quantity
Soft Handover Management
1A Measid1 CPICH Ec/No Any of Monitored A monitored P-CPICH enters a reporting range.
Set RL addition based on relative criteria when Active Set is not full
1B Measid1 CPICH Ec/No Any of Active Set An active P-CPICH enters a reporting range.
RL deletion based on relative criteria
1C Measid1 CPICH Ec/No Any of Monitored A non-Active P-CPICH becomes better than Active P-CPICH.
Set RL replacement based on relative criteria when AS is full
1D Measid1 CPICH Ec/No Any of measured Change of best cell. Primary cell change
cell
1E Measid1 CPICH Ec/No Any of Monitored A monitored P-CPICH becomes better than an absolute threshold.
Set RL addition based on absolute criteria when Active Set is not full
1F Measid1 CPICH Ec/No Any of Active Set An active P-CPICH becomes worse than an absolute threshold.
RL deletion based on absolute criteria
1J Measid1 CPICH Ec/No Any of Active Set The P-CPICH of a cell that is in DCH AS but not in E-DCH AS
becomes better than the P-CPICH of a cell that is already in E-DCH
AS

Events 1x are RRC intra-frequency measurements


1 4 30 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

3GPP specifications define 2 RRC measurements reporting modes; periodical reporting and event-triggered
reporting. For the event triggered reporting mode, RRC standards define a set of events for each type of
measurement:
Events 1X are defined for intra-frequency measurements
Events 2X are defined for inter-frequency measurements
Events 3X are defined for inter-RAT measurements
Etc.

Event-triggered reporting is used in Alcatel-Lucent UTRAN for RRC intra-frequency reporting measurements.
The use of event triggered reporting for intra-freq measurements has a direct impact on the following mechanisms:
primary cell determination
active set management
radio link color determination

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 30
5 Event triggered reporting of RRC measurements
5.3 Events for hard handover management

Event Meas. Id Triggering Triggering cells Semantics & usage


Id quantity
Hard Handover Management
2D Measid11 CPICH Ec/No Best Active Set cell Estimated P-CPICH quality of current carrier is worse than threshold

2D Measid12 CPICH RSCP Best Active Set cell


Estimated P-CPICH level of current carrier is worse than threshold
2F Measid11 CPICH Ec/No Best Active Set cell Estimated P-CPICH quality of current carrier is better than threshold

2F Measid12 CPICH RSCP Best Active Set cell


Estimated P-CPICH level of current carrier is better than threshold
6A Measid15 UE Tx Power N.A. Estimated UE Tx power becomes larger than an absolute threshold

6B Measid15 UE Tx Power N.A. Estimated UE Tx power becomes less than an absolute threshold

Events 2x are RRC inter-frequency measurements


Events 6x are RRC UE internal measurements
1 4 31 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In ALU UTRAN:
RRC inter-frequency measurements on aused frequency are event-triggered (2D and 2F).
RRC inter-frequency measurements on a non-used frequency are periodical.
RRC inter-RAT measurements are periodical.
RRC UE internal measurements are event-triggered (6A and 6B).

The use of event triggered reporting for inter-freq measurements on used frequency and UE internal measurements
has a direct impact on the following mechanisms:
alarm measurement criteria (Compressed Mode and Hard handover triggering).
inter-frequency or inter-RAT blind handover.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 31
5 Event triggered reporting of RRC measurements
5.4 Events for always-on and RB rate adaptation

Event Meas. Id Triggering Triggering cells Semantics & usage


Id quantity
Call Management
4A Measid7 UE RLC Buffer N.A. TrCh Traffic Volume becomes larger than an absolute threshold
Occupancy

Events 4x are RRC Traffic Volume measurements

1 4 32 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In ALU UTRAN, RRC UE Traffic Volume measurement is event-triggered (4A).

The use of event triggered reporting for UE Traffic Volume measurements has a direct impact on the following
mechanisms:
Always-On upsize from FACH to DCH.
RB Rate Adaptation upsize from a given DCH bit rate to a higher one.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 32
5 Event triggered reporting of RRC measurements
5.5 Example: event 1A

Event1A

Event1A
Event1A
amountRep1A
(FullEventRepCritShoMgtEvent1A)
CPICH_EC/No

Best Cell

New Cell
entering reporting range

leaving reporting range maxNbReportedCells1A


(FullEventRepCritShoMgtEvent1A)

timeToTrigger1A repInterval1A
(FullEventHOConfShoMgtEvent1A) (FullEventRepCritShoMgtEvent1A)

NA
i 1

10 LogM New CIO New W 10 Log M i (1 W ) 10 LogM Best ( R1a H 1a / 2)
X
wParam
(static)

cpichEcNoReportingRange1A (FullEventHOConfShoMgtEvent1A)
hysteresis1A (FullEventHOConfShoMgtEvent1A) weight1A
(FullEventHOConfShoMgtEvent1A)
neighbouringCellOffset (UmtsNeighbouringRelation)

1 4 33 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Event 1A is triggered when a new P-CPICH enters the reporting range.


Event 1A is used to add an RL based on relative criteria when the Active Set is not full.
The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
MNew is the measurement result of the cell entering the reporting range.
CIONew is the individual cell offset for the cell entering the reporting range if an individual cell offset is stored
for that cell. Otherwise, it is equal to 0.
Mi is a measurement result of a cell not forbidden to affect reporting range in the active set.
NA is the number of cells not forbidden to affect reporting range in the current active set.
MBestis the measurement result of the cell not forbidden to affect reporting range in the active set with the
best measurement result, not taking into account any cell individual offset.
W is a parameter sent from UTRAN to UE.
R1a is the reporting range constant.
H1a is the hysteresis parameter for event 1a.

By default, event 1A is triggered by cells belonging to the monitored set.


In order to help the operator efficiently monitor its network and optimize its neighboring plan, it is possible to trigger
this event 1A based on both Detected Set and Monitored Set.
In order to achieve this, the isDetectedSetCellsAllowed parameter shall be set to True.
From UA07 onwards, the decision if the cells from Detected Set are used in the mobility algorithms
depends on the detectedSetCellAddition flag.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 33
6 In-Band measurement procedures

1 4 34 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 34
6 In-band measurement procedures
6.1 RACH & DCH FP measurements
Header CRC FT
D CH CFN
Spare TFI of 1st DCH
RAC
H Header CRC FT
CFN Spare TFI of last DCH
Spare TFI
1st Transport Block of 1st DCH
Propagation Delay

1st RACH Transport Block 1st Transport Block of 1st DCH Pad.

1st RACH Transport Block Pad. Last Transport Block of 1st DCH

Last Transport Block of 1st DCH Pad.


Last RACH Transport Block
1st Transport Block of last DCH
Last RACH Transport Block Pad.
CRCI 1st Transport Block of last DCH Pad.
CRCI Pad.
Spare extension Last Transport Block of last DCH
Payload Checksum (optional)
Last Transport Block of last DCH Pad.
Payload Checksum (optional)
QE
CRCI
CRCI Pad.
Spare extension
Payload Checksum (optional)
Payload Checksum (optional)

1 4 35 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The propagation delay is reported in the RACH data frames transferred from the Node B to the RNC when a
successful RACH procedure has happened and the RACH has been sent from the UE to the RNC.
The CRC Indicator is attached to the UL frame for each transport block of each transport channel transferred
between the Node B and the RNC. It shows if the transport block has a correct CRC.
The Quality Estimate is reported in band in the UL data frames from the Node B to the RNC. This QE corresponds to
either the transport channel BER or the physical channel BER when no transport channel BER is available, that is,
there is no data transmitted in the UL thus only DPCCH is transmitted.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 35
7 Compressed mode

1 4 36 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 36
7 Compressed mode
7.1 CM scope & methods

Single-Frame Mode
power

frame N-1 idle frame N+1


time
TGL

Double-Frame Mode
frame boundary
power

frame N-1 idle idle frame N+2


time
TGL

Inter-frequency measurements
Inter-RAT measurements

Transmission Gap Length = 3, 4, 7, 10, 14 TS


dlCModeMethod (CmodePatternSeqInfo) ulCModeMethod (CmodePatternSeqInfo)

1 4 37 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The Compressed Mode consists of the creation of regularly spaced short gaps (less than one 10-ms radio frame) in
transmission in the uplink or downlink, or possibly both at the same time, and/or reception without altering the data
to be exchanged on the radio interface.
The Compressed Mode is mandatory in downlink and optional in uplink. It can only be achieved on dedicated
channels. The Transmission Gap Length is 3, 4, 5, 7, 10 or 14 slots.
Three methods are proposed in the standard: Spreading Factor Reduction, Puncturing and Higher Layer Scheduling.
Only the Spreading Factor Reduction method is implemented for both UL and DL (when needed) for either GSM or
FDD inter-frequency measurements:
only the value cmodeDlMethodSfDiv2 is allowed for DlCmodeMethod and UlCmodeMethod. Two
Thus,
methods can be used for time transmission reduction.
The
SF can be reduced by 2 to permit the transmission of the information bits in the remaining time slots of the
compressed frame. In that case, the scrambling code could be different from the normal mode.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 37
7 Compressed mode
7.2 Need for compressed mode
isInterFreqMeasActivationAllowed
(RadioAccessService)

isInterFreqCModeActivationAllowed
isGsmCModeActivationAllowed:
(DlUserService)

GSM
UMTS
UE ability
Cap UMTS

GSM450Present (RadioAccessService)
Dual receiver UE? GSM480Present (RadioAccessService)
Mono Receiver UE?
GSM compatible UE? GSM850Present (RadioAccessService)
GSM900PPresent (RadioAccessService)
GSM900EPresent (RadioAccessService)
GSM900RPresent (RadioAccessService)
GSM1800Present (RadioAccessService)
GSM1900Present (RadioAccessService)

1 4 38 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The real need for Compressed Mode is provided by the UE itself. Following a network request through the UE
Capability required indicator in the RRC Connection Setup message, the UE indicates in the UE Radio Access
Capability IE (Measurement Capability sub-IE, provided in the RRC Connection Setup Complete message) if the
Compressed Mode is needed in either UL or DL for the FDD and GSM bands.
The network configure and activate the Compressed Mode in 3 possible modes:
Uplink only
Downlink only
Uplink and Downlink
Therefore, regarding CM for GSM, in order not to configure the compressed mode in every case, a set of flags
indicating the frequency bands of the FDD and GSM neighboring cells will be defined and used in the RNC to
determine whether or not the Compressed Mode is needed.
Each flag indicates that there exists at least a GSM cell of the corresponding frequency band in the access network
(that is, not only being part of the GSM neighboring lists seen by the RNC) to which handovers from a 3G cell are
supported by the network. Therefore, if the Compressed Mode is needed by the mobile for that frequency band, it
will be configured accordingly and possibly activated by the network.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 38
7 Compressed mode
7.3 High-level scheduling method

starting CFN TGL

Dl(ul)CModeMethod (CModePatternSeqInfo) isHlsCmMethodPreferred (D/UlUserService)

False
?
CmodeDl(Ul)MethodSfdiv2 True

RLC Subset of allowed


TFCs are used in
compressed frame
MAC

Physical Layer

1 4 39 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The Spreading Factor Reduction method consists of the creation of gaps in transmission / reception and granting twice the
bandwidth for compressed frames in order to compensate for the loss of bandwidth in not transmitted frames. This method
applies for both uplink and downlink with fixed or flexible position mapping but it requires that the spreading factor be strictly
greater than 4.
The SF is reduced by a factor two for as many slots as used for gaps and the transmitted power of these slots is increased. Thus
the OVSF code needs to be changed. The new one is the parent code of the code used for non-compressed radio frames.
In downlink, the scrambling code management is done through the alternate scrambling code method. This method consists in
applying the new channelization code with SF/2 to the compressed frames, while applying one of the two available alternate
scrambling codes (left or right alternative) depending on the original OVSF.
The figure above gives an example of how this method applies.
In uplink, the compressed mode method by spreading factor reduction is identical to the spreading factor reduction used in the
downlink but with some exceptions.
HLS introduced from 3GPP R99:
Data rate is reduced from higher layers (i.e. MAC) by means of TFC restriction in the TFCS.
SF and scrambling code remain unchanged.
No additional power transmission to keep the same level of protection of the user bit.
Applicable either in UL only, DL only, or both UL/DL.
Prior to UA06, only SF/2 method was supported, whatever RAB, and CM method was uniquely defined using the
dlCModeMethod and ulCModeMethod parameters under the CModePatternSeqInfo object.
In UA06, HLS has been introduced and is supported for some specific UL and/or DL User Services. Therefore, the previous
parameters are not used anymore and are replaced by the isHlsCmMethodPreferred parameter defined per DlUserService
and UlUserService.
Parameters defined under CmodePatternSeqInfo are no longer used. However, they are still present in the RAN Model and
will be removed in the coming releases.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 39
7 Compressed mode
7.4 HLS activation

Parameter not used anymore


but still present in RAN Model
RNC

RadioAccessService NeighbouringRnc
isHlsCModeAllowed isHlsCmAllowedOnDrnc

CmodePatternSeqInfo

dlCModeMethod [not used; replaced by DlUserService.isHlsCmMethodPreferred]


ulCModeMethod [not used; replaced by UlUserService.isHlsCmMethodPreferred]
dlFrameType [not used; hard-coded with typeA for HLS and typeB for SF/2]

- PS I/B (mono or MUX) > 8kbps


DlUserService - CS speech + (PS I/B > 16kbps)
isHlsCmMethodPreferred
- CSD64 + (PS I/B > 64kbps)

- (PS str > 64kbps) + (PS I/B > 32kbps)


With or without CS speech
UlUserService
-Any other PS combination over DCH with SF=4
isHlsCmMethodPreferred

1 4 40 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In UA06.0 implementation, HLS is limited to only certain combinations:


PS I/B (mono or MUX) > 8 kbps
CS speech + (PS I/B > 16 kbps)
CSD64 + (PS I/B > 64 kbps)
(PS str > 64kbps) + (PS I/B > 32kbps) with or without CS speech
Any other PS combination over DCH with SF=4
SF/2 method is used for the remaining User Services, mostly:
Standalone SRB, CS speech, CSD, PS streaming (with or without CS speech)
All RAB combinations over HSDPA or E-DCH (for which HLS is in restriction)
Patterns are the same for SF/2 and HLS methods
CM method is determined at each RAB addition, deletion or reconfiguration
Sent to UE and NodeB at CM configuration
NBAP RlSetup/Reconf and RRC RadioBearerSetup/Reconf/Release
Based on RNC and NeighbouringRnc activation flags
isHlsCModeAllowed under RadioAccessService
isHlsCmAllowedOnDrnc under NeighbouringRnc
Reconfiguration to SF/2 when not supported/allowed on DRNC
Based on operator's strategy
isHlsCmMethodPreferred defined per DlUserService and UlUserService
When selecting a CM method, the RNC checks isHlsCmMethodPreferred with respect to the method(s) supported in
UA06.0 by this UserService
Hardcoded in the RNC for each UserService (SF2, HLS, SF2ANDHLS or N/A)

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 40
7 Compressed mode
7.5 CM pattern sequences

tgcfnOffset (CModePatternSeqInfo)
tgprc (CModePatternSeqInfo)

#TGCFN
#1 #2 #TGPRC
Sub-pattern 1Sub-pattern 2Sub-pattern 1Sub-pattern 2 Sub-pattern 1Sub-pattern 2

Gap1 Gap2 Gap1 Gap2

tgsn

tgl1 tgl2 tgl1 tgl2

tgd tgd

tgpl1 tgpl2

1 4 41 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The Compressed Mode is controlled by the UTRAN: it is configured by the RNC on a per UE basis in the form of
Compressed Mode Transmission Gap Pattern Sequences. A CM pattern sequence may be composed of up to two
sub-patterns and is dedicated to one specific measurement purpose.
Each pattern is described by the parameters listed below, those parameters being defined at the cell level:
TGL1 and TGL2: length of transmission gaps 1 and 2 expressed as a number of slots. Possible values are 3, 4,
5, 7, 10 and 14. TGL2 is an optional parameter and if a value is not given by the upper layers, then by default
TGL2 = TGL1,
TGSN: the first gap occurs TGSN slots after the beginning of the pattern,
TGD: the two gaps are separated by a distance of TGD slots,
TGPL1 and TGPL2: length of pattern 1 and 2 expressed in radio frames,
TGCFN: CM start expressed in CFN as CFNx + TgcfnOffset) mod[256],
TGPRC:the number of times the Transmission Gap Pattern is repeated within the Transmission Gap Pattern
Sequence.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 41
7 Compressed mode
7.6 Pattern sequence configuration

A pattern sequence is defined for each type of measurement.


GSM RSSI measurement
CmodePatternSeqInfo
CmodePatternSeqInfo/0
isPatternAllowed= True
RadioAccessService Tgmp = 2
TgcfnOffset= 0
Tgd = 0 BSIC identification
Tgl1 = 14
Tgl2 = 0
CmodePatternSeqInfo[1]
CmodePatternSeqInfo/1
Tgpl1 = 6
Tgpl2 = N/A isPatternAllowed= True
Tgprc = 8 Tgmp = 3
Tgsn = 8 TgcfnOffset= 48
Tgd = 0
Tgl1 = 14 FDD measurements
Tgl2 = 0 CmodePatternSeqInfo[2]
Tgpl1 = 6 CmodePatternSeqInfo/2
CmodePatternSeqInfo
Tgpl2 = N/A
Tgprc = 78 isPatternAllowed= True
Tgsn = 8 Tgmp = 1
nIdentifyAbort= 26 TgcfnOffset= 0
Tgd = 0
Tgl1 = 10
Tgl2 = 0
Tgpl1 = 6
Tgpl2 = N/A
Tgprc = 50
Tgsn = 10

1 4 42 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

A certain number of pattern sequences can be defined in the UTRAN configuration, each of them being associated
with a specific measurement purpose.
The pattern sequence is defined by a set of parameters (transmission GAP and CM patterns parameters), that are
grouped into the CModePatternSeqInfo object:
0 of CmodePatternSeqInfo corresponds to a Compressed Mode measurement purpose GSM RSSI
Instance
Measurements.
1 of CmodePatternSeqInfo corresponds to a Compressed Mode measurement purpose GSM Initial
Instance
BSIC Identification.
2 of CmodePatternSeqInfo corresponds to a Compressed Mode measurement purpose FDD Inter-
Instance
Frequency Measurement.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 42
7 Compressed mode
7.7 FDD Inter-Freq CM pattern

50 Patterns (3000 ms)

CFN + 0 Gap = 10 Time Slots

10 Time Slots 70 Time Slots


6 Frames (60 ms)

1 4 43 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

For FDD inter-frequency measurement, a single pattern of 6 frames repeated 50 times is used, leading to a basic
compressed mode measurement period of 3 s.

The UE is provided with the FDD neighboring cell list, when receiving the RRC Measurement Control message. Using
this list, the UE starts the CPICH_RSCP and CPICH_Ec/No measurement processes that can be seen as a sort of
endless loop, intending to identify the best neighboring cells.

Measurement results are sent to the RNC with periodical measurement reports.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 43
7 Compressed mode
7.8 GSM Inter-RAT CM pattern

8 Patterns (480 ms) 78 Patterns (4680 ms)


RSSI BSIC

CFN + 48
CFN + 0

8 Time Slots 68 Time Slots


Gap = 14 Time Slots

6 Frames (60 ms)

1 4 44 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In the case of GSM initial BSIC identification, the UE is to take the results of the most recent set of GSM RSSI
samples and attempt to identify the BSICs of the 8 strongest cells, proceeding in single strength order.
It has to be noted that the time required for a measurement report is essentially dictated by the time required to
identify the BSICs of the required number of cells. As a consequence, it is better to choose the compressed mode
patterns for this operation first and then build the patterns for GSM RSSI measurements around this pattern.
Thats the reason why:
a transmission gap shorter that 14 has been chosen in order to allow good performance on BSIC identification.
8 patterns of 6x10ms have been allocated to RSSI measurements since the measurement period for the GSM
carrier RSSI measurement is 480 ms in the CELL_DCH state (as stated in [3GPP_R01]).
3x26 patterns have been allocated to initial BSIC identification in order to allow a minimum of 3 cells to be
reported in the worst case (e.g. when it takes up to nIdentifyAbort to identify each cell).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 44
End of module
Measurements

1 4 45 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Measurements
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.4 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 4 Page 45
Section 1
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

W-CDMA R99 Algorithms


Description
Module 5
Call Admission
TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1

UTRAN
UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
TMO18255_V2.0-SG Edition 1

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 1
Blank page

152 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Document History

Edition Date Author Remarks

01 YYYY-MM-DD Last name, first name First edition

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 2
Module objectives

Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:

Describe call establishment and the associated parameters


Describe RAB Matching and the associated parameters
Describe IRM RAB to RB Mapping and the associated parameters
Describe CAC and the associated parameters
Describe CELL_FACH admission and the associated parameters

153 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 3
Module objectives [cont.]

154 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 4
Table of contents

Switch to notes view! Page

1 Paging 7
1.1 Paging DRX cycle 8
1.2 Paging repetition 9
2 Access preambles & acknowledgment 10
2.1 Preambles transmission 11
2.2 Acknowledgement transmission 12
2.3 Preambles retransmission parameters 13
3 RRC connection establishment 14
3.1 RRC connection setup 15
3.2 UL interference CAC on RACH 16
3.3 RRC connection rejection 17
3.4 RRC speech redirection 18
3.5 FACH power control as the type of DL traffic 22
3.5.1 FACH power adjustment 23
3.5.2 RRC connection setup repetition 24
4 RAB matching principles 25
4.1 RAB request vs. UserServices configuration 26
4.2 Matching main steps 27
5 RAB to RBset matching & TrCH type selection 28
5.1 Candidate RBset selection 29
5.2 Candidate RBset selection algorithm: speech 30
5.3
155
Candidate RBset selection algorithm: streaming 31
5.4
W-CDMACandidate RBset
R99 Algorithms Description selection algorithm: interact./backgr.
COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
Call Admission 32
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
5.5 TrCH type selection 33
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination 34
6.1 iRM selection 35
6.2 DL IRM target RB selection algorithm 36
6.3 DL iRM on radio link condition 37
6.4 DL iRM on cell color 38
6.5 DL cell color calculation 39
6.6 DL cell color/active set color calculation 40
6.7 DL target RB determination 41
6.8 DL iRM CEM load parameters 42
6.9 DL iRM table: example for PS_384K_IB radio bearer 43
6.10 DL iRM: exercise 44
6.11 UL IRM target RB selection algorithm 47
6.12 UL radio load estimation without RSEPS 48
6.12.1 Self-learning of RTWPref 49
6.12.2 Calculation in Node B 50
6.12.3 Calculation in RNC 51
6.13 UL load estimation with RSEPS: calculation in RNC 52
6.14 UL IRM on cell color 53
6.15 UL cell color calculation 54
6.16 iRM target UL RB rate determination 55
6.17 UL iRM radio load parameters 56
6.18 UL iRM CEM load parameters 57
6.19 UL iRM table parameters 58
6.20 Exercise: iRM UL 59
6.21 iRM CAC for PS streaming RAB 62
7 iRM CAC: admission control & resource reservation 63
7.1 UL radio load token for high data rate 64
7.2 Transport resource reservation Equivalent Bit Rate (EBR) 66
7.3 DL reserved power computation 67
7.4 DL power admission criteria 68
7.5 DL power self tuning 69

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 5
Table of contents [cont.]

Switch to notes view! Page

7.5.1 Example 70
7.6 OVSF codes reservation & admission 71
8 CELL_FACH admission control 72
8.1 CELL_FACH admission control 73

156 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 6
1 Paging

157 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 7
1 Paging
1.1 Paging DRX cycle

IMSI, Paging Request


Scheduled at

0 1 256 512 4095

The number of paging occasions per SFN cycle (4096 TTI) depends on the DRX cycle
coefficient.
Pa
gi
ng
fo
rP DRX
ac
ke FDDCell
tc
all
Pa
gin
g for csDrxCynLngCoef
Cir
c uit
Node B ca
ll
psDrxCynLngCoef

UE

158 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

When camping normally on a cell, the UE monitors regularly the paging channel. In order to save some energy, a
discontinuous reception mode (DRX) is used.
The DRX cycle is defined as the individual time interval between monitoring Paging Occasion for a specific UE. The
UE needs only to monitor one Page Indicator (PI) in one Paging Occasion per DRX cycle.
The DRX cycle length is defined as MAX(2k, PBP), where:
PBP is the Paging Block Periodicity and has the fixed value of 1 in UMTS-FDD.
k is an integer and can be specific by the Core Network domain.
The value of k is controlled in the Alcatel-Lucents solution by two parameters, one by the Core Network Domain:
csDrxCynLngCoef and psDrxCynLngCoef.
Since the UE may be attached to two different domains simultaneously, both DRX cycle length values are calculated
and stored in the UE from the values read in the SIB 1 (NAS system information, idle and connected mode timers
and counters). Then the UE should keep only the shortest of both values as the DRX cycle length it will use.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 8
1 Paging
1.2 Paging repetition

Core
RNC
Network
RANAP Paging (UEx)
RRC Paging Type 1 (UEx, other UEs)
Initial transmission
RRC Paging Type 1 (UEx, other UEs)
1st retransmission tpageVal
RRC Paging Type 1 (other UEs)

Tpaging
RRC Paging Type 1 (other UEs)

nth retransmission
X
RRC Paging Type 1 (UEx, other UEs)
Call Forwarded to Vmail

RN
nrOfPagingRepetition C
isPagingRepetitionAllowed RadioAccessService
(RNC)
PCH SCCPCH FDDCell tpageVal

159 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In areas of poor radio coverage, it can happen that UE miss paging request what translates into the subscriber missing
terminating calls. In order to cope with radio transmission losses, the UTRAN can repeat the paging request so as to increase the
probability for the UE to hear it.
Paging repetition is applicable to mobile in idle, CELL_PCH or URA_PCH states.
Alcatel-Lucent implements two algorithms:
Paging Record priority: When several paging records have to be sent at the same paging occasion, the records are sent in
the same RRC PAGING message. Nevertheless, if the number of records exceeds the message size (i.e. more than 8
records), then the following priority will apply:
Priority 1: fresh paging record for packet or circuit services (i.e. no difference between the two domains). A fresh
paging record is a record which has not been previously sent.
Priority 2: repeated paging record for packet or circuit services (no difference between the two domains).
Limitation of repetitions: nrOfPagingRepetition is the number of times a paging record is repeated. This is a customer
configurable parameter.
nrOfPagingRepetition parameter: indicates the number of retransmissions of the paging by UTRAN. Specific value 0 means that
the paging will not be repeated (only the fresh paging is sent).

New UA07.1.2:
When searching for the next free Paging Occasion (PO) for a paging type 1, the RNC shall consider only POs within the time
given by the new parameter tpageVal. If no free PO is found within this time then the RNC shall discard the paging.
The RNC timer tpageVal should be aligned with the core network (MSC and SGSN) paging repetition timers.
Notes:
A PO is considered as free if the paging message has room left to add the new paging.
If the feature paging repetition is enabled and a PO contains RNC repeated pagings then these are removed if required to add
the 'fresh' paging. This is existing UA05.0 functionality from feature 24075.
If paging repetition is enabled then the RNC shall schedule repeated paging only within time tpageVal.
If the value of parameter tpageVal is changed then the RNC shall keep already scheduled pagings unchanged. The new value
applies for new pagings only.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 9
2 Access preambles & acknowledgment

1 5 10 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 10
2 Access preambles & acknowledgment
2.1 Preambles transmission
Interference level
RACH FDDCell
detection

no 3
detection RACH
RACH preambleThreshold
preambleThreshold Preamble
detection

2 rachsubChannel

AS 1
0 AS 1 AS 2 AS15
Ack.

PRACH PRACH

4
4 6
1
1 preambleSignature

Wait forAck ...


Preamble Part Message part

prachScramblingCode
Preamble
aichTransmissionTiming

1 5 11 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

UE PRACH use is composed of two parts: the preamble part and the message part.
Before transmitting the message part of the preamble, the UE waits for an acknowledgement from the network (on
the AICH), confirming that the network has detected the UE.
The transmission of the preamble part consists of the repetition of a preamble composed of a 16-chip signature
repeated 256 times for a total of 4096 chips.
Basically, the UE is assigned one of the 16 possible preambles signature and transmits it at increasing power until it
gets a response from the network. The parameter preambleSignature of the RACH object, defines the set of allowed
signatures of the PRACH preamble part.
The preambleThreshold parameter is defined as the threshold (in dB) over the interference level used for preamble
detection in the CEM card. (The real value in dB of the preamble threshold is given by the formula: -
36+0.5*preambleThreshold.)
The rachSubChannels parameter defines the set of access slots on which the mobiles are authorized to transmit
their access on the PRACH. It defines a sub-set of the total set of uplink access slots.
The aichTransmissionTiming parameter of the RACH object defines the timing relation between PRACH and AICH
channels.
The scrambling code of the PRACH preamble part is defined by the prachScramblingCode parameter of the RACH
object.
Note: The RACH preambleSignature is limited to 1 signature for iCEM128. The allowed signature will be
0000000000000001 or 1000000000000000 or 0000000100000000

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 11
2 Access preambles & acknowledgment
2.2 Acknowledgement transmission
aichTransmissionTiming = 0 RACH
3 TS
Downlink AICH
AICH

Preamble Preamble PRACH


Uplink
PRACH
3 AS 3 AS

Transmission of AICH may only start at the beginning of a DL AS


Transmission of UL RACH preambles and RACH message parts may only start at the beginning of a UL AS

aichTransmissionTiming = 1
5 TS
Downlink AICH

AICH

Preamble Preamble PRACH


Uplink
PRACH
4 AS 4 AS

1 5 12 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The aichTransmissionTiming parameter of the RACH object defines the timing relation between PRACH and AICH
channels.
For example, when aichTransmissionTiming is set to 1:
The minimum inter-preamble distance tp-p,min = 20480 chips (4 access slots)
The preamble-to-AI distance tpa = 12800 chips (5 time slots)
The preamble-to-message distance tp-m = 20480 chips (4 access slots)
Note: only aichTransmissionTiming = 1 is supported for iBTS (Global Market) and aichTransmissionTiming =
0 is supported for OneBTS (US Market).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 12
2 Access preambles & acknowledgment
2.3 Preambles retransmission parameters

PREAMBLE #1

Access Cycle #1
preambleRetransMax (RACH)
PREAMBLE #2

PREAMBLE #N Mmax (RachTxParameters)

NB01min (RachTxParameters)

Access Cycle #2
PREAMBLE #1

NB01max (RachTxParameters)
PREAMBLE #N

1 5 13 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

When a negative answer is received by the UE from the network after a given period, the UE re-sends a preamble at
a higher transmission power, so that the Node B can detect it better among the other information received. This
ramping up process is thus characterized by:
of the preamble retransmission: 3GPP (cf. 25.321) has defined two parameters: NB01min and
Periodicity
NB01max, setting respectively the lower and the upper bounds of the retransmission periodicity (unit is
expressed in tens of ms).
Maximum number of preambles transmitted: this limitation is defined through preambleRetransMax and Mmax
parameters.
preambleRetransMax gives the maximum number of PRACH time slots allowed within an access cycle.
Mmax gives the maximum number of access cycles. An access cycle is defined by a number of radio
frames on which the PRACH access (and therefore a preamble ramping cycle) is allowed on specific slot
numbers.
The ramping process stops when the number of preambles transmitted has reached the maximum allowed number
of PRACH retransmissions, either within an access cycle, or when the maximum number of access cycles is reached.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 13
3 RRC connection establishment

1 5 14 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 14
3 RRC connection establishment
3.1 RRC connection setup
Node B
se)
t (Cau
ues
n Req
ctio RNC
Co nne
RRC

SRB = ???

RadioAccessService

DlRbSetConf DlUserService ServiceInit UlUserService UlRbSetConf

UserServices

1 5 15 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

When the UE attempt to establish an RRC Connection is accepted, the corresponding Signaling Radio Bearers can be
supported on two different RRC states and with two different throughputs:
CELL_FACH

CELL_DCH

The parameters which allow selection of the RRC state to support the Signaling Radio Bearers are UlUserviceId for
the UL direction, and DlUserserviceId for the DL direction.
The selection of the SRB xxServiceId to accommodate the RRC connection is distinguished by RRC establishment
Cause (UserServices instance):
IMSI Detach, Registration, Originating Low Priority Signaling, Originating Low Priority Signaling: SRB_CellFACH
Emergency Call: SRB_3_4K_DCH
Others (normal Originating and Terminating calls): SRB_13_6K_DCH

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 15
3 RRC connection establishment
3.2 UL interference CAC on RACH

Eb/No
required Call is accepted Call is rejected
Interference
level

Yes No
UL RTWP
Received Power
RTWP < Maximum UL Interference
Level

RNC
H
P- RAC

NBAP Common measurement report


(RTWP)

cacConfId (FDDCell) maxUlInterferenceLevel (CacConfClass)

1 5 16 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The overall interference level received in a cell is measured with the UL RTWP measurement (Received Total
Wideband Power measured at the Node B and forwarded to the RNC).
On RACH reception, before the allocation of the standalone signaling radio bearer, and during the resource
reservation phase, the RNC compares the measured RTWP with a fixed value, the maxULInterferenceLevel
parameter.
If the RTWP is below this threshold, the criterion is met.
If the RTWP is over the threshold, the call is rejected.
The RTWP is measured by the Node B and sent towards the RNC by sending a NBAP common measurement
report.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 16
3 RRC connection establishment
3.3 RRC connection rejection

RNC

RRC Connection Request

RNC rejects the UE requests

RRC Connection Rejected (cause)

waitTime parameter before UE re-attempt

RRC Connection Request

Cell load >= UL RTWP >=


Maximum UL Interference SRB CAC* Max UE RNC
Cell Load Threshold Contexts Overload
Level

waitTime3Gto2GRedirectFailure waitTimeOnRrcConnectionRejection timeReject (Overload)


(FDDCell) (ServiceInit)
OR
OR waitTime3Gto2GRedirectFailure* waitTime3Gto2GRedirectFailure

1 5 17 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

If RRC connection fails, the UE will re-attempt a 3G call establishment up to N300 times. However, the UE is
required to wait (at least) a predetermined time before the subsequent attempt on the 3G network. This wait time is
sent by the RNC to the UE in the Wait Time IE in the RRC Connection Reject message.
Subsequent call attempts may or may not be redirected to the 2G network, depending on whether the initial cause
for RRC Redirection still persists on the 3G UTRAN.
The Wait Time parameter will be set to the value associated with one of the following parameters:
timeReject. If the admission failure which causes the redirection is RNC overload
waitTimeOnRrcConnectionRejection. If the admission failure which causes the redirection is congestion
waitTime3Gto2GRedirectFailure. In the case of a 3G-2G Emergency Redirection or 3G-2G Redirection based
on cell load

The waitTimeOnRrcConnectionRejection parameter is in seconds and the value 0 indicates that the repetition
is not allowed.

Notes:
SRB CAC: The RNC will check that the resources required to support the SRB (e.g. power and codes) are
available.
Max UE contexts: The RNC checks that the maximum number of concurrent UE contexts will not be exceeded

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 17
3 RRC connection establishment
3.4 RRC speech redirection
RNC

RRC Connection Request

Max UE SRB CAC


RNC Overload
Contexts Rejection

IF
RRC Establishment Cause = MO Conversational AND
is3Gto2GConversationalCallRedirectOnRrcEstabFailAllowed =
TRUE
OR
RRC Establishment Cause = Emergency AND
is3Gto2GRedirectForEmergencyAllowed = TRUE
AND
2G neighbor configured
THEN
include Redirection IE in RRC Connection Rejection message
RRC Connection Rejected (cause)
Redirection IE (Inter-RAT info = GSM)

is3Gto2GConversationalCallRedirectOnRrcEstabFailAllowed (RadioAccessService)
WaitTime3GTo2GRedirectFailure
(FDDCell) is3Gto2GRedirectForEmergencyAllowed (FDDCell)

1 5 18 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Upon reception of the RRC Connection Request message, the RNC executes the usual RRC Connection Admission
Controls.
If failure occurs for SRB assignment, the RNC verifies that some pre-conditions for redirection to GSM are fulfilled.
Then the RRC Connection Reject message contains the Redirection IE with Inter-RAT info set to GSM. Note that
the RNC is unaware of the UE capabilities at RRC Connection Request time. Therefore, the RNC attempts an RRC
Redirection independently of whether the UE supports GSM or the Redirection IE. If the UE supports GSM and the
Redirection IE, it will perform inter-system cell reselection and will re-originate the speech call on the 2G network.

All types of MO Conversational calls are redirected to 2G upon admission failure independently of the service type or
domain. This includes non-speech calls such as Video Telephony. This is a consequence of the fact that the RRC
establishment cause is not able to uniquely identify a CS speech at this early stage of the call progression.

Redirection is not triggered if the UE already has an established RRC connection prior to invoking the MO call
request (for example when a PS call is already established).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 18
3 RRC connection establishment
3.4 RRC speech redirection [cont.]
3G-2G RRC Speech Redirection based on cell load
is3G2GRedirectOnCellLoadAllowed

(FDDCell)
FDD Originating Cell Load
is3G2GRedirectOnCellLoadAllowedForEmergency(

RadioAccessService)
Code Color

Copyright 1996 Northern Telecom


Power Color
FDD
Worst
UL Cell Color
Speech Call
Iub Color

CEM Color Worst 2G

UL RTWP Load
Color

Worst
UL Cell Color

redirection3G2GOnCellLoadThreshold
CEM Color
(FDDCell)

1 5 19 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

From UA07 onwards, this feature enables 3G/2G RRC redirection of CS Speech calls when the cell load on the
originating UMTS cell reaches a configurable threshold.

Calls are rejected and redirected to GSM.

Mobile then selects a GSM cell based on previously measured neighbouring cell list and retries a call establishment.

This mechanism allows offloading 3G traffic to 2G before reaching CAC failure.

Compared to Load based Handover, this procedure does not consume any 3G resources.

Note: Green < Yellow< Red < Black

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 19
3 RRC connection establishment
3.4 RRC speech redirection [cont.]
RNC
isGsmTargetInfoListIeAllowed
(RadioAccessService / ServiceInit)

RRC/RACH (RRC Connection Request)

IF
RRC Establishment Cause = MO Conversational AND
is3G2GRedirectOnCellLoadAllowed = TRUE)
OR
RRC Establishment Cause = Emergency AND
is3G2GRedirectOnCellLoadAllowed = TRUE AND
is3G2GRedirectOnCellLoadAllowedForEmergency =
TRUE
AND
other conditions are fulfilled
THEN
RRC/FACH (RRC Connection Reject)
include Redirection IE in RRC Connection Rejection
Wait time
message
Inter-RAT info=GSM
GSM Target cell info list (1 to 32 Cells)
BCCH ARFCN redirection3G2GOnCellLoadThreshold
Band Indicator (FDDCell)
Rejection Cause: congestion
is3G2GRedirectOnCellLoadAllowedForEmergenc
WaitTime3GTo2GRedirectFailure
y
(FDDCell)
(RadioAccessService)
1 5 20 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The RRC Connection Request initiated by the UE contains the establishment cause.

The other conditions that must be fulfilled are explained in the next slide.

If the call is eligible to the 3G-2G redirection criterion, an RRC Connection Reject is sent to the UE with redirection
info included and may include the GSM target cell info list IE.
The RNC always sends the GSM target cell Info List whatever UE release (R99, R5, R6, R7).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 20
3 RRC connection establishment
3.4 RRC speech redirection [cont.]
is3G2GRedirectOnCellLoadAllowed
is3G2GRedirectOnCellLoadAllowed redirection3G2GOnCellLoadThreshold
= True ? is3g2gRedirectOnCellLoadAllowedForR99andR5
(FDDCell)
Yes

First RRC Connection Request (1st RACH)


AND
( Call Type IE = CS Speech (R6 UE)
or
is3g2gRedirectOnCellLoadAllowedForR99andR5
is3g2gRedirectOnCellLoadAllowedForR99andR5 = True (up to R5 UE) )
AND
(Establishment Cause = Originating Conversational or Emergency
Call*)
Yes
is3G2GRedirectOnCellLoadAllowedForEmergenc
y
Neighboring GSM Cell Defined ? *=True
Yes (RadioAccessService)

Originating Cell Load Color equal or


Yes
worse than 3G-2G Redirection
redirection3G2GOnCellLoadThreshol
redirection3G2GOnCellLoadThreshold Triggered

1 5 21 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

For R5 & R99 Mobiles, no differentiation in the RRC Connection IE between video & voice thus: risk to
move video calls in 2G is to be considered.

Upon receiving the RRC Connection Reject message from UTRAN, the UE will process the GSM cell selection process
using or not the GSM target cell info and will attempt an RACH on 2G if it finds an eligible GSM target cell.

If no GSM cell fulfills the selection criteria, the UE will re-attempt a new RACH towards the UTRAN after the wait
time timer (waitTime3Gto2GRedirectFailure) has elapsed. The UE may camp on the same Fdd cell or another
Fdd cell (the cell reselection process may change the Fdd cell).

When the re-attempt occurs in the same FDDCell within a certain period of time (RrcCnxRepeatTime), the RNC
doesnt redirect the call to the 2g and attempts to establish the call on the FDDCell thanks to a mechanism (already
used for all features dealing with RRC Redirection) at cell level which registers the UE identity before launching the
3G2G redirection. If the re-attempt occurs after the timer elapses or in a different FDDCell, the RACH is managed as
a first RRC establishment request.
2G load is not taken into account to take the decision to trigger the redirection.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 21
3 RRC connection establishment
3.5 FACH power control as the type of DL traffic

isFachPowerDifferentForSrbtraffic
= True
(RadioAccessService)

UE in Cell_FACH

RLC/MAC blocks (DATA)

A) FACH
D AT
ck s ( PWR
MA C blo fachTrbPowerOffset
RLC/ (FACH)
PCH
/ S-CC
F AC H
RLC/MAC blocks (SIGNALING)

LING
) FACH
s (SIGNA
c k
C blo
fachSrbPowerOffset
MA PWR
RLC/ (FACH)
PCH
/ S-CC
F AC H

1 5 22 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The feature differentiates the power level used for FACH channel depending on whether data or signaling is
transmitted.
From UA07, a Boolean switch allows choosing between the two alternative approaches.
It is possible for operator to choose one of the following options:
Power ramping for RRC Connection Setup message based on UE feedback and fixed (same) power for the rest
of signaling and traffic on FACH (UA05 onwards mechanism called FACH Power Adjustment and Quick Repeat).
Configurable fixed (different) power level based on whether the FACH frame contains Signaling Radio Bearer
data or Traffic Radio Bearer data (new option from UA07).

isFACHpowerdifferentForSRBtraffic allows one to enable/disable the use of the configured fixed power offset
based on whether the Radio Bearer is Signalling or Traffic.
If isFACHpowerdifferentForSRBtraffic is TRUE, regardless of whether isFachPowerAdjustmentActivated
(flag to activate FACH power adjustment) is turned on or off, the configured FACH power offset values based for
SRB fachSrbPowerOffset or TRB fachTrbPowerOffset are used.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 22
3.6 FACH power control as the type of DL traffic
3.5.1 FACH power adjustment
isFachPowerDifferentForSrbtraffic = False

Maximum FACHpower

AbsoluteMaxFachPower

FachTransmitPowerLevelStep
FachTransmitPowerLevelStep
InitialFachPowerAdjustment
sccpchPowerRelativetoPcpich
third RRC
PCPICHPower

second Connectio
first RRC RRC n Setup
all other Connection Connectio
P-CPICH Setup n Setup
FACH
messages

Feature Parameters (FachPowerAdjustmentParams)

Feature Activation maxFachPowerRelativeToPcpich (FACH)


initialFachPowerAdjustment
isFachPowerAdjustmentEnabled (CallAccessPerformanceConf)
fachTransmitPowerLevelStep
isFachPowerAdjustmentActivated (FDDCell)
fachPowerAdjustmentCpichEcNoThreshold

sccpchPowerRelativeToPcpich (SCCPCH)

1 5 23 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

It is proposed to adjust the FACH power while sending the RRC Connection Setup message based on the CPICH
Ec/No measurement received from the RRC Connection Request message. The preferred power setting change is
only applied to the FACH frames which carry the RRC Connection Setup message. For other messages, the RNC
should set the power setting level to the nominal value.
Once the FACH power adjustment is required for the first RRC Connection Setup, at every next subsequent
repetitions (that is, T351 expiration), the FACH power is further stepped up.
The feature is activated both at the RNC (isFachPowerAdjustmentEnabled) and FddCell levels
(isFachPowerAdjustmentActivated).
If the quality measurements of either Ec/No (by default) or RSCP is below the threshold, the FACH power
adjustment will be performed.

fachPowerAdjustmentCpichEcNoThreshold represents the absolute thresholds of PCPICH quality


measurements which activate the feature. If Ec/No is below the threshold, the FACH power adjustment will be
performed.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 23
3.6 FACH power control as the type of DL traffic
3.5.2 RRC connection setup repetition

UE RNC-IN
RNC-
CN Control of RRC Connection Setup
RRC Connection Request (TM) (CPICH Ec/No) t300

RRC Connection Setup (UM) RRC Connection (UeTimerCstIdleMode)


Setup

t300 t351 Control of RRC Connection Complete


RRC Connection Setup (UM) RRC Connection
t351
Setup t352 n351
t351 t352
RRC Connection Setup (UM) RRC Connection (CallAccessPerformanceConf)
Setup

Quick Repeat (CallAccessPerformanceConf)

isQuickPepeatActivated (FDDCell)
isQuickPepeatAllowed
RRC Connection Setup (UM) RRC Connection
numberOfQuickRepeat
Setup
deltaCpichEcNoUsedQuickRepeat

RRC Connection Setup Complete (AM)

1 5 24 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The RRC Connection Setup message is sent over CCCH/FACH in RLC UM mode. Without its retransmission, the
message could be lost over the air due to bad RF conditions. The objective of this feature is to provide the RRC
Connection Setup message retransmission functionality if the RRC Connection Setup Complete message from the UE
has not been received within the duration of T351 timer.
The retransmission of the RRC Connection Setup message based on a quicker timer T351 than T300 reduces the call
setup duration. By reducing the need for the UE to submit another RRC Connection Request message as a result of
the expiry of timer T300, this feature has a positive impact to the RACH capacity.

This feature provides quick repetition functionality of the RRC Connection Setup message without waiting for the
acknowledgement from the UE (RRC Connection Setup Complete message).
The quick repetition of the RRC Connection Setup is activated based on the P-CPICH Ec/No measurement received
from the RRC Connection Request message reported by the UE. If quality measurements are below a certain
threshold, that is; CPICH EC/No < fachPowerAdjustmentCpichEcNoThreshold +
deltaCpichEcNoUsedQuickRepeat. The likelihood of high BLER on the FACH channel is increased, thus reducing
the probability of RRC Connection Setup being successfully received by the UE, since it is sent on RLC UM. In order
to increase the probability of successful RRC Connection Setup transmission, the message is quick-repeated, that is
to say, without waiting for an acknowledgement.

T352 is the Alcatel-Lucent Timer to control the release of UE call context by the RNC.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 24
4 RAB matching principles

1 5 25 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 25
4 RAB matching principles
4.1 RAB request vs. UserServices configuration

ice
Serv est
u RNC Core Network
Req
Service
Request

RB = ??? RAB Assignment Request

RadioAccessService

DlRbSetConf DlUserService ServiceInit UlUserService UlRbSetConf

UserServices

1 5 26 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Several Access Stratum configurations are supported.


They are split between downlink and uplink and may be dissymmetric.
At the RNC, each access stratum configuration is identified by an access stratum configuration Identifier or
UserServiceId. This identifier characterizes a set of radio bearers that are linked through a common radio
configuration, including therefore a signaling radio bearer (SRB) and a set of traffic Radio Bearers (RBs).

The objective of the RAB matching algorithm is to translate the RAB parameters specified in the RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST received from the Core Network into a pre-defined RAB supported in the RNC.
The requested RAB is matched to the closest RAB provisioned in the RNC, using the RAB matching algorithm.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 26
4 RAB matching principles
4.2 Matching main steps

UE Capability Requested RAB Establishment Cause

Candidate RBSet Selection


RAB to RBset Matching
UE Capability Check

TrCH Type Selection

IRM Selection (DL) IRM Selection (UL)

RBSet List Construction

UserServices Matching RBset to UserServices Matching

UE Capability Check

Reference UserServices Target UserServices

1 5 27 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

RAB Matching is done at call establishment. For soft handover, only resource reservation and Call Access Control are
performed.
The above diagram describes the main steps of the RAB Matching algorithm used.
Step 1: RAB to RBset Matching:
UL & DL RBs are selected according to the RAB Request and stored in an RB set.
this RB list is filtered according to UE capabilities.
Step 2: Transport Channel Type Selection:
DCH or HDSCH in DL, DCH or E-DCH in UL is selected according to the UE and cell capabilities
Step 3: iRM RAB to RB Mapping (DL only):
a DL Target RB is elected among all the selected RBs of the RBset.
Step 4: RBset to User Services Matching:
Target User Services are extracted and explicitly defined from the RBsets.
Reference User Services are extracted and explicitly defined from the RBsets.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 27
5 RAB to RBset matching & TrCH type
selection

1 5 28 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 28
5 RAB to RBset matching & TrCH type selection
5.1 Candidate RBset selection
Core Network RNC
RAB Assignment Request enableRabNegotiation
(RadioAccessService)
Maximum Bit Rate
Guaranteed Bit Rate
RadioAccessService
UMTS Traffic Class
A/R Priority Level
...
DlRbSetConf UlRbSetConf

enabledForRABMatching (DlRbSetConf)
enabledForRABMatching (UlRbSetConf)

Candidate RBset Selection

DL Candidate RBset UL Candidate RBset

DL Reference RB UL Reference RB

1 5 29 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The Purpose of this algorithm is to get as output a radio bearer table containing all the acceptable Radio Bearers (DL
Candidate RBset and UL Candidate RBset), among which one is marked as the Reference RB in UL & DL. These
RBsets also include the RBs to be used for Always On and iRM Scheduling (when applicable).
From all Radio Bearers defined in the RNC, the RNC selects the Radio Bearers (DlRbSetConf and UlRbSetConf)
having the following properties:
It is eligible for RbSet Matching (enabledForRabMatching).
The Traffic Class corresponds to the requested Traffic Class.
The Bit Rate is compliant with the RBset selection criteria (see next slide).
For PS Calls, the rule is to sort all eligible radio bearers in decreasing bit rate order, and to select the reference radio
bearer as being the first element in the top of the list.
Other radio bearers are kept as fallback radio bearers.

From UA06.0, RAB negotiation may be supported at establishment time. If the enableRabNegotiation flag is set
to True, the presence of the Alternative RAB Parameter Values IE is checked in the RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT
[3GPP_R18] or RELOCATION REQUEST message and if present with either Alternative MBR or Alternative GBR then
negotiating the Maximum Bit Rate or Guaranteed Bit Rate (Streaming class) respectively is allowed.
RAB matching and call admission is performed as normal and if the requested rate is not achievable a lower data
rate may be selected. This is applicable to both Interactive/Background and Streaming RABs.
Note: The enableRabNegotiation activation flag shall be set to True only if the SGSNs in the CN support the RAB
negotiation facility with the Unspecified Type of Alternative Bit Rate.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 29
5 RAB to RBset matching & TrCH type selection
5.2 Candidate RBset selection algorithm: speech

Candidate RBset Selection

If AMR Multi Mode Allowed


RAB Assignment Request Bit Rate (RbSetConf)
=
TC =Conversational Maximum Bit Rate (RAB Assignment Request )
Maximum Bit Rate
Guaranteed Bit Rate Bit Rate (RbSetConf)
UMTS Traffic Class Source=Speech
A/R Priority Level Guaranteed Bit Rate (RAB Assignment Request)
...

DL Candidate UL Candidate
RbSet RbSet

CS_AMR_WB: CS_AMR_NB: CS_AMR_LR:


{12.65k, 8.85k, 6.6k} {12.2k, 7.95k, 5.9k, 4.75k} {5.9k, 4.75k}
{12.2k, 7.4k, 5.9k, 4.75k} {4.75k}

1 5 30 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The allocation of bearer for voice call depends if the multi-mode AMR is activated at RNC level:
If Traffic Class = Conversational and Source = Speech (Speech case)
Bit Rate (RbSetConf) = MaxBitRate (rabParam)
Bit Rate (RbSetConf) Guaranteed Bit Rate (rabParam)
The RNC shall determine the speech bearer according to the AMR activated modes:
CS_AMR_WB: CS_AMR_NB: CS_AMR_LR
o {12.65k, 8.85k, 6.6k} o {12.2k, 7.95k, 5.9k, 4.75k} o {5.9k, 4.75k}
o {12.2k, 7.4k, 5.9k, 4.75k} o {4.75k}

The following table shows an example of the CS Radio Bearer Table:

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 30
5 RAB to RBset matching & TrCH type selection
5.3 Candidate RBset selection algorithm: streaming

Candidate RBset Selection

RAB Assignment Request


Traffic Class Bit Rate (RbSetConf)
=
Maximum Bit Rate Streaming Guaranteed Bit Rate (RAB Assignment Request)
Guaranteed Bit Rate
UMTS Traffic Class
A/R Priority Level
...

DL Candidate UL Candidate
RbSet RbSet
DCH HSDPA DCH HSUPA
PS_16K_STR PS_HSDSCH_STR PS_16K_STR PS_EDCH_STR
PS_64K_STR PS_32K_STR
PS_128K_STR PS_64K_STR
PS_256K_STR PS_128K_STR
PS_384K_STR

1 5 31 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The following table shows an example of the Streaming Radio Bearer Table.

Note: Streaming over EDCH is an optional feature/service supported from release UA07.1.2.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 31
5 RAB to RBset matching & TrCH type selection
5.4 Candidate RBset selection algorithm: interact./backgr.

DL Candidate
RbSet
Candidate RBset Selection

RAB Assignment Request Bit Rate (RbSetConf)


Traffic Class

=
Maximum Bit Rate Maximum Bit Rate (RAB Assignment
Interactive/Background UL Candidate
Guaranteed Bit Rate Request)
RbSet
UMTS Traffic Class
A/R Priority Level
...

Example
Candidate RBset Selection
DL Candidate RbSet
CS MaxBitRate = 12.2k DCH
PS MaxBitRate DL = 2048K UE Capability Check* UL Candidate RbSet PS 384K (Ref.)
PS MaxBitRate UL = 384K PS 256K
CS Speech + PS I/B
DCH
PS 384K PS 128K
A/R Priority Level = 2 PS 64K
... PS 128K (Ref.)
PS 64K PS 32K
PS 32K PS 16K
* If isUeCapabilitiesInRabMatchingAllowed = True PS 16K PS 8K
PS 8K CS 12.2k (Ref.)
(RadioAccessService)
CS 12.2k (Ref.)

1 5 32 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

From all Radio Bearers defined in the RNC, the RNC selects the Radio Bearers (DlRbSetConf and UlRbSetConf)
having the following properties:
It is eligible to RbSet Matching (EnabledForRabMatching parameter)
The Traffic Class corresponds to the requested Traffic Class and:
If Traffic Class = Conversational and Source = Speech (Speech case)
Bit Rate (RbSetConf) = MaxBitRate (rabParam)
Bit Rate (RbSetConf) Guaranteed Bit Rate (rabParam)
If Traffic Class = Streaming
Bit Rate (RbSetConf) Guaranteed Bit Rate (rabParam)
If Traffic Class = Interactive or Background
Bit Rate (RbSetConf) MaxBitRate (rabParam)

The Candidate RBset Selection produces two Radio Bearers lists (one list for UL and one list for DL) that are further
filtered according to UE capability.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 32
5 RAB to RBset matching & TrCH type selection
5.5 TrCH type selection

Based on UE Category, not based on Core network info


Cell
R99 R5 R6
UE
Conv. DCH Conv. DCH Conv. DCH

R99 STR DCH STR DCH STR DCH

I/B DCH I/B DCH I/B DCH

Conv. DCH Conv. DCH Conv. DCH


HS-DSCH HS-DSCH
R5 STR DCH STR STR
DCH DCH
HS-DSCH HS-DSCH
I/B DCH I/B I/B
DCH DCH
Conv. DCH Conv. DCH Conv. DCH

HS-DSCH HS-DSCH
STR DCH STR STR
R6 DCH E-DCH

HS-DSCH HS-DSCH
I/B DCH I/B I/B
DCH E-DCH

1 5 33 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This step aims to perform the transport choice decision:


DCH,

HSxPA,

FACH.

The decision is taken according to several rules:


CS RAB is always established on a DCH Channel.
For a R5 or R6 UE (HSDPA capable), the downlink PS I/B RB is preferred on HSDPA.
the downlink PS Streaming RB is preferred on HSDPA if streaming on HSDPA is activated.
For a R6 UE (HSUPA capable), the uplink PS I/B RB is preferred on HSUPA.
the uplink PS Streaming RB is preferred on HSUPA if streaming on HSUPA is activated.

Note: Streaming over EDCH is an optional feature/service supported starting release UA07.1.2

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 33
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination

1 5 34 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 34
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.1 iRM selection
Requested RAB

Reference UL bit rate RAB to RBset Matching Reference DL bit rate


(UL/DL)

UL iRM DL iRM

iRM Tables

iRM Target UL RB bit rate iRM Target DL RB bit rate

UL bit rate limitation DL bit rate limitation


If Max UL RB bit rate > Target UL RB bit rate If Max DL RB bit rate > Target DL RB bit rate
Then Initial UL RB bit rate = Target UL RB bit rate Then Initial DL RB bit rate = Target DL RB bit rate
Else Initial UL RB bit rate = Max UL RB bit rate Else Initial DL RB bit rate = Max DL RB bit rate

isUlRbRateAdaptationAllowed RBset to UserServices Matching isDlRbRateAdaptationAllowed


(RadioAccessService) (UL/DL) (RadioAccessService)
maxUlEstablishmentRbRate maxDlEstablishmentRbRate
Target RAB (DL/UL)
(CacConfClass) (CacConfClass)
isOamCappingOfDataAllowed Resource Reservation isOamCappingOfDataAllowed
(RadioAccessService) & (RadioAccessService)
maxUlRateRabEstablishDchAndDch Admission Control maxUlRateRabEstablishDchAndDch
(DchRateCapping) (DchRateCapping)

1 5 35 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

According to the cell load (DL and UL) and radio conditions of the UE (DL only), from a Reference RB bit rate
deduced from CN QoS requirements, the RNC will determine, in UL and in DL, a Target RB bit rate in order to avoid
congestion in the cell.
iRM UL and iRM DL Tables are used for Target RB determination according to some criteria (see next slides).

Besides, RB adaptation based on traffic is a feature introducing PS I/B RB bit rate downsizing/upsizing based on user
estimated average throughput.
DL and UL rate adaptation are performed independently.

In UL and/or DL, an initial RB Rate Adaptation can be performed at RAB establishment to admit a user at a
configurable low bit rate.
Consequently, the allocated UL PS RB bit rate and/or UL PS RB bit rate is limited at RAB Establishment, even if the
user is requesting more.
Once the RAB is established, it may be possible to upsize the RB to UL PS 384 kbps if needed thanks to RB
Adaptation:
"Max UL RB bit rate" ("Max DL RB bit rate") specifies the maximum UL rate (DL rate), which may be allocated
at service establishment time (RANAP RAB Assignment Request) or after relocation (RANAP Relocation
Request).
This parameter is significant when isUlRbRateAdaptationAllowed = True (isDlRbRateAdaptationAllowed =
True).
It depends on the activation of the "Initial Rate Capping during RB reconfiguration" feature:

isOamCappingOfDataAllowed = False isOamCappingOfDataAllowed = True


Max UL RB bit rate = maxUlEstablishmentRbRate maxUlRateRabEstablishDchAndDch
Max DL RB bit rate = maxDlEstablishmentRbRate maxDlRateRabEstablishDchAndDch

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 35
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.2 DL IRM target RB selection algorithm
Code Load
Power Load
3 Iub Load
CEM Load 4 Olympic Service Level

2 DL RL Quality
DL Cell Color

olo r
Link C
Radio
Gold
Bronze Silver

DL Candidate RbSet DL Candidate RbSet

(Ref.) (Ref.)
1 (Target)

5 DL IRM Tables

1 5 36 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This step is applied only in the downlink.


The DL iRM Target RB selection algorithm is based on:
UEradio conditions based on CPICH Ec/No and CPICH RSCP reported in the RRC Measurements that indicates
the radio conditions.
The two colors Green and Red respectively represent good radio conditions and bad radio conditions.
cell
load through cell color computation from the downlink OVSF code tree occupancy, the downlink power used
versus the available power, the Iub load and the CEM processing load (D-BBU load).
The three colors (green, yellow and red) are distinguished, green color meaning that the cell is not
loaded, and red color indicating a loaded cell.
OlympicService Level (OLS) is either Gold or Silver or Bronze according to the Allocation/Retention Priority IE
provided in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message).
Once computed, the target downlink radio bearer is flagged as Target Radio Bearer.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 36
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.3 DL iRM on radio link condition

No
isIrmOnRlConditionAllowed
(RadioAccessService) ?
Good RL
Yes Condition

If
- CPICH_Ec/No < irmDlPowerThreshold (IrmOnRlConditionParameters) dlRbSetConfId
And (IrmOnRlConditionParameters)

CPICH_RSCP > irmDlCoverageThreshold (IrmOnRlConditionParameters)

Then Else

fallbackRbRate (DlRbSetConf)

Good RL Bad RL
Condition Condition

cacConfId (FDDCell) cacConfId (FDDCell)

1 5 37 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

iRM Target RB selection shall be limited to fallBackRbRate in case of bad UE radio conditions in order to reduce RLC
re-transmissions and guarantee a minimum level of throughput.
Radio Link conditions are assessed from RRC measurements reported by UE.
Link color calculation is based on the following algorithm:
if (-CPICH Ec/N0 primary < IRMDlPowerThreshold) and (CPICH RSCP > IRMDlCoverageThreshold)
then link color = GREEN
else link color = RED
DL iRM Target RB bit rate shall be limited to fallBackRbRate if the radio link color is RED, otherwise no limitation is
requested.

Note:
During transition from cell FACH state to Cell DCH state, CPICH RSCP is not reported by the UE, therefore:
the coverage criterion (IrmDlCoverageThreshold) is ignored.
theRadio link color evaluation is then based only on CPICH Ec/No measurements as reported on the last RACH
message.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 37
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.4 DL iRM on cell color
No FDDCell Color =
isIrmOnCellColourAllowed
(RadioAccessService) ? Green
Yes

Code Color Power Color

FDDCell Color
DL Cell Color

DL IRM Tables NodeB Color


Specific CE capacity
Credit calculation and
isDlIubTransportLoadColourCalculationEnabled CE consumption laws
(RadioAccessService) for CEM
bwPoolcellColor (EM/RncIn/Cm)
iRMIubLoadQoS (IrmIubTransportLoadParameters)
Iub Color CEM Color

Iub Color = No Yes


Green
? Yes
CEM Color =
isCEMColourCalculationEnabled
? Green
(RadioAccessService) No

1 5 38 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

RAB allocation management is based on FDDcell color and NodeB color.


FDDCell color is derived from a load calculation based on OVSF tree and DL power occupancy.
Node B color is derived from an Iub bandwidth occupancy and CEM processing load.
So, it provides means for a better management of cell resources.
At each allocation/release/reconfiguration of resources, the RNC calculates current:
code color based on OVSF code tree occupancy load
power color based on DL cell power usage
Iub color based on VCC allocated on Iub
CEM load based on credits usage.
Then a composite Cell color is derived, which is an input to iRM table.

isDlIubTransportLoadColourCalculationEnabled activates or deactivatesthe Computation of Downlink Iub load


color and its aggregation in the global cell color.
bwPoolCellColor controls whether Iub downlink usage will be included in the cell color.
iRMIubLoadQoS is a Bitmap of QoS to be taken in account for the iRM Iub Transport Load computation. Bit i
corresponds to QoS i. Value 1: QoS to be taken in account; Value 0: QoS not to be taken in account.

CEM load is not only used in the iRM CAC algorithm. Therefore if CEM load criterion is not to be used in iRM CAC
although CEM load is being computed for iMCTA feature, then:
The isCEMColourCalculationEnabled parameter has to be set to TRUE
The isCEMModelValidForDlColour parameter has to be set to FALSE
In this case, the CEM Color used in iRM CAC will be equal to the dlCEMColourDefaultValue parameter
value.
Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.
TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 38
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.5 DL cell color calculation
Code Load
yellow2RedCLCThreshold 70 % red2YellowCLCThreshold
(IrmOnCellColourParameters) (IrmOnCellColourParameters)
60 %
50 %
green2YellowCLCThreshold yellow2GreenCLCThreshold
(IrmOnCellColourParameters) 40 % (IrmOnCellColourParameters)

Power Load
yellow2RedPLCThreshold 70 % red2YellowPLCThreshold
(IrmOnCellColourParameters) (IrmOnCellColourParameters)
60 %
50 %
green2YellowPLCThreshold yellow2GreenPLCThreshold
(IrmOnCellColourParameters) 40 % (IrmOnCellColourParameters)

Iub Load
Worst DL Cell Color
yellow2RedDlTLCThreshold 90 % red2YellowDlTLCThreshold
(IrmIubTransportLoadParameters) (IrmIubTransportLoadParameters)
80 %
70 %
green2YellowDlTLCThreshold yellow2GreenDlTLCThreshold
(IrmIubTransportLoadParameters) 60 % (IrmIubTransportLoadParameters)

CEM Load
yellow2RedDlCEMThreshold 90 % red2YellowDlCEMThreshold
(DlIrmCEMParameters) (DlIrmCEMParameters)
80 %
70 %
green2YellowDlCEMThreshold yellow2GreenDlCEMThreshold
(DlIrmCEMParameters) 60 % (DlIrmCEMParameters)
1 5 39 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

NOTE: The values provided here for the different Power load, Code load, Iub load and CEM load are just examples.
They are neither Alcatel-Lucent default values nor recommended values as those ones are driven by the
configuration of Node B and cell and by the operator strategy as a trade-off between capacity (number of
simultaneous users) and quality (throughput for PS service).
Indeed:
Codeload thresholds setting is driven by the code capacity of the cell for DCH traffic which depends on the
number of S-CCPCH channels configured, on the fact that the cell might also carry HSDPA traffic, and in that
case on the Dynamic Code Tree Management feature activation.
Powerload thresholds setting is driven by the power capacity of the cell for DCH traffic which depends on the
usage of OCNS, and on the power reserved for HSDPA.
Iub load thresholds setting is driven by the Iub bandwidth capacity of the BTS which depends on the number of
E1 links equipped, the IMA activation and the CAC method used.
CEM load thresholds setting is driven by the CEM capacity of the BTS which depends on the type and number
of CEM boards equipped, on the number of Local Cell Group configured and on the DBBU Frequency Pooling
activation (dbbuPoolMode parameter).
CEM color in DL is calculated by the iRM mechanism comparing the DL CEM load estimation (expressed in percent)
with the different CEM DL load thresholds configured at OAM
Once computed, the CEM color is applied to all the cells of a BTS, cells belonging to the same Local Cell Group.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 39
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.6 DL cell color/active set color calculation
Cell 1

Worst

Worst + =
+ =
Code Color
Worst Iub Color + =

Green Yellow

Red

Power Green Yellow


Color Cell Color
Worst
Red

Cell N
Active Set Color
Green Yellow

Red

Cell Color

1 5 40 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Cell load color calculation


This block allows code, power and Iub occupancy to be taken into account in the calculation of cell color.
The cell load color is calculated as follows:
cell load color = Worst (radio load color, iub load color)
radio load color = Worst (code load color, power load color)

Active set cell load color calculation


When the call is in soft handover, the color taken into account is the active set color defined as the worst color
between the colors of the cells present in the active set. The active set load color is calculated as follows:
active set color = Worst (cell(i) color, i [1..N])
where cell(i) is the cell of the active set and N is the active set size.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 40
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.7 DL target RB determination

SRNC
PS RAB Assignment Request
Core Reference RB Bit Rate
Traffic class
DL Maximum Bit Rate
Allocation/Retention Priority Level

olo r
Link C
Radio fallBackRbRate MIN Target RB Bit Rate

+ Gold
iRMRbRate

Bronze Silver
DL Cell Color
OLS
1 5 41 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The RAB to RB mapping function consists in defining the target RB Set that will replace the Reference RB.
For each triplet {DlRbSetConf, OLS, CellColor}, an iRMRbRate parameter is defined in a DL iRM Table:

DlRbSetConf
PS_384K_IB
PS_384K_IB_MUX
PS_256K_IB DlIrmTable
PS_ 256K_STR OLS Cell Colour Cell Colour Cell Colour
PS_128k_IB = Green = Yellow = Red
PS_128k_IB_MUX Gold 384 128 64
PS_128K_STR Silver 384 128 64
Bronze 384 128 64

DL iRM RB Selection chooses as Target RB bit rate the minimum between:


Reference RB bit rate deduced from CN requirements
Eventual fallBackRbRate is UE in bad radio conditions
iRMRbRate given by DL iRM Tables

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 41
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.8 DL iRM CEM load parameters
RNC

NeighbouringRnc
defaultDlIrmCellColour
NodeB RadioAccessService
isCEMColourCalculationEnabled

1..15

DedicatedConf DlIrmTableConfClass dlIrmTableConfClassId DlRbSetConf

nodeBConfClassId
3
fallBackRbRate
IrmRbRateList
1..15

NodeBConfClass 3
isCEMModelValidForDlColour
IrmRbRateEntry
dlCEMColourDefaultValue

iRMRbRate
DlIrmCEMParameters
green2YellowDlCEMThreshold
yellow2RedDlCEMThreshold
red2YellowDlCEMThreshold
yellow2GreenDlCEMThreshold

1 5 42 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 42
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.9 DL iRM table: example for PS_384K_IB radio bearer
DlRbSetConf
PS_384K_IB
PS_384K_IB_MUX
PS_256K_IB
PS_ 256K_STR
PS_128k_IB
IrmRbRateList Instance IrmRbRateEntry
PS_128k_IB_MUX
Instance iRMRbRate
PS_128K_STR
/0 Cell Color = Green 0 OLS = Gold 384
1 OLS = Silver 384
2 OLS = Bronze 384
/1 Cell Color = Yellow 0 OLS = Gold 128
1 OLS = Silver 128
2 OLS = Bronze 128
/2 Cell Color = Red 0 OLS = Gold 64
1 OLS = Silver 64
2 OLS = Bronze 64

1 5 43 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 43
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.10 DL iRM: exercise
Assumptions
hsdpaActivation (FDDCell) = False
enabledForRabMatching (any DlRbSetConf) = True
isIrmOnRlConditionAllowed (RadioAccessService) = True
irmDlPowerThreshold (IrmOnRlConditionParameters) = 15dB
irmDlCoverageThreshold (IrmOnRlConditionParameters) = -100dBm
fallBackRbRate (PS_384K_IB) = 64kbps
isIrmOnCellColourAllowed (RadioAccessService) = True
green2YellowCLCThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 70%
yellow2GreenCLCThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 60%
yellow2RedCLCThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 90%
red2YellowCLCThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 80%
green2YellowPLCThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 60%
yellow2GreenPLCThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 50%
yellow2RedPCLCThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 80%
red2YellowPCLCThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 70%
isDlIubTransportLoadColourCalculationAllowed (RadioAccessService) = True
green2YellowDlTLCThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 70%
yellow2GreenDlTLCThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 60%
yellow2RedDlTLCThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 90%
red2YellowDlTLCThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 80%
1 5 44 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 44
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.10 DL iRM: exercise [cont.]
Assumptions
isCEMColourCalculationAllowed (RadioAccessService) = True
isCEMModelValidForDlColour (nodeBConfClass) = True
green2YellowDlCEMThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 80%
yellow2GreenDlCEMThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 80%
yellow2RedDlCEMThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 90%
red2YellowDlCEMThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 90%

DlRbSetConf
PS_384K_IB
PS_384K_IB_MUX
PS_256K_IB DlIrmTable
PS_ 256K_STR OLS Cell Color Cell Color Cell Color
PS_128k_IB = Green = Yellow = Red
PS_128k_IB_MUX Gold 384 128 64
PS_128K_STR Silver 384 128 64
Bronz
384 128 64
e
1 5 45 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 45
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.10 DL iRM: exercise [cont.]

SRNC
PS RAB Assignment Request
Core Traffic class = Background
DL Maximum Bit Rate = 2048000
UL Maximum Bit Rate = 128000
Allocation/Retention Priority Level = 1

Iub

NodeB

io Li n k
Rad

Code load = 60%


R5 UE Power load = 50%
CPICH_EcNo = -5dB Iub load = 60%
CPICH_RSCP = -89dBm CEM load = 85%

Question: Find the iRM Target DL RB Rate?


1 5 46 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 46
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.11 UL IRM target RB selection algorithm
3 UL Radio Load

Load
Radio
4 Olympic Service Level

Worst UL Cell Color


Gold
Bronze Silver
2 CEM Load

UL Candidate
UL Candidate RbSet RbSet
(Ref.) (Ref.)
1 (Target)

5 UL IRM Tables

1 5 47 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The aim of UL iRM CAC is to provide the operator means to manage efficiently I/B and streaming RABs on R99
resources as a function of:
traffic
conditions (through radio load color evaluated by the RNC thanks to Noise Rise estimated by the NodeB
and reported to the RNC)
CEM load (through CEM color)
OLS (Olympic Service Level is either Gold or Silver or Bronze arrording to the Allocation/Retention Priority IE
provided in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message).
Further reconfiguration can be triggered either by DL related events or by the UL RAB adapt feature.
This feature provides the operator with the best trade-off in terms of offered QoS and NodeB/Cell available
resources.
This minimizes blocking and call drops.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 47
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.12 UL radio load estimation without RSEPS
isNbapCommonMeasRsepsAllowed (NodeB) = False
NodeB CRNC
isRtwpAdjustmentForRnc (BTSEquipment) = True
Common Measurement Report
RTWP= -106.1 + RoTnon E-DCH RoTnon E-DCH (dB) = RTWP + 106.1

UL Radio Load (%) = 1 10-(RoTnon E-DCH/10)


Max allowed UL load Noise Rise vs. UL load
20

18

E-DCH load 16

14

Noise Rise (dB) = RoT


CS64 12

RoTma 10
x
8
PS64 RoTnon E-DCH
6
RTWPnon E-DCH
CS12.2 4

2
CS12.2
0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1
NodeB NF UL load (%)
RTWPref
Thermal Noise
Acceptable Max load

1 5 48 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The way to control the Uplink traffic QoS is to maintain the UL load under a fixed level.
The current absolute UL RTWP (i.e. Received Total Wideband Power) as defined in the 3GPP cannot be measured
with enough accuracy (+/- 4 dB). Indeed, it depends on the temperature and site conditions. It is therefore varying
in time.
Due to these constraints, UL load cannot be controlled based on direct UL RTWP measurements => Needs for
enhanced estimation.
Therefore in order to improve the accuracy of the R99 UL CAC algorithm, the Node B provides the RNC with the
Rise over the varying Thermal noise (RoT) corresponding to the Noise Rise induced by the UL R99 traffic.
As the measurement provided by the Node B in the Common Measurement Report should be the RTWP expressed in
dBm, the Node B adds a fixed reference value equal to 106.1dBm to the actual RoT.
The UL load should be monitored in order not to overload the system. It should be kept lower than a fixed threshold
to keep the system stable.
The UL load estimation is required for correct E-DCH scheduling and efficient UL iRM CAC.
The thermal noise should be well estimated in order to compute the UL load.

RSEPS: Received Scheduled E-DCH Power Share


When the RSEPS measurements are deactivated, the BTS reports only the RTWP measurements.
If we activate the RSEPS measurements, the RNC configures NBAP common measurements to report periodically:
Total_RTWP

Reference_RTWP

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 48
6.13 UL radio load estimation without RSEPS
6.12.1 Self-learning of RTWPref

isRtwpReferenceSelfLearning No RTWPref = -106.1


? dBm
(BTSEquipment)

Yes
rtwpReference
(BTSCell)
RTWPref,0 = -106.1dBm
RTWP when no traffic

+++ +
+ ++ + +
++
++
++ +
+ + +
+++
+
+ +
+ +
+ + + +++
++ + +
++
+ +++
+
+ +++ + +
+ +
+ + +++
++ +
+ +++++
+
+
+ ++ + + +
+
+
++ ++++
+++ + +
+
+ ++
+
-105.4dBm ++
time
Day n-1 Day n Day n+1

RTWPref,n-1 RTWPref,n = -105.4


dBm

1 5 49 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The RTWP reference value (called RTWPref) should correspond to the minimum value of RTWP values received in
the cell when there are no connections in the Node B.
During the learning time (24hours), the Node B keeps the RTWPcur values measured (filtered by L3 filtering-
param sent by the RNC) if no traffic in the Node B.
Please note that the first learning cycle is faster than 24 hours.

The feature Self learning of RTWP ref is used in the two cases: UL Radio Load Estimation Without RSEPS & UL Radio
Load Estimation With RSEPS.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 49
6.13 UL radio load estimation without RSEPS
6.12.2 Calculation in Node B

E-DCH load RTWPE-


DCH

CS64
RTWPnon E-DCH = RTWPcur RTWPE-DCH
RTWPcur
PS64 RoTnon E-DCH RoTnon E-DCH = RTWPnon E-DCH - RTWPref
RTWPnon E-DCH
CS12.2

CS12.2
NodeB NF
RTWPref
Thermal Noise

1 5 50 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The non E-DCH load is obtained by substracting this computed E-DCH load from the total RTWP.
For each E-DCH connection, the SIR will be estimated in function of the SIR on UL DPCCH and the gain factors.
These SIR are cumulated and then the contribution of E-DCH to the current total RTWP is estimated.
Note that the E-DCH traffic that belongs to other cells is included in the non E-DCH RTWP measurement.
The total RTWPcur is the average between the two RX diversity branches if any.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 50
6.13 UL radio load estimation without RSEPS
6.12.3 Calculation in RNC
isUplinkRadioLoadEnabled
(RadioAccessService) No Radio Load Color =
? Green
isUlRadioLoadColourEnabled
(NodeBConfClass)

CRNC

Common Measurement Initiation Request

NodeB Measurement Type = RTWP


Reporting Mode = Periodic
Report Periodicity = nbapCommonMeasRtwpReportingPeriod
Filter Coefficient = nbapCommonMeasRtwpFilterCoeff

Common Measurement Reportn-1


UL Radio Loadn-1
RTWP = -106.1 + RoTnon E-DCH, n-1
nbapCommonMeasRtwpReportingPeriod
Common Measurement Reportn
UL Radio Loadn

nbapCommonMeasRtwpReportingPeriod
(NbapMeasRtwpParameters)
UL Radio Load = 1 10-(RoTnon E-DCH/10)
nbapCommonMeasRtwpFilterCoeff
(NbapMeasRtwpParameters)

1 5 51 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The activation of UL RTWP measurement is not linked to the UL Load feature.


NBAP Common Measurements are activated at cell setup.
There is no way to put measurement off. Therefore, there is no need to lock / unlock any cell to activate NBAP
Common Measurements.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 51
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.13 UL load estimation with RSEPS: calculation in RNC

isNbapCommonMeasRsepsAllowed (NodeB) = True

C-RNC
Common Measurement Initiation Request (Total RTWP, Reference RTWP)

Common Measurement Initiation Request (Received Scheduled Edch Power Share)

Common Measurement Reports (Total RTWP, Reference RTWP)

Common Measurement Reports (EDCH power ratio)

With this measurement : no more need to adjust the RTWP Measurement at BTS to
report the Non-Edch RoT
The RNC computes the Non-Edch load for iRM UL load

UL Radio Load (%) = Non_Edch_UL_load = Total_UL_Load - RSEPS[ratio]


Where:

Total_UL_Load (%) = 1 - 10^( - Total_RoT / 10)


Total_RoT [dB] = Total RTWP[dBm] Reference RTWP[dBm]

1 5 52 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

When the RSEPS measurements are activated:


The RNC configures NBAP common measurements to periodically report:
Total RTWP
Reference RTWP
The RNC configures Received Scheduled Edch Power Share (RSEPS) measurements to report the Edch power
ratio.

WARNING: if RSEPS are activated, the #303 UL_RSSI counter gives the actual total RTWP whereas in UA05 it
corresponded to -106.1dBm + RoT_non_Edch.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 52
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.14 UL IRM on cell color
Cell Color = Green CEM Color = Green

No No
Yes
isUlIrmOnCellColourAllowed
(RadioAccessService) ? isCEMColourCalculationEnabled
(RadioAccessService) ?
Yes Yes

isUplinkRadioLoadEnabled
(RadioAccessService) CEM Color
isUlRadioLoadColourEnabled
(NodeBConfClass)

Yes
Radio Load
? UL Cell Color
Color
No

Radio Load Color = Green

UL IRM Tables

1 5 53 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

As any other, the CEM load criteria can be used or not thanks to the isCEMColourCalculationEnabled parameter.
But CEM load is not only used in iRM CAC algorithm. Therefore if the CEM load criterion is not to be used in iRM CAC
although CEM load is being computed for iMCTA feature, then:
The isCEMColourCalculationEnabled parameter has to be set to TRUE .
The isCEMModelValidForUlColour parameter has to be set to FALSE.
In this case, the CEM Color used in iRM CAC will be equal to ulCEMColourDefaultValue parameter value.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 53
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.15 UL cell color calculation

Radio Load

yellow2RedUlRadioLoadThreshold 70 % red2yYellowUlRadioLoadThreshold
(UlIrmRadioLoadParameters) (UlIrmRadioLoadParameters)
60 %
50 %
green2yYellowUlRadioLoadThreshold yellow2GreenUlRadioLoadThreshold
(UlIrmRadioLoadParameters) 40 % (UlIrmRadioLoadParameters)

Worst UL Cell Color

CEM Load

yellow2RedUlCEMThreshold 90 % red2yYellowUlCEMThreshold
(UlIrmCEMParameters) (UlIrmCEMParameters)
80 %
70 %
green2yYellowUlCEMThreshold yellow2GreenUlCEMThreshold
(UlIrmCEMParameters) 60 % (UlIrmCEMParameters)

1 5 54 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

CEM color in UL is calculated by the iRM mechanism comparing the UL CEM load estimation (expressed in percent)
with the different CEM UL load thresholds configured at OAM
Once computed, the CEM color is applied to all the cells of a BTS, cells belonging to the same Local Cell Group.
NOTE: The values provided here for the different Radio load and CEM load are just examples. They are neither
Alcatel-Lucent default values nor recommended values as those ones are driven by the configuration of NodeB and
cell and by the operator strategy as a trade-off between capacity (number of simultaneous users) and quality
(throughput for PS service).
Indeed:
Radio load thresholds setting is driven by the code capacity of the cell for DCH traffic which depends on the
fact that the cell might also carry HSUPA traffic. Attention should be paid to the fact that
yellow2RedUlRadioLoadThreshold should be lower or equal to the UL CAC threshold
rtwpMaxCellLoadNonEdch.
CEM load thresholds setting is driven by the CEM capacity of the BTS which depends on the type and number
of CEM boards equipped, on the number of Local Cell Group configured and on the DBBU Frequency Pooling
activation (dbbuPoolMode parameter).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 54
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.16 iRM target UL RB rate determination

SRNC
PS RAB Assignment Request
Core Reference RB Bit Rate
Traffic class
UL Maximum Bit Rate
Allocation/Retention Priority Level

MIN Target RB Bit Rate

+ Gold
iRMRbRate

Bronze Silver
Cell Color
OLS
1 5 55 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 55
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.17 UL iRM radio load parameters
RNC

NeighbouringRnc
defaultUlIrmCellColour
BTSEquipment NodeB
isRtwpReferenceSelfLearning isNbapCommonMeasRsepsAllowed
isRtwpAdjustmentForRnc
RadioAccessService
nodeBConfClassId isUplinkRadioLoadEnabled

BTSCell localCellId FDDCell


rtwpReference localCellId
DedicatedConf

cacConfClassId

1..15 1..15 1..15

CacConfClass NodeBConfClass MeasurementConfClass


isUllRadioLoadColourEnabled

UlIrmRadioLoadParameters NbapMeasRtwpParameters
green2yellowUlRadioLoadThreshold nbapCommonMeasRtwpReportingPeriod
yellow2redUlRadioLoadThreshold nbapCommonMeasRtwpFilterCoeff
red2yellowUlRadioLoadThreshold
yellow2greenUlRadioLoadThreshold

1 5 56 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 56
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.18 UL iRM CEM load parameters
RNC

RadioAccessService
isCEMColourCalculationEnabled
NodeB

DedicatedConf

nodeBConfClassId

1..15

NodeBConfClass
isCEMModelValidForUlColour
ulCEMColourDefaultValue

UlIrmCEMParameters
green2YellowUlCEMThreshold
yellow2RedUlCEMThreshold
red2YellowUlCEMThreshold
yellow2GreenUlCEMThreshold

1 5 57 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 57
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.19 UL iRM table parameters
RNC

RadioAccessService

1..15

UlIrmTableConfClass ulIrmTableConfClassId UlRbSetConf

Example
3 UlRbSetConfId = PS_384K_IB
IrmRbRateList IrmRbRateEntry
IrmRbRateList Instance
Instance iRMRbRate

3
0 OLS = Gold 384
/0 Cell Color = Green 1 OLS = Silver 384
IrmRbRateEntry
2 OLS = Bronze 384
0 OLS = Gold 128
iRMRbRate /1 Cell Color = Yellow 1 OLS = Silver 128
2 OLS = Bronze 128
0 OLS = Gold 64
/2 Cell Color = Red 1 OLS = Silver 64
2 OLS = Bronze 64

1 5 58 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 58
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.20 Exercise: iRM UL
Assumptions
edchActivation (FDDCell) = False
enabledForRabMatching (any UlRbSetConf) = True
isNbapCommonMeasRsepsAllowed (Node B) = False
isUlIrmOnCellColourAllowed (RadioAccessService) = True
isUplinkRadioLoadEnabled (RadioAccessService) = True
isUllRadioLoadColourEnabled (NodeBClonClass) = True
green2YellowUlRadioLoadThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 40%
yellow2GreenUlRadioLoadThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 40%
yellow2RedUlRadioLoadThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 45%
red2YellowUlRadioLoadThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 45%
isNbapCommonMeasRtwpAllowed (RadioAccessService) = True
isRtwpReferenceSelfLearning (BTSEquipment) = True
rtwpReference (BTSCell) = -106.1dBm
isCEMColourCalculationAllowed (RadioAccessService) = True
isCEMModelValidForUlColour (nodeBConfClass) = True
green2YellowUlCEMThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 80%
yellow2GreenUlCEMThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 80%
yellow2RedUlCEMThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 90%
red2YellowUlCEMThreshold (RadioAccessService) = 90%

1 5 59 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 59
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.20 Exercise: iRM UL [cont.]

Assumptions

UlRbSetConf
PS_384K_IB
PS_384K_IB_MUX
PS_256K_IB
PS_128k_IB
PS_128k_IB_MUX
PS_128K_STR
UlIrmTable
OLS Cell Color Cell Color Cell Color
= Green = Yellow = Red
Gold 384 128 64

Silver 384 128 64


Bronz
384 128 64
e

1 5 60 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 60
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.20 Exercise: iRM UL [cont.]
SRNC
PS RAB Assignment Request
Core Traffic class = Background

Common Measurement Report


DL Maximum Bit Rate = 2048000
UL Maximum Bit Rate = 384000

RTWP = -103.7dBm
Allocation/Retention Priority Level = 1

Iub

d NodeB
Loa
adio
UL R

CEM load = 65%


R6 UE

Question: Find the iRM Target UL RB Rat.

1 5 61 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 61
6 iRM CAC: target RAB determination
6.21 iRM CAC for PS streaming RAB

PS Streaming RB

MIB DlRbSetConf
PS Streaming
RAB request PS_256K_STR
Candidate RB
selection PS_128K_STR
(MBR, GBR) OLS RL Cell PS_64K_STR
color color PS_16K_STR

GBR < RB bit rate < MBR iRM

Yes Target
RB bit rate < GBR?

RB bit rate No
>= GBR

CAC

1 5 62 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Alcate-Lucent implements PS streaming Radio Bearers (RBs) since UA04.1. Support of Streaming RB allows
operators to differentiate streaming traffic from best effort traffic (i.e. Interactive and Background traffic) at the
transport level (e.g. Iub) or at RRM level, therefore providing streaming service of a superior quality compared to
when I/B RB are used.
When speaking about streaming quality, another important parameter is the rate at which the streaming content
has been encoded. For example, it is generally acknowledged that high quality video streaming on mobile device
requires data rate of around 100kbps, and potentially more. As a matter of fact, high quality streaming content
requires to introduce higher streaming RB bit rate such as 128 kbps or even 256 kbps. PS128kbps was introduced in
UA04.2 and PS256kbps was introduced in UA05.
Since high bit rate RBs are radio resources consuming, enhanced RRM is required to optimize radio resources usage.
iRM CAC: same as for PS I/B RAB except that the allocated RB must be of a Bit Rate greater or equal to the
Guaranteed Bit Rate required by the SGSN for the PS Streaming RAB.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 62
7 iRM CAC: admission control & resource
reservation

1 5 63 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 63
7 iRM CAC: admission control & resource reservation
7.1 UL radio load token for high data rate
ulCapacityThresholdForUlTokenCac
(FDDCell)
Call is accepted Call is rejected

New RL
UL Cost Yes No

PS 128 UEK

UL Cost < UL Capacity Threshold

UL Cost
PS 384 UEI
(FDDCell)
Established RLs
RNC
UL Cost

isUlTokenCacAtRncAllowed (RadioAccessService)

PS 128 UEJ
ulCostForUlTokenCac (UlUserService)

PS 128 UEK

1 5 64 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The costs associated to each UlUserService have been evaluated using UL RSSI measurement and depend on the
data rate or spreading factor SF:
Inorder to control the admission for the high data rate (upon SF 8) and not the low data rate and to
guarantee the old network capacity for these services, the cost of the low data rate (SF greater than 8) is set
to zero.
For high data rate bearer (SF 8), the cost depends on the throughput and on the SF.

The uplink radio admission control for high data rate calls has been introduced together with the UL PS384 RAB in
order to enable an uplink call admission control mechanism and thus avoid UL congestion.
Labtests show that in ideal radio conditions three PS I/B 384 generate a noise rise higher than 3 dB
(corresponding to 50% of UL Load). Beyond 75% load, the system is no longer stable and it could lead to
significant neighboring cell interference, cell coverage reduction and mobiles dropping calls.
The solution is to define a cost per UL RAB and a total UL capacity threshold. This cost can be tuned per UL PS RB
bit rate thanks to the ulCostForUlTokenCac parameter.
Ateach allocation, release or reconfiguration of a UL resource, the UL load is incremented, decremented or
adjusted in function of the source and target UL RAB costs.
This
UL capacity pool is compared to a configurable threshold: if below this target, the call is accepted,
otherwise it is refused.
If a high bit rate UL PS RB is limited at RAB establishment because of this feature, it can be upgraded thanks to UL
RB Rate Adaptation feature if possible (see Packet Data Management section).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 64
7.1 ul radio load token for high data rate
7.2 UL RTWP on non EDCH

UL loadnon E-DCH (%) rtwpMaxCellLoadCacActivation


(BTSCell)

rejected
rtwpMaxCellLoadNonEdch
(BTSCell) accepted accepted
accepted accepted accepted

Cell is Red UL64 UL64 UL64 UL64


UL64 UL64 UL64 UL64

yellow2red UL128 UL128 UL128 UL128

Cell is Yellow UL128 UL128 UL128 UL128

green2yellow
UL384 UL384 UL384 UL384

Cell is Green
UL384 UL384 UL384 UL384

Speech Speech Speech Speech


time

1 5 65 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Node B hardware resources are usually properly dimensioned to process the achievable cell rate. However, there are
some scenarios where the bottleneck is not the Node B available resources but the UL radio interference radio
induced by the traffic.
Inthis latter case, admitting new calls or reconfiguring some of the ongoing calls with higher rates will create
too much Multi Access Interference (MAI) and consequently decrease the Radio Links quality and Cell
Breathing.
It is better in this case to reject such an RL establishment.
The improvement of the CAC is achieved by taking into account the current UL Load. If it has reached a certain
value, no new RL is admitted.
Two thresholds are defined:
Max RTWP for total UL traffic (R99+E-DCH): totalRotMax
Max RTWP for non E-DCH traffic only used for R99 CAC: rtwpMaxCellLoadNonEdch
The Node B performs a very basic CAC without considering the cost of the link to be
established/reconfigured/released:
It
compares the current UL load for non E-DCH calls to the rtwpMaxCellLoadNonEdch configurable threshold
parameter.
In case this UL load is lower or equal, it is admitted, otherwise it is rejected.
The non E-DCH UL load CAC threshold is configured in %.
As non E-DCH traffic is lower or equal to the total UL traffic (R99+E-DCH), the non E-DCH maxload should be lower
or equal to the total max load and the following parameter rule should be fulfilled:
rtwpMaxCellLoadNonEdch <= 1 1/10(totalRotMax/10)
rtwpMaxCellLoadCacActivation is used to activate the UL CAC on non-EDCH traffic at BTS based on the RTWP.
rtwpMaxCellLoadNonEdch is used only if rtwpMaxCellLoadCacActivation is set to TRUE.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 65
7 iRM CAC: admission control & resource reservation
7.2 Transport resource reservation Equivalent Bit Rate (EBR)
cacMethod (Aal2If or Ipif)

AAL2 CAC
EBR
Call is accepted Call is rejected

Yes No
New RL
EBR Cost

EBR Cost < Bandwidth Threshold*

PS 384 kbps EBR Cost


(FDDCell)
Established RLs
RNC
EBR Cost

PS 128 kbps

Common channels
* Bandwidth threshold depends on CacMethod value

1 5 66 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Each Radio Bearer has a cost called Equivalent Bit Rate (EBR) which represents the amount of bandwidth to reserve
for the bearer, to guarantee acceptable QoS (delays, errors, etc.).
When the RNC performs resource reservation, it simultaneously covers resource allocation and admission control
(check if necessary resources are available).
First step of resource allocation aims at picking up an AAL2 connection and a CID according to the load balancing
and cid selection methods chosen.
A call admission control at ATM level is then performed by the RNC in order to prevent admission of AAL2
connections in excess of the available transport bandwidth.
This CAC applies to all AAL2 based interfaces: Iub, Iur and IuCs.
Each time a new CID needs to be allocated, the AAL2 link CAC checks, according to the CAC method configured
(cacmethod parameter), whether the cost of the call (EBR) to be allocated fits in the remaining available
bandwidth. If it doesnt fit, the CID cannot be allocated.

AAL2 CAC can be performed at different level:


Aal2 interface (cacmethod parameter put to Aal2If) : AAL2 CAC is performed based upon the available bandwidth
of all AAL2 VCCs of a given interface.
QoS (cacmethod parameter put to QoS): AAL2 CAC is performed based upon the available bandwidth of groups
of Vcc sharing the same quality of service . This method only applies to Iub and Iur, as there is only one quality of
service used on IuCS UP Vcc
Vcc (cacmethod parameter put to path): Introduced in UA05.0. In this case, AAL2 CAC is performed based upon
the available bandwidth of a given Vcc, so that the path cannot be overbooked.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 66
7 iRM CAC: admission control & resource reservation
7.3 DL reserved power computation

Pmax = pcpichPower + maxDlTxPowerPerOls

algo1 Pres = Pmax - algo1DeltaTargetPower

algo2 Pres = Pini + algo2DeltaTargetPower

Pini = pcpichPower + initialDlEcnoTarget CPICH_Ec/No

Algorithm Selection
dlAlgoSelector (PowerConfClass)

powerConfId (FDDCell)
PowerConfClass

DlUsPowerConf pcpichPower (FDDCell*)


FDDCell
maxDlTxPowerPerOls
algo1DeltaTargetPower
algo2DeltaTargetPower
FDDCell* FDDCell-> Class2CellReconfParams
initialDlEcnoTarget or FDDCell-> Class3CellReconfParams

1 5 67 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

After the RAB Matching and RAB Mapping algorithms have been processed, the RNC estimates the necessary power to initially
support the call.
This power estimation (Pres) corresponds to the power that will be reserved by the RNC if the admission criterion is passed.
Pres is calculated differently depending on which algorithm is used to perform the downlink power allocation:
algorithm 1: Pres = pcpichPower + maxDlTxPowerPerOls - algo1DeltaTargetPower

algorithm 2: Pres = Pini + algo2DeltaTargetPower

Where:
Pini = pcpichPower + initialDlEcnoTarget CPICH_EC/NO
The choice between these two algorithms is done through the dlAlgoSelector parameter of the PowerConfClass object:
With the dlAlgoSelector, the operator can decide which algorithm will be used in the different power control configuration
classes.
Each FDD cell points to a specific PowerConfClass, identified by powerConfId.

As the names indicate:


the object Class2CellReconfParams contains Class 2 parameters.

the object Class3CellReconfParams contains Class 3 parameters.

On RNC side, depending on the value of the parameter isCellReconfSupported (NodeB), the RNC knows if the NodeB supports
the Cell Reconfiguration procedure or not.
if it does not, the Class 2 parameters are applied.

if the NodeB supports the Cell reconfiguration, the RNC takes the Class 3 parameters. When they are changed online, the
RNC sends the Cell Reconfiguration procedure.
On OMC side:
If isCellReconfSupported is False, then the OMC maintains Class 2 and Class 3 parameters aligned: every change on
Class 3 parameters implies an update of Class 2 parameters and then a Cell lock/unlock.
If isCellReconfSupported is True, the Class 3 parameters are no more linked to Class 2 parameters and may be changed
on-line (without Cell lock/unlock)

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 67
7 iRM CAC: admission control & resource reservation
7.4 DL power admission criteria
maxTxPower (FDDCell*) callAdmissionRatio (PowerPartConfClass)

Traffic Power Power consumption level


(SHO above which
reserved) new calls are blocked

P traffic Traffic
Power
P traffic admission Pres
(Dedicated
Channels)

Pused

Overhead
Power
(CCC+OCNS
+HSDPA+E-
DCH) Pres + Pused <=Ptraffic_admission

No Yes

FDDCell* FDDCell-> Class2CellReconfParams Call Pres is


or FDDCell-> Class3CellReconfParams Rejected allocated

1 5 68 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Once the downlink power Pres is assessed for the call, some admission criteria are checked by the RNC.
The admission criterion is the following:
Primary link admission (call establishment): Pres + Pused Ptraffic admission
Soft handover link addition: Pres + Pused Ptraffic
Note: Pused is the sum of the Pres of all calls being actually supported.
If this criterion is fulfilled, the power Pres is reserved by the RNC. Otherwise, the call is rejected.
From UA5 release (E-DCH introduction):
Ptraffic = PMaxCell - PCCC * ActivityFactorCch - POCNS - Pedch - PminHsdpa
Where:
PMaxCell is the maximum total allowed DL power in the cell
PCCC is the total power allocated for all Common Control Channels in the cell
ActivityFactorCch is hard coded to 66%
POCNS is the optional power allocated to OCNS if needed (can be pre-empted for R99 traffic).
OCNS=Orthogonal Code Noise Simulator
Pedch is the power reserved for DL transmission of E-AGCH and E-RGCH/E-HICH channels (can be
pre-empted for R99 traffic)
PminHsdpa is the power reserved for a minimum HSDPA traffic in the cell

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 68
7 iRM CAC: admission control & resource reservation
7.5 DL power self tuning

isBtsPowerSelfTuningActivated

(PowerConfClass)

New Allocated
Power Allocated Power
(new Pused at RNC) powerMargin
(PowerConfClass)

Measured Power
(Pused at NodeB) overEstimate
(PowerConfClass)
Allocated Power New Allocated
Measured
(Pused at RNC) Power
Power
(new Pused at RNC)

RNC NodeB RNC NodeB

Case 1
Case 2
Power consumption
underestimated at the RNC Power consumption
overestimated at the RNC

1 5 69 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Tuning of RNC power pool occupancy


The parameter isBtsPowerSelfTuningActivated indicates if the power pool self-tuning must be performed or not.
If self-tuning is allowed, 2 cases must be considered:
Powerconsumption underestimated at the RNC: In this case, it is proposed to update the allocated power
(power consumed as seen by the RNC) based on the measured power (as measured by the Node B) plus a
powerMargin.
Power consumption overestimated at the RNC: The power consumption is confirmed as overestimated if the
difference between the measured and allocated is above an overEstimate threshold. In that case, the new
allocated power (power consumed as seen by the RNC) is made equal to the measured power (as reported by
the Node B).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 69
7.5 DL power self tuning
7.5.1 Example

DL Power used reported by Node B


Power Allocated is
DL Power used as seen by RNC overestimated by more
than OverEstimate
UPDATE with Pmeas
CommonMeasurmentReportingPeriod (NBAP)
Power_Margin

OverEstimate Power Allocated is


overestimated by less
than OverEstimate
Power Allocated is NO CHANGE
underestimated :
ADD Power_Margin

1 5 70 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Power consumption underestimated at the RNC: In this case, it is proposed to update the allocated power (power
consumed as seen by the RNC) based on the measured power (as measured by the Node B) plus a powerMargin.
Power consumption overestimated at the RNC: The power consumption is confirmed as overestimated if the
difference between the measured and allocated is above an overEstimate threshold. In that case, the new allocated
power (power consumed as seen by the RNC) is made equal to the measured power (as reported by the Node B).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 70
7 iRM CAC: admission control & resource reservation
7.6 OVSF codes reservation & admission

OVSF Code Channel Source


C 256,0 P-CPICH 3GPP Channelization Code (SIB 5)

C 256,1 P-CCPC
P-CCPCH 3GPP
H Alcatel-
C 256,2 AICH Alcatel-
Lucent Channelization Code (SIB 5)
Alcatel-
C 256,3 PICH Alcatel-
Lucent
Alcatel- Spreading Factor (SIB 5)
C 64,1 S-CCPCH Lucent
Lucent Code Number (SIB 5)

SF4

SF8

SF16

SF32

SF64
OVSF Codes Allocation
Common
SF128 Channels

SF256

1 5 71 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In this OVSF tree, some codes are reserved:


codes for common control channels
codes for OCNS
a sub-tree is allocated to the Node B for HSDPA usage.
The rest of the OVSF tree is used by calls handled over R99 resources.

For each allocation, the OVSF tree will be run from up to down (filling the gaps when any), which avoids to block too
many branches.

If a free code is found, the resource is granted to the call and the OVSF code CAC is successful, otherwise the call is
rejected and the CAC on OVSF code is declared failed.
The Dynamic DL Code Tree Management feature was introduced in UA05 in order to avoid R99 code blocking.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 71
8 CELL_FACH admission control

1 5 72 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
8 CELL_FACH admission control
8.1 CELL_FACH admission control
CELL_FACH Admission Events

IDLE

RRC Connection Request


CELL_FACH
Admission Control
maxNumberOfUserPerMacC
CELL_DCH SRB ONLY CELL_FACH Cell Update (CacOnFachParam)

RAB Assignment

Bucket Occupancy
trbEstThreshold
AO Upsize (CacOnFachParam)

CELL_DCH SRB + RB CELL_FACH Cell Update

AO Downsize

1 5 73 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Each cell can only accept a limited number of simultaneous UEs in the CELL_FACH state:
Each mobile on CELL_FACH is allocated a token.
Each time a CELL_FACH admission is tried in a given cell, the current number of used tokens is compared to a
specific threshold. If below the threshold, the admission is successful and a token is allocated.
There are 2 thresholds used according to the reason for CELL_FACH admission. In the Alcatel-Lucent
implementation, they are defined as:
MaxNumberofUsersPerMacC (signaling dealing with Cell_FACH state as RRC Connection Request, Cell Update
with at least one SRB allocated-) is used to limit the number of simultaneous user connections being supported
by a given Mac-C instance.
trbEstThreshold
(transition from Cell_DCH state to Cell_FACH due to Always-On feature) defines the maximum
number of users that can have TRB configuration in CELL_FACH.
These parameters are set at the OAM in order to give a higher precedence to a new incoming call (RRC connection
request) than to a mobile already in call and aiming to transition from Cell_DCH to Cell_FACH.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 73
End of module
Call Admission

1 5 74 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Admission
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.5 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 5 Page 74
Section 1
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

W-CDMA R99 Algorithms


Description
Module 6
Power Management
TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1

UTRAN
UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
TMO18255_V2.0-SG Edition 1

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 1
Blank page

162 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Document History

Edition Date Author Remarks

01 YYYY-MM-DD Last name, first name First edition

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 2
Module objectives

Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:

Describe power management static configuration


Describe PRACH Power Control and the associated parameters
Describe UL Power Control and the associated parameters
Describe DL Power Control and the associated parameters
Describe Radio Link Control and the associated parameters

163 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 3
Module objectives [cont.]

164 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 4
Table of contents

Switch to notes view! Page

1 Power management static settings 7


1.1 Downlink power settings 8
1.2 Cables losses without TMA 9
1.3 Cables losses with TMA 10
1.4 Common channel power settings 11
1.5 Dedicated channel power settings 12
2 PRACH Power Control 13
2.1 PRACH open loop 14
3 UL DPCCH Open Loop Power Control 15
3.1 DPCCH open loop power control 16
3.2 UL gain factors 17
4 Outer loop power control 18
4.1 SIR target management 19
4.2 Partial SIR target update 20
4.3 OLPC based on Quality Estimator: QE 21
4.4 Accelerated SIR target convergence based on QE 23
5 UL inner loop power control 24
5.1 DPCCH inner loop power control 25
5.2 UL inner loop power control 26
5.3 UL power control algorithms 27
5.4 UL inner loop algorithm 1 28
5.5
165
UL inner loop algorithm 2 (no SHO case) 29
5.6
W-CDMAUL innerDescription
R99 Algorithms loop algorithm
Power Management 2 (SHO case)
COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
30
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
6 DL traffic channel power 31
6.1 Initial DL traffic channel power 32
6.2 DL DPCCH / DPDCH power offsets 33
6.3 DL power offset 2 as a function of the AS size 34
7 DL outer loop power control 35
7.1 DL outer loop power control 36
8 DL inner loop power control 37
8.1 DL inner loop algorithm 38
8.2 Power balancing 39
8.3 Rate reduction algorithm 40
9 Radio link control 41
9.1 UL dedicated channel synchronization 42
9.2 UL radio link failure detected by UTRAN 43
9.3 DL radio link failure detected by UE 44
9.4 DL RLC unrecoverable error detected by UTRAN 45
9.5 UL RLC unrecoverable error detected by UE 46
9.6 RRC connection re-establishment parameters 47
9.7 UL Radio Link Failure RRC Connection Re-established 48
9.8 UL RLC unrecoverable error RRC con. re-established 49
9.9 RRC connection re-establishment - summary 50

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 5
Table of contents [cont.]

Switch to notes view!

166 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 6
1 Power management static settings

167 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 7
1 Power management static settings
1.1 Downlink power settings
maxPowerAmplification (PaResource) maxTxPower (FDDCell->Class2CellReconfParams /
FDDCell->Class3CellReconfParams )

paRatio (BTSCell)
F3

F2
F1 paRatio (BTSCell)

paRatio (BTSCell)

Cell Setup

MaxTxPower (Cell)= MIN (maxTxPower, MaxDlPowerCapability)

maxPowerAmplification ) x paRatio - Global Losses


MaxDlPowerCapability = Min ( MCPA HW Type,

168 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

At cell setup, the RNC calculates the max Tx Power, which is the maximum power that will be used to configure the cell:
Max Tx Power (FDDCell) = min (Max Tx Power Required, Max DL Power capability)
At the Node B level, the power is owned by Power Amplifiers which can be shared by multiple cells.
In Alcatel-Lucent configurations, cells on the same sector but on different carriers may share or not the same Power Amplifier.
This capability should allow optimization of the use of the PA. The sharing of power between different cells associated with the
same PA is static.
A configuration parameter at the OMC-B (called PA_Ratio) allows sharing of a PA power between 2 cells. From an RNC
perspective, the sharing is transparent.
Possible values of maxPowerAmplification are = {fullMode, max30W , max45W , max60W , max85W}
The Max PA Power, in dBm unit, represents the maximum output power of an MCPA board. If maxPowerAmplification is set
to the fullMode value then Max PA Power value depends on the HW type of the MCPA board. For instance, it is equal to 46.5
dBm for a 45-W MCPA and to 47.8 dBm for a 60-W MCPA?.
As the names indicate:
the class2CellReconfParams object contains Class 2 parameters.
the class3CellReconfParams object contains Class 3 parameters.
On RNC side, depending on the value of the isCellReconfSupported parameter (NodeB), the RNC knows if the Node B
supports the Cell Reconfiguration procedure or not:
If it does not, the Class 2 parameters are applied.
If the Node B supports the Cell reconfiguration, the RNC takes the Class 3 parameters. When they are changed online, the
RNC sends the Cell Reconfiguration procedure.
On OMC side:
If isCellReconfSupported is False, then the OMC maintains Class 2 and Class 3 parameters aligned: every change on
Class 3 parameters implies an update of Class 2 parameters and then a Cell lock/unlock.
If isCellReconfSupported is True, the Class 3 parameters are no more linked to Class 2 parameters and may be changed
on-line (without Cell lock/unlock).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 8
1 Power management static settings
1.2 Cables losses without TMA
tmaAccessType (AntennaAccess) externalAttenuationMainDl (AntennaAccess)
externalAttenuationDivDl (AntennaAccess)

externalAttenuationXXXDl = 0

BTS

MCPA Tx Splitter DDM

Reference point

Global Losses = Internal Losses

externalAttenuationXXXDl 0

BTS

MCPA Tx Splitter DDM

Reference point

Global Losses = Internal Losses +externalAttenuationXXXDl

169 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Computation of losses is not the same, depending on:


externalAttenuationMainDl and externalAttenuationDivDl parameters of the AntennaAccess
object
TMA configuration
Cable Losses without TMA.
externalAttenuationXXXDl = 0, the transmission power reference point is defined at the antenna
If
connector of the BTS. In this case, the Global Losses refer only to internal cabling losses (typical value = 0.8
dB) and DDM insertion losses (typical value = 0.5 dB).
For OTSR configurations, additional losses must be taken into account:
Tx Splitter insertion losses (typical value = 0.3 dB)
Additional cabling between Tx Splitter and DDM (typical value = 0.3 dB)
If externalAttenuationXXXDl 0, the transmission power reference point is defined at the antenna
connector after the RF feeder (antenna side).
In
this case, the reference point is the point so that losses between the BTS feeder connector (output of the
cabinet) and this point are equal to the datafilled value of externalAttenuationXXXDl.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 9
1 Power management static settings
1.3 Cables losses with TMA
tmaAccessType (AntennaAccess) externalAttenuationMainDl (AntennaAccess)
externalAttenuationDivDl
(AntennaAccess)

externalAttenuationXXXDl = 0

BTS

MCPA Tx Splitter DDM TMA

Reference point

Global Losses = Internal Losses +Feeder Losses +TMA Insertion Losses + Jumper Losses

externalAttenuationXXXDl 0

BTS

MCPA Tx Splitter DDM TMA

Reference point

Global Losses = Internal Losses +externalAttenuationXXXDl +TMA Insertion Losses + Jumper Losses

1 6 10 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

When a TMA is specified (tmaAccessType = tmaUmtsOnly or tmaMix), the transmission power reference point
moves to the antenna port of the TMA. Additional losses are taken into account:
TMA insertion losses are equal to 0.3 dB in the transmission path.
jumper losses are set to 2*0.6 dB (0.6 dB for each jumper).
If externalAttenuationXXXDl is set to 0, the feeder losses are equal to 2 dB. Otherwise, the feeder losses are
equal to the datafilled value of externalAttenuationXXXDl.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 10
1 Power management static settings
1.4 Common channel power settings

activityFactorCcch
(FDDCell)

Node B

Traffic
Power Channel parameter Object
(SHO
reserved) PCPICH pcpichPower FDDCell*
P-SCH pschPowerRelativeToPcpich FDDCell*
S-SCH sschPowerRelativeToPcpich FDDCell*
P-CCPCH bchPowerRelativeToPcpich FDDCell*
Traffic
Power S-CCPCH sccpchPowerRelativeToPcpich SCCPCH
AICH aichPowerRelativeToPcpich RACH
PICH pichPowerRelativeToPcpich PCH

Overhead
Power
(Common
FDDCell* FDDCell-> Class2CellReconfParams
Channels) or
FDDCell-> Class3CellReconfParams
1 6 11 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In the slide, the Pilot power, that is, the P-CPICH power is defined by the pcpichPower parameter of the FDDCell
object as an absolute value in dBm, referenced at the BTS antenna connector.
All the other common channel powers are given relative to the P-CPICH level.
Because of the check in the BTS (CCM) at call setup, this relationship must be true for maxTxPower and
PcpichPower: PcpichPower > MaxTxPower - 15 dB.
A sensor at the output of the MCPA allows measurement of the effective output power of the amplifier. The range of
sensitivity of this sensor is [25 dBm..46.5 dBm]. So as to be sure to detect power, it is recommended that the Pcpich
Power (at PA Output) be higher than the minimum sensibility of this sensor).
PcpichPower > 25 dBm-total_losses_between_PA_output_and_reference_point
P-CPICH power is recommended to be set at:
35 dBm in case of one channel.
the half (32 dBm) if two carriers are supported by the same PA.

From UA05, when evaluating the power used by common channels, the RNC considers a certain activity factor
ActivityFactorCcch by which is multiplied the amount of power used by common channels as calculated prior to
UA05. It better reflects the actual common channel usage when calculating the Power Load Color of a cell and the
total power available for R99 and HSDPA GBR traffic Ptraffic.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 11
1 Power management static settings
1.5 Dedicated channel power settings

RadioAccessService

f)
Co n
w er
sP o
( Ul U
wer
xP o DedicatedConf
Ul T
w ed
Allo
max
FACH
maxTxPower (FDDCell*)
powerConfId (FDDCell) PowerConfClass
minDlTxPower (DlUsPowerConf)
max UE Tx Power (UE Power Class) maxDlTxPowerPerOls (DlUsPowerConf)

DlUsPowerConf UlUsPowerConf

Max UL Tx Power = MIN( maxAllowedUlTxPower (UlUsPowerConf), Max UE Tx Power)

1 6 12 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Part of the Dedicated Channels power management relies on static settings.


This is for example the case in downlink for the maximum power per carrier and the upper and lower bounds of the
traffic channel. It is important to note that these last two parameters are not necessarily the same for all UEs
communicating in the cell, as different values are used depending on the radio bearer.
Static settings are also used to define the maximum allowed transmission power in UL per User Service. It
represents the total maximum output transmission power allowed for the UE and depends on the type of service
required. The information will be transmitted on the FACH, mapped on the S-CCPCH, to the UE in the RADIO
BEARER SETUP message of the RRC protocol.
Consequently, whenever a radio bearer is set up or reconfigured, when a transport or a physical channel is
reconfigured, when an RRC connection is set up or re-established, when the active set is updated or when a
handover is performed from GSM to UTRAN, a new value may be decided by the RNC (Control Node) for the
maxAllowedUlTxPower parameter and this parameter shall be re-transmitted to the UE.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 12
2 PRACH Power Control

1 6 13 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 13
2 PRACH power control
2.1 PRACH open loop
AICH
NACK NACK NACK ACK

SIB 55
SIB
sibMaxAllowedUlTxPowerOnRach (PowerConfClass)

PRACH
Data part SIB 5
SIB 55
SIB betaC
PRACH betaD
powerOffsetPpmx (RACH)
Control part (RACHSignalled
SIB
SIB 55 GainFactors)
powerOffsetPO(RACH)

Pini

Preamble part Message part

SIB 55 SIB 5
Pini =pcpichPower (FDDCell*) + RTWP + constantValue (RACH) - P-CPICH_RSCP

SIB 7

1 6 14 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The PRACH consists of:


A preamble part which is sent by the UE and repeated until either an Acquisition Indicator (ack or nack) is
received over AICH or the preamble retransmission counter reaches its max value (parameter provided by the
network). The first preamble is transmitted with a power of Preamble initial power. Each consecutive
preamble is transmitted with a power equal to the previous one plus a power ramping step. Preamble initial
power is calculated by the UE based on parameters sent on SIB 5 and SIB7 and on CPICH RSCP measured by
the UE. power ramping step is a UTRAN parameter sent to the UE over SIB 5.
A message part which is sent after an acknowledged Acquisition indicator. This message part is composed of a
control part and a data part. The power of the control part is equal to the power of the last preamble sent plus
Pp-m which is a UTRAN parameter sent over SIB5. The power of the data part is derived from the power of the
control part through (c,d) parameters per TFC also sent by the UTRAN over SIB5. d/c defines the relative
power between the control part and the data part.
Notes
RTWP: corrective term evaluating the average interference level on UL. In the Alcatel-Lucent implementation,
this is not a parameter. It corresponds to the UL RTWP measured by the Node B. It is broadcast in SIB 7.
constantValue: corrective term to compensate for shadowing effects. It is broadcast in SIB 5.

powerOffsetPpM0 is the power offset between the last transmitted preamble and the control part of the message
for PRACH CTFC0.
powerOffsetPpM1 is the power offset between the last transmitted preamble and the control part of the message
for PRACH CTFC1.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 14
3 UL DPCCH Open Loop Power Control

1 6 15 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 15
3 UL DPCCH open loop power control
3.1 DPCCH open loop power control

Pini (UL DPCCH) = dpcchPowerOffset (UlInnerLoopConf) P-CPICH_RSCP

UL
DPC
C HT
xa
t Pi
ni

U p S
link -CCPC
RadioAccessService pow H or
er c F
ont ACH
rol
i n fo
IE
DedicatedConf

PowerCtrlConfClass

UlInnerLoopConf

dpcchPowerOffset

1 6 16 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

When establishing the first DPCCH, the initial power used by the UE to start the UL DPCCH transmission is:
DPCCH_Initial_power = dpcchPowerOffset CPICH RSCP
It is provided by the RNC to the UE via RRC signaling (FACH / S-CCPCH), in the Uplink power control info IE or in
the Uplink power control info short IE.
These IEs are included (one or the other) in the RRC messages of the radio bearer setup, reconfiguration and
release, transport channel and physical channel reconfiguration, RRC connection setup and re-establishment and in
the handover to UTRAN command.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 16
3 UL DPCCH open loop power control
3.2 UL gain factors

OVSF1 bd
UL DPDCH I

UE
Scrambling code Modulation

OVSF256,0 bc
UL DPCCH Q

1 6 17 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The above figure illustrates the principle of the uplink spreading of DPDCH and DPCCH. The first step, the NRZ
modulation, consists in associating a real signal to each bit of these channels. The binary value 0 is mapped to
the real value +1 and the binary value 1 is mapped to the real value -1. Then, each channel is spread by an OVSF
code. As it was mentioned before, channelization codes are only used to spread the information in uplink (not for
channel multiplexing) because synchronization between UEs is too complex to achieve:
The channelization code used for DPCCH is always Cch,256,0 (all ones).
If
only one DPDCH is used, it is spread by code Cch,SF,k , where k is linked to SF by k=SF/4. When more than
one DPDCH is used, they will all have an SF equal to 4.
After channelization, the spread signals are weighted by a gain factor (c for DPCCH and d for DPDCH). These
gain factors are quantized into 4 bits, giving values between 0 and 1. There is at least one of the values c and d
that is equal to 1. These gain factors may vary for each TFC, and are either signaled or computed.
Then, the streams of chips are summed up giving a multilevel signal. After this addition, the real-valued chips on
the I and Q branches are summed up and treated like a complex-valued stream of chips. This stream is scrambled
by a complex-valued scrambling code. For DPDCH and DPCCH, a unique scrambling code of 38,400 chips
(corresponding to one radio frame) is used. That code can be either of long or short type.
Finally, the complex chips are I and Q multiplexed and sent over the air interface. The result of all this is a BPSK
modulation, which gives us 1 bit per symbol.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 17
4 Outer loop power control

1 6 18 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 18
4 UL outer loop power control
4.1 SIR target management
isUlOuterPCActivated (UlOuterLoopPowerCtrl)

UlUserService
RNC CSDTCH12_2Kx4SRBDCCH3_4K
2PSDTCH64Kx4SRBDCCH3_4K
CSDTCH12_2Kx2PSDTCH64Kx4SRBDCCH3_
4K
initialSirTarget (UlUsPowerConf) CSDTCH64Kx4SRBDCCH3_4K referenceUlRbSetConfId
PSDTCH64Kx4SRBDCCH3_4K (ReferenceUlRbSetList)
(NBAP) PSDTCH384Kx4SRBDCCH3_4K
StandaloneSRBDCCH3_4K
...

Partial blerTarget
OLPC (BlerQualityList)
CRCI SRBDCCH3_4K
CSDTCH12_2K
Partial blerTarget CSDTCH64K
OLPC (BlerQualityList) PSDTCH64K
CRCI PSDTCH128K
PSDTCH384K
2PSDTCH64K
...
OLPC UlRbSetConf
Master

New SIR Target SIR Target


Update

1 6 19 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The initial SIR target is sent by the RNC to the Node B through the initialSirTarget parameter. This parameter is
instantiated per RAB. Consequently, once the RNC has matched an RB onto the RAB requested by the Core
Network, it points to the initial SIR target value corresponding to this RB in the initialSirTarget parameter. This
value is transmitted to the Node B using NBAP signaling at each RADIO LINK SETUP or reconfiguration.
For each UlUserService, the list of radio bearers (UlRbSetConf) used in the multiple reference OLPC is given
through the referenceUlRbSetConfId parameter.
The outer loop power control algorithm takes into account all transport channels. For each transport channel, a
separate outer loop machine is run. Each outer loop machine updates its partial SIR target according to its transport
channel quality target (UlBlerTarget) as soon as it receives at least one transport block CRC. The partial SIR target
is then sent to the outer loop power control master.
The OLPC master determines the new SIR target as:
The maximum partial SIR target if at least one OLPC machine increases its partial SIR target.
The minimum partial SIR target if all OLPC machines reduce their partial SIR target.
Whenever the new SIR target is different from the old one, it is sent to the Node B.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 19
4 UL outer loop power control
4.2 Partial SIR target update
ulUpSirStep (UlRbSetConf / DynamicParameterPerDch)
blerTarget (BlerQualityList)

If CRCI bad If CRCI good


SIR Target SIR Target

ulUpSirStep
ulUpSirStep SIR Target 1
-1
BlerTarget
maxSirTarget (UlUsPowerConf)

transmitTimeInterval (static)
minSirTarget (UlUsPowerConf)

TTI

Update Period = Max [TTI of ReferenceUlRbSetList] x ulUpdatePeriod (UlOuterLoopPowerCtrl)

enablePeriodicSirTargetUpdate
(UlOuterLoopPowerCtrl)
Triggered Update if SIR Variation updateThreshold (DynamicParameterPerDch)

1 6 20 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The RNC computes actualized partial SIR targets every TTI. The TTI value in milliseconds is given by the
transmitTimeInterval static parameter relative to the TrCHs used as references for the outer loop power control.
The reference TrCHs depends on the service type.
Each outer loop machine updates its partial UL SIR target according to its transport channel UL quality target
(BlerTarget) as soon as it receives at least one transport block CRC. An update from each OLPC machine to the
OLPC master is sent every update period or if the SIR target variation exceeds an upper limit (updateThreshold).
The update period is defined by ulUpdatePeriod, and is provided in a number of TTIs.
When updating the SIR target at the Node B, the RNC sends on the user plane a specific control frame, called Outer
Loop Power Control, to the Node B. Consequently, for a given DPCCH, the period between two uplink SIR target
updates cannot be shorter than the shortest TTI of the DL associated transport channels.

In UA07.1, a new parameter (enablePeriodicSirTargetUpdate) was introduced to enable or disable the periodic
sending of Sir target when computed Sir Target is equal to the last value. This occurs when there is no traffic or at
the Sir target boundaries.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 20
4 UL outer loop power control
4.3 OLPC based on Quality Estimator: QE

QE QeThresholdForUlOLPC

Bad BER? Same as UA06.0


Y N

Partial_UL_SIR_Target is increased
Power UP! even if the BLER is good!

1 6 21 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The most important change is that the Bit Error Rate (Quality Estimator - QE) is taken into account.
This algorithm takes place only if the QE is bad.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 21
4 UL outer loop power control
4.3 OLPC based on Quality Estimator: QE [cont.]

1 QE QeThresholdForUlOLPC ulUpSirStep
1
Partial_UL_SIR_Target += [Nerr*UL_UPSTEP] [( N Nerr)*UL_DOWNSTEP -1
BlerTarget

2 QE > QeThresholdForUlOLPC When QeThreshold


is reached
Partial_UL_SIR_Target += [Nerr*UL_UPSTEP] only the bad samples
are considered in
OLPC computation

2 1
UlRbSetConf
1 1
SIR target
DynamicParameterPerDch

QEThresholdForUlOlpc qeThresholdForUlOlpc
ulUpSirStep

Quality Estimate
BlerQualityList

CRC error
blerTarget

1 6 22 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

From UA07 onwards, an option is provided to also use the QE information to calculate the UL SIR target value.
3GPP defines 2 kinds of Quality Estimates which can be provided by the Node B to the RNC:
QE vs TrCh BER is specified in 3GPP 25.133
QE vs PhCh BER is specified in 3GPP 25.133
Quality Estimate is provided by the Node B in DCH FP UL frames. The type of QE depends on qeSelector IE in NBAP
Radio Link Setup/Reconfiguration messages:
qeSelector = 'Selected' means QE = transport channel BER.
qeSelector = Non-Selected means QE = physical channel BER
In ALU UTRAN, QeSelector is set by the RNC as follows:
non-selected: AMR 2nd DCH subflow and AMR 3rd DCH subflow
selected: all other DCHs
Advantages:
QE is more accurate in average.
Provides a QE threshold above which we prevent the Sir to decrease even if CRC passed.
Potential drawbacks: QE can be very variant instantaneously making difficult to set a unique threshold for a given
service.

N is the number of transport blocks in the TTI.


Nerr is the number of erroneous blocks in the TTI.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 22
4 UL outer loop power control
4.4 Accelerated SIR target convergence based on QE

1 Nerr >0 or QE acceleratedSirDownQeThreshold GoodFrameCount = 0

2 Nerr=0 and QE < acceleratedSirDownQeThreshold GoodFrameCount ++

Max Sir Target


IF GoodFrameCount > acceleratedSirDownCountThreshold

THEN
Initial Sir Target
Partial_Ul_Sir_Target -= acceleratedSirDownStep
SirTarget

Min Sir Target UlRbSetConf

QE AcceleratedSirDownQEThreshold DynamicParameterPerDch

2
acceleratedSirDownQeThreshold
CRC error acceleratedSirDownCountThresh
old
AcceleratedSirDownStep

AcceleratedSirDownCountThreshold
1 1 1
1 6 23 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The accelerated SIR Target convergence mechanism is based on a consecutive number of good frames and is
used to enable faster convergence when a certain number of consecutive good frames are received.

This mechanism is applicable at call setup/reconfiguration and during the call.

This mechanism aims to complement the existing Validity Condition algorithm also called Initial Convergence
algorithm which applies at call setup only. When one mechanism is active, the other is not.

Advantages:

Fasterconvergence in good radio conditions


Reduced UL power, increased capacity

Potential drawbacks: underestimation of Sir can lead to BLER and SIR spikes and ping-pong in OLPC adjusments

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 23
5 UL inner loop power control

1 6 24 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 24
5 UL inner loop power control
5.1 DPCCH inner loop power control

New T
UL PL Data1 P TF Data2 PL
DPC CI
C
CH
T xp
ow DL
er DP C
CH
Tx
Po w
er C
om
ma
nds

1 6 25 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The Uplink Power Control is controlled by the Node B which orders Power Control Commands (increase or decrease)
through TPC bits in DL DPCCH channels.
The UE then applies the PC command at the next UL DPCCH transmission.
DPDCH power is then adapted thanks to gain factors as seen previously.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 25
5 UL inner loop power control
5.2 UL inner loop power control

Rake
Pilot

DPCCH SIRestimate

TPC
TPC > or <
0 or 1

SIRTarget

Down Command:
if SIRestimate > SIRtarget then TPC = 0

Up Command:
if SIRestimate < SIRtarget then TPC = 1

1 6 26 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The uplink inner loop power control algorithm is located in the Node B physical layer. It is a fast procedure (up to
1500 Hz power change rate) used to derive power control commands (to be applied by the UE) from the SIR target
(set by the RNC) and UL measurements.
The Node B estimates the instantaneous SIR on the pilot bits received on the UL DPCCH and compares it to the SIR
target signaled by the RNC. In case the instantaneous SIR is lower (respectively higher) than the target SIR, an up
(respectively down) command is sent to the UE in the downlink DPCCH TPC field of each DPCCH radio time slot:
up command: TPC = 1
down command: TPC = 0
In every slot, there is either an up or a down power control command: this process does not provide good stability
of the transmission power.
TPC commands are computed in each Node B independently from the others, so if the UE is in Soft Handover with
several Node Bs, the TPC commands received from the different Node Bs may be conflicting. In the case of a softer
handover, the unique Node B involved sends the same TPC command on all the radio links of the same radio link
set.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 26
5 UL inner loop power control
5.3 UL power control algorithms

Softer handover
identical TPC commands
for the radio link set

In case of soft HO SIR target


(i.e. TPC1 TPC2) TPC2

UE combines TPCs Node B 2 RNC


according to the selected TPC2
2 RLs
algorithm

powerCtrlAlgo (UlInnerLoopConf)
TPC1

SIR target
algo1 algo2
Node B 1
Soft handover
1 RL
possibly different TPC commands
One TPC_cmd

1 6 27 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In the case of soft handover (where TPC commands come from different Node Bs), the UE has to combine different
TPCs in order to derive one single internal TPC_cmd (internal power control command applied to adjust the UL
transmission power).
There are 2 standardized algorithms (named: algorithm 1 and algorithm 2 in the 3GPP Specifications) for the UE to
process TPC commands.
The choice between these two algorithms is under the control of the RNC 1000, and is managed through the
powerCtrlAlgo parameter (manufacturer parameter).
It is UE specific in the sense that a specific message is sent to each UE in order to indicate which algorithm to use,
but Alcatel-Lucent sets the same value for all cells managed by an RNC.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 27
5 UL inner loop power control
5.4 UL inner loop algorithm 1

Algo 1: PC rate = 1500 Hz (T=666


s)
no soft HO:UE derives a TPC_cmd
from the TPC command received for
each slot powerCtrlAlgo = algo1
Algorithm allows the UE to derive
soft HO:UE has to combine TPCs a single TPC_cmd per slot
from different radio link sets and Soft HandOver
deduces a single TPC_cmd
DL DPCCH TCP1 field 1 1 1 0
TPC_cmd = -1, +1
DL DPCCH TCP2 field 1 1 1 0

DL DPCCH TCP field 1 1 0 0 DL DPCCH TCP3 field 1 1 0 0

Algo1 output +1 +1 -1 -1 Algo1 output +1 +1 -1 -1

x ulTpcStepSize x ulTpcStepSize

UE Tx output power UE Tx output power

ulTpcStepSize (UlInnerLoopConf)

1 6 28 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This algorithm is well adapted for average speed UEs in urban or suburban environments. The principle of algorithm
1 is that the UE adjusts its DPCCH transmission power every slot (frequency = 1500 Hz), according to TPC_cmd
(internal power control command applied to adjust the UE transmission power) derived from the TPC commands
received from all Node Bs involved in the communication.
We can distinguish three cases of TPC_cmd generation:
Nomacrodiversity: the UE receives a single TPC command in each slot (on the single radio link established for
the communication), from which it derives a TPC_cmd as follows:
if TPC command = 0, then TPC_cmd = -1
if TPC command = 1, then TPC_cmd = 1
Softer
handover: in this case, the UE is aware (from TPC combination index parameter transmitted through
RRC protocol) that it will receive identical TPC commands in the downlink. The UE is then able to combine these
commands into a single TPC command, for example (UE implementation is proprietary) using maximum ratio
combining with all TPC commands received in order to optimize the TPC command decoding.
Softhandover: in this case, the TPC commands may be different. This case may even involve a softer handover
(from which a single TPC is derived, using for example MRC). The UE has first to use soft decision in order to
decode the different TPC commands transmitted. Then it has to combine them in order to deduce a single
TPC_cmd value. This TPC_cmd is equal to 1 only if all TPC received from other Node Bs are equal to 1,
otherwise, TPC_cmd is equal to -1.
Then, after deriving a unique TPC_cmd, the UE implements a power change based on the ulTpcStepSize
parameter of the UlInnerLoopConf object.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 28
5 UL inner loop power control
5.5 UL inner loop algorithm 2 (no SHO case)

Algo 2: PC rate = 300 Hz (T=3,333 ms)


no soft HO:UE derives a TPC_cmd
from the TPC command received on a Algorithm allows the UE
5 slot-cycle basis powerCtrlAlgo = algo2
to derive a singleTPC_cmd
soft HO:UE has to combine TPCs every 5 slots
from different radio link sets
No Macrodiversity
TPC_cmd = -1, 0, +1
5 radio slots

DL DPCCH TCP field 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0

Algo2 output +1 -1 0

x ulTpcStepSize

UE Tx output power

ulTpcStepSize (UlInnerLoopConf)

1 6 29 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This algorithm is adapted to high- or low-speed environments (typically: dense urban or rural). With this algorithm,
the UE concatenates N TPC commands received on consecutive radio slots to derive a TPC_cmd to be applied after
the Nth slot. N can be different according to the handover situation, but it does always divide 15 (the combining
window of the TPC commands does not extend outside the frame boundary). Allowing a decision every N = 5 radio
slots instead of every slot, algorithm 2 is a way of emulating step sizes smaller than 1 dB (typically: 0.2 dB or 0.4
dB, corresponding to the step sizes of 1 and 2 dB respectively, but applied every 5 TSs).
Note: In the TPC combination algorithm 2, the TPC_cmd is either 1, 1 or 0.
Algorithm 2 works in the following way:
Nomacrodiversity: the UE concatenates commands received from 5 consecutive TSs to derive a TPC_cmd
value:
For the first 4 slots of a set, TPC_cmd = 0
For the fifth slot of a set, the UE uses hard decisions on each of the 5 received TPC commands as
follows:
if all 5 hard decisions within a set are 1, then TPC_cmd = 1
if all 5 hard decisions within a set are 0, then TPC_cmd = -1
otherwise, TPC_cmd = 0
Softer
handover: similarly to what happens for algorithm 1, for each slot, the UE soft-combines the TPC
commands known to be the same (received from the same Node B).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 29
5 UL inner loop power control
5.6 UL inner loop algorithm 2 (SHO case)

DL DPCCH TCP1 field 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1

+1 0 +1

DL DPCCH TCP2 field 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1

0 -1 0

DL DPCCH TCPN FIELD 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

+1 -1 -1

Sum of TPC
N
> 0.5 < - 0.5 Otherwise

Algo2 output +1 -1 0

x ulTpcStepSize

UE Tx ouput power

1 6 30 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Soft handover: the derivation of the TPC_cmd from the TPC commands of the different radio links is done in the
following way:
First,
the UE determines 1 temporary TPC command called TPC_tempi for each of the N sets of 5 TPC
commands. It is done as follows:
If all 5 hard decisions within a set = 1, TPC_tempi = 1.
If all 5 hard decisions within a set = 0, TPC_tempi = -1.
Otherwise, TPC_tempi = 0
Then the UE derives the combined TPC_cmd for the 5th slot as a function of all the N TPC_tempi:
TPC_cmd = 1 if (Sum of TPC_tempi)/N > 0.5
TPC_cmd = -1 if (Sum of TPC_tempi)/N < -0.5
Otherwise TPC_cmd = 0
Finally, after deriving a unique TPC_cmd, the UE implements a power change:
Uplink Power Change = TPC_cmd x ulTpcStepSize.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 30
6 DL traffic channel power

1 6 31 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 31
6 DL traffic channels power
6.1 Initial DL traffic channel power

First Radio Link

maxDlTxPowerPerOls (DlUsPowerConf)

Pinitial= pcpichPower (FDDCell*) + initialDlEcNoTarget (DlUsPowerConf) -P C


- PICH_Ec/No

minDlTxPower (DlUsPowerConf)

SHO Leg Addition


isShoLegInitialPowerAlgoEnabled (RadioAccessService)

Pinitial= pcpichPower (FDDCell*) + initialDlEcNoTarget (DlUsPowerConf) - P-CPICH_Ec /No Equivalent

cell = N
S
P-CPICH_Ec /No Equivalent = P-CPICH_Ec /No(cell)

cell =1

1 6 32 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

When a traffic (dedicated) channel is set up, it is done at a certain downlink power called Pini defined by the
following equation:
Pini = pcpichPower + initialDlEcnoTarget CPICH_Ec/No
Where pcpichPower is the downlink P-CPICH power, initialDlEcnoTarget depends on the service allocated to the UE
(access stratum configuration) and CPICH_EC/N0 is the EC/N0 of the Pilot received by the UE.
The Pini is used in the Call Admission Control downlink power reservation algorithm.
The downlink transmission power is limited by an upper and lower limit for each radio link. This limitation is set
through the maxDlTxPowerPerOls and minDlTxPower parameters (DlUsPowerConf object). Both parameters
actually provide a value for each access stratum configuration, so they correspond to a set of values rather than to a
single value. The value (in dB) of these parameters is provided with respect to P-CPICH power defined by the
pcpichPower parameter.

For SHO Leg Addition, the initial power is calculated once for all the new links to be added. Pini depends not only on
the CPICH Ec/No of the selected cell to be added, but also on all the CPICH Ec/No of the cells of the old active set.
An equivalent CPICH Ec/N0 is calculated:

N CPICH Ec / N 0( celli )

CPICH _ Ec / N 0 (dB ) 10 log 10 10
equiv
i 1

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 32
6 DL traffic channels power
6.2 DL DPCCH / DPDCH power offsets

po3ForPilotBits (DlUserService)

po2ForTpcBits (DlUserService)

po1ForTfciBits (DlUserService)

PO2 DL DPDCH Radio Frame


PO3 PO1
Pinitial

Pilot Data1 TPC TFCI

1 6 33 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The RNC can also configure static downlink physical channel parameters in the Node B. In the downlink, it is
possible to give power offsets to the pilot, TPC and TFCI fields of the DPCCH relative to the DPDCH.
They are given at radio link setup in the Power Offset information IE:
PO1: TFCI bits
PO2: TPC bits
PO3: pilot bits
In the Alcatel-Lucent implementation, the power offsets used to determine the transmission power of the TFCI, TPC,
and PILOT bits are defined by the po1ForTfciBits, po2ForTpcBits and po3ForPilotBits parameters respectively.
These parameters of the DlUserService object are transmitted in the Power_Offset_Information IE of the RADIO
LINK SETUP, ADDITION or RECONFIGURATION (NBAP signaling). They are identical for all TFCs in the TFCS.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 33
6 DL traffic channels power
6.3 DL power offset 2 as a function of the AS size

isDynamicPO2Enabled
(DlUserService)

Nb of RL Power Offset 2

1 po2ForOneRlSet

2 po2ForTwoRlSet

3 or more po2ForThreeRlSetOrMore

1 6 34 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The DL Power Control Management provides an option to dynamically configure different PO2 values depending on
the number of radio link sets (RLS) involved in the call.
The PO2 value is variable depending on the number of RLs involved in the call.
The initial PO2 is provided to the Node B in NBAP messages.
Then,
at each new RL Setup/Addition/Deletion, the RNC shall support the transmission of the RADIO INTERACE
PARAMETER UPDATE message over the Iub and Iur user plane interfaces, as per TS 25.427, for the signaling of
TPC PO updates.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 34
7 DL outer loop power control

1 6 35 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 35
7 DL outer loop power control
7.1 DL outer loop power control

RNC DlUserService
CSDTCH12_2Kx4SRBDCCH3_4K
2PSDTCH64Kx4SRBDCCH3_4K
CSDTCH12_2Kx2PSDTCH64Kx4SRBDCCH3_4K
Initial Quality target CSDTCH64Kx4SRBDCCH3_4K
PSDTCH64Kx4SRBDCCH3_4K
RB Setup
PSDTCH384Kx4SRBDCCH3_4K
TPC StandaloneSRBDCCH3_4K
Quality ...
Measurements
TX
SRB
TRB

inner loop isDlReferenceTransportChannelAllowed


power control blerTarget SRBDCCH3_4K
CSDTCH12_2K
CSDTCH64K
DL Outer Loop Control IE isDlReferenceTransportChannelAllowed
PSDTCH64K
(DlRbSetConf)
Outer Loop PSDTCH128K
BLERtarget increase not allowed
Power Control or PSDTCH384K
blerTarget
BLERtarget increase allowed 2PSDTCH64K
(DlBlerQualityList)
...
DlRbSetConf

1 6 36 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The DL outer loop power control algorithm is mobile-manufacturer specific, and DL power control outer loop is not
necessarily based on SIR (as UL outer loop is). The only information signaled to the UE by the RNC is a quality
target for each radio bearer, expressed as a BLER. This quality target is sent to the UE through RRC signaling (DL
Outer Loop Control procedure) for each transport channel of the connection. This quality target information is
mandatory for handover to UTRAN, radio bearer setup and transport channel reconfiguration messages. It is
optional for radio bearer reconfiguration and release, RRC connection setup, and re-establishment messages.
The DL outer loop power control algorithm is located in the UE, but the RNC may further use the downlink Outer
Loop control procedure to control the DL outer loop algorithm in the UE. To prevent the UE from increasing its DL
BLER target value above its current value (the initial one, transmitted by the RNC via RRC signaling), the RNC sets
the Downlink Outer Loop Control IE to increase not allowed. This allows reducing the impact of the UE
proprietary outer loop algorithm on the system.
isDlReferenceTransportChannelAllowed indicates that the first Transport Channel of the RbSetConf is allowed
to be used as an Outer Loop Power Control Reference Transport Channel.
BlerTarget is used if isDlReferenceTransportChannelAllowed is TRUE. BlerTarget is the BLER DL quality
target which must be met during Outer Loop Power Control. It is the Log10 of the BLER.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 36
8 DL inner loop power control

1 6 37 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 37
8 DL inner loop power control
8.1 DL inner loop algorithm

DL TX_PWR optimization
is UE constructor dependent
(not necessarily PL TFCI TPC
based on SIR
measurements)

BLER TPC = 0 / 1 UL D Node B


target PCCH

TPC
TPC =1=> TPC_
cmd = +1
TPC_cmd TPC =0 => TPC_
cmd = -1
BLER est
New
BT
appl S outpu DL power
ied t
o DP t power
UE Algo change
DCH

PTPC +PBalancing
DL Power Change =
SHO

SPBAL
TPC_cmd x dlTpcStepSize(DlInnerLoopConf)

1 6 38 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The DL inner loop power control algorithm is a fast procedure (1500 Hz) used to optimize DL transmission power by
sending power control commands to the Node B in the TPC field of UL DPCCH time slots.
At each TPC (Transmit Power Command = 0 or 1) field decoded (on UL DPCCH), the BTS estimates the TPC_cmd
(TPC command = -1 or 1) based on TPC and Limited_Power_Increase values, and implements a DL power change
as shown in the above slide.
As the Limited_Power_Increase functionality is not implemented, TPC_cmd values are directly deduced from TPC
values as following:
TPC = 0 => TPC_cmd = -1
TPC = 1 => TPC_cmd = 1
So TPC_cmd never has the value 0 (either decrease or increase command for the transmission power), as with
combination algorithm 2 for UL power control.
The downlink power adjustment (increment or decrement according to the power control command) step size is
tuned through the dlTpcStepSize parameter. This parameter is transmitted by the RNC to the Node Bs using the
TPC_DL_Step_Size IE contained in the RADIO LINK SETUP REQUEST message (NBAP). It cannot be reconfigured
during the connection. 3GPP TS allowed values are: 0.5 dB, 1 dB (mandatory), 1.5 dB and 2 dB. Alcatel-Lucent
implementation proposes only the two mandatory values: 0.5 dB and 1 dB.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 38
8 DL inner loop power control
8.2 Power balancing

Power per Leg dlReferencePower


(DlUserService)
P1 P2 P1
PREF

P2
time
RL Addition

isPowerBalancingAllowed (RadioAccessService)
powerBalancingRequired (DlUserService)

adjustmentPeriod (PowerBalancingAdjustmentParameters)
Radio Frame

PBAL = (1- R) x (PREF + PP-CPICH PINIT) PBalancing

adjustmentRatio (PowerBalancingAdjustmentParameters) maxAdjustmentStep (PowerBalancingAdjustmentParameters)

1 6 39 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The objective of the downlink power balancing function is to equalize powers on the different radio links, eliminating
power drifting effects.
This function is triggered by the SRNC, which provides balancing parameters to the Node Bs and executed by the
Node Bs.
The power balancing function brings a corrective factor Pbal which is added to the power as calculated by the DL
inner loop power control.
This Pbal is such that:
SPbal = (1 R).(Pref + Ppcpich Pini)
where:
SPbal is the sum of these corrective factors over an adjustment period corresponding to a number
of frames
Pbal = 0 or -0.5 or 0.5 dB (in first implementation)
R is the adjustment ratio
Pref is the value of the DL Reference Power
Ppcpich is the power used on the primary CPICH
Pinit is the power of the last slot of the previous adjustment period
Instead of specifying which maximum correction should be applied to one slot, a period is specified, as a number of
time slots, where the accumulated power adjustment should not be greater than 1 dB.
The above slide shows an example with SPbal = - 4 dB, adjustment period = 2 Radio Frames, max adjustment step
= 5 Time Slots.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 39
8 DL inner loop power control
8.3 Rate reduction algorithm

1500 TPC commands / s

1 0 1 0 0 1 PL TFCI TPC

DPC_Mode = 0 (single Tpc)

U L DP
CCH
500 TPC commands / s

1 1 1 0 0 0

DPC_Mode = 1 (tpcTripletInSoft)

dpcMode (DlInnerLoopConf)

RRC signaling (from RNC)

1 6 40 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The RNC may activate a rate reduction algorithm. If rate reduction algorithm is applied, then the UE issues one new
command every 3 slots and repeats it over 3 slots, so the DL inner loop TPC commands frequency is divided by 3
(1500 Hz down to 500 Hz).
This algorithm is controlled by the dpcMode parameter (DlInnerLoopConf object), which is signaled to the UE in
the Downlink DPCH Power Control Information IE using RRC signaling:
IfdpcMode = singleTpc (0 on ASN1 interface), then the UE sends a specific TPC command in each DPCCH time
slot (starts in the first available slot).
If
dpcMode = tpcTripletInSoft (1 on ASN1 interface), then the UE repeats the same TPC command over 3
successive DPCCH time slots.

On reception of the TPC field in the UL DPCCH, the Node B processes the command depending on the DPC_MODE
and calculates PTPC(k):
DPC_MODE = 0 => at each slot:
PTPC(k) = TPCDLStepSize if TPC = up
PTPC(k) = -TPCDLStepSize if TPC = down
DPC_MODE = 1 => each 3 slots:
PTPC(k) = TPCDLStepSize if 3 last TPCs are up
PTPC(k) = -TPCDLStepSize if 3 last TPCs are down

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 40
9 Radio link control

1 6 41 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 41
9 Radio link control
9.1 UL dedicated channel synchronization
rlRestoreTimer INIT
ShoRlRestoreTimerAfterRlFailure FDDCell*
FDDCell->Class2CellReconfParams-
(RadioAccessService) nInSyncInd (FDDCell*) >SynchronisationConfiguration
or
FDDCell->Class2CellReconfParams-
>SynchronisationConfiguration

Sync OK nInSyncInd (FDDCell*) Sync KO

nInSyncInd (FDDCell*)

nOutSyncInd (FDDCell*)
tRlFailure (FDDCell*)

RL Failure RL Restore
SIRAV > -3dB => InSyncInd

SIRAV < -3dB => OutSyncInd

nOutSyncInd (FDDCell*) tRlFailure (FDDCell*) nInSyncInd (FDDCell*)

N313 T313 N315

1 6 42 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The uplink radio link sets are monitored by the Node B, to trigger radio link failure/restore procedures. Once the radio link sets
have been established, they will be in the in-sync or out-of-sync states.
When the radio link set is in the in-sync state, after receiving nOutSynchInd consecutive out-of-sync indications, the Node B
shall:
start timer tRlFailure;
upon receiving nInSynchInd successive "in sync" indications from Layer1:
Stop and reset timer tRlFailure;
if tRlFailure expires:
The Node B shall trigger the RL Failure procedure and indicates which radio link set is out-of-sync. When the RL
Failure procedure is triggered, the state of the radio link set will change to the out-of-sync state.
The RNC receiving a Radio Link Failure Indication message from the Node B will trigger the call release (call drop
radio in this case) if no radio link remains in "in sync" state.
When the radio link set is in the out-of-sync state, after receiving nInSynchInd successive in-sync indications Node B shall trigger
the RL Restore procedure and indicate which radio link set has re-established synchronization. When the RL Restore procedure is
triggered, the state of the radio link set will change to the in-sync state.
Similar Radio Link Control is implemented in DL in the UE thanks to UeTimerCstConnectedMode object parameters:
n315 UE constant is analog to nInSynchInd
n313 UE constant is analog to nOutSynchInd

t313 UE timer is analog to tRlFailure

Activation Rules:
(nOutSyncInd * 10) + tRLFailure < (n313 * 10) + t313 + PA off
t315 > rrcReestPSMaxAllowedTimer

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 42
9 Radio link control
9.2 UL radio link failure detected by UTRAN

UE Node B RNC CN

bad SIR

nOutSyncInd
UL synchronization
failure on last RL
isPsRrcReestablishAllowed
tRlFailure isCSRrcReestablishAllowed
(RadioAccessService)

expiry Radio Link


false
Failure Iu Release Request
Indication Radio cnx with UE lost

Iu Release Command
Radio Link
Deletion Req
Radio Link
Deletion Resp Iu Release Complete

1 6 43 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

A call drop is triggered as soon as the loss of the last RL is detected by the RNC.
isPsRrcReestablishAllowed (resp. isCSRrcReestablishAllowed) is the parameter used to activate or de-
activate the RRC Connection Re-establishment feature for CS (resp. PS).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 43
9 Radio link control
9.3 DL radio link failure detected by UE

UE Node B RNC CN

bad SIR
isPsRrcReestablishAllowed
t313 isCSRrcReestablishAllowed
N313 n313
DL synchronization (UeTimerCstConnectedMode) (RadioAccessService)
failure on last RL
T313
false

expiry
Cell Update
(radio link Iu Release Request
T314 Radio cnx with UE lost
failure)
Iu Release Command
Radio Link
Deletion Req
t314 Radio Link
(UeTimerCstConnectedMode) Deletion Resp Iu Release Complete

1 6 44 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

A call drop is triggered as soon as the loss of the last RL is detected by the RNC.
Note: t314 must be set equal to a non-zero value so that the UE performs a Cell Update procedure.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 44
9 Radio link control
9.4 DL RLC unrecoverable error detected by UTRAN

UE Node B RNC CN

timerPoll isPsRrcReestablishAllowed
X same RLC block isCSRrcReestablishAllowed
X not decoded (RadioAccessService)
maxDat
Maximum number of RLC
re-transmission reached
false
resetTimer
X RLC Reset
not decoded maxNbrOfResetRetrans
X
Maximum number of RLC Reset
re-transmission reached
Iu Release Request
DL RLC Error SRB/TRB timerPollPeriod
maxDat
Iu Release Command resetTimer
Radio Link maxNbrOfResetRetrans
Deletion Req (DlRlcAckMode)
Radio Link (UlRlcAckMode)
Deletion Resp Iu Release Complete

1 6 45 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 45
9 Radio link control
9.5 UL RLC unrecoverable error detected by UE

UE Node B RNC CN

same RLC block X


not decoded isPsRrcReestablishAllowed
X isCSRrcReestablishAllowed
(RadioAccessService)
Maximum number of RLC
re-transmission reached

false
RLC Reset X
not decoded
X
Maximum number of RLC Reset
re-transmission reached
Cell Update
(rlc unrecoverable Iu Release Request
error) UL RLC Error SRB/TRB

Iu Release Command
Radio Link
Deletion
Iu Release Complete

1 6 46 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 46
9 Radio link control
9.6 RRC connection re-establishment parameters
isPsRrcReestablishAllowed = True
isCSRrcReestablishAllowed = True
RNC

P ICH pda
te
P-C Cell
U
Last RL lost detection
rrcReestPSMaxAllowedTimer
Cell Update rrcReestCSMaxAllowedTimer
(failure Cause, CPICH_Ec/No) (RadioAccessService)

CPICH_Ec/No >=
rrcReestablishPSThreshold
CPICH Ec/No

Yes No

rrcReestablishPSThreshold
rrcReestablishCSThreshold
(RadioAccessService)

RRC connection Call is


Re-establishment dropped

1 6 47 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

rrcReestablishPSThreshold (resp. rrcReestablishCSThreshold) is the CPICH_EcNo threshold above which an


RRC Connection Re-establishment for a CS (resp. PS) call can take place at the reception of the Cell Update
message coming from the UE.
rrcReestPSMaxAllowedTimer (resp. rrcReestCSMaxAllowedTimer) is the timer started by the RNC when it
detects a UL Radio link Failure or a DL RLC Unrecoverable error on a CS (resp. PS) call.
Afterwards, either the RNC stops this timer if it receives a Cell Update message from the UE or it triggers a call drop
if this timer expires (no cell update received from the UE).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 47
9 Radio Link Control
9.7 UL Radio Link Failure RRC Connection Re-established

UE Node B RNC CN

UL synchronization
failure on last RL
tRlFailure

expiry Radio Link Failure isPsRrcReestablishAllowed


isCSRrcReestablishAllowed
Indication
(RadioAccessService)
Radio Link Deletion

rrcReestPSMaxAllowedTimer
rrcReestCSMaxAllowedTimer true
(RadioAccessService)
Cell Update (radio link failure)
stopped
Radio Link Setup

Cell Update Confirm

RB Reconfiguration
Complete
1 6 48 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

A similar scenario can occur in case the UE detects a DL Radio Link Failure: the RNC receives a Cell Update from the
UE without expecting it.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 48
9 Radio link control
9.8 UL RLC unrecoverable error RRC con. re-established
UE Node B RNC CN

same RLC block


not decoded
on PS TRB X
X
Maximum number of RLC
re-transmission reached
isPsRrcReestablishAllowed
isCSRrcReestablishAllowed
RLC Reset X (RadioAccessService)
not decoded
X
Maximum number of RLC Reset
re-transmission reached
true
Cell Update
(rlc unrecoverable
error on PS TRB)
Radio Link Deletion
Radio Link Setup

Cell Update Confirm


RB Reconfiguration Complete
1 6 49 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This scenario applies only for (CS+PS) calls case because there is no TRB established in RLC ACK mode for CS calls
but TM mode is used. For CS call case, the RLC unrecoverable error can occur on SRB only, leading to a call drop.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 49
9 Radio link control
9.9 RRC connection re-establishment - summary

In case of Radio Link Failure


Call Type RNC RLF UE RLF

PS Only (DCH) Re-establish Re-establish

CS Only Re-establish Re-establish

PS + CS (DCH) Re-establish Re-establish

PS Only (FACH) Re-establish Re-establish

In case of RLC Unrecoverable Error


Call Type RNC RLC UE RLC

DCCH (SRB ) DTCH(TRB ) DCCH (SRB ) DTCH(TRB )

PS Only (DCH) Re-establish Re-establish Drop Call Re-establish

CS Only Drop Call N/A Drop Call N/A

PS + CS (DCH) Drop Call Drop PS Drop Call Re-establish

PS Only (FACH ) Drop Call Drop Call Drop Call Not Supported

1 6 50 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 50
End of module
Power Management

1 6 51 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Power Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.6 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 6 Page 51
Section 1
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

W-CDMA R99 Algorithms


Description
Module 7
Call Management
TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1

UTRAN
UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
TMO18255_V2.0-SG Edition 1

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 1
Blank page

172 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Document History

Edition Date Author Remarks

01 YYYY-MM-DD Last name, first name First edition

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 2
Module objectives

Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:

Describe Call Management principles


Describe Always On and the associated parameters
Describe RB Rate Adaptation and the associated parameters
Describe iRM Scheduling and the associated parameters
Describe iRM Preemption and the associated parameters
Describe Preemption Process for DCH and HSDPA/HSUPA
Describe AMR Rate Change during the call
Describe PS Core Network requested RAB modification

173 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 3
Module objectives [cont.]

174 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 4
Table of contents

Switch to notes view! Page

1 Call management overview 7


1.1 Call management mechanisms 8
2 Always on 9
2.1 Always on downsize principles 10
2.2 Always on upsize principles 11
2.3 Always on downsize parameters 12
2.4 AO upsize UL parameters (FACH to DCH) 13
2.5 AO upsize DL parameters (FACH to DCH) 14
2.6 AO upsize Cell_FACH to Cell_DCH transition 15
2.7 One shot Ec/No report 16
2.8 RRC states transitions 17
2.8.1 URA_PCH transitions if CELL_PCH is used 18
2.8.2 URA_PCH transitions if CELL_PCH is not used 19
2.8.3 CELL_PCH transitions 20
2.8.4 Direct transition from Cell/URA_PCH to DCH 21
2.8.5 URA update in URA_PCH state 26
2.8.6 Cell update in CELL_PCH state 27
2.8.7 Cell update in CELL_FACH state 28
2.8.8 Cell reselection during Cell_Fach to Cell_DCH 29
2.9 PCH states configuration 30
2.10 AO step 2 and AO step 3 timers 31
2.11
175
Definition of isAlwaysOnAllowed (xxRbSetConf) 32
2.12 Exercise:
W-CDMA R99 find Callthe
Algorithms Description parameter values
COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
Management 33
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
2.13 Mono-service PS/multi-RAB PS I/B R99 (R99 PS Mux) 34
2.14 Multi-service CS+PS 35
2.15 Recovery actions CELL_FACH admission failure 36
2.16 UTRAN Registration Area (URA) 37
2.17 User services parameters 38
2.18 Exercise: find the RRC states transitions 39
3 RB rate adaptation 41
3.1 RB rate adaptation principles 42
3.2 Traffic monitoring: UL & DL throughput 43
3.3 DL downsizing 44
3.4 UL downsizing 45
3.5 DL multi-stage upsizing 46
3.6 UL step by step upsizing 47
3.7 UL upsizing based on UE Buffer Occupancy 48
3.7.1 Event4A processing without UE Tx power info 49
3.7.2 Event4A processing with UE Tx power info 50
3.8 DL upsizing based on RNC Buffer Occupancy 51
3.8.1 Internal RNC event processing 52
3.9 Ping-pong timers 53
3.10 Measurement configuration 54
3.11 RAN model 55
3.12 Exercise 56
4 iRM scheduling 57
4.1 iRM scheduling principles 58
4.2 Event A for iRM scheduling downgrade 59
4.3 Events B1 and B2 for iRM scheduling upgrade 60
4.4 iRM scheduling upgrade 61
4.5 PS streaming RAB: iRM scheduling 62
4.6 iRM scheduling parameters for downgrade 63
4.7 iRM scheduling parameters for upgrade 64
4.8 Special case: switching between video & voice 65
4.8.1 Triggering VT downgrade 66

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 5
Table of contents [cont.]

Switch to notes view! Page

4.8.2 Triggering speech upgrade 67


4.8.3 RAN parameters 68
4.8.4 RAN parameters neighboring RNC 69
4.8.5 Activation parameters 70
5 iRM preemption 71
5.1 iRM preemption algorithm 72
5.2 Cell color/active set color calculation 73
5.3 iRM preemption: UE to preempt? 74
5.4 iRM preemption behavior 75
6 Preemption process for DCH and HSDPA/HSUPA 76
6.1 Concepts 77
6.2 Eligible procedures 78
6.3 Eligible CAC failure cases 79
6.4 Internal or external CAC failures 80
6.5 Eligible transport channel 81
6.6 Eligible services 82
6.7 Selection of service to be pre-empted 83
6.8 mono-step / multi-step pre-emption 84
6.9 Selection of service to be downgraded 85
6.10 Estimation of resource de-allocation 86
6.11 Queuing of RAB assignment request 87
6.12
176
Exercise 1: RAB assignt queuing and pre-emption 88
6.13 Exercise
W-CDMA R99 2: estimation
Algorithms Description of resource de-allocation
COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
Call Management 89
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
7 AMR rate change during the call 90
7.1 General principles 91
7.2 Iub DS load criteria 93
7.3 UL cell load criteria 94
7.4 DL power load criteria 95
7.5 DL Tx CP criteria 96
7.6 Parameters settings 97
8 PS CN requested RAB modification 101
8.1 PS CN requested RAB modification 102
8.2 RAB modification in a non-iur scenario with SRLR 103
8.3 RAB modification in a non-iur scenario without SRLR 105

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 6
1 Call management overview

177 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 7
1 Call management overview
1.1 Call management mechanisms

9
S R9 Dedicated Channel
U MT

Dedicated Channel

Dedicated Channel

RB Rate iRM iRM AMR Rate


Service Class Domain
Domain Always
AlwaysOn
On Preemption
Adaptation Scheduling Preemption Change

Conversational CS
Streaming CS
Streaming PS
Interactive
Interactive PS
Background PS
178 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Call Management is a set of reactive mechanisms performed during the call in order to improve the system capacity,
by adapting the resources used by the users to different situation (traffic activity, real traffic, RF conditions, etc.):

AlwaysOn: Downsize and upsize of user resources are performed depending on user traffic activity in DL & UL
(two-step mechanism depending on whether there is low traffic or no traffic at all).
RBRate Adaptation: Downsize and upsize of user resources are performed depending on user real time traffic
and buffer occupancy in DL & UL.
iRM Scheduling: Downsize and upsize of user resources are performed depending on user radio conditions in
DL.
iRM Preemption: Downsize of user resources are performed depending on cell load and user priority in DL.
Preemption: Downsize of user resources are performed depending on CAC failure and call priority in DL & UL. If
downsize is not enough to free resources, some calls can be release (low priority users).
AMR Rate Change: Downsize and upsize of user resources (codec) are performed depending on radio
conditions (UL interference & DL power) and Node B resources (Baseband, Iub) in DL & UL.

Most of these Call Management features operate only on UMTS PS I/B RABs since no Guaranteed Bit Rate is defined
for such traffic classes. However, iRM Scheduling is also available for PS Streaming services so as to avoid call drops
when UE moves in poor radio quality areas. Preemption process applies to any types of call wherease AMR rate
change applies to Multi-Mode AMR calls only.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 8
2 Always on

179 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 9
2 Always on
2.1 Always on downsize principles
isAlwaysOnAllowed (AlwaysOnConf)
User Traffic T1 T2 isAlwaysOnAllowed (DlUserService)
Volume isAlwaysOnAllowed (UlUserService)

T1 AO step1 AO step2 AO step3

Throughput Threshold
AO Step 1
T1

traffic traffic and signaling


O kbps inactivity inactivity Throughput Threshold
AO Step 2
T1 T1 T2 T3

AO timers

CELL_PCH
CELL_DCH CELL_FACH or PMM-idle
URA_PCH

NOMINAL DCH RB AO FACH RB No Radio Bearer No Radio Bearer

RRC Context No RRC Connection

1 7 10 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Dedicated radio resources are not optimal to support packet services with sporadic traffic. In order to find the best
trade-off between efficient resource usage and subscriber comfort, the Always-On concept developed is composed
of three steps.
After a first period of low activity (T1), the bearer is reconfigured to a predefined downsized bearer configuration,
which consumes less radio resources.
If traffic activity is detected, the bearer is upgraded back to its initial configuration (or to a degraded one if network
congestion is meanwhile detected).
If no traffic activity is detected during a second period of time (T2), then the radio bearer is released but the RRC
connection remains as well as the Iu Connection in order to speed up the needed radio bearer setup in case or user
traffic resumption.
If neither traffic nor signaling activity is observed during a third period of time (T3) then the RRC and Iu connection
are released but the following context info remains between UE and Network:
the PDP context at the SGSN
the PPP (or IP) link between UE and ISP
the SGSN-GGSN tunnel
When downsize criteria is met, the Always-On downsized RB (FACH) is determined at the OAM, thanks to the
following parameters:
DL downsized RB: alwaysOnDlRbSetFachId (AlwaysOnConf object)
UL downsized RB: alwaysOnUlRbSetFachId (AlwaysOnConf object)

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 10
2 Always on
2.2 Always on upsize principles

User Traffic
Volume

AO step2 AO step1

Throughput Threshold
AO Step 1
traffic
resuming
O kbps Throughput Threshold
AO Step 2
TTT

AO timers

CELL_PCH
or CELL_FACH CELL_DCH
URA_PCH

No Radio Bearer AO FACH RB NOMINAL DCH RB

RRC Context

1 7 11 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In Cell_PCH or URA_PCH states, although the connection is no more active, the mobile keeps its PDP context active.
Therefore, a traffic resume is done either:
By the mobile, which re-establishes a connection to the network.
Orby the network by paging the mobile, which would have the effect of creating a new connection. The
dataflow is the same as the mobile initiated resume except for the paging phase.
In Cell_FACH state, the RNC assess the user data throughput and decides to perform an AO upsize to DCH radio
bearer if the high user throughput is detected.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 11
2 Always on
2.3 Always on downsize parameters
Ul & DL Traffic Volume

step1AverageWindow(AoOnFachParam) step2AverageWindow(AoOnFachParam)

step1DlUlThroughputThreshold
(AoOnFachParam)

step2ThroughputThreshold(AoOnFachParam)

T1 T2

timerT1 (AlwaysOnTimer) T2 timer depends on


RRC states usage

NOMINAL DCH RB AO FACH RB No Radio Bearer

1 7 12 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The AO downsize step1 condition is based on DL and UL traffic volume monitoring on non-sliding time windows. The
downsize criterion is met if:
(TBsizex NbTB) / Step1AverageWindow < Step1DlUlThresholdThroughput
during at least TimerT1.
With:
NbTB: Number of Transport Blocks transferred during the time window
TBsize: size of a L1 Transport Block (in bits)
AO Downsize is performed when UL and DL criteria are met.
The AO downsize step2 decision is based on DL and UL traffic volume monitoring on non-sliding time windows. The
release criterion is met if:
(TBsize x NbTB) / Step2AverageWindow < Step2ThresholdThroughput
at least during TimerT2 seconds
The UE may keep or not its RRC connection or not depending on the usage of the Cell_PCH/URA_PCH states or not.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 12
2 Always on
2.4 AO upsize UL parameters (FACH to DCH)

Reporting
UE RLC/MAC Buffer Occupancy Reporting event4a
event4a Report

repThreshold (AoOnFachParam)

timeToTrigger (AoOnFachParam) pendTimeAfterTrig (AoOnFachParam)


Upsize

AO FACH RB NOMINAL DCH RB

1 7 13 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

AO Upsize is performed when UL or DL criteria are met.


As the upsize conditions are applied as the mobile is using common UL and DL resources (RACH/FACH), these
conditions cannot be based on observed user traffic. The principle is that these conditions will be based on RLC
buffer occupancy, reflecting the state of congestion of the transport channel (see following two slides).
The UL upsize condition relies on event triggered UE traffic volume measurement on RACH Transport Channel,
based on event 4A.
Asthe sum of Buffer Occupancies of RBs multiplexed onto the RACH exceeds a certain threshold
(RepThreshold), the mobile performs an event triggered reporting.
On reception of this event, the SRNC considers the UL upsize condition as fulfilled.
ThependTimeAfterTrig timer is started in the UE when a measurement report has been triggered by a given
event. The UE is then forbidden to send new measurement reports triggered by the same event during this
time period. Instead the UE waits until the timer has expired.
The timeToTrigger timer is started in the UE when the Transport Channel Traffic Volume triggers the event. If
the TCTV crosses the threshold before the timer expires, the timer is stopped. If the timer expires then a report
is triggered.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 13
2 Always on
2.5 AO upsize DL parameters (FACH to DCH)

RLC/MAC Buffer Occupancy per UE Upsize


Required

step1DlRlcBoThreshold(AoOnFachParam)

Upsize step1TimerBetween2Reports
(AoOnFachPara
m)

AO FACH RB NOMINAL DCH RB

1 7 14 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The DL upsize condition relies on the same kind of mechanism. As the sum of Buffer Occupancies of RBs multiplexed
onto the FACH exceeds a certain threshold for a given UE, the SRNC considered the DL upsize condition as fulfilled.
The parameter Step1TimerBetween2Reports is used to avoid sending unnecessary upsize required event reports
during the execution of the upsize procedure. This parameter sets the minimum time between the emissions of two
events "upsize required" by the RNC-IN.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 14
2 Always on
2.6 AO upsize Cell_FACH to Cell_DCH transition

CELL_DCH CELL_FACH
Nominal RB Fallback RB

RNC isOamCappingOfDataAllowed
(RadioAccessService)

= False
RB Reconfiguration
= True
maxDlEstablishmentRbRate
reconfigTimeFachDch maxUlEstablishmentRbRate
(FachRetransmissions)
(CacConfClass)
RB Reconfiguration

reconfigRetriesFachDch maxDlRateTransitionToDchDlTriggerDchAndDch
(FachRetransmissions) maxDlRateTransitionToDchUlTriggerDchAndDch
maxUlRateTransitionToDchDlTriggerDchAndDch
RB Reconfiguration x N maxUlRateTransitionToDchUlTriggerDchAndDch
(DchRateCapping)
RB Reconfiguration Complete

1 7 15 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

From UA7 onwards, the AO success rate during the Cell-Fach to DCH can be improved by repeating the message RB
Reconfiguration:
reconfigTimeFachDch: defines the timer for retransmission of reconfiguration messages in Cell FACH due to
response message timeout for Cell_FACH to Cell_DCH transition.
reconfigRetriesFachDch: defines the maximum number of reconfiguration message retries to transmit for
Cell FACH to Cell_DCH transition.

The data rates allocated in the AO upsize procedure is limited:


the isOamCappingOfDataAllowed flag is set to False then the maxUlEstablishmentRbRate and
If
maxDlEstablishmentRbRate parameters limit the data rates.
If
the flag is set to True another set of parameters is used, depending on the procedure where the trigger
comes from and on the link that triggers the transition (DL or UL).

The rate limitation is applied only on a DCH transport channel for initial state and can be modified later by other
algorithms like RRA.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 15
2 Always on
2.7 One shot Ec/No report

isSib11IntraFreqOneShotAllowedPerCell isSib11IntraFreqOneShotAllowed
isIntraFreqOneShotDchAllowed
(FDDCell) softHoAddThresholdOneShot

intraFreqOneShotFilterCoefficient (RadioAccessService)

(MeasurementConfClass)

g.
co nfi RNC
e nt
ur em
eas
otm
h
n eS
it hO Cell_FACH
1 1w
SIB RRC/BCH (SIB11 with One Shot Meas. setting)
l
C el
vi n g RRC/RACH (Event4A)
Se r

RRC/FACH (Radio Bearer Reconfigutation: Cell_DCH)

Cell_DCH

RRC/DCH (Radio Bearer Reconfigutation Complete)

isSib11MeasReportingAllowed
RRC/DCH (Measurement Report Cells (up to 3 best))
(FDDCell)

1 7 16 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The objective of this feature is to improve the mobility management of the UE once it arrives to DCH state for Idle
state - RRC Establishment, FACH to DCH Transition and PCH to DCH Transition. The focus is on FACH to DCH
transition.
From UA7 onwards, if isSib11IntraFreqOneShotAllowed is set to true, then the info to be included on SIB 11 is
the OneShot periodic measurement. This info replaces the normal 1a,b,c events by the Intra-Frequency One Shot
measurement.
Once the UE has this information thru SIB11, it can send Measurement reports in a very early stage (before call
management is ready to process it), in this case the event will be stored and processed as soon as possible by Call
management.
On reception of a One-Shot report following a transition from Cell_FACH to Cell_DCH, the RNC will update the iRM
RL color based on CPICH Ec/N0 measurements and determine whether to trigger SHO on the neighbor cells based
on a configurable threshold softHoAddThresholdOneShot.
For UEs that do not support the measurement configuration via the SIB11, the RNC can send an RRC Measurement
Control message with the following settings; periodic, the Reporting Quantity EC/Io with Amount of Reporting set to
1. This is done if the isIntraFreqOneShotDchAllowed parameter is set to True.
The One shot Ec/Io report has the same meas. Id as the inter-RAT (id=03), this is not problematic since the
intrafrequency one shot report has an amount of reporting =1, and it will be sent in an early stage of the call when
normally there is no 2D event configured.
Once the 2D event is triggered, another Measurement control will be sent with the same id but will overwrite the
intrafrequency settings of one shot with new inter-RAT IE.
isSib11IntraFreqOneShotDchAllowed is an RNC flag. This flag is supposed per FDDcell from UA07.1 and
corresponds to the isSib11IntraFreqOneShotDchAllowedPerCell parameter.
In UA07.0, a workaround was defined later in order to allow the activation of One shot per cell. The
reserved0.FddCell parameter is used to allow cell level control of this feature.
Note: The OneShot Measurement is only valid for Cell Reselection without HCS.
Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.
TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 16
2 Always on
2.8 RRC states transitions

UTRA RRC Connected Mode

New states URA_PCH CELL_PCH Sleeping states


Supported by (No data
Always On No RB T3 No RB transmission)

T2 T3

CELL_DCH CELL_FACH
Nominal RB T1 Fallback RB

Release RRC Establish RRC Release RRC Establish RRC


Connection Connection Connection Connection
Cell update load
User activity
User inactivity
RRC Idle Mode

Note: PCH DCH occurs in PS MUX, when PS traffic resumes or at CS RAB establishment
1 7 17 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

As explained in TS 25.331, "The RRC states within UTRA RRC Connected Mode reflect the level of UE connection
and which transport channels that can be used by the UE."
Whenthe RNC receives a RAB assignment request, the corresponding Radio Bearer is by default allocated in
CELL_DCH.
Then, later on during the call, a UE can be moved between CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH based on user activity
(i.e. user traffic volume monitoring), that can be controlled by the operator thanks to inactivity timers.
Since CELL_FACH makes use of RACH and FACH, which are common transport channels (shared between all the
users of the cell), CELL_FACH is only suited to non real-time data services (i.e. Interactive or Background) and can
even be used to transmit small amounts of user data. However, it cannot be used for real-time traffic, such as voice
or video telephony, which are always supported in CELL_DCH.
Always-On is the Alcatel-Lucent PS call management feature responsible for choosing the best radio resources
according to the amount of traffic the subscriber has to transmit.
From UA05.0, the Always-On mechanism supports these two RRC states: URA_PCH and CELL_PCH.
PCH sates (i.e. CELL_PCH and URA_PCH) are useful for data subscribers who can fallback to one of these states
when they are completely inactive:
Sinceno cell resources are allocated to UE in these states, i.e. no dedicated physical channel is allocated to the
UE, they have no impact on the cell capacity.
Nevertheless,subscribers benefit from a quicker re-establishment time compared to when in Idle mode and the
UE battery consumption is low, i.e. equivalent to when the UE is in Idle mode.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 17
2.8 RRC states transitions
2.8.1 URA_PCH transitions if CELL_PCH is used
pchRrcStates (RadioAccessService)

UTRA RRC Connected Mode


nbOfCellUpdatesFromCellPchToUraPch
CELL UPDATE
URA_PCH CELL_PCH
= UraAndCellPchEnabled

Dat
a to t
ran
CELL_DCH s mit CELL_FACH

Inactive user from


URA_PCH
(T3=uraPchToIdleTimer)

RRC Idle Mode

1 7 18 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

When CELL_PCH is used, the transitions between URA_PCH and the other states are the following:
Transition from CELL_PCH to URA_PCH:
When in CELL_PCH, the transition to URA_PCH occurs when the user has performed a minimum number
of CELL UPDATE procedures. Therefore, this transition is based on the Cell Update signaling load and not
on the user traffic activity. Hence, this transition is not directly related to AO.
nbOfCellUpdatesFromCellPchToUraPch is used to control the transition from CELL_PCH to URA_PCH
state in case the both are activated. It represents the threshold value for the number of cell update
procedures (with cause Cell reselection) initiated by the UE in CELL_PCH state (for a maximum duration
of CellPCHtoIdleTimer) for the RNC to trigger a state change to URA_PCH for this UE.
Transition from URA_PCH to CELL_FACH:
In case some data need to be transmitted, the UE is transferred to CELL_FACH:
In uplink, access is performed by RACH.
In downlink, UTRAN sends a paging request message (PAGING TYPE1).
Transition from URA_PCH to idle through CELL_FACH:
Once in URA_PCH, if the subscriber is completely inactive, i.e. no traffic during a certain period
(URAPCHToIdleTimer), then the UE is further moved to Idle mode.
Transition to CELL_FACH is required to perform the RRC signaling connection release.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 18
2.8 RRC states transitions
2.8.2 URA_PCH transitions if CELL_PCH is not used
pchRrcStates (RadioAccessService)

UTRA RRC Connected Mode

URA_PCH
(T2= Ina = UraPchEnabled
fach ctive us
T oU
raPcer
hTim
e r)
Dat
a to t
ran
CELL_DCH s mit CELL_FACH

Inactive user from


URA_PCH
(T3=uraPchToIdleTimer)

RRC Idle Mode

1 7 19 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

When CELL_PCH is not used, the transitions between URA_PCH and the other states are the following:
Transition from CELL_FACH to URA_PCH:
When in CELL_FACH, the amount of user traffic is monitored in both uplink and downlink directions.
When there is no traffic during a certain period of time (FACHToURAPCHTimer) and CELL_PCH is not
enabled, the UE is moved to URA_PCH.
The transition criteria are the same as those used for transition to idle mode, i.e. traffic volume
measurement on DTCH in both uplink and downlink directions.
Similar to the transition from Cell_FACH to DCH the AO success rate can be improved from UA07
onwards by repeating the message RB Reconfiguration:
reconfigRetriesFachPch: defines the maximum number of retransmissions of RB
Reconfiguration message due to response message timeout.
reconfigTimeFachPch: defines the timer for retransmission of the RB Reconfiguration messages.

Transition from URA_PCH to CELL_FACH:


In case some data need to be transmitted, the UE is transferred to CELL_FACH:
In uplink, access is performed by RACH.
In downlink, UTRAN sends a paging request message (PAGING TYPE1).

Transition from URA_PCH to idle through CELL_FACH:


Once in URA_PCH, if the subscriber is completely inactive, i.e. no traffic during a certain period
(URAPCHToIdleTimer), then the UE is further moved to Idle mode.
Transition to CELL_FACH is required to perform the RRC signaling connection release.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 19
2.8 RRC states transitions
2.8.3 CELL_PCH transitions
pchRrcStates (RadioAccessService)

UTRA RRC Connected Mode


nbOfCellUpdatesFromCellPchToUraPch
URA_PCH CELL UPDATE CELL_PCH
= UraAndCellPchEnabled

Data to transmit Inactive user


from CELL_FACH
(T2=fachToCellPchTimer)
CELL_DCH CELL_FACH

Inactive user from


CELL_PCH
(T3=CellPchToldleTimer)

RRC Idle Mode

1 7 20 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The transitions between CELL_PCH and the other states are the following:
Transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH:
When in CELL_FACH, the amount of user traffic is monitored in both uplink and downlink directions.
When there is no traffic during a certain period of time (FACHToCellPCHTimer), the UE is moved to CELL_PCH.
The transition criteria are the same as those used for transition to idle mode, i.e. traffic volume measurement on
DTCH in both uplink and downlink directions.
Like for the transition from CELL_FACH to URA_PCH the AO success rate can be improved from UA7 onwards by
repeating the message RB Reconfiguration using reconfigRetriesFachPch and reconfigTimeFachPch
parameters.
Transition from CELL_PCH to URA_PCH through CELL_FACH (if URA_PCH state is used):
Once a UE is in CELL_PCH, and if URA_PCH is enabled, the RNC increments a counter that counts the number of cell
updates.
When the number of cell updates has exceeded a certain limit (NumberOfCellUpdatesFromCellPchToUraPch),
the RNC moves the UE from CELL_PCH to URA_PCH.
Transition to CELL_FACH is required to perform the transition signaling.
Transition from CELL_PCH to CELL_FACH: In case some data need to be transmitted, the UE is transferred to CELL_FACH:
In uplink, access is performed by RACH.
In downlink, UTRAN sends a paging request message (PAGING TYPE1).
Transition from CELL_PCH to Idle mode, through CELL_FACH:
Once in CELL_PCH, if the subscriber is completely inactive, i.e. no traffic during a certain period
(CellPchToIdleTimer), then the UE is further moved to Idle mode.
Transition to CELL_FACH is required to perform the release signaling.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 20
2.8 RRC states transitions
2.8.4 Direct transition from Cell/URA_PCH to DCH

URA/Cell Update PS I/B


Confirm
PS I/B Mux
URA_PCH
CELL_PCH
RB Cell Update
Reconfiguration Confirm
RB
Reconfiguration Cell Update
Confirm

CELL_DCH RB Reconfiguration CELL_FACH


RB Reconfiguration
(DBC)
RRC Connection
Release

RRC Connection RRC Connection


Establish Release
IDLE

1 7 21 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Without direct transition from Cell/URA_PCH to DCH, direct RRC state transition from URA_PCH or CELL_PCH to
CELL_DCH is supported only for multi-RAB call or upon a mobile terminating CS RAB request.

This feature extends the direct transition support to all RAB combinations and to all Always-On upsize triggers.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 21
2.8 RRC states transitions
2.8.4 Direct transition from Cell/URA_PCH to DCH [cont.]

Feature URA_PCH/CELL_PCH to CELL_DCH Direct Transition introduces


two sub-features:

1. Supports a direct transition from URA_PCH or CELL_PCH to CELL_DCH

It is based on:
Establishment Cause and/or
Traffic Volume Indicator (TVI)
which are included in the CELL UPDATE message, or through CELL_FACH

2. Allows the operator to enable/disable ALWAYS-ON algorithm for PS


interactive RABs with Signaling Indication = signaling.

1 7 22 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The decision to go directly to CELL_DCH or through CELL_FACH is based on the Establishment Cause and/or the
Traffic Volume Indicator (TVI) included in the Cell Update message.

This feature is an enhancement of the AO, base feature RRC & ALWAYS-ON STATES MANAGEMENT. The RRC &
ALWAYS-ON STATES MANAGEMENT is in charge of monitoring the radio resources allocated to a UE with regards to
the actual traffic activity of the user.

FEATURE BENEFITS
Direct transition from PCH to DCH improves the user perceived latency when traffic resumes from CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH. The transition delay versus the two-step transition is reduced from approximately 900 to 550 ms.
A direct transition from PCH to DCH involves a lower number of exchanged signaling messages between the UE and
the RNC versus a two-step transition. Thus the signaling load of the RNC control plane can be reduced.
Direct transition can avoid the intermediate step in CELL_FACH and thus reduces the number of users in CELL_FACH
state.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 22
2.8 RRC states transitions
2.8.4 Direct transition from Cell/URA_PCH to DCH [cont.]

Establishment cause

RNC

RadioAccessService

supportEstabCauseAndTrafficVolInd

1 7 23 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In 3GPP 25.331 Rel.5, the Establishment Cause has been added to the CELL UPDATE message. This can be used
by the RNC to determine the target RRC state, i. e. in case of Originating Conversational Call, the RNC can move
the UE to CELL_DCH directly (in the current solution, the call setup is done on Cell_FACH for PS I/B) and
therefore improves the call establishment success rate.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 23
2.8 RRC states transitions
2.8.4 Direct transition from Cell/URA_PCH to DCH [cont.]
Traffic Volume Indicator RNC

RadioAccessService

supportEstabCauseAndTrafficVolInd

1 7 24 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In 3GPP TS 25.331 Rel-6, an optional IE which contains a TVI has been added to the Cell Update message. This IE
is set to TRUE when the amount of data in the UE buffer is above a configured threshold, while the absence of this
IE means the amount of data is lower. This can be used by the RNC to decide between CELL_DCH or CELL_FACH
when traffic resumes on a PS RAB. When the RNC receives a Cell Update message with TVI set to TRUE then it
moves the UE to CELL_DCH directly.

The Traffic Volume Indicator is set to TRUE when the criteria for event based traffic volume measurement reporting
is fulfilled, while the absence of this IE means the criterion is not fulfilled.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 24
2.8 RRC states transitions
2.8.4 Direct transition from Cell/URA_PCH to DCH [cont.]
Always On for Interactive PS Signaling RAB
1. Activate/deactivate the Always On feature for UE having Interactive RAB
with the Signaling Indication (SI) IE is set to Yes (SI="signalling").

RNC SGSN isAlwaysOnAllowedforSigIndRab


(RadioAccessService)
RANAP/RAB Assignment Request

RA:
PS Interactive
alling e.g. IMS
high layer sign psSigAoTimerCoeff
P signalling
signalling, VoI (RadioAccessService)
"
t to "signalling
The SI IE is se

2. It is possible to set different AO timer values for PS Interactive Signaling


RABs

1 7 25 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The second sub-feature provides configuration capability that permits operators to activate/deactivate the Always
On feature for UE having Interactive RAB, with the Signaling Indication (SI) set to signaling. The operator will also
be able to set different AO timers value for PS Interactive Signaling RAB by setting a desired value for the
configurable parameter.
In the existing implementation, the Always-On feature is by default disabled if SI=signaling. The Signaling
Indication is set to signaling by the PS Core network to inform the UTRAN that a RAB carries high layer signaling
(IMS signaling, VoIP signaling, etc). Hereupon, the Interactive RAB with SI=signaling is supposed to carry
signaling used by end-party entities to setup/release for example the streaming bearer, the initial thought that
allowing AO on such a RAB could introduce latency in the streaming session setup.
However, recent feedbacks from different customers stated that on the other hand keeping all SI=signaling RAB in
CELL_DCH is a waste of resources. For streaming, it may be pertinent not to trigger transition to CELL_FACH. But
for many other IMS based applications or for proprietary applications using the Signaling Indicator, keeping the UE
in CELL_DCH would result in an expensive dimensioning for Node B baseband resources (number of CEs, HSPA
connections).

The AO timers for PS Interactive Signalling RAB will be set according to the regular AO timer multiplied by
"psSigAoTimerCoeff".

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 25
2.8 RRC states transitions
2.8.5 URA update in URA_PCH state

UTRA RRC Connected Mode

URA_PCH

Cell Reselection

CELL_FACH
New
URA
URA No data
Update to transmit

1 7 26 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Admission control
Although no cell resources are allocated to a UE in URA_PCH, the RNC has to maintain the RRC and Iu connections,
to keep a UE context as well as to process the URA Update procedure.
Therefore, the RNC controls the maximum number of simultaneous UEs in URA_PCH and once the limit is reached, a
UE is moved to Idle mode instead.
Mobility
In URA_PCH state the location of a UE is known at UTRAN Registration Area (URA) level.
A URA is an area covered by a number of cell(s), which is only known by the UTRAN.
The UE performs a Cell Reselection and upon selecting a new UTRA cell belonging to a URA that does not match the
URA used by the UE, the UE moves to CELL_FACH state and initiates a URA Update towards the network.
After the URA Update procedure has been performed, the UE state is changed back to URA_PCH if neither the UE
nor the network has any more data to transmit.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 26
2.8 RRC states transitions
2.8.6 Cell update in CELL_PCH state

UTRA RRC Connected Mode

CELL_PCH

Cell Reselection

New
CELL

CELL_FACH

No data
Cell Update to transmit

1 7 27 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Admission control
Although no cell resources are allocated to a UE in CELL_PCH, the RNC has to maintain the RRC and Iu connections,
to keep a UE context as well as to process the Cell Update procedure.
Therefore, the RNC controls the maximum number of simultaneous UEs in CELL_PCH and once the limit is reached a
UE is moved to Idle mode instead.
Mobility
In CELL_PCH state the location of a UE is known at UTRA cell level.
The UE performs Cell Reselection and upon selecting a new UTRA cell, it moves to CELL_FACH state and initiates a
Cell Update procedure in the new cell.
After the Cell Update procedure has been performed, the UE state is changed back to CELL_PCH if neither the UE
nor the network has any more data to transmit.
Mobility over Iur
If as a result of the Cell Reselection process, a UE initiates a CELL UPDATE message in a cell being controlled by an
RNC (CRNC) different from the SRNC, then an Alcatel-Lucent CRNC releases the RRC connection, i.e. RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE is sent with cause Directed Signaling Connection Re-establishment. The UE will then re-
establish the RRC connection under the new RNC, what should be transparent to the subscriber since it was
inactive.
The same procedure applies if an Alcatel-lucent SRNC receives a Cell Update message from a UE that has re-
selected a cell controlled by another RNC vendor.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 27
2.8 RRC states transitions
2.8.7 Cell update in CELL_FACH state

UTRA RRC Connected Mode

New
CELL

CELL_FACH

No data
Cell Update to transmit

1 7 28 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Mobility
In CELL_FACH state, the location of a UE is known at cell level.
The UE performs Cell Reselection and upon selecting a new cell, it initiates a Cell Update procedure in the new cell
and stays in Cell_FACH state.
Mobility over Iur
If as a result of the Cell Reselection process, a UE initiates a CELL UPDATE message in a cell being controlled by an
RNC (CRNC) different from the SRNC, then an Alcatel-Lucent CRNC releases the RRC connection, i.e. RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE is sent with cause Directed Signaling Connection Re-establishment. The UE will then re-
establish the RRC connection under the new RNC, what should be transparent to the subscriber since it was
inactive.
The same procedure applies if an Alcatel-lucent SRNC receives a Cell Update message from a UE that has re-
selected a cell controlled by another RNC vendor.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 28
2.8 RRC states transitions
2.8.8 Cell reselection during Cell_Fach to Cell_DCH
UE OLD Node B NEW Node B SRNC

Upsize request FACH > DCH

Radio Link Setup Request

Radio Link Setup Response


L2 ACK received?
Radio Bearer Reconfiguration

RRC Cell Update


RRC Cell Update Confirm

RRC UTRAN Mobility Confirm Roll back previous


reconfiguration
resource reservation
Radio Bearer Reconfiguration failure (Over RACH on new cell)

Radio Link Deletion Request

Radio Link Deletion Response

RL Setup Request Restart on New NB


fach to DCH reconfig
RL Setup Response

Radio Bearer Reconfiguration


Radio Bearer Reconfiguration complete

isFachToDchEnhancementAllowed
(RadioAccessService)

1 7 29 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

From UA07, onwards isFachToDchEnhancementAllowed determines whether handling of cell reselection during
FACH to DCH transition is supported.

This scenario occurs during a transition of a PS RAB from Cell_FACH to Cell_DCH where the RNC has submitted an
RRC RB Setup or RRC RB Reconfiguration message to the UE and an RRC Cell Update message (Cell update cause =
cell reselection or re-entered service area) interrupts the transition.

To successfully transition the UE to Cell_DCH on the newly selected cell, the RNC will roll back the operations on the
old cell and attempt anew the transition to Cell_DCH on the new cell.

If the Cell_FACH to Cell_DCH transition is initiated on a cell with poor radio conditions, and at a certain time the UE
is no more reachable, and it manages to reach back to the network thru a Cell-Update message with cause cell
reselection or re-entered service area, the RNC will:
Give Cell update message priority over the ongoing Reconfiguration from FACH to DCH.
Cancel any changes ongoing for resources to previous cell
Continue with the transition from FACH to DCH on the new cell using the same triggering information on the
initial attempt.
This procedure is only attempted once, if the cell update fails, then all resources on new and old cell are released

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 29
2 Always on
2.9 PCH states configuration
pchRrcStates = pchRrcStates =
none UraPchEnabled

URA_PCH

CELL_DCH CELL_FACH CELL_DCH CELL_FACH

pchRrcStates = pchRrcStates =
CellPchEnabled UraAndCellPchEnabled

CELL_PCH URA_PCH CELL_PCH

CELL_DCH CELL_FACH CELL_DCH CELL_FACH

1 7 30 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

4 AO Downsized configurations can be used thanks to the pchRRcstates parameter:


CELL_FACH only
CELL_FACH or CELL_PCH
CELL_FACH or URA_PCH
CELL_FACH or CELL_PCH or URA_PCH

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 30
2 Always on
2.10 AO step 2 and AO step 3 timers

CELL_PCH
fachToCellPchTime cellPchToIdleTime
(Inactiver user) (No signaling trafficr: Paging, Cell Update)

nbOfCellUpdatesFromCellPchToUraPc
h procedures)
(Counter of Cell Update

CELL_FACH Idle
AO Step 2 (T2) Step 3 (T3)

fachToUraPchTimer UraPchToIdleTime
(Inactive user) (No signaling traffic :r Paging, Cell Update)

URA_PCH

(pchRrcStates = {uraPchEnabled,
URA_PCH uraPchAndCellPchEnabled})
activated
URA_PCH activated (only) (pchRrcStates = {uraPchEnabled)
URA_PCH & CELL _PCH (pchRrcStates =
activated
CELL _PCH {uraPchAndCellPchEnabled})
activated (pchRrcStates = {cellPchEnabled,
uraPchAndCellPchEnabled})

1 7 31 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

AO Downsize are split into:


A0 Downsize Step 1:
from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH
A0 Downsize Step 2:
from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH if CELL_PCH state is used
from CELL_FACH to URA_PCH if URA_PCH state is used and CELL_PCH state is not used
A0 Downsize Step 3:
from CELL_DCH to PMM-idle if AO is enabled but Downsized mode is not used
from CELL_FACH to PMM-idle if PCH states are not used
from CELL_PCH to PMM-idle if CELL_PCH state is used
from URA_PCH to PMM-idle if URA_PCH state is used

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 31
2 Always on
2.11 Definition of isAlwaysOnAllowed (xxRbSetConf)

isAlwaysOnAllowed (DlRbSetConf)
isAlwaysOnAllowed (UlRbSetConf)

= disabled = releaseOnly

neither RB downsize
nor RB release = degraded2AlwaysOnOnly no RB downsize
based on user inactivity but RB release
based on user inactivity
AO Step 3

RB downsize
then RB release
based on user inactivity

AO Step 1 (+ Step2) + Step 3

1 7 32 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The isAlwaysOnAllowed parameter in DlRbSetConf and UlRbSetConf determines the behavior of each Radio
Bearer when the always-on downsize is triggered. It can take the following values:
Degraded2AlwaysOnOnly means that the downsize is allowed and the target radio bearer is the one determined
by the parameters AlwaysOnDlRbSetDchId / AlwaysOnUlRbSetDchId in case of downsize in cell DCH State or
AlwaysOnDlRbSetFachId / AlwaysOnUlRbSetFachId in case of downsize in cell FACH State.
ReleaseOnly means that there will be no intermediate downsize for this Radio Bearer. The Radio Bearer will be
released when the release conditions are fulfilled.
Disabled means that the always-on feature is disabled for this Radio Bearer.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 32
2 Always on
2.12 Exercise: find the parameter values

isAlwaysOnAllowed = ? pchRrcStates = ?

R99 PS I/B timerT1 timerT2


CELL_DCH
CELL_FACH PMM-idle
AO Step1 AO Step3

isAlwaysOnAllowed = ? pchRrcStates = ?

R99 PS I/B timerT2


CELL_DCH
PMM-idle
AO Step3

isAlwaysOnAllowed = ? pchRrcStates = ?

R99 PS I/B timerT1 fachToUraPchTimer uraPchToIdleTimer


CELL_DCH
CELL_FACH
URA_PCH PMM-idle
AO Step1 AO Step2 AO Step3

1 7 33 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 33
2 Always on
2.13 Mono-service PS/multi-RAB PS I/B R99 (R99 PS Mux)

AO Step 1 not allowed for Multi RAB configuration

isAlwaysOnAllowed (DlRbSetConf) = releaseOnly


isAlwaysOnAllowed (UlRbSetConf) = releaseOnly

PchRrcStates = none

R99 PS I/B MUX timerT2


CELL_DCH
PMM-idle
AO Step3

PchRrcStates = UraAndCellPchEnabled

R99 PS I/B MUX timerT2 cellPchToIdleTimer


CELL_DCH CELL_PCH
PMM-idle
AO Step2 AO Step3

uraPchToIdleTimer
URA_PCH
AO Step3

1 7 34 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 34
2 Always on
2.14 Multi-service CS+PS

Mono RAB PS I/B R99


isAlwaysOnAllowed (PS RAB) = degraded2AlwaysOnOnly pchRrcStates none
PS traffic resuming

PS I/B Down CELL_PCH Inactivity PS PMM-idle


CELL_FACH
Inactivity or
(CELL_DCH
URA_PCH
Up

CS RAB CS RAB
setup release
Down CS+PS
CS+PS I/B Inactivity CS + PS I/B 0/0 Inactivity
(CELL_DCH
CS + PS I/B8/8
(CELL_DCH) PMM-idle
(Cell_DCH)
Up

PS traffic resuming
Multi RAB PS I/B R99
isAlwaysOnAllowed (PS RAB) = releaseOnly pchRrcStates = any value

CS + R99 PS I/B MUX timerT2


CELL_DCH
CS + PS PMM-idle
AO Step3

1 7 35 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

CS+PS I/B 0/0(+PS I/B 0/0) for Always-On on Mono-RAB


UA05.0 / UA05.1: when a user has a RAB CS + PS I/B calls established, the RNC managesuser inactivity in
the following way :
Always-on Step 1 (low activity) : reconfiguration to CS + PS I/B 8/8
Always-on Step 2 (inactivity) : the PS RAB is released CS + PS I/B 8/8 -> CS
UA6.0: new step for CS+PS
Always-on Step 1 : unchanged
Always-on Step 2 : reconfiguration to CS + PS I/B 0/0
1. allows a quicker re-establishment in case PS traffic resumes.
2. CS + PS I/B + PS I/B combinations are handled the same way with a reconfiguration to CS + PS
I/B 0/0 + PS I/B 0/0.
3. The RNC monitors the traffic on the PS RB(s) and can trigger an upsizing while the CS call is
active.
o As part of this evolution:
1. when a UE is in URA_PCH or CELL_PCH and the RNC receives a request to establish a CS
RAB, the user is allocated a CS + PS I/B 0/0 RB or CS + PS I/B 0/0 + PS I/B 0/0
depending on the number of PS RAB established. This is more efficient from a resources
usage point of view than CS + PS I/B 8/8 or CS + PS I/B 64/64 + PS I/B 64/64, which are
allocated with the current implementation.
2. When the CS call is released and if the PS traffic is still 0/0, then the UE is moved back to
URA_PCH or CELL_PCH.
Establishment Cause & Traffic Volume Indicator (TVI) in CELL UPDATE message: On transition from CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH, choice between CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH based on TVI and Establishment Cause

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 35
2 Always on
2.15 Recovery actions CELL_FACH admission failure

PS I/B
(CELL_DCH
DCH, HS -DSCH or E -DCH ) CELL_FACH
Admission Control
UE is kept in in CELL_DCH until
CAC FACH succeeds
MaxNumberOfUserPerMac
C
AO downsize Failure
(CacOnFachParam)

Bucket Occupancy
trbEstThreshold
(CacOnFachParam
CELL_FACH )

1 7 36 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Recovery actions on CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH admission failure:


When the CAC FACH fails at DCH to FACH AO downsize transition, the UE is kept in in CELL_DCH until CAC FACH
succeeds (at downsize retry) or conditions for transition to CELL_FACH are not fulfilled anymore.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 36
2 Always on
2.16 UTRAN Registration Area (URA)

Up to 8 URAs per cell FDDCell


Mandatory for URA_PCH state activation
URA list broadcast in SIB2 uraIdentityList

URA1
URA2

URA1
URA3 URA1 cell

URA2 cell

URA3 cell

1 7 37 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

URA Identity is 16 bits string.


URA can overlap to avoid ping-pong at the border of several URAs.
URA overlapping at the border of two RNCs not supported.
Note: SIB2 implementation is independent of URA_PCH flag. If UraIdentityList under FDDCELL is not empty, SIB2
will be broadcast in this cell, not taking into account whether URA_PCH is enabled at RNC level.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 37
2 Always on
2.17 User services parameters
RNC

DlUserService UlUserService DlRbSetConf UlRbSetConf AlwaysOnConf


alwaysOnUlRbSetDchId
alwaysOnDlRbSetDchId
alwaysOnUlRbSetFachId

isAlwaysOnAllowed isAlwaysOnAllowed alwaysOnDlRbSetFachId

disabled
true
degraded2AlwaysOnOnly
false
releaseOnly

AlwaysOnTimer
timerT1, timerT1ForHsdpa, timerT1ForHsdpaAndEDch
timerT2, timerT2ForHsdpa, timerT2ForHsdpaAndEDch
fachToCellPchTimer, cellPchToIdleTimer
fachToUraPchTimer, uraPchToIdleTimer

1 7 38 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The Radio Bearers used for the downsized state are provided in the AlwaysOnConf object, including the type of
downsize (Cell_DCH or Cell_FACH).
The list of user services that are eligible to Always On is given through the isAlwaysOnAllowed parameter in
DlUserService and UlUserService objects.
The isAlwaysOnAllowed parameter in DlRbSetConf and UlRbSetConf objects determines the behavior of each Radio
Bearer when the always-on downsize is triggered. It can take the following values:
degraded2AlwaysOnOnly means that the downsize is allowed and the target radio bearers are determined by
the parameters of the AlwaysOnConf object.
releaseOnlymeans that there is no intermediate downsize for this Radio Bearer. The Radio Bearer is released
when the release conditions are met.
Disabled means that the Always-On feature is disabled for this Radio Bearer.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 38
2 Always on
2.18 Exercise: find the RRC states transitions

Assumptions
UE is R99
isAlwaysOnAllowed (alwaysOnConf) = True
alwaysOnUlRbSetDchId (alwaysOnConf) = PS_8K
alwaysOnDlRbSetDchId (alwaysOnConf) = PS_8K
isAlwaysOnAllowed (PS_128K_IBxSRB_3_4K) = True
isAlwaysOnAllowed (CS_64KxPS_128K_IBxSRB_3_4K) = True
isAlwaysOnAllowed (PS_128K_IB) = degraded2AlwaysOnOnly
isAlwaysOnAllowed (CS_64K) = disabled
timerT1 (AlwaysOnTimer) = 15s
timerT2 (AlwaysOnTimer) = 20s
timerT2ForMultiRab (AlwaysOnTimer) = 20s
PchRrcStates (RadioAccessService) = UraAndCellPchEnabled
nbOfCellUpdatesFromCellPchToUraPch (RadioAccessService) = 3
fachToCellPchTimer (AlwaysOnTimer) = 20s
fachToUraPchTimer(AlwaysOnTimer) = 20s
cellPchToIdleTimer (AlwaysOnTimer) = 60mn
uraPchToIdleTimer (AlwaysOnTimer) = 60mn

1 7 39 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 39
2 Always on
2.18 Exercise: find the RRC states transitions [cont.]

PS I/B 128K
128kbps

CS 64/64
64kbps

0kbps

5s

Question: Find the RRC State changes.

1 7 40 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 40
3 RB rate adaptation

1 7 41 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 41
3 RB rate adaptation
3.1 RB rate adaptation principles

isUlRbRateAdaptationAllowed
isDlRbRateAdaptationAllowed
(RadioAccessService)

Current DCH PS RB (UL/DL) Adapted DCH PS RB (UL/DL)

RB Rate Adaptation (UL/DL)

RB Resizing (UL/DL)
Estimated
Traffic Monitoring (UL/DL) Throughput
(DL/UL)
32 64 128 384

1 7 42 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The mechanism is made of 2 main functions:


Traffic Monitoring: estimates periodically the user activity in UL and DL at RLC level.
RB Resizing Process: determines if the current RB needs to be adapted (independently in UL and DL) based
on traffic monitoring output and triggers bit rate resizing if required.

RB Rate Adaptation is applicable to UL and DL Interactive and Background PS. It introduces RB rate
downsizing/upsizing based on user estimated average throughput.
RNC monitors DL and UL traffic and determines if the current RB bit rate needs to be downsized or upsized to
accurately match the actual traffic:
Downsizing
The RNC targets the bit rate as closely as possible to the estimated throughput.
Upsizing

Uplink: The RNC targets the bit rate immediately above the current bit rate (step-by-step upsize).
Downlink: The RNC targets any rate (multi-stages upsize), based on user throughput and RLC buffer
occupancy. The targeted RB bit rate should never exceed the Reference RB bit rate.
DL and UL rate adaptation are performed independently.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 42
3 RB rate adaptation
3.2 Traffic monitoring: UL & DL throughput
Throughput Estimates

T0 T1 T2 T3 T4
time
raUnitPeriodTime
raNbOfSample
(DlRbRaTrafficMonitoring
)
Rate[0]=0 Rate[0]=0 Rate[0]=0 Rate[0]=N0/T Rate[0]=N1/T
Rate[1]=0 Rate[1]=0 Rate[1]=N0/T Rate[1]=N1/T Rate[1]=N2/T raUnitPeriodTime
Rate[2]=0 Rate[2]=N0/T Rate[2]=N1/T Rate[2]=N2/T Rate[2]=N3/T raNbOfSample
(UlRbRaTrafficMonitoring
)
K 1
1 1 K 1
R
K
Rate k S 2

K 1 k 0
Rate k R 2
k 0

Confidence Level
throughput Estimate raMaxConfidenceInt
RLC-SDU
raModifiedStudentCoef
throughput
(DlRbRaTrafficMonitoring
)

Confidence Interval = 2b raMaxConfidenceInt


raModifiedStudentCoef
S
Reliable Throughput Estimate t ,K (UlRbRaTrafficMonitoring
)
R K

1 7 43 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The traffic monitoring function consists in calculating the average throughput over a time window and estimating
the confidence level of the observed throughput.
The algorithm used is the same in DL and in UL. The average throughput is estimated at RLC level excluding
retransmissions and acknowledgements.
The algorithm first periodically computes the user throughput over a period of time T (raUnitPeriodOfTime) as Rate
=N/T where N is the number of RLC-SDU bits transmitted for the first time during T.
Traffic estimates are then based on a sliding window of size K (raNumberOfSample).
The estimation of the average throughput R and of the throughput variance S is derived over the last K samples
Rate[k], where each value R[k] corresponding to a throughput value calculated during a period of time T (see above
slide formulas corresponding to an example with K = 3).
The estimated throughput is supposed to follow a Student-t distribution with K degrees of freedom. The throughput
estimate is considered reliable if the probability of the real throughput being out of the interval of confidence is
smaller than a determined threshold (see above slide formulas).
When the throughput estimate is considered reliable, the RB rate adaptation resizing process is triggered, otherwise
no action is taken.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 43
3 RB rate adaptation
3.3 DL downsizing

DL6
DL384 DL256 DL128 DL32
4

RLC-SDU Average Throughput isDlRbRateAdaptationAllowedForThisDlUserService


DL384 (DlUserService)

isDlRbRateAdaptationAllowedForThisDlRbSetConf
no downsize isThisRbRateAdaptationDlRbSetTargetAllowed
dlRbRateAdaptationDownsizeThreshold

DL256 (DlRbSetConf)

TDOWNDL384
MIN (Adapted RB, IRM RB)

downsize to DL256
DL128
TDOWNDL256 Allocated RB
DL iRM
downsize to DL128
DL64 Reference RB
TDOWNDL128
DL32 downsize to DL64
TDOWNDL64
downsize to DL32
time

1 7 44 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The RB Rate Adaptation process can downsize an RB from the current RB rate down to any smaller RB (all
transitions towards a smaller RB are possible except to PS 8k, which is not eligible as target).
Based on Traffic Monitoring, the RNC takes the decision to downsize when the following criteria, which are
periodically checked, are verified:
The observed average throughput is lower than a defined threshold (dlRbRateAdaptationDownsizeThreshold).
The confidence level of the estimated average throughput is good enough to consider the observation as
reliable.
The RB adaptation process can downsize an RB from the current RB rate down to any RB with lower bit rate but the
allocated RB is always constrained by the iRM table selection.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 44
3 RB rate adaptation
3.4 UL downsizing

UL384 UL128 UL64 UL32

RLC-SDU Average Throughput


UL384
isUlRbRateAdaptationAllowedForThisUlUserService
(UlUserService)

no downsize isUlRbRateAdaptationAllowedForThisUlRbSetCo
nf
isThisRbRateAdaptationUlRbSetTargetAllowed
ulRbRateAdaptationDownsizeThreshold
(UlRbSetConf)

UL128
TDOWN384
downsize to UL128
UL64
TDOWN128
UL32 downsize to UL64
TDOWN64
downsize to UL32
time

1 7 45 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The RB adaptation process can downsize a Radio Bearer from the current RB rate down to any smaller rate (all
transitions towards smaller RB are possible except to PS 8 kbps).
Based on Traffic Monitoring, the RNC takes the decision to downsize when the following criteria, which are
periodically checked, are verified:
the observed average throughput is lower than a defined threshold (ulRbRateAdaptationDownsizeThreshold).
the confidence level of the estimated average throughput is good enough to regard the observation as reliable.
Same criteria and mechanisms as for DL RB Rate Adaptation downsizing apply.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 45
3 RB rate adaptation
dlRbRateAdaptationUpsizeAlgorithm
3.5 DL multi-stage upsizing (RadioAccessService)

DL384 DL256 DL128 DL64 DL32 DL8

RLC-SDU Average Throughput bytes % isDlRbRateAdaptationAllowedForThisDlUserService


DL384 (DlUserService)
QUP384 isDlRbRateAdaptationAllowedForThisDlRbSetCo
QUP256 nf
no upsize
isThisRbRateAdaptationDlRbSetTargetAllowed
QUP128
dlRbRateAdaptationUpsizeThreshold
QUP64 (DlRbSetConf)
DL256 raSduQueueThreshold
upsize of DL256
raSduQueueThresholdBytes
RLC-
RLC-SDU (DlRbSetConf/DlRbRaTrafficMonitoring)
Buffer occupancy Current RB

MAX [ MIN (Adapted RB, IRM RB), Current RB ]


DL128
upsize of DL128
TUP128
DL iRM
DL64
upsize of DL64 Allocated RB
TUP64
DL32
upsize of DL32 TUP32
time
Reference RB
1 7 46 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Multi-stages Upsize avoids successive reconfigurations intermediate bit rates in order to reach directly the most
suitable RB rate.
The RB adaptation process can upsize an RB from the current RB rate up to any RB with higher bit rate but the
allocated RB is always lower than or equal to the Reference RB and is constrained by the iRM table selection.
Based on Traffic Monitoring, the RNC takes the decision to upsize according to the following criteria, which are
periodically checked:
The observed average throughput is higher than a threshold (dlRbRateAdaptationUpsizeThreshold).
The confidence level of the estimated average throughput is good enough to consider the observation reliable.
RLC-SDU buffer occupancy (in %) is higher than a threshold (raSduQueueThreshold).
If the Multi-Step DL Upsize algorithm is activated
(dlRbRateAdaptationUpsizeAlgorithm = multiStageUpsize and not stepByStepUpsize)
then the RNC selects the target RB according to the DL RLC-SDU buffer occupancy. It compares the current value of
the RLC buffer occupancy (in bytes) to a threshold in order to find the highest RB for which the following condition
is met: RLC-SDU Buffer Occupancy (in bytes) raSduQueueThresholdBytes
If no RB higher than the current RB meets this condition, the upsize is not performed, it means that little data is
waiting for transmission.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 46
3 RB rate adaptation
3.6 UL step by step upsizing

UL384 UL128 UL64 UL32 UL8

RLC-SDU Average Throughput


UL384
isUlRbRateAdaptationAllowedForThisUlUserService
(UlUserService)

no upsize isUlRbRateAdaptationAllowedForThisUlRbSetCon
f
isThisRbRateAdaptationUlRbSetTargetAllowed
ulRbRateAdaptationUpsizeThreshold
(UlRbSetConf)
UL128
upsize of UL128
TUP128

UL64
upsize of UL64 TUP64
UL32
upsize of UL32 TUP32
time

1 7 47 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

A step-by-step upsize scheme applies for the UL RB Rate Adaptation.


It means that the only possible transitions are from the current RB to a target RB which is the very next RB in terms
of bit rate. In this case, the RNC selects the bit rate immediately above the current one, since the Traffic Monitoring
can only indicate that current bit rate is not big enough.
There is no forecast on the future traffic based on the UE RLC buffer occupancy (and consequently multi-stage
upsize is not possible).
Based on Traffic Monitoring, the RNC takes the decision to upsize when the following criteria, which are periodically
checked, are verified:
The observed average throughput is higher than some defined thresholds,
The confidence level of the estimated average throughput is good enough to consider the observation as
reliable.
The allocated UL bit rate can never exceed the Reference RB bit rate.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 47
3 RB rate adaptation
3.7 UL upsizing based on UE Buffer Occupancy
Reporting Reporting
UE RLC/MAC Event4a Event4a
UL BO
in the UE

ul4AThreshold
(UlRbRaTrafficMonitori
ng)

measQtyAverageTim
e
(DchUlBoTrafVolMea
s)

ul4ATimeToTrigger rcMeasPendingTriggerTi
(UlRbRaTrafficMonitorin me
g) (DchUlBoTrafVolMeas)

UL DCH1 RB UL DCH2 RB

isBOTriggerForRbAdaptationAllowed Event4a (UE->RNC)


(RadioAccessService)

1 7 48 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

From UA07 onwards, UL upsizing based on UL throughput is enhanced by a mechanism based on UE Buffer
Occupancy.

Measurement is set up on the UE to monitor the RLC Buffer Occupancy (BO). The Transmit power of the UE is
also monitored as an additional measurement if enabled (isUeTxPowerOn4AAllowed=true).

The BO is monitored thru an average over measQtyAverageTime; as soon it goes above a given threshold
(ul4AThreshold) during a given period of time (ul4ATimeToTrigger), an Event4A is sent to the RNC.

Upon reception of a 4A Measurement Report from the UE, the RNC determines the selected data rate as a
function of the iRM algorithm, OAM maximum Step size ul4AMaxRateStep and the UE Tx power headroom
described in the following two slides.

Further reports are inhibited for a pending time to trigger rcMeasPendingTriggerTime.

The advantage of this type of measurement is a quicker reaction of RNC to resource allocation needs compared
to decision based on throughput variation but we may face some excessive usage of resources due to upsize to
the highest RB.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 48
3.7 UL upsizing based on UE Buffer Occupancy
3.7.1 Event4A processing without UE Tx power info
isUeTxPowerOn4AAllowed
= False
(RadioAccessService)

RNC ul4AMaxRateStep
(UlRbRaTrafficMonitoring)

Current UL RB

MAX (ul4AMaxRateStep, current


RB)
MR 4A (UE Tx Power IE)
Buffer
Allocated UL RB MIN (Adapted RB, IRM RB)

UL iRM
Reference RB

1 7 49 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

If the usage of UE Tx power is not enabled (isUEtxPowerOn4AAllowed Set to false), then the Upsize procedure
will target an RB based only on the threshold ul4AMaxRateStep.

This RB reconfiguration will be limited by the iRM table and reference RB rate.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 49
3.7 UL upsizing based on UE Buffer Occupancy
3.7.2 Event4A processing with UE Tx power info
isUeTxPowerOn4AAllowed
= True
RNC (RadioAccessService)

UEtxPoweroffsetFromMax4A
(MeasurementConfClass)
Current UL RB

current UL RB rate < ul4AMaxRateStep ?


MR 4A (UE Tx Power IE)
Buffer
Allocated UL RB
1
PowerOffsetMax = MIN (PMAXUE, maxAllowedUlTxPower)
- current UE Tx Power

Headroom(dB) = PowerOffsetMax
2
- UEtxPoweroffsetFromMax4A

Rate_TxHeadroom = Current_Rate x 10 Headroom(dB) / 10


3
rounded to the nearest lower RB

MIN (Rate_TxHeadroom, ul4AMaxRateStep, IRM RB)


4

1 7 50 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The aim of this algorithm is to assure that once the UETxPower is equal or greater than the
UEtxPoweroffsetFromMax4A, then Rate_TxHeadroom will be equal or smaller than Current_Rate, which means
no upsize will be taken.

If isUEtxPowerOn4AAllowed is set to true then after receiving the Ue MR, the RNC will:
Determine the Current_Rate and the Max_UL_rate from ul4AMaxRateStep.
PowerOffsetMax = min((UlUsPowerConf:maxAllowedUlTxPower, UEmax) - UE Transmitted
Calculate
Power (taken from MR IE).
Calculate the Headroom(dB) = PowerOffsetMax - UEtxPoweroffsetFromMax4A
Rate_TxHeadroom= [Current_Rate * 10^(Headroom (dB)/10) rounded down to the nearest supported rate]
Selected_Rate = Min (Rate_TxHeadroom, ul4AMaxRateStep)
Once this algorithm is finished, and if Headroom is Positive, a UL Upsize RB Reconfiguration is done.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 50
3 RB rate adaptation
3.8 DL upsizing based on RNC Buffer Occupancy
Reporting Reporting
UE RLC/MAC Event Event
DL BO
in the RNC

boThresholdDlDch
(DchDlBoTrafVolMeas)

boAverageTimeDlDch
(DchDlBoTrafVolMeas)

boTimeToTriggerDlDch boPendingTriggerTimeDlDch
(DchDlBoTrafVolMeas) (DchDlBoTrafVolMeas)

DL DCH1 RB DL DCH2 RB

isBOTriggerForRbAdaptationAllowed Internal RNC Event (IN->CN)


(RadioAccessService)

1 7 51 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

From UA07 onwards, DL upsizing based on DL throughput is enhanced by a mechanism based on RNC Buffer
Occupancy.

This DL buffer measurement is performed using an average over boAverageTimeDlDch. Setting the
boThresholdDlDch to 0 disables the Algorithm in DL.

The reconfiguration will be on a step-by-step upsize. So if the Current_DL_Rate is PS64, the uspize will trigger an
RB reconfiguration to DL PS 128 if allowed by OAM settings.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 51
3.8 DL upsizing based on RNC Buffer Occupancy
3.8.1 Internal RNC event processing

RNC

Current DL RB

Next to current RB

Buffer
Allocated DL RB MIN (Adapted RB, IRM RB)

DL iRM
Reference RB

1 7 52 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The Buffer Occupancy (BO) measurements allow the upsize of RB on a step-by-step procedure for DL.
The activation flags of throughput RB rate adaptation dont need to be enabled, as this mechanism is independent of
previously described throughput mechanism.
Once the BO fulfils the threshold defined, the RB reconfiguration is triggered towards the next PS I/B Radio Bearer
available and as long as the iRM Table and Reference RB are respected.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 52
3 RB rate adaptation
3.9 Ping-pong timers

rbRateAdaptationPingPongTimer ueTrafficVolumeInhibitTimer
(RadioAccessService) (RadioAccessService)

Reconf Due to BO Reconf Due to throughput


rbRateAdaptationPingPongTimer
Reconf(Throughput) Reconf(Throughput)

MR BO MR BO MR BO
UeTrafficVolumeInhibitTimer

1 7 53 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In DL as in UL, there is the same anti ping-pong mechanism in order to avoid continuous RB reconfigurations in case
of abnormal traffic conditions.
The UETrafficVolumeInhibitTimer timer will be set after the last RB reconfiguration. Another RB Reconfiguration
can only take place after this timer expiry. This timer is not considered in case RB Reconfigurations triggered by
other causes.

Important:
Before UA07, rbRateAdaptationPingPongTimer was triggered whenever a RRA mechanism occurred (Buffer or
Traffic related).
From UA07 onwards, this timer is still triggered on any RRA but does not prevent the BO mechanisms, introduced in
UA07, from taking place. Only UeTrafficVolumeInhibitTimer, which is triggered only by a BO event, will be
verified before processing any additional BO event for RRA.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 53
3 RB rate adaptation
3.10 Measurement configuration

The
TheUL/4A
UL/4ATVM
TVM((Traffic
TrafficVolume
VolumeMeasurement)
Measurement)isisset
setup
up/released
/released
through
through a Measurement Control Message sent from the RNCtotothe
a Measurement Control Message sent from the RNC theUE
UEif:
if:

UE
UEhas
hasDCH
DCHininUplink
Uplinkand
andthe
theRB
RBin
inuse
useisisnot
notthe
theMax
Maxassigned
assignedby
bythe
the
RNC & the UE has no 4A already setup
RNC & the UE has no 4A already setup

UE
UEhas
hasDCH
DCHininUplink
Uplinkand
andthe
theRB
RBin
inuse
useisisthe
theMax
Maxassigned
assignedby
bythe
theRNC
RNC
and the UE has 4A already setup OR E-DCH in Uplink
and the UE has 4A already setup OR E-DCH in Uplink

The
TheDL
DLTVM
TVM((Traffic
TrafficVolume
VolumeMeasurement)
Measurement)isisset
setup
up/released
/released
through an internal measurement control if:
through an internal measurement control if:

UE
UEhas
hasDCH
DCHin
inDownlink
Downlink&&the
theDL
DLRate
Rateisisnot
notthe
theMax
Maxassigned
assignedby
bythe
the
CN
CN&&PS
PSI/B
I/BRAB present&&boThresholdDlDch
RABpresent boThresholdDlDchisisnon
nonzero
zero

DL
DLRate
Ratereaches
reachesthe
themaximum
maximumbit
bitrate
rateassigned
assignedby
bythe
theCN
CN

1 7 54 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

From UA07 onwards, activation of the isMpdpRbAdaptationAllowed flag allows the RRA to be executed over
multi-RAB PSs (multiple PDPs).

The measurement procedure of aggregate RABs is the following:


For DL Buffer occupancy in case of multiple PS I/B RABs, the RNC will monitor the total DL Buffer, which means
the sum of all I/B RLC entities at transport level.
For UL 4A Traffic Volume triggers on DCH, the configured 4A measurement is used for all MAC-d multiplexed
RABs.
For the data rate measurements from the throughput measurements are also performed for UL and DL on
MAC-d multiplexed traffic over the transport Channel (DCH)

The new combinations supported now by the RRA are:


2 I/B DCH/DCH (+CS)
2 I/B DCH/HSDPA (+CS)
1 I/B DCH/HSDPA + 1 Streaming DCH/HSDPA (+CS)
1 I/B DCH/HSDPA + 1 Streaming DCH/DCH (+CS)

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 54
3 RB rate adaptation
3.11 RAN model

RA
S
UlRbSetConf
UlRbRaTrafficMonitoring
ul4AMaxRateStep
ul4AThreshold
DlRbSetConf
ul4ATimeToTrigger
DlRbRaTrafficMonitoring

DchDlBoTrafVolMeas
boAverageTimeDlDch
Dedicatedconf/MeasurementConfClass boPendingTriggerTimeDlDch
boThresholdDlDch
boTimeToTriggerDlDch
DchUlBoTrafVolMeas
measQtyAverageTime
isBOTriggerForRbAdaptationAllowed
isUEtxPowerOn4AAllowed ueTxPowerOffsetFromMax4A measQtyQty
ueTrafficVolumeInhibitTimer boHoldoffTimeInitialDlFachDc rcMeasPendingTriggerTime
h
1 7 55 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 55
3 RB rate adaptation
3.12 Exercise

isUeTxPowerOn4AAllowe
= True
d (RadioAccessService)

Assuming the following:

Current_Rate=64kbps
UE power class=3 (24dBm)
AllowedUlTxPower = 24dBm
ul4AMaxRateStep(RBsetconf64)=384
UEtxPoweroffsetFromMax4A=3dB

Calculate the next bit rate for the following current UE Tx Power reported value:

14.1dBm

22.1dBm

1 7 56 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 56
4 iRM scheduling

1 7 57 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 57
4 iRM scheduling
4.1 iRM scheduling principles
isIrmSchedDowngradeTxcpAllowed
Downgrade isIrmSchedulingUpgradeAllowed
Nominal RB
isIrmSchedulingOverIurAllowed
(RadioAccessService)

Intermediate RB flipFlopUpDowngradeTimer
(RadioAccessService)

Fallback RB Upgrade
irmSchedDowngradeTxcpMaxBitRate
(RadioAccessService)
NodeB

DL 384 kbit/s

DL 128 kbit/s

DL 64 kbit/s

1 7 58 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The iRM Scheduling mechanism is based on two sequential procedures triggered to adapt user throughput when he
goes alternately through good and bad radio conditions:
iRM Scheduling Downgrade reduces bit rate when radio conditions are getting bad.
iRM Scheduling Upgrade increases bit rate when radio conditions are getting better.
iRM Scheduling Downgrade is based on Transmit Code Power: trigger is based on a measurement done by the Node
B. The dedicated measurement is performed on the primary cell and concerns the Downlink Transmitted Code
Power.
The trigger based on TxCP dedicated measurement can be applied if the primary cell is handled by the serving RNC
or on a DRNC since iRM Scheduling on TxCP is supported over Iur from UA05 release.
irmSchedDowngradeTxcpMaxBitRate is the parameter specifying the fallback RB bit rate in case of iRM
Scheduling downgrade.
The flipFlopUpDowngradeTimer parameter allows avoiding ping-pong phenomena between RB upgrade and
downgrade.
iRM Scheduling/ RB rate adaptation dependency:
Incase if RB rate adaptation is enabled for the service, after iRM scheduling downgrade, the service is flagged
as ineligible for rate adaptation upsize. When an event B is reported, the iRM scheduling upgrade is triggered,
so the service come back eligible for RB rate adaptation upsize. Hence bit rate upsize will not be performed
immediately by iRM scheduling but rather with RB rate adaptation algorithm if necessary.

The isIrmSchedulingOverIurAllowed parameter has to be set to true on both SRNC and DRNC for the support
of iRM Scheduling over Iur to be effective.
Moreover, the global activation flags for both SRNC and DRNC on the RadioAccessService object have to be set to
True: isIrmSchedDowngradeTxcpAllowed and isIrmSchedulingUpgradeAllowed.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 58
4 iRM scheduling
4.2 Event A for iRM scheduling downgrade
isIrmSchedDowngradeTxcpAllowed (DlUsPowerConf)
isTransCodePowerIrmSchedulingDowngradeAllowedFromThisDlUserService
(DlUserService)
384
Downgrade
Transmitted Code Power 64
Event A
Report
pcpichPower + maxDlTxPower

- thresholDdelta
(DlIrmSchedDowngradeTxcp)
Primary Cell

Event A
Threshold

Event A timeToTriggerEvent A timeToTrigger

timeToTrigger (DlIrmSchedDowngradeTxcp)

1 7 59 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

For iRM Scheduling Downgrade based on TxCP, the detection of degradation in radio conditions relies on the
monitoring of the DL Transmitted Code Power (TxCP). The TxCP trigger is based on NBAP Dedicated Measurement
(type Event A) performed by the Node B handling the primary cell.
When the transmitted code power (TxCP) rises above a threshold (TxCP threshold) during the hysteresis time
(timeToTrigger), a Dedicated Measurement Report is sent by the Node B to the RNC (Event A).

Event A configuration relies on:


Measurement Threshold: the relative transmitted code power threshold given by the threshold_data parameter is
used to compute the absolute TxCP Threshold together with the pcpichPower (FDDCell) and maxDlTxPower
(DlUsPowerConf) parameters.
Measurement Hysteresis: timeToTrigger

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 59
4 iRM scheduling
4.3 Events B1 and B2 for iRM scheduling upgrade
isIrmSchedulingUpgradeAllowedToThisUS
(DlUsPowerConf, DlUserService)

Upgrade
64 384 128
Transmitted Code Power Event B1 Event B2
Report Report

pcpichPower + maxDlTxPower

Primary Cell
- (DlIrmSchedulingUpgrade)
highB1ThresholdDelta

Event B2
128 Threshold
mediumB2ThresholdDeltaOverHighB
1
(DlIrmSchedulingUpgrade) Event B1
384 Threshold

highB1TimeToTrigger (DlIrmSchedulingUpgrade) Event B1 Timer


mediumB2TimeToTriggerOverHighB1
(DlIrmSchedulingUpgrade)
Event B2 Timer

1 7 60 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

When a UE uses the RB assigned by IRM Scheduling downgrade, the RNC configures two types of NBAP dedicated
measurements by event B report for this UE on the primary cell.
So each time the primary cell changes, the RNC terminates measurements on the old primary cell and initiates
measurements on the new primary cell.

Event B1 configuration relies on:


Measurement Threshold: the relative transmitted code power threshold given by the parameter
highB1ThresholdDelta is used to compute the absolute TxCP Threshold together with the parameters pcpichPower
(FDDCell) and maxDlTxPower (DlUsPowerConf)
Measurement Hysteresis: given by the parameter highB1TimeToTrigger

Event B2 configuration relies on:


Measurement Threshold: relative transmitted code power threshold given by highB1ThresholdDelta +
mediumB2ThresholdDeltaOverHighB1 together with the parameters pcpichPower (FDDCell) and maxDlTxPower
Measurement Hysteresis: given by highB1TimeToTrigger + mediumB2TimeToTriggerOverHighB1

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 60
4 iRM scheduling
4.4 iRM scheduling upgrade

Cell color
RL Condition

iRM tables

Requested RB

iRM RB
OLS

Min Granted RB

Event Bx
Event Bx
Processing Power RB

1 7 61 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Any user becomes eligible for iRM Scheduling upgrade as soon as it experiences an iRM Scheduling downgrade. This
means that after the RB reconfiguration bringing about the downgrade, the RNC configures and activates the NBAP
dedicated measurement report on the primary cell, so as to track the transmitted code power (see section 4).
On reception of the NBAP Dedicated Measurement Report, the SRNC executes the RAB matching function taking into
account that the Power RB (H or I), corresponding to the event reported (B1 or B2), will be the highest rate able to
be allocated to this mobile.
On reception of the NBAP Dedicated Measurement report, the RNC proceeds to the Synchronous Radio Link
Reconfiguration (SRLR) if the Granted RB is different from the current one. So the anti ping-pong timer
flipFlopUpDowngradeTimer is started.
This timer should allow slow ping-pong phenomena between upgrading and downgrading if observed. At its expiry,
a NBAP dedicated measurement can be initiated if in the meantime an iRM scheduling downgrade has been
performed for the mobile.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 61
4 iRM scheduling
4.5 PS streaming RAB: iRM scheduling
isIrmSchedDowngradeTxcpAllowed
(DlUsPowerConf)
Nominal isTransCodePowerIrmSchedulingDowngradeAllowedFromThisDlUserServic
RB e
(DlUserService)

Intermediate RB
DlUserService
xxx_PS_384K_STR_yyy
Fallback RB Upgrade
xxx_PS_256K_STR_yyy
NodeB xxx_PS_128K_STR_yyy

Same mechanism as for PS


I/B with the condition:
Granted Bit Rate >=
DL 384 kbit/s GBR
DL 128 kbit/s

DL 64 kbit/s

1 7 62 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Since high bit rate RBs are radio resources consuming, enhanced RRM is required to optimize radio resources usage.
iRM Scheduling Downgrade
Downgrading - similar to I/B but RNC selects the fallback bit rate that is equal or immediately above the
GBR
Upgrading - similar to I/B but but RNC selects the fallback bit rate that is equal or immediately above the
GBR
Always-On and RB Rate Adaptation are not applicable to PS streaming RABs.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 62
4 iRM scheduling
4.6 iRM scheduling parameters for downgrade

RNC

1..1
Iur RadioAccessService irmSchedDowngradeTxcpMaxBitRate SRNC
Threshold Threshold
defined:
1..30 1..*
defined:
as absolute
value in dBm
DlUserService DedicatedConf as relative
value (to Pmax)
at RNC / 1..15 in dB
DlUserService 1..1 PowerConfClass FDDCell
level at Cluster
IrmSchedulingDowngradeTransCodePower 1..40 (PowerConfClass
DlUsPowerConf ) / DlUserService
level
1..1

LowRbA DlIrmSchedDowngradeTxcp

thresholdTransCodePowerDefinitionParam thresholdDelta
timeToTrigger timeToTrigger

Used when primary cell is on a drift RNC Used when primary cell is on the
serving RNC

1 7 63 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 63
4 iRM scheduling
4.7 iRM scheduling parameters for upgrade

RNC

1..1
RadioAccessService

1..*
1..30
Iur DedicatedConf SRNC
DlUserService
Threshold 1..15 Threshold
defined: 0..1
FDDCell PowerConfClass defined:
IrmSchedulingUpgrade
as absolute 1..40
value in dBm as relative
DlUsPowerConf value (to Pmax)
at RNC / in dB
1..1 1..1
DlUserService
level HighRbB1 MediumRbB2 DlIrmSchedUpgrade at Cluster
(PowerConfClass
intermediateRate
highBitRate
deltaThresholdTransCodePower
highB1ThresholdDelta ) / DlUserService
thresholdTransCodePower highB1TimeToTrigger
timeToTrigger deltaTimeToTrigger mediumB2ThresholdDeltaOverHighB1 level
mediumB2TimeToTriggerOverHighB1

Used when primary cell is on a drift RNC Used when primary cell is
on the serving RNC

deltaThresholdTransCodePower and mediumB2ThresholdDeltaOverHighB1 are


defined relatively to high bit rate threshold (respectively thresholdTransCodePower and
highB1ThresholdDelta)

1 7 64 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 64
4 iRM scheduling
4.8 Special case: switching between video & voice
New UA07.1.2:
Fallback to Speech (FBtS)
At Call Establishment VT Call
The Service Change and UDI Fallback (SCUDIF) is a function which applies to Unrestricted Digital Information /
Restricted Digital Information (UDI/RDI) multimedia calls.
It allows users to achieve successful call establishment when end-to-end Circuit Switched (CS) multimedia is not
possible (fallback to speech) or when signalling of the feature is not possible in the network (fallback to preferred
service or speech).
Spec Reference 3GTS 23.172 y!
User Initiated Service Change (UI-SCUDIF) i vac
Pr st!
Modify
Modify Co
Fallback to Speech
FBtS (which applies to the call setup phase only) allows a user to attempt to set up a VT call, and to automatically
revert to a speech connection:
3G VT user to 3G non-VT user
3G VT user to user on non-VT network
RNC

EventA
Network
User Initiated Initiated
Service ChangeService Change (NI-SCUDIF)
(UI-SCUDIF)
This is the case where one of 3G users (originator or terminator) manually invokes a change in call type for an in-
progress call, from VT to speech or from speech to VT. There are several possible reasons for this call change (e.g.
privacy, performance, cost).
In order to invoke this procedure, the UE shall send a MODIFY message containing the BC-IE to change to. This BC-
1 7 65
IE must be one
W-CDMA R99 of those
Algorithms already
Description negotiated at call setup.
COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Network Initiated Service Change (NI-SCUDIF)

The basic premise of NI-SCUDIF is that under certain conditions the network makes the determination that a service
change from VT to speech (or vice versa) is required, and invokes the signaling required to change the call type
from 64KUDI to speech (or speech to 64KUDI).
When the radio access network detects a lack of sufficient resources to sustain the multimedia RAB configuration,
RNC shall inform the visited MSC by sending a RANAP Modify Request message to the visited MSC. The visited MSC
shall then:
Initiate an In-Call Modification procedure to speech towards the UE it serves using the MODIFY message.
Invoke the service change procedure towards the remote side.
Trigger the RAB modification by sending a RANAP RAB Assignment with the RAB requested to be modified to
the RNC.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 65
4.8 Special case: switching between video & voice
4.8.1 Triggering VT downgrade

Transmitted Code Power

Event A
pcpichPower + Report
maxDlTxPowerPerOls_Gold_OLS

- triggerhresholdDelta Primary Cell

Event A
Threshold

Event A timeToTriggerEvent A timeToTrigger

timeToTrigger

1 7 66 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The TxCP event A measurement threshold for VT downgrade is calculated as below:


Threshold_eventA = pcpichPower_primary_cell + maxDlTxPowerPerOls_Gold_OLS triggerThresholdDelta
HysteresisTime_eventA = timeToTrigger

The timeToTrigger & triggerThresholdDelta are in the new MOC:


serviceChangeTxcpVideoToSpeechForThisUserService

An established VT call is downgraded to a speech call based on:


1. Radio criterion

Radio criterion is based on an OAM radio threshold value for VT downgrade.


Radio criterion is based on the event A NodeB TxCP radio measurement for VT.
The VT-Speech downgrade trigger threshold is intended be set to a value which ensures the
transition to a speech call occurs before the alarm handover to 2G cell is triggered.
2. In case of improper VT-Speech downgrade trigger threshold value, TxCP measurement event A is not
triggered before alarm handover to 2G cell is triggered. The RNC shall initiate a VT downgrade if 2G core
network doesnt support VT service (based on an OAM parameter).
3. In case of other iMCTA reasons triggered handover to 2G cell, the RNC shall initiate a VT downgrade if the
2G core network doesnt support the VT service (based on an OAM parameter).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 66
4.8 Special case: switching between video & voice
4.8.2 Triggering speech upgrade

Upgrade

Transmitted Code Power Event B


Report
pcpichPower +
maxDlTxPowerPerOls_Gold_OLS

Primary Cell
- triggerThresholdDelta

Event B
Threshold

Event B Timer
TimeToTrigger

1 7 67 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The TxCP event B measurement threshold for VT upgrade is calculated as below:

Threshold_eventB = pcpichPower_primary_cell + maxDlTxPowerPerOls_Gold_OLS triggerThresholdDelta


HysteresisTime_eventB = timeToTrigger

The timeToTrigger & triggerThresholdDelta are in the new MOC:


serviceChangeTxcpSpeechToVideoForThisUserService

A VT call downgraded to Speech call may be upgraded (back) to a VT call based on:

1. Radio criterion is based on an OAM radio threshold value for VT upgrade.


2. Radio criterion is based on the event B Node B TxCP radio measurement for speech.
3. The Speech-VT upgrade trigger threshold is intended to be set to a value which allows a previous
downgrade (i.e. downgraded from VT to speech) to be upgraded back to VT when the radio conditions
improve significantly.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 67
4.8 Special case: switching between video & voice
4.8.3 RAN parameters

RNC

RadioAccessService

DedicatedConf

PowerConfClass

DlUsPowerConf

ServiceChangeTxcpVideoToSpeech ServiceChangeTxcpSpeechToVideo
ForThisUserService ForThisUserService

timeToTrigger timeToTrigger
triggerThresholdDelta triggerThresholdDelta

1 7 68 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 68
4.8 Special case: switching between video & voice
4.8.4 RAN parameters neighboring RNC

RNC

RadioAccessService

DlUserService

ServiceChangeTxcpVideoToSpeech ServiceChangeTxcpSpeechToVid
ForNeighbouringRnc eoForNeighbouringRnc
timeToTrigger timeToTrigger
triggerThresholdAbsolute triggerThresholdAbsolute

1 7 69 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

These parameters define the TxCP threshold absolute value and TTT SCUDIF Video Telephony to Speech (and vice
versa) for cells managed by the neighboring RNC.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 69
4.8 Special case: switching between video & voice
4.8.5 Activation parameters

RNC

RadioAccessService

serviceChangeUserInitiated
serviceChangeRncInitiated
isVtServiceSupportedOn2G

NeighbouringRNC DlUserService

isScudifAllowedForDrns isThisDlUserServiceEligibleToNiScudif

1 7 70 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

These parameters define the TxCP threshold absolute value and TTT SCUDIF Video Telephony to Speech (and vice
versa) for cells managed by the neighboring RNC.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 70
5 iRM preemption

1 7 71 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 71
5 iRM preemption
5.1 iRM preemption algorithm
isIrmPreemptionAllowed
(RadioAccessService)

isIrmPreemptionAllowedForGoldUsers
isIrmPreemptionAllowedForSilverUsers
Worst isIrmPreemptionAllowedForBronzeUsers

Code Color (irmPreemption)


Worst Worst Iub Color

Black
normal2congestedPLCThreshold
congested2normalPLCThreshold
White normal2congestedCLCThreshold
congested2normalCLCThreshold
Power
Cell Color CEM Color normal2congestedDlCEMThreshold
Color
congested2normalDlCEMThreshold
(IrmPreemptionCacParams)

Same algorithm as for iRM, but with normal2CongestedDlTLCThreshold


congested2NormalDlTLCThreshold
different thresholds and only 2
(IrmPreemptionIubTransportLoadParameters)
cell state colors (Black & White)

1 7 72 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The purpose of iRM Preemption is to keep some resources available when the cell becomes loaded. iRM Preemption
is a reactive process performed when all other preventive congestion solutions are not sufficient to free OVSF codes
and power resources quickly enough to maintain sufficient accessibility to the network.
The iRM Pre-emption has the following characteristics:
Is
a preventive mechanism (does not react on access failures but try to anticipate the congestion to avoid
them).
Is only applicable to DCH and not to HSDPA/E-DCH.
Is only applicable to DL.
Consists in downgrading current users if their allocated bit rate is higher than the one they would get in a RED
cell with a Radio Link Red (DL).
Doesnot provide any upsize mechanism for downgraded users. They may retrieve the initial requested radio
bearer after any reconfiguration (CS release, CS establishment when a PS connection is on-going, iRM
Scheduling Upgrade, AO Upsize, etc.) except the AO Downsize and iRM Scheduling Downgrade procedures.
Is an asynchronous process (all users not downgraded at the same time when the cell is congested).
May be activated/de-activated by OLS.
Thus iRM Preemption completes the existing congestion prevention iRM RAB to RB Mapping feature by implementing
a reactive congestion management at the cell level.
Note: IRM pre-emption feature activation requires that parameters isIrmOnRlconditionAllowed and
isIrmOnCellColourAllowed set to TRUE.

If current DL RB bit rate > iRM preemption downgraded RB bit rate


Then preemption is processed and the downgrade is performed towards iRM preemption downgraded RB bit rate.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 72
5 iRM preemption
5.2 Cell color/active set color calculation
normal2congestedPLCThreshold
congested2normalPLCThreshold
normal2congestedCLCThreshold
congested2normalCLCThreshold
normal2congestedDlCEMThreshold
Worst congested2normalDlCEMThreshold
(IrmPreemptionCacParams)
Code Color
Worst Worst Iub Color

normal2CongestedDlTLCThreshold
congested2NormalDlTLCThreshold
Black (IrmPreemptionIubTransportLoadParameters
)
White
Power
Color Cell Color CEM Color Worst
Cell 1

Cell N Black
+
Black Worst
White =
White
Active Set Color
Cell Color

1 7 73 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The transition from a normal to a congested state is computed when one of the following thresholds is crossed:
normal2CongestedCLCThreshold (for codes)
normal2CongestedPLCThreshol (for power)
normal2CongestedDlCEMThreshol (for CEM load)
normal2CongestedDlTLCThreshold (for Iub)
In order to avoid any ping pong effect between the congested and normal states, due to strong variations in the
radio resources allocation, the hysteresis cycle relies on additional thresholds characterizing the congested to normal
transition through the parameters:
congested2NormalCLCThreshold (for codes)
congested2NormalPLCThreshold (for power)
congested2NormalDlCEMThreshol (for CEM load)
normal2CongestedDlTLCThreshold (for Iub)
In the case of soft handover, the active set color is derived from the color of each cell.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 73
5 iRM preemption
5.3 iRM preemption: UE to preempt?

Link C
olo r iRM Preemption
Radio fallBackRbRate MIN Downgraded
RB Bit Rate (RB1)

+ Gold
iRMRbRate

DL Cell Color Silver


Bronze

OLS

Yes UE is candidate
UE RB Bite Rate > RB1 ?
for iRM Preemption

1 7 74 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The target Radio Bearers for iRM Preemption are defined using:
the iRM Tables: iRMRbRate as a function of (DlRbSetConf, OLS)
fallBackRbRate as a function of DlRbSetConf
They correspond to the Radio Bearers UEs would have received if UEs were admitted as the Radio Link Condition
was Bad and the Cell Color was Red.
Therefore, users eligible to iRM preemption are users whose current DL Bit Rate is higher than the one defined for
bad radio conditions and loaded cells.
As iRM tables are constructed making use of A/R Priority, iRM Preemption offers the possibility to preempt users
according to their OLS level.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 74
5 iRM preemption
5.4 iRM preemption behavior

Preemption Starts Preemption Stops

UE 1

UE 2

UE N

Black

White
time
AS Color

PS I/B Connection Color Check Checking Timer

irmPreemptionColorCheckingTimer (IrmPreemption)

1 7 75 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

As soon as a downlink PS I/B radio bearer is allocated to a UE, the iRM preemption timer assigned to each eligible
mobile is armed. At each UE timer expiration, the cell preemption color is checked, and if the cell is congested, the
eligible user is preempted if the following condition based on the bit rate comparison is fulfilled:
If
current DL RB bit rate > iRM preemption downgraded RB bit rate
Then
preemption is processed and the downgrade is performed.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 75
6 Preemption process for DCH and
HSDPA/HSUPA

1 7 76 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 76
6 Preemption process for dch and hsdpa/hsupa
6.1 Concepts
NodeB DL radio resources not FDDCell
available NodeB isCellPreemptionAllowe
NodeB UL radio resources not CAC d RNC/RAS
available Failure
NodeB resources not available Eligible PreemptionAllowedInfo
RNC DL code resources not RNC CAC Failures
isPreemptionAllowed
available CAC
RNC DL power resources not Failure
available

R99
1 Step / 2 Steps Eligible Services
Preemption
Emergency Call
Queuing
RAB Assignment HSDPA HSUPA Speech
allowed
RRC connection Video telephony Preemption
request CS Streaming Capability
Always-on Upsize PS Streaming Preemption
Radio Link Addition Queuing not Signaling PS Vulnerability
Inter-Frequency allowed Eligible Interactive Priority (*)
intra-RNC Radio Link procedures PS Interactive
setup (IMCTA
Incoming CAC, does not trigger
relocation PS Background
iMCTA Alarm)
preemption in the target RNC (*) + OLS at user level

1 7 77 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

UA06.0: Introduction of new Pre-emption feature (33322)


Reactive mechanism (trigger is CAC failure)
Independent from the iRM
Applicable to DCH as well as HS-DSCH & E-DCH transport channels
Dl & UL
Applicable to all services
The UA06.0 Pre-emption is triggered by a CAC failure, meaning that no resource are available to accept the
incoming call. It may be:
DL Power
DL OVSF Codes
CEM (UL & DL)
Transport (restriction in UA06.0: Iub/Iur cac failure not elligible)
The CAC failure may happen at Call Establishment or during mobility procedure.
The system will then try to free some resources by downgrading (PS only) or releasing lower priority services to be
able to accept the incoming user.
The preemption shall only be a reactive mechanism that aims at allocating the preempted resources to the service
that triggered the preemption.
The preemption is performed in best effort mode: the resources freed by the Preemption will not be necessarily
allocated to the user that triggered the preemption

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 77
6 Preemption process for DCH and HSDPA/HSUPA
6.2 Eligible procedures

Incoming call, CAC failure, Pre-empted call

RadioAccessService

Preemption

PreemptionCapabilityProcedureInfo

Pre-emption
preemptionCapabilityForRrcEstabCause Procedure
on CAC Failure
OtherThanEmergencyCall
RAB Assignment ON

preemptionCapabilityForAlwaysOnToDch RRC connection request


preemptionCapabilityForAlwaysOnToHsDsch Always-on Upsize
preemptionCapabilityForAlwaysOnToEdch Radio Link Addition (SHO) ON / OFF
Inter-Frequency intra-RNC
Radio Link setup (HHO)
preemptionCapabilityForMobility

1 7 78 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

When a CAC failure occurs during one of the following procedures, the procedure goes on either by processing a
failure case or is queued (see below the comment for each procedure).

Simultaneously, a pre-emption action may be launched in order to free resources in each congested cell.
The freed resource might be used by the call that triggered the Pre-emption or not as part of the best effort
algorithm implemented.
Note 1: an incoming relocation in the target RNC shall not trigger pre-emption. Queuing is forbidden for relocation.
Note 2: an iMCTA upon service reason shall not trigger pre-emption nor in the source cell nor the target cell.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 78
6 Preemption process for DCH and HSDPA/HSUPA
6.3 Eligible CAC failure cases

RNC

NodeB

FDDCell
NodeB DL radio resources not
available NodeB
NodeB UL radio resources not CAC
isCellPreemptionNbapCacFailureAllowed available Failure
NodeB resources not available
isCellPreemptionCodePowerCacFailureAllowed RNC DL code resources not
RNC
available
CAC
RNC DL power resources not
Failure
available

1 7 79 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The S-RNC may decide to launch preemption in a cell when it faces up a CAC failure during the following resource
allocation procedures:

NBAP procedures: NBAP Radio Link setup failure, NBAP Radio Link addition failure, NBAP Synchronized Radio
Link Reconfiguration failure, NBAP Radio Link Reconfiguration failure using one of the following NBAP failure
cause: DL radio resources not available, UL radio resources not available and Node B Resources
Unavailable

Internal DL power allocation

Internal DL channelization code allocation

These resource allocation procedures concern DCH, E-DCH or HS-DSCH resources allocation.

Others functions as HSxPA fallback or iMCTA may also solve the CAC failure situation depending on the trigger
eligibility and the feature activation. The order of the procedures is the following:
1-HSxPA fallback 2-iMCTA 3-preemption.

The resources allocation requests done through RNSAP procedures are not eligible to preemption.

An ALU D-RNC will never launch a pre-emption process.

Iub and Iur resource allocation failures dont call the pre-emption function.

Note: The NBAP failure cause Node B Resources Unavailable identifies a resource allocation failure without
indication of the direction which may be downlink, uplink or downlink & uplink.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 79
6 Preemption process for DCH and HSDPA/HSUPA
6.4 Internal or external CAC failures
With the introduction of the Fair-sharing feature:
Internal resources (RNC) are shared between DCH & HSDPA (DL Power
& OVSF Codes)
External resources (NodeB) are dedicated to each transport type (UL & DL)
- (CEM processing)

When a CAC failure occurs, the selection of the users to be pre-empted depends
on the failure cause. Some examples below:

1 UL DCH / DL DCH Node B DL radio resources


not available
UL DCH / DL DCH

2 UL DCH / DL DCH DL OVSF Codes or Power


CAC failure
UL XXX / DL YYY (*)

3 UL E-DCH / DL HS-DSCH Node B radio resources not


available
UL E-DCH / DL HS-DSCH

DL OVSF Codes or Power


4 UL E-DCH / DL HS-DSCH CAC failure
UL XXX / DL YYY (*)

(*) XXX stands for DCH or E-DCH, YYY stands for DCH or HS-DSCH

1 7 80 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 80
6 Preemption process for DCH and HSDPA/HSUPA
6.5 Eligible transport channel

RNC

RadioAccessService

PreemptionAllowedInf
o

CAC Failure on Pre-emption

isPreemptionAllowedForHsdpa DCH ON

HS-DSCH ON / OFF

E-DCH ON / OFF

isPreemptionAllowedForEdch

1 7 81 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

isPreemptionAllowedForHsdpa: Parameter to activate/deactivate the preemption process when a CAC failure


occurs during a HSDPA allocation (i.e. HS-DSCH resources)

isPreemptionAllowedForEdch: Parameter to activate/deactivate the preemption process when a CAC failure


occurs during a HSUPA allocation (i.e. E-DCH resources)

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 81
6 Preemption process for DCH and HSDPA/HSUPA
6.6 Eligible services
Each service can be preempted and/or can preempt according to the following attributes:
Priority level: allows the classification of services to decide which service is allowed to pre-empt
which service.
Pre-emption capability: defines if the incoming service may trigger the pre-emption.
Pre-emption vulnerability : defines if the service may be pre-empted.
CN RAB Assignment Request
RadioAccessService Allocation/Retention priority IE RNC

Pre-emption Capability
Preemption Pre-emption Vulnerability
preemptionMode OR
0..5
PreemptionFrequency/FD
Dx

PreemptionPcPvServiceClass/Emergency PreemptionOmcrPcPvInfo
PreemptionPcPvServiceClass/Speech preemptionCapability
PreemptionPcPvServiceClass/VideoTelepho preemptionVulnerability
nyPreemptionPcPvServiceClass/PS Streaming
PreemptionServiceInfo
preemptionPriorityOfService

1 7 82 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Preemption Capability Preemption Vulnerability


Services P-Service Priority
(PC) (PV)
Emergency Y N 0
Speech Y N 1
VoIP** Y N 2

Video Telephony Y N 3
CS Streaming Y Y 4
PS Streaming Y Y 5
Signalling PS
Y * N 6
Interactive
PS Interactive N Y 7
PS Backgroung N Y 8

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 82
6 Preemption process for DCH and HSDPA/HSUPA
6.7 Selection of service to be pre-empted
Applicability:
The congested cells of the active set used by the call waiting
for resources
The target cell selected by the SRNC or by the other RAT
when a call has to be established Incoming
service
Services preempted may belong to ongoing multi-services

Bronze
Bronze
Bronze

Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver

Gold
Gold
Gold
CAC P-Priority P-Priority P-Priority P-Priority
Services Failure k
n n-1 k

- Priority +
1st Service Preemptabl 2nd Service Preemptabl User
Incomin filtering e services filtering e services filtering
g service list (1st) (CAC list (2nd)
(PV, Priority) (OLS)
Failure)

Conditions: Conditions: Conditions:


- Service has to be - CAC Failure is Node B : Transport -Service = Service
vulnerable to preemption Type = Transport Type (Incoming (Incoming): OLS < OLS
service)* (Incoming)
- Priority Priority
(Incoming service) - CAC Failure is RNC (Code, Power) -- Service Service
: all services using HS-DSCH & DL (Incoming) : OLS OLS
DCH to be preempted (Incoming)

For same service priority and same OLS, the expected gain in terms of radio bit rate is used as the third
criterion

1 7 83 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In each congested cell, a search of P-Services to be pre-empted carrying a traffic channel is processed by applying a
downgrade or/and a release. The preemption criteria for each P-Service are taken into account.
The preemption process ends when the expected resource quantity to be de-allocated is achieved or when there is
no P-Service to pre-empt anymore.
The selection induces the following steps:
TheRNC selects all P-Services which are vulnerable (P-Preemption Vulnerability equal to pre-emptable) with a
P-Service priority lower or equal to the P-Service requesting the pre-emption
According to the CAC failure cause the P-services which dont allow the de-allocation of the resource requested
are filtered:
When the CAC failure cause is for Node B reason, a specific filtering applies:
The P-Service candidate to be pre-empted is filtered if it has not the same transport type as the
service requested.
When the CAC failure cause is for code or power reason, all P-Services using HSDSCH or DL DCH
resources are candidate to be-pre-empted.
Then the RNC:
only keeps the users with an OLS lower or equal to the OLS of the user requesting the pre-emption if
they are using different P-Service(s).
only keeps the users with an OLS strictly lower than the OLS of the user requesting the pre-emption if if
they are using the same Pservice(s).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 83
6 Preemption process for DCH and HSDPA/HSUPA
6.8 mono-step / multi-step pre-emption
Choice only for PS Interactive or Background or Streaming (if target rate >= GBR)
Any other service leads to a release of the Service when preempted

Mono-Step Multi-Step

preemptionDowngradeReleaseSte preemptionDowngradeReleaseSte
ps ps
(Preemption) (Preemption)
DCH HS-DSCH DCH
E-DCH

Any value

DowngradeOnly ReleaseOnly DowngradeThenRelease

Preempted service Preempted service Preempted service


is downgraded is released is downgraded

next Pre-emption process

1 7 84 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Then the RNC starts to preempt the user with the lowest OLS within the lowest service priority by applying first a
rate downgrading action if eligible.
When there are no more users of the lowest OLS, the RNC goes on with upper OLS.
Then when there is no more user to downgrade, a second step of pre-emption using a release (if allowed for the
service) may apply to the users not already selected for downgrading (lowest OLS first) and to the users ineligible to
the downgrading (see note 1).
When there are no more users in this Service priority, the RNC goes on with the upper Service.
Note 1: There is no selection order between downgraded users and users ineligible to downgrading.
A user is ineligible for downgrading due to the Service (example: speech), the GBR, the transport type. When pre-
emption is processed for a given CAC failure, a service eligible for downgrading then release may only be either
downgraded or released: When it is downgraded, it will be candidate to the release at the next pre-emption function
call.
Note 2: For a given priority and a given OLS, a downgrading or a release applies by the highest expected gain in
term of radio bit rate. So the pre-emption order is Service, OLS and then radio bit rate gain whatever the CAC failure
reason.
Note 3: A release action may apply to the following Services:
Services
which are never eligible to rate downgrading:
CS Speech, CSD, CS streaming, PS Conversational
Services
which may be eligible to release according to an OAM parameter:
PS streaming, PS Interactive, PS Background
A service established on HS-DSCH may only be released.
A service established on E-DCH may only be released.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 84
6 Preemption process for DCH and HSDPA/HSUPA
6.9 Selection of service to be downgraded
Only valid for Downgrading pre-emption

RBs selected
for downgrading
RadioAccessService

Preemption
preemptionFloorBitRateInDownlink
preemptionFloorBitRateInUplink

Filtering on
Target bit rate
RB bit rate > preemptionFloorBitRateInXX

RBs selected
for downgrading RBs selected
Keep the Max bit rate RBs for downgrading

1 7 85 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

An uplink target rate and/or a downlink target rate are set by OAM for each service per OLS.
The RB and the requested target rates are given by the pre-emption function to the RAB matching function which
selects the bearers with the nearest and lower or equal rate to the target rate.
When the RABb matching selects a service configuration with a sum of rate higher than the previous service
configuration, the call is not modified (this use case may apply when the call has others services which are upgraded
by the Rab matching function).
For a given priority and a given OLS, a downgrading or a release applies by the highest expected gain in term of
radio bit rate. So the pre-emption order is Service, OLS and then radio bit rate gain whatever the CAC failure reason.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 85
6 Preemption process for DCH and HSDPA/HSUPA
6.10 Estimation of resource de-allocation
DCH Service CAC Failure
Service(s) Preempted so that
Node B / Code / Power Ul (Dl) resource rate to be freed No
> DeallocationThreshold Free resource =
UL (DL) CAC Failure Ul (Dl) Radio rate to be allocated
* Ul (Dl) DeallocationFactor [High]

Yes

Service(s) Preempted so that


Free resource =
Ul (Dl) Radio rate to be allocated
* Ul (Dl) DeallocationFactor [Low]

Preemption

PreemptionDeallocationIn
fo
preemptionDeallocationFactorInDownlink
[High,Low]
preemptionDeallocationFactorInUplink
[High,Low]
preemptionDeallocationThresholdInDownlink
preemptionDeallocationThresholdInUplink

1 7 86 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

An estimation of the resource needed has to be done in the following CAC failure cases:
NodeB: DCH resource allocation failure
Code: DCH or HS-DSCH resource allocation failure
Power: DCH or HS-DSCH resource allocation failure
When the CAC failure occurs at Node B level for HS-DSCH or E-DCH resource allocation, a one to one release action is
processed (i.e. a P-Service established on HS-DSCH or E-DCH is released) without taken into account the resource quantity used.
In order to have a common estimator of all resources to be de-allocated, whatever where the CAC failure occurs, the estimation
of resources needed is based on:
the current radio bit rates if the CAC failure concerns DCH resources allocation onNode B or RNC sides (power and code).
The resource quantity to be de-allocated in a congested cell is based on the sum of radio estimated downlink rates needed
to establish all P-Services of the call in this cell.
the fair bit rate if the CAC failure concerns HSDPA resources allocation at RNC side (power and code). The resource quantity
to be de-allocated in a congested cell is based on the sum of fair bit rates needed to establish all P-Services of the call in
this cell. The fair bit rate of a P-Service is calculated by the fair sharing function and is either the GBR, the MinBR (defined
by OAM) if non null or the minHsDschReservationForCac (defined by OAM).
The resource de-allocation calculation uses a de-allocation factor (defined by OAM) to major the quantity of resources to be
freed. The unit is the kbits/sec. The resource to be freed is defined by the formula:
Ul resource rate to be freed= Ul Radio rate to be allocated * Ul de-allocationfactor
Dl resource rate to be freed= Dl Radio rate or fair bit rate to be allocated * Dl deallocation factor
The de-allocation factor depends on the resource quantity to be freed:
If the resource quantity <= threshold, the de-allocation factor used is the high factor value defined by OAM
If the resource quantity > threshold, the de-allocation factor used is the low factor value defined by OAM

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 86
6 Preemption process for DCH and HSDPA/HSUPA
6.11 Queuing of RAB assignment request

Preemption

RAB Assignment preemptionQueuingAllowedIE Best effort approach


(Preemption)

PriorityReallocationRegularReallocation
i ce
-Serv
r P
Pe
preemptionQueuingReallocationPriority = 0 or 1
resource allocation request
(PreemptionServiceInfo) 0
1

retry timer
max number of retries

preemptionQueuingReallocationTimer preemptionQueuingReallocationRetryMaxNumber
(PreemptionQueuingReallocation) (PreemptionQueuingReallocation)

Cell Pre-emption state Normal


state
If no more queued calls

1 7 87 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The queuing is done at RNC level.


The queuing is allowed for the RAB Assignement procedure only.
When the queuing decision is taken, an allocation retry timer is set and the resource allocation request is retried
when the timer elapses (end of congestion is not used as trigger):
The pre-empted resources might not be re-allocated to the particular service that triggered the preemption.
Thepreempted resources may be allocated to a service having the same or higher priority and the same or
higher OLS compared with the service that triggered the preemption.
The RAB matching or/and the IRM table procedures have to be processed at each resource allocation request (re-
)attempt in order to set the target Asconf (UL and DL) to be served.
The resource allocation request is retried until the resource is available or max number of retries is reached.
As the RANAP RAB Assignment is constrained at the Core Network level by the timer TRabAssig , the following
relationship has to be checked:
preemptionQueuingReallocationTimer * preemptionQueuingReallocationRetryMaxNumber <
TRabAssig
Moreover, an attribute preemptionQueuingReallocationPriority is defined for each PService.
The possible values are:
Priority reallocation: for Emergency Call
Regular reallocation: for all other services
As soon as the pre-emption is triggered on a given cell and a RAB Assignment Request is queued, the cell goes from
Normal state to Cell pre-emption state and a resource allocation filtering is performed in order to restrict
the allocation in the congested cell.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 87
6 Preemption process for DCH and HSDPA/HSUPA
6.12 Exercise 1: RAB assignt queuing and pre-emption
Scenario:
Preamption setting:
preemptionQueuingReallocationTimer = 1500, preemptionQueuingReallocationRetryMaxNumber = 2
At T1 the incoming service S1 with priority P1 fails to allocate resources on the cell C
The preemption is triggered
At T2 the incoming service S2 with priority P2 higher than P1 asks for resources on cell C
At T4 the incoming service S3 with priority P3 > P1 ask for resources on cell C
At T1:
What happen at T1?
What is the highest cell C preemption priority level ?
Same questions for T2, T3, T4, T5 and T6 (T3-T1 = T5-T3 = T6-T4 = 1,5s)

(S1, P1) (S2, P2) (S3, P3)

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6
Time
Enough resources are Enough resources are
available for S1 or S2 Available for S1 or S3

Cell C Queuing State?


P? P? P? P?

1 7 88 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 88
6 Preemption process for DCH and HSDPA/HSUPA
6.13 Exercise 2: estimation of resource de-allocation

Assumptions
preemptionDeallocationFactorInDownlink [High,Low] = [200,120] (unit=%)
preemptionDeallocationThresholdInDownlink = 16 (kbps)

Question:
Estimate (in kbps) the quantity of DL resources to be de-allocated in order
to serve:
a PS Streaming call at 128 kbps downlink bit rate.
a CS AMR speech call at 12,2 kbps bit rate.

1 7 89 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 89
7 AMR rate change during the call

1 7 90 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 90
7 AMR rate change during the call
7.1 General principles
Greatest number of CS
Maintain the speech call in UMTS (i.e. avoid redirection to 2G speech calls/cell with the
layer) even at the expense of the PS call constraint of limited
resources

UL Cell Load DS
Iub
RNC
Iub DS Load

DL Tx CP
Differentiation per subscriber OLS

DL Power
Load

Max AMR
Rate
Re

IsAmrRateControlDuringTheCallAllowed
di
re

(RadioAccessService)
ct
io
n

isAmrRateControlOnULCellLoadAllowed
isAmrRateControlOnDlPowerLoadAllowed
isAmrRateControlOnIubDsLoadAllowed
(RadioAccessService)
(DlUserService)

1 7 91 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Principle
Before release UA04.2, the bearer service support for AMR was restricted to mono-mode AMR, i.e. bearer service
support for AMR 12.2 and support of silent mode (aka SCR (VAD/DTX)) with use of version 1 of Iu UP.
The features 18717 AMR-NB multi-mode support and 30229 Iu UP SMpSDU V2 provide the bearer service
support with use of version 2 of Iu UP for a number of narrowband AMR speech services and the support of a
number of functions to allow core network Transcoder / Tandem Free mode of Operation (TrFO/TFO) speech calls.
Multimode AMR support offers:
Downlink capacity gain in terms of OVSF code resource. SF 256 can be used for AMR Low Rate configuration.
Downlink capacity gain in terms of radio resource. The required signal to interference ratio depends on the
required throughput. Therefore, a lower AMR throughput will require less power.
UL coverage gain. The required transmitted power will be reduced for lower AMR rate.
AMR Rate Control
In UA05.0, the RNC does not initiate Iu rate control towards the CN except in relocation scenarios.
If Iu UP used is version 2, the RNC may receive Iu rate control from the CN in case of TrFO/TFO. When that
happens, the RNC triggers an RRC TFC control indicating the new max allowed rate in the uplink.
SRB2 is used to carry the RRC TFC control message.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 91
7 AMR rate change during the call
7.1 General principles [cont.]
DL:
Call Establishment Any rate control done
Max Bit Rate = 12.2 kbps
RAB Assignment Request

Max AMR
RNC UL: Rate
Rate control on UL cell load
UL Cell Color
Max Bit Rate is selected

delayBetweenAmrRateControls
During the Call
(RadioAccessService)

Iu UP rate Control RRC TFC Control


CN

RNC
Rule: Eligible DL AMR Rates
The DL AMR rate is based on the observed Iub DS load, DL Power load and
DL TX Code Power and is selected according the following rule:
DL Requested MBR rate > DL Requested GBR

Rule: Eligible UL AMR Rates


The UL AMR rate is based on the observed Iub DS load and UL cell load and
is selected according the following rule :
UL Requested MBR rate > UL Requested GBR

1 7 92 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

During the call, no Radio Bearer adaptation based on cell load (power, code) is performed. The allocated RB (speech
part) is kept unchanged. During the call, the RNC will only control the AMR rate. The principle is the following:
At the establishment, once the UE is eligible for AMR rate control, the RNC will perform:
In downlink, any rate control done. The maximum rate 12,2Kbps is given at establishment.
In uplink, a rate control is performed on the UL Cell Load criteria which give the maximum rate at call
establishment.
During the call, driven by rate control triggers, the RNC adjusts AMR rates by initiating RRC TFC control on
uplink and Iu UP rate control on downlink.

Procedure description:
Depending on the outcome of the IUB load table, the RNC initiates:
DL Rate control: Iu UP Rate Control frames sent to the core network.
UL rate control: RRC TFC control messages sent to the UE.
Whenever applicable, the rate is decreased step by step. This means that several Iu UP rate control / RRC TFC
control messages may be successively sent.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 92
7 AMR rate change during the call
7.2 Iub DS load criteria
Rule: Determination of the Max AMR rate on Iub
The Max AMR rate = min (output of the iRM table, max
requested AMR rate)
This value is used to identify the Iub transport equivalent bit
rate (EBR), which will be used as input of the Iub CAC.
DL load estimation only
Max AMR
Rate
Iub
DS
Iub DS Load
RNC

Iu b D S O L S M a x A M R ra te
tra n s p o rt
C o lo u r
G o ld e .g . 1 2 .2
G R E E N S ilv e r e .g . 1 2 .2
B ro n z e e .g . 7 .9 5
G o ld e .g . 1 2 .2
Table is played Y E L L O W S ilv e r e .g . 7 .9 5
B ro n z e e .g . 5 .9
After any mobility event, to help determine G o ld e .g . 5 .9
the new max UL/DL rate R E D S ilv e r e .g . 4 .7 5
B ro n z e e .g . 4 .7 5
In static state, determine possible UL/DL
rate change by checking the Active Set Iub
DS DL load color every configurable period.
DL: Only downgrade is possible
UL: downgrade & upgrade are possibles

1 7 93 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

A specific iRM table is introduced to determine the max allowed AMR rate based on the OLS and the Iub DS DL load
color of the Active Set.
The Iub DS load is only calculated for the DL assuming that in most of the cases the traffic over Iub DS is rather
symmetric or asymmetric services with higher rate in the DL.
In order to avoid any ping-pong effects due to the application of different criteria, the downlink rate upgrade is not
triggered based on Iub DS load color change. Only the trigger of TxCP measurement report is used to upgrade the
rate of an AMR call.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 93
7 AMR rate change during the call
7.3 UL cell load criteria

A specific UL iRM table is introduced to determine the max allowed AMR rate
based on the OLS and the UL cell load color of the cells in the active set. This
table is played as follows:

At admission to help After every primary cell In static state, determine possible
determine the max update, to help UL rate change by checking the UL
initial UL rate based on determine the new max cell load color of the Active Set
the UL cell load color UL rate based on the UL every configurable period (Cf.
of the cells of the cell load color of the cells parameter
Active Set of the Active Set delayBetweenAmrRateControls)

The cell load color is U L c e ll lo a d O L S M a x A M R ra te


calculated as follows: C o lo r

G o ld e .g . 1 2 .2
UL cell load color = max G R E E N S ilv e r e .g . 1 2 .2
(UL radio load color, UL B ro n z e e .g . 7 .9 5 Restriction:
CEM load color) G o ld e .g . 1 2 .2
Y E LL O W S ilv e r e .g . 7 .9 5 Multi-service: The AMR rate
With green < yellow < red B ro n z e e .g . 5 .9
control based on radio
G o ld e .g . 5 .9
R E D S ilv e r e .g . 4 .7 5 criteria (UL Cell Load) does
The UL Cell Load B ro n z e e .g . 4 .7 5
not apply for multi-service
does not take into
account the load
generated by the E- Applicable to UL only
DCH traffic. downgrade & upgrade are possibles

1 7 94 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 94
7 AMR rate change during the call
7.4 DL power load criteria

A specific DL iRM table is introduced to determine the max allowed


AMR rate based on the OLS and the DL power load color of the cells of
the active set. This table is played per individual call:

After every primary cell In static state, determine possible DL


update, to help rate change by checking the DL
determine the new max power load color of the Active Set
DL rate based on the DL every configurable period (Cf.
power load color of the parameter
cells of the active set delayBetweenAmrRateControls)

T o ta l D L T x O L S M a x A M R ra te
P o w e r lo a d
C o lo r
The DL Total Tx G R E E N
G o ld
S ilv e r
e
e
.g . 1 2 .2
.g . 1 2 .2
Restriction for Multi-service
Power does not B ro n z e e .g . 7 .9 5
with PS on DCH:
include the power of Y E L L O W
G o ld
S ilv e r
e
e
.g . 1 2 .2
.g . 7 .9 5 Multi-service : The RNC
the PA used by B ro n z e e .g . 5 .9
initiated AMR rate control
HSDPA R E D
G o ld
S ilv e r
e .g . 5 .9
e .g . 4 .7 5 based on radio criteria (Total
B ro n z e e .g . 4 .7 5
DL Tx Power load) does not
apply if PS RAB(s) mapped
on DCH (whereas it applies if
PS RAB(s) mapped on
Applicable to DL only HSDPA)
Only downgrade is possible
1 7 95 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 95
7 AMR rate change during the call
7.5 DL Tx CP criteria
Dedicated measurements initiation
The dedicated measurement is initiated on the primary cell Rate Change on DL Tx Code Power
at call establishment or whenever there is a change of the (Downgrade/Upgrade)
primary cell Event triggered (A/B)
DL Tx Code Power 2. Rate Change
12.2 5.9
Iu UP Rate Control
DL TX Max Power (new Max DL rate) to
the Core Network
NBAP
Event A
Rate Dec Th
RateDecTTT

DL Tx CP 3. Crossing of the
1. Crossing of the Threshold triggers DL
Threshold triggers DL Rate Rate Change Request
Change Request after a
TimeToTrigger Iu UP Rate Control
RateIncTTT (new Max DL rate) to
Rate Inc Th the Core Network
NBAP 4. Rate Change
Event B
DL TX Min Power
5.9 12.2 t
Thresholds Rules for Downlink TxCP criteria
maxDlTxPower
= maxDlTxPowerPerOls[CurrentOls].maxDlTxPower Tim e To Trigger value determ ination for Dow nlink TxCP criteria
RateDecThreshold= pcpichPower + maxDlTxPower dlAmrRateDecreaseTxcpTrigger.thresholdDelta RateDecTTT = dlAm rRateDecreaseTxcpTrigger.tim eToTrigger
RateIncThreshold= pcpichPower + maxDlTxPower dlAmrRateIncreaseTxcpTrigger.thresholdDelta RateIncTTT = dlAm rRateIncreaseTxcpTrigger.tim eToTrigger
Where
dlAmrRateDecreaseTxcpTrigger.thresholdDelta <= dlAmrRateIncreaseTxcpTrigger.ThresholdDelta

1 7 96 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

At establishment of a speech bearer eligible to rate control, the RNC configures NBAP dedicated measurement
reporting on the primary cell in order to track the DL Transmitted Code Power.
Thus, the ALCATEL-LUCENT RNC can detect deterioration or improvement of radio conditions through NBAP
dedicated measurements on the transmitted code power.
DL Tx CP criteria: Dedicated measurements configuration
In order to detect a rate decrease / increase condition, the RNC configures dedicated measurement reporting with
the following characteristics.
Measurement quantity = transmitted code power (Radio Link)
Reporting mode = event triggered
Event =A/B
Threshold1 = RateDecThreshold
Threshold2 = RateIncThreshold
Timeto trigger = RateDecTTT / RateIncTTT. This time to trigger indicates the time during which the threshold
condition should be fulfilled before the UE sends the event to the RNC.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 96
7 AMR rate change during the call
7.6 Parameters settings

Activation of the UL Cell Load criteria


The AMR rate control based on uplink cell load criteria can be activated at the RNC level and
per DlUserService. To activate it, the isAmrRateControlOnULCellLoadAllowed
parameter should be set to TRUE.

RNC

RadioAccessService
delayBetweenAmrRateControls
isAmrRateControlOnUlCellLoadAllowed

DLUserService UlIrmTableCellLoadConfClass
isAmrRateControlOnUlCellLoadAllowed
IrmAmrRateList

4_75k, 5_15k, IrmAmrRatePerOls


5_9k, 6_7k, 7_4k,
irmAmrRate
7_95k, 10_2k,
12_2k
1 7 97 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 97
7 AMR rate change during the call
7.6 Parameters settings [cont.]

Activation of the DL Power Load criteria


The AMR rate control based on DL Power Load criteria can be activated at the RNC level and
per DlUserService. To activate it, the isAmrRateControlOnDlPowerLoadAllowed
parameter should be set to TRUE.
RNC

RadioAccessService
delayBetweenAmrRateControls
isAmrRateControlOnDlPowerLoadAllowed

DLUserService DlIrmTablePowerLoadConfClass
isAmrRateControlOnDlPowerLoadAllowed
IrmAmrRateList

IrmAmrRatePerOls 4_75k, 5_15k,


5_9k, 6_7k, 7_4k,
irmAmrRate
7_95k, 10_2k,
12_2k
1 7 98 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 98
7 AMR rate change during the call
7.6 Parameters settings [cont.]

Activation of the Iub DS Load criteria


The AMR rate control based on Iub DS Load criteria can be activated at the RNC level and per
DlUserService. To activate it, the isAmrRateControlOnIubDsLoadAllowed parameter
should be set to TRUE.
RNC

RadioAccessService
delayBetweenAmrRateControls
isAmrRateControlOnIubDsLoadAllowed

DLUserService DlIrmTableIubDsLoadConfClass
isAmrRateControlOnIubDsLoadAllowed
IrmAmrRateList

IrmAmrRatePerOls 4_75k, 5_15k,


5_9k, 6_7k, 7_4k,
irmAmrRate
7_95k, 10_2k,
12_2k

1 7 99 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 99
7 AMR rate change during the call
7.6 Parameters settings [cont.]
Activation of the Downlink Tx CP criteria RNC

RadioAccessService
delayBetweenAmrRateControls

DLUserService DedicatedConf

PowerConfClass
Iur Iub DlUsPowerConf
maxDlTxPowerPerOls

DlAmrRateDecreaseAbsoluteTxcpTrigger DlAmrRateDecreaseTxcpTrigger
Threshold thresholdDelta
timeToTrigger timeToTrigger

DlAmrRateIncreaseAbsoluteTxcpTrigger DlAmrRateIncreaseTxcpTrigger
Threshold thresholdDelta
timeToTrigger timeToTrigger

1 7 100 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 100
8 PS CN requested RAB modification

1 7 101 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 101
8 PS CN requested RAB modification
8.1 PS CN requested RAB modification
What?
Change of the RAB parameters that were initially negotiated for one or several PDP
contexts
How ?
CN sends a RAB Assignment Request message to the RNC indicating one or several
RAB parameters to modify

RNC and Node B support the modification of the following QoS parameters:

Traffic Class (TC) Interactive to/from Background


Maximum Bit Rate (MBR) isPsRabModificationFullFeatureAllowed
isPsRabModificationAllowed
Allocation/Retention Priority (ARP)
(RadioAccessService)
Traffic Handling Priority (THP)
Signalling Indicator (SI)

Modification of the following QoS parameters is not supported:

Guaranteed Bit Rate (GBR)


Transfer Delay (TD)
Transport Layer Information (TLI)
Traffic Class (TC) Streaming to/from Interactive or Background

1 7 102 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Following changes in Traffic Class are supported:


(CS) + PS Interactive to/from (CS) + PS Background
(CS) + PS Interactive + PS Interactive to/from (CS) + PS Interactive + PS Background
(CS) + PS Interactive + PS Background to/from (CS) + PS Interactive + PS Interactive
(CS) + PS Interactive + PS Background to/from (CS) + PS Background + PS Background

Streaming traffic class cant be changed but in a RAB combination that includes a streaming RAB, the I/B part
can be modified:
(CS) + PS Streaming + PS Interactive to/from (CS) + PS Streaming + PS Background

Traffic Class change may lead to AsConf change, thus an SRLR procedure and it may result in change of OLS,
HSDPA SPI, E-DCH SPI, MLP and minBR.

When the Core Network changes the Traffic Class, a new scheduling priority (SPI) is deduced by the RNC and is
provided to the HSDPA and HSUPA schedulers.

isPsRabModificationFullFeatureAllowed: RAB modification (full feature) activation flag which allows parameters
TC, MBR, ARP, THP and SI of a Ps Streaming or Ps I/B RAB to be modified

This UA07 feature is the extension of the UA06 feature PM31039 PS CN RAB Modification, available in the Korean
market. The isPsRabModificationAllowed parameter was introduced with the UA06 feature, and must be set
accordingly, so that the UA07 feature operates as expected.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 102
8 PS CN requested RAB modification
8.2 RAB modification in a non-iur scenario with SRLR

UE Node B SRNC CN

Establishment of RAB (ID1, QoS1) and associated RBs on SRNC and Node B

RANAP RAB Assignment Request (ID1, QoS2)

NBAP Radio Link Reconfiguration Prepare

NBAP Radio Link Reconfiguration Ready

Step 1
Establishment of Replacement AAL2 Bearers
The SGSN sends RAB Assignment Request for
ERQ RAB Id (ID1)
ECF If the RAB Id exists, this will be considered as
an attempt to invoke RAB Modification
(only applicable with ATM transport and bearers mapped on DCH) Otherwise it is an initial RAB Assignment
Qos 2 is the new QoS information, and may
DCH-FP RL DL/UL Synchronization include changes in one or more of the
parameters supported for modification
NBAP Radio Link Reconfiguration Commit
RAB Matching is executed, irrespectively of the
RRC Radio Bearer Reconfiguration value of the new RAB parameters, which is
required because the Granted RB may be
RRC Radio Bearer Reconfiguration Complete different from the Reference RB, possibly as a
result of the cell colour change
Release of Initial AAL2 Bearers

REL

RLC

(only applicable with ATM transport and bearers mapped on DCH)

RANAP RAB Assignment Response (ID1)

1 7 103 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

MBR changes may apply to UL and DL for Interactive, Background and Streaming RABs.

For PS I/B RAB (in mono or multi-service):


A SRLR will occur if the new Granted bit rate, after RAB Matching, is different from the current bit rate (for R99
bearers).
In case of HS-DSCH and E-DCH, there will be no SRLR.

For PS Streaming RAB (in mono or multi-service):


In all cases, an SRLR will occur if the new Granted bit rate is different from the current bit rate.

For an MBR modification, the new value is taken into account to limit the user throughput in the RNC if the
source conformance mechanism is enabled (a reduced MBR can be applied in uplink and/or downlink to a user
generating a very high data volume leading to an unfair resource usage).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 103
8 PS CN requested RAB modification
8.2 RAB modification in a Non-Iur scenario with SRLR [cont.]

UE Node B SRNC CN isTrspBearerReplacementAllowedOnSrnc4


Dch
Establishment of RAB (ID1, QoS1) and associated RBs on SRNC and Node B
(RadioAccessService)
RANAP RAB Assignment Request (ID1, QoS2)

NBAP Radio Link Reconfiguration Prepare Step 2


NBAP Radio Link Reconfiguration Ready NBAP Radio link reconfiguration preparation
procedure
Establishment of Replacement AAL2 Bearers
Step 3
ERQ
Transport Bearer Replacement is used,
ECF when the RAB is mapped to a DCH (it wont be
used when mapped to HSDPA)
(only applicable with ATM transport and bearers mapped on DCH)
In the latter case, the RNC will still update the
CAC parameters (EBR) and the congestion
DCH-FP RL DL/UL Synchronization
control parameters (minBrForHsdpa)
NBAP Radio Link Reconfiguration Commit
Step 4
RRC Radio Bearer Reconfiguration Normal sequence associated with the
completion of a SRLR
RRC Radio Bearer Reconfiguration Complete
Step 5
Release of Initial AAL2 Bearers
Release of old Q.AAL2 connection, when
REL Transport Bearer Replacement is used
RLC
Step 6
(only applicable with ATM transport and bearers mapped on DCH) RAB Assignment Response is sent to CN
RANAP RAB Assignment Response (ID1)

1 7 104 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

An ARP or THP modification may result in change of OLS, HSDPA SPI, E-DCH SPI, MLP and minBR.
For RABs mapped on DCH, an SRLR will occur if the new Granted bit rate is different from the current bit rate.
For RABs mapped on HS-DSCH or E-DCH, whenever an SPI occurs, the Node B must be notified of the new SPI
value (the UE is notified for E-DCH).

If isPsRabModificationFullFeatureAllowed = TRUE, then isPsRabModificationAllowed = TRUE.


If isPsRabModificationAllowed = TRUE, then isTrspBearerReplacementAllowedOnSrnc4Dch = TRUE
(transport bearer replacement is mandatory on the serving side to support RAB modification).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 104
8 PS CN requested RAB modification
8.3 RAB modification in a non-iur scenario without SRLR

UE Node B SRNC CN

Establishment of RAB (ID1, QoS1) and associated RBs on SRNC and Node B

RANAP RAB Assignment Request (ID1, QoS2)

RAB Matching Output: No


AsConf change

RANAP RAB Assignment Response (ID1)

As a basic rule, no SRLR is triggered when the output of RAB Matching


procedure does not result in DCHs to modify, HS-DSCH Mac-d flows to
modify or E-DCH Mac-d flows to modify.

1 7 105 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 105
End of module
Call Management

1 7 106 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Call Management
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.7 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 7 Page 106
Section 1
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

W-CDMA R99 Algorithms


Description
Module 8
Mobility in Reselection
TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1

UTRAN
UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
TMO18255_V2.0-SG Edition 1

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 1
Blank page

182 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Document History

Edition Date Author Remarks

01 YYYY-MM-DD Last name, first name First edition

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 2
Module objectives

Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:

Describe PLMN selection and associated parameters


Describe Cell selection and associated parameters in Idle Mode
Describe Cell reselection and associated parameters in Idle Mode
Case of mobility in Connected Mode in Cell_FACH, Cell_PCH or URA_PCH

183 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 3
Module objectives [cont.]

184 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 4
Table of contents

Switch to notes view! Page

1 Network selection 7
1.1 PLMN selection 8
2 Cell selection in idle mode 9
2.1 Cell selection criteria 10
2.2 UE power compensation 11
3 Cell reselection in idle mode principles 12
3.1 General concept 13
3.2 Mobility in idle mode, Cell_FACH, Cell_PCH and URA_PCH 14
3.3 Idle mode neighboring list 15
3.4 Cell reselection eligibility criteria 16
3.5 High mobility detection 17
4 Cell reselection in idle mode without HCS 18
4.1 Measurements rules without HCS 19
4.2 Level ranking criterion without HCS 20
4.3 Quality ranking criterion without HCS 21
4.4 Cell ranking algorithm 22
4.5 Triggering algorithm 23
4.6 Exercise: multi-layer cell structure, HCS not used 24
5 Cell reselection in idle mode with HCS 26
5.1 Principles 27
5.2 Measurements rules with HCS in low mobility 28
5.3
185
HCS quality level threshold criterion 29
5.4
W-CDMAMeasurements rules
R99 Algorithms Description Mobility with HCS in high mobility
COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
in Reselection 30
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
5.5 Level and quality ranking criteria with HCS 31
5.6 HCS cell filtering in low mobility 32
5.7 HCS cell filtering in high mobility 33
5.8 Cell ranking algorithm 34
5.9 Triggering algorithm 35
5.10 Exercise: multi-layer cell structure, HCS used 36
6 Cell reselection in non-DCH connected mode 38
6.1 SIB 4 and SIB 12 broadcast 39
6.2 SIB3 & SIB11 parameters & objects 40
6.3 SIB4 parameters & objects 41
6.4 SIB12 parameters & objects UMTS FDD neighbor 42
6.5 SIB11 & SIB12 parameters & objects GSM neighbor 43
6.6 Exercises 44
6.6.1 Exercise 1: mono-layer topology 45
6.6.2 Exercise 2: bi-layer topology 46
6.6.3 Exercise 3: tri-layer topology 48
7 3G to 4G inter-RAT cell reselection 51
7.1 Support of SIB19 52
7.2 LTE neighboring definition 54
7.3 Measurement rules 55
7.4 LTE neighboring cell criteria 56
7.5 Priority parameters 58
7.6 Other parameters 59
8 Cell status and reservation 60
8.1 Cell status and reservation process 61
9 Location registration 62
9.1 LAC/RAC/SAC 63

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 5
Table of contents [cont.]

Switch to notes view! Page

186 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 6
1 Network selection

187 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
1 Network selection
1.1 PLMN selection

Describe Cell reselection and associated parameters

PCH
-CC
/P
MIB

mobileCountryCode (RNC/Plmn)
mobileNetworkCode (RNC/Plmn)

mobileCountryCode (CsCoreNetworkAccess)
mobileNetworkCode
(CsCoreNetworkAccess)

mobileCountryCode (PsCoreNetworkAccess)
mobileNetworkCode
(PsCoreNetworkAccess)

mobileCountryCode (FDDCell)
MCC MNC MSIN mobileNetworkCode (FDDCell)

Preferred PLMN List Forbidden PLMN List

188 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The different UMTS networks are identified uniquely in the world by the PLMN identifier composed of:
the Mobile Country Code (MCC)
the Mobile Network Code (MNC)
For one carrier, once the cell search procedure is completed, the UE has found the strongest cell and knows its
scrambling code. It is then possible to decode the Primary CCPCH.
The MNC and MCC are part of the system information broadcast on the P-CCPCH (in the Master Information Block
or MIB).
The UE then decodes the received PLMN identifiers and determines whether or not the PLMN is permitted according
to the lists of preferred and forbidden PLMN (stored in the UE).
If the PLMN is permitted and chosen, the cell selection parameters are used by the UE to determine which cell to
camp on.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 8
2 Cell selection in idle mode

189 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
2 Cell selection in idle mode
2.1 Cell selection criteria

FDDCell

H
PIC
P-C
CellSelectionInfo

l
C Ce l
FDD
qQualMin
qRxLevMin

Squal > 0 Srxlev > 0


AND
CPICH_Ec/No > qQualMin CPICH_RSCP > qRxLevMin + Pcompensation

S Criteria

1 8 10 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Squal and SRxlev are the two quantities used for cell selection criteria.

If the criteria are fulfilled, the UE moves to the camped normally state where the following tasks will be performed:
Select and monitor the indicated PICH and PCH.
Monitor relevant System Information.
Perform measurements for the cell reselection evaluation procedure.

If the criteria are not fulfilled, the UE will attempt to camp on the strongest cell of any PLMN and enter in the
camped on any cell state where it can only obtain limited service (emergency calls). The following tasks will be
performed in the camped on any cell state:
Monitor relevant System Information.
Perform measurements for the cell reselection evaluation procedure.
Regularlyattempt to find a suitable cell trying all radio access technologies that are supported by the UE. If a
suitable cell is found, the cell selection process restarts.

The above parameters are broadcast in SIB3.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 10
2 Cell selection in idle mode
2.2 UE power compensation

RNC

Srxlev > 0

CPICH_RSCP > qRxLevMin + Pcompensation
RadioAccessService NodeB

Pcompensation
=
max (sibMaxAllowedUlTxPowerOnRach P_MAX, 0) DedicatedConf FDDCell

powerConfId
UE Class P_MAX

1 +33 dBm PowerConfClass CellSelectionInfo


2 +27 dBm

3 +24 dBm

4 +21 dBm sibMaxAllowedUlTxPowerOnRach qRxLevMin

1 8 11 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Pcompensation = max (sibmaxAllowedUlTxPowerOnRach P_MAX, 0).


Pcompensation is a compensation factor to penalize the low power mobiles.
sibMaxAllowedUlTxPowerOnRach = maximum transmit power level the UE is allowed to use while
accessing the cell on RACH.
P_MAX = maximum output power of the UE according to its power class.
Class 1: P_MAX= 33dBm
Class 2: P_MAX= 27dBm
Class 3: P_MAX= 24dBm
Class 4: P_MAX= 21dBm

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 11
3 Cell reselection in idle mode principles

1 8 12 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
3 Cell reselection in idle mode principles
3.1 General concept

2 different 3GPP UE algorithms


Classical for mono-layer network
Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS) algorithm
HCS Priority for Serving cell and Neighboring cells are introduced (between 0 and 7)

Both algorithms steps:


Define which type of neighboring cells have to be measured (intra-freq, inter-freq, inter-
RAT)
Check if measured cells are eligible to cell reselection
Rank the eligible cells to eventually perform cell reselection

Different behaviors in case:


HCS is used / NOT used
High-Mobility Detection (HMD) is detected / NOT detected
HM not detected HM detected
Cell Reselection after tReselection Cell Reselection after tReselection * speedDependScalingFactor
Higher priority is favored Lower priority is favored

P3 P3 P3 P3 P3 P3

P2 P2 P2
Copyright 1996 Northern Telecom

P1

1 8 13 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Cell Reselection without HCS differs from UA04.2 only by the fact that High Mobility Detection is used in the
reselection triggering timer.
Cell Reselection with HCS was introduced in UA05.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 13
3 Cell reselection in idle mode principles
3.2 Mobility in idle mode, Cell_FACH, Cell_PCH and URA_PCH
Cell Selection
S criterion

HCS is not used HCS is used

Cell Reselection without HCS Cell Reselection with HCS


Measurements Rules without HCS Measurements Rules with HCS
using High Mobility Detection

Quality Level Threshold


H Criterion

Level + Quality Level + Quality


R criteria R criteria

Cell Filtering
using HCS Priority

Cell Ranking without HCS Cell Ranking with HCS


using High Mobility Detection using High Mobility Detection

1 8 14 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Cell Reselection without HCS differs from UA04.2 only by the fact that High Mobility Detection is used in the
reselection triggering timer.
Cell Reselection with HCS was introduced in UA05.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 14
3 Cell reselection in idle mode principles
3.3 Idle mode neighboring list

CP CH
/ P-C
11
SIB

l
C el
vi n g
Se r
FDDCell Neighboring List

UMTSFddNeighbouringCell List
GsmNeighbouringCell List

SIB11 Neighboring List


Max 96 cells sib11AndDchNeighbouringFddCellAlgo
32 intra-frequency FDDCells (FDDCell)
32 inter-frequency FDDCells
32 GSM Cells sib11OrDchUsage
(UMTSFddNeighbouringCell)
(GsmNeighbouringCell)

1 8 15 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The list of neighboring cells is broadcasted through SYSInfo.


The information and parameters related to the neighboring cells are contained into two subtrees in the Radio Access
Network Model:
UMTSNeighbouringFDDCell for FDD intra- and inter-frequency neighbors
GSMNeighbouringCell for GSM neighbors

An algorithm is used to declare and control correctly the list of neighboring cells in order to differentiate between
the configuration of idle mode/cell_FACH mode neighbors (sent in SIB11) and cell_DCH connected mode neighbors.
The idle mode/cell_FACH mode neighboring list is a subset of the cell_DCH connected mode neighboring list. The
differentiation is set through the sib11OrDchUsage parameter on each umtsFddNeighbouringCell. Note that this
parameter is only used when sib11NeighboringFddCellAlgo is set to manual.

It is recommended to set sib11OrDchUsage to sib11AndDch for less than 96 neighboring cells (either GSM or
FDD) if UA07 feature 34291 support of 64 UMTS neighbors is activated (via isEnhancedSib11Allowed). Else, it
should be limited to 48 neighboring cells.
sib11OrDchUsage must be set to dchUsage for the other remaining neighboring cells.

HCS usage: HCS requires its related information elements to be added to sib-11 thus leading to a shrinkage of the
space available for neighbor data. When the cell flag isHcsUsed is set to TRUE, this feature can roughly support up
to 87 cells (serving cell + 31 FDD neighboring Intra + 32 FDD neighboring Inter + 23 I-RAT neighboring cells) in
the SIB11.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 15
3 Cell reselection in idle mode principles
3.4 Cell reselection eligibility criteria

CPICH_Ec/No>qQualMin (UmtsNeighbouringRelation) AND CPICH_RSCP > qRxLevMin + Pcompensation


(UmtsNeighbouringRelation)

Squal > 0 Srxlev >


0

UMTSFddNeighbouringCell
Max(MaxAllowedUlTxPower - P_max, 0)
(UmtsNeighbouringRelation)

GSMNeighbouringCell

Max(MaxAllowedUlTxPower - P_max, 0)
(GSMCell)
Srxlev >
0

QRxLeavMeas > qRxLevMin (GsmNeighbouringCell) + Pcompensation

1 8 16 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Once the criteria for GSM or UTRAN/FDD neighboring cells tracking and measurements based on CPICH_Ec/No are
applied, a criteria S is applied on the measured GSM or FDD neighboring cells to assess their eligibility to cell
reselection.

To be eligible, the intra and inter-frequency FDD cells must fulfill criteria very similar to what is used for Cell
Selection. But this time these relationships shall be verified on the neighbor cell. This means the measurements are
made on this neighbor cell, and the parameters are those defined in the neighboring relationship.

To be eligible, the inter-system GSM cells must fulfill criteria shown in the above slide. Any cell (serving and any
GSM or UTRAN/FDD neighboring cell), which fulfills these criteria, will be part of the list of cells for ranking.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 16
3 Cell reselection in idle mode principles
3.5 High mobility detection

FDDCell
UE not in High Mobility state

CellSelectionInfo

Nb of Reselection >
nCr CrMgt
during tCrMax

nCr
tCrMax
UE enters High Mobility state tCrMaxHyst

Nb of Reselection <= nCr


during tCrMax +
tCrMaxHyst

1 8 17 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

High and low mobility UEs are distinguished thanks to the rate of Cell Reselection.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 17
4 Cell reselection in idle mode without
HCS

1 8 18 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
4 Cell reselection in idle mode without HCS
4.1 Measurements rules without HCS

Srxlev

Intra-frequency No measurement
sSearchHcs
Intra-frequency
Inter-frequency
Inter-frequency
sHcsRatGsm
Intra-frequency
Inter-frequency Inter-frequency
GSM GSM

sSearchRatGsm sInterSearch sIntraSearch Squal

isHcsUsed =
sSearchHcs False
FDDCell
sHcsRatGsm

CellSelectionInfo

sIntraSearch
sInterSearch
sSearchRatGsm

1 8 19 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

With isHcsUsed set to False:


Use of HCS IE broadcasted in SIB11 is set to Not used.
Cell reselection is processed the same way as before UA05.0.
If sIntraSearch is not sent for the serving cell, the UE performs intra-frequency measurements.
If sInterSearch is not sent for the serving cell, the UE performs inter-frequency measurements.
If sSearchRatGsm is not sent for the serving cell, the UE performs measurements on GSM cells.
Note: If a negative value is datafilled and sent in SIB3, the UE shall consider the value to be 0 (see [3GPP_R04]).
Note: IE present in SIB3 is encoded as follows: sHcsRatGsm = (IE * 2) +1

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 19
4 Cell reselection in idle mode without HCS
4.2 Level ranking criterion without HCS

RL criterion for Serving Cell RL criterion for FDD Neighboring Cell

RLs =CPICH_RSCP + qHyst1 (CellSelectionInfo) RLn =CPICH_RSCP qOffset1sn (UmtsNeighbouringRelation)

UMTSFddNeighbouringCell
FDDCell

GSMNeighbouringCell

qHyst1 (CellSelectionInfo) RLn =RxLev qOffset1sn (GsmNeighbouringCell)


qOffset1sn (UmtsNeighbouringRelation)
qOffset1sn (GsmNeighbouringCell)

RL criterion for GSM Neighboring Cell

1 8 20 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The cell level ranking criterion is used to rank the cells prior to the reselection. When HCS is not used, the behavior
is the same as before UA5.0.
The serving cell and all the neighboring cells being eligible (S criteria) are ranked accordingly to the RL criteria, as
defined below:
RLs = Qmeas,s + Qhysts; for the serving cell
RLn = Qmeas,n - Qoffsets,n; for any GSM or UTRAN/FDD neighboring cells
Where Qmeas is the CPICH_RSCP for the FDD case. For GSM cells, RxLev is used instead of CPICH RSCP in the
mapping function.
Where Qhysts is the qHyst1 parameter of the CellSelectionInfo object.
Where Qoffset is the qOffset1sn parameter of the GSMcell object.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 20
4 Cell reselection in idle mode without HCS
4.3 Quality ranking criterion without HCS

RQ criterion for Serving Cell RQ criterion for Neighboring Cell

RQs =CPICH_Ec/No+ qHyst2 (CellSelectionInfo) RQn =CPICH_Ec/No qOffset2sn (UmtsNeighbouringRelation)

FDDCell UMTSFddNeighbouringCell

qHyst2 (CellSelectionInfo)
qOffset2sn (UmtsNeighbouringRelation)

1 8 21 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The cell quality ranking criterion is used to rank the cells prior to the reselection. When HCS is not used, the
behavior is the same as before UA5.0.
The serving cell and all the FDD neighboring cells being eligible (S criteria) are ranked accordingly to the RQ criteria,
as defined below:
RQs = Qmeas,s + Qhysts; for the serving cell
RQn = Qmeas,n - Qoffsets,n; for any UTRAN/FDD neighboring cells
Where Qmeas is the CPICH Ec/No measurement.
Where Qhysts is the qHyst2 parameter of the CellSelectionInfo object.
Where Qoffset is the qOffset2sn parameter of the UMTSFddNeighbouringCell object.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 21
4 Cell reselection in idle mode without HCS
4.4 Cell ranking algorithm

Cell reselection First Ranking RL


eligibility (CPICH_RSCP & RxLev)

FDDCell GSMCell
Best cell is a ..?

CPICH_Ec/No CPICH_RSCP
qualMeas = ..?
Best GSMCell
is reselected

Second Ranking RQ Best FDDCell


after First Ranking
(CPICH_Ec/No)
is reselected

Best FDDCell
after Second Ranking
is reselected qualMeas (CellSelectionInfo)

1 8 22 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Then the cell reselection process is as follows:


If a GSM cell is ranked as the best cell, then the UE shall perform cell reselection to that GSM cell.
an FDD cell is ranked as the best cell and the qualMeas quality measure parameter for cell re-selection is
If
set to qualMeasRscp, then UE shall perform cell re-selection to that FDD cell.
an FDD cell is ranked as the best cell and the qualMeas quality measure parameter for cell re-selection is
If
set to qualMeasEcno, then UE shall perform a second ranking.
Note: That parameter was introduced in UA5.0 and was previously hard-coded to qualMeasEcno.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 22
4 Cell reselection in idle mode without HCS
4.5 Triggering algorithm
Cell reselection triggered if:
the target cell remains best-ranked during more than tReselection sec
the UE has been camping on the current serving cell since at least 1 sec
For R5 UEs, tReselection is replaced by:
tReselection (UE not in High Mobility)
tReselection x speedDependScalingFactorTReselection (UE in High Mobility)

tReselection Serving UMTSFddNeighbouringCell


x interRatScalingFactorTReselection FDDCell Intra-freq
(UE not in High Mobility)

tReselection
x speedDependScalingFactorTReselection GSMNeighbouringCell UMTSFddNeighbouringCell
x interRatScalingFactorTReselection Inter-freq
(UE in High Mobility)

tReselection x interFreqScalingFactorTReselection (UE not in High Mobility)


tReselection x speedDependScalingFactorTReselection x interFreqScalingFactorTReselection (UE in High Mobility)

tReselection
interFreqScalingFactorTReselection
interRatScalingFactorTReselection speedDependScalingFactorTReselection

(CellSelectionInfo) (CrMgt)

1 8 23 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Several scaling factors, introduced by 3GPP R5, can be applied to tReselection:


speedDependScalingFactorTReselection (used with or without HCS usage), between 0 and 1, in order to
speed up the reselection when High-Mobility state is detected.
interFreqScalingFactorTReselection between 1 and 4.75, in order to delay the reselection to Inter-
frequency neighboring cell.
interRatScalingFactorTReselection between 1 and 4.75, in order to delay the reselection to GSM
neighboring cell.
Note: All the parameters related to cell selection/reselection are broadcasted on the BCCH using either:
SIB3 for cell reselection parameters related to the serving cell.
SIB11 for cell reselection parameters related to the neighboring cells.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 23
4 Cell reselection in idle mode without HCS
4.6 Exercise: multi-layer cell structure, HCS not used

Neighb.GC
Macro GSMcells
Neighb.GA Neighb.GB

Neighb.MC
Macro FDDcells F2
Neighb.MA Neighb.MB

Neighbo.ma Serv.mc
Micro FDDcells F1 Neighbo.mb

Cell CPICH_Ec/No CPICH_RSCP / qHyst1 qOffset1sn qHyst2 qOffset2sn


(dB) GSM RSSI (dBm) (dB) (dB) (dB) (dB)
Serving cell mc -12 -108 4 4
Neighboring cell ma -21 -118 0 0
Neighboring cell mb -10 -104 0 0
Neighboring cell MA -9 -99 0 10
Neighboring cell MB -5 -89 0 10
Neighboring cell MC -4 -85 0 10
Neighboring cell GA -98 20
Neighboring cell GB -80 20
Neighboring cell GC -73 20

1 8 24 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 24
4 Cell reselection in idle mode without HCS
4.6 Exercise: multi-layer cell structure, HCS not used [cont.]

Assumptions
UE class 3
qualMeas = qualMeasEcno
qQualmin (Serving and Neighboring Cell 3G) = - 16 dB
qRxLevMin (Serving and Neighboring Cell 3G) = - 115 dBm
qRxLevMin (Neighboring Cell 2G) = - 104 dBm
sibMaxAllowedUlTxPowerOnRach = 24 dBm
maxAllowedUlTxPower (Neighboring Cell 3G) = 24 dBm
maxAllowedUlTxPower (Neighboring Cell 2G) = 33 dBm
sIntraSearch = 8dB
sInterSearch = 6dB
sSearchRatGSM = 4dB
sSearchHcs = 0dB
sHcsRatGsm = 0dB

isHcsUsed = False

Question: which cell is reselected by the UE?

1 8 25 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 25
5 Cell reselection in idle mode with HCS

1 8 26 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
5 Cell reselection in idle mode with HCS
5.1 Principles

Each cell is assigned an HCS Priority value between 0 and 7


0 = lowest priority
7 = highest priority

HM detected HM not detected


Lower priority is favored Higher priority is favored

P3 P3 P3 P3

Copyright 1996 Northern Telecom


P2 P2

P1

hcsPrio (HcsCellParam)
hcsPrio (UmtsNeighbouringHcsCellParam)
hcsPrio (GsmHcsCellParam)

1 8 27 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

HCS priorities are broadcasted in SIB3 for the serving cell and SIB11 for the neighboring cells.
3GPP assumes that a cell with hcsPriority=7 has higher priority than another cell with hcsPriority=0.
Actually, one shall consider HCS priority in conjunction with HMD and opertors strategy, as depicted in:
When high-mobility state is detected, the UE will try to reselect a cell with a lower HCS priority.
When high-mobility state is NOT detected, the UE will try to reselect a cell with higher HCS priority.
HCS rules regarding priorities and HMD are presented in the following pages.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 27
5 Cell reselection in idle mode with HCS
5.2 Measurements rules with HCS in low mobility

UE not in high-mobility state


isHcsUsed (FDDCell) = True

Srxlev
Intra-frequency Intra-frequency
Inter-frequency Inter-frequency
hcsPrion >= hcsPrios hcsPrion > hcsPrios
sSearchHcs
All Intra-frequency
All Inter-frequency

sInterSearch sIntraSearch Squal

Srxlev
GSM
No measurement
hcsPrion >= hcsPrios
sHcsRatGsm
All GSM

sSearchRatGsm sLimitSearchRat
Squal

sLimitSearchRat
(HcsCellParam)

1 8 28 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

With isHcsUsed set to True, Use of HCS IE broadcasted in SIB11 is set to Used.
When HCS is used, measurement rules are based on the same thresholds as when HCS is not used (sIntraSearch,
sInterSearch, sSearchRatGsm, sSearchHcs and sHcsRatGsm) plus a new parameter sLimitSearchRat
which is broadcasted in SIB3.
When using HCS, the difference in the neighboring measurement rules relies on the filtering of the measured cells
based on high-mobility state detection.
When the UE is not in high-mobility state, measurements are triggered on higher priority neighboring cells.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 28
5 Cell reselection in idle mode with HCS
5.3 HCS quality level threshold criterion

H criterion for FDD or GSM Neighboring Cell


H criterion for Serving Cell of same HCS priority as Serving cell

Hs = Qmeass qHcss Hn = Qmeasn qHcsn

NeighbouringCell
FDDCell hcsPriorityn = hcsPrioritys
hcsPrioritys

NeighbouringCell
hcsPriorityn <> hcsPrioritys

Hn = Qmeasn qHcsn

qHcs (HcsCellParam)
qHcs (UmtsNeighbouringHcsCellParam) H criterion for FDD or GSM Neighboring Cell
qHcs (GsmHcsCellParam)
of different HCS priority than Serving cell
1 8 29 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

HCS introduces a new criterion, so-called Quality Level Threshold H criterion, which is used to determine whether
prioritized ranking according to hierarchical cell reselection shall apply.
Qmeass and Qmeasn = CPICH_Ec/N0 or CPICH_RSCP for serving cell and FDD neighboring cells based on
qualMeas parameter.
Qmeasn = BCCH_RSSI (or BCCH RxLev) for GSM neighboring cells.

Note: According to 3GPP 25.304, the real formula of Hn for a neighboring cell of hcspriority which is different from
hcsPriority of the serving cell is Hn = Qmeasn qHcsn temporaryOffsetn * W(t)
but Alcatel-Lucent recommends not to use temporaryOffsets parameters. So temporaryOffsetn is always set to 0.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 29
5 Cell reselection in idle mode with HCS
5.4 Measurements rules with HCS in high mobility

UE in high-mobility state

Srxlev
Intra-frequency
Inter-frequency
hcsPrion <= hcsPrios
sSearchHcs
All Intra-frequency
All Inter-frequency

sInterSearch sIntraSearch Squal

Srxlev
GSM
hcsPrion <= hcsPrios
sHcsRatGsm
All GSM

sSearchRatGsm sLimitSearchRat
Squal

1 8 30 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

When the UE is in high-mobility state, measurements are triggered on lower priority neighboring cells.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 30
5 Cell reselection in idle mode with HCS
5.5 Level and quality ranking criteria with HCS
R criterion for FDD or GSM Neighboring Cell
R criterion for Serving Cell of same HCS priority as Serving cell

Rs = Qmeass + qHysts Rn = Qmeasn qOffsetsns,n

NeighbouringCell
FDDCell hcsPriorityn = hcsPrioritys
hcsPrioritys

NeighbouringCell
hcsPriorityn <> hcsPrioritys

Rn = Qmeasn qOffsetsns,n

R criterion for FDD or GSM Neighboring Cell


of different HCS priority than Serving cell

1 8 31 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Like when HCS is not used, both Level and Quality Ranking criteria can be used depending on the setting of the
qualMeas parameter.

Note: According to 3GPP 25.304, the real formula of Rn for a neighboring cell of hcspriority equal to hcsPriority of
the serving cell is Rn = Qmeasn qOffsetsnsn temporaryOffsetn * W(t)
but Alcatel-Lucent recommends not to use temporaryOffsets parameters. So temporaryOffsetn is always set to 0.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 31
5 Cell reselection in idle mode with HCS
5.6 HCS cell filtering in low mobility

Cell reselection eligibility

At least
UE is in no no
one cell has
High Mobility H criterion
state ? >=0 ?

yes yes

See next page Keep all neighboring FDD Keep


and GSM cells all neighboring
of the highest hcsPriority FDD and GSM cells
as candidates as candidates
among those having without ordering
H criterion >=0 them

Candidate Cells Ranking


R criteria

1 8 32 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Once the H criterion has been computed for the serving cell and each neighboring cell, the UE performs ranking of
all cells that fulfill the S criterion, among:
when high-mobility state has NOT been detected (the higher priority, the smaller size):
All measured cells with the highest hcsPrio among the cells that fulfill H>=0
All measured cells, not considering hcsPrio levels, if no cell fulfills H>=0
When high-mobility state has been detected (the lower priority, the bigger size):
All measured cells with the highest hcsPrio that fulfil H>=0 and with a lower hcsPrio than the
serving cell
else:
All measured cells with the lowest hcsPrio that fulfil H>=0 and with a higher or equal hcsPrio than
the serving cell
else:
All measured cells without considering hcsPrio

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 32
5 Cell reselection in idle mode with HCS
5.7 HCS cell filtering in high mobility
UE in High Mobility

Keep all neighboring FDD and GSM


cells
of the highest hcsPriority as not empty list
candidates among those having
1. hcsPriorityn < hcsPrioritys
2. H criterion >=0

empty list
Keep all neighboring FDD and GSM
cells
of the lowest hcsPriority as
not empty list Candidate Cells Ranking
candidates
among those having R criteria
1. hcsPriorityn >= hcsPrioritys
2. H criterion >=0

empty list
Keep all neighboring FDD and GSM
cells
as candidates
without ordering them

1 8 33 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Once the H criterion has been computed for the serving cell and each neighboring cell, the UE performs ranking of
all cells that fulfill the S criterion, among:
when high-mobility state has NOT been detected (the higher priority, the smaller size):
All measured cells with the highest hcsPrio among the cells that fulfill H>=0
All measured cells, not considering hcsPrio levels, if no cell fulfills H>=0
When high-mobility state has been detected (the lower priority, the bigger size):
All measured cells with the highest hcsPrio that fulfil H>=0 and with a lower hcsPrio than the
serving cell
else:
All measured cells with the lowest hcsPrio that fulfil H>=0 and with a higher or equal hcsPrio than
the serving cell
else:
All measured cells without considering hcsPrio

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 33
5 Cell reselection in idle mode with HCS
5.8 Cell ranking algorithm

Candidate
Neighboring First Ranking RL Same Ranking
FDD and GSM cells as without HCS
(CPICH_RSCP & RxLev)
for Cell
Reselection

FDDCell GSMCell
Best cell is a ..?

CPICH_Ec/No CPICH_RSCP
qualMeas = ..?
Best GSMCell
is reselected

Second Ranking RQ Best FDDCell


after First Ranking
(CPICH_Ec/No)
is reselected

Best FDDCell
after Second Ranking
is reselected

1 8 34 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Lets remind that the cell reselection process is as follows:


If a GSM cell is ranked as the best cell, then the UE shall perform cell reselection to that GSM cell.
Ifan FDD cell is ranked as the best cell and the qualMeas quality measure parameter for cell re-selection is
set to qualMeasRscp, then UE shall perform cell re-selection to that FDD cell.
Ifan FDD cell is ranked as the best cell and the qualMeas quality measure parameter for cell re-selection is
set to qualMeasEcno, then UE shall perform a second ranking.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 34
5 Cell reselection in idle mode with HCS
5.9 Triggering algorithm

Same triggering
as without HCS

tReselection (UE not in High Mobility)


tReselection x speedDependScalingFactorTReselection (UE in High Mobility)

tReselection Serving UMTSFddNeighbouringCell


x interRatScalingFactorTReselection FDDCell Intra-freq
(UE not in High Mobility)

tReselection
x speedDependScalingFactorTReselection GSMNeighbouringCell UMTSFddNeighbouringCell
x interRatScalingFactorTReselection Inter-freq
(UE in High Mobility)

tReselection x interFreqScalingFactorTReselection (UE not in High Mobility)


tReselection x speedDependScalingFactorTReselection x interFreqScalingFactorTReselection (UE in High Mobility)

tReselection
interFreqScalingFactorTReselection
interRatScalingFactorTReselection speedDependScalingFactorTReselection
(CellSelectionInfo) (CrMgt)

1 8 35 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Several scaling factors, introduced by 3GPP R5, can be applied to tReselection:


speedDependScalingFactorTReselection (used with or without HCS usage), between 0 and 1, in order to
speed up the reselection when High-Mobility state is detected.
interFreqScalingFactorTReselection between 1 and 4.75, in order to delay the reselection to Inter-
frequency neighboring cell.
interRatScalingFactorTReselection between 1 and 4.75, in order to delay the reselection to GSM
neighboring cell.
Note: All the parameters related to cell selection/reselection are broadcasted on the BCCH using either:
SIB3 for cell reselection parameters related to the serving cell.
SIB11 for cell reselection parameters related to the neighboring cells.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 35
5 Cell reselection in idle mode with HCS
5.10 Exercise: multi-layer cell structure, HCS used

Macro GSMcells
Neighb.GC
hcsPriority = 0
Neighb.GA Neighb.GB

Macro FDDcells F2 Neighb.MC


hcsPriority = 1
Neighb.MA Neighb.MB

Micro FDDcells F1 Neighbo.ma Serv.mc


Neighbo.mb
hcsPriority = 2
Cell CPICH_Ec/No CPICH_RSCP / qHyst1 qOffset1sn qHyst2 qOffset2sn hcsPriority qHcs
(dB) GSM RSSI (dBm) (dB) (dB) (dB) (dB) (dB)
Serving cell mc -12 -108 4 4 2 -10
Neighboring cell ma -21 -118 0 0 2 -10
Neighboring cell mb -10 -104 0 0 2 -10
Neighboring cell MA -9 -99 0 0 1 -14
Neighboring cell MB -5 -89 0 0 1 -14
Neighboring cell MC -4 -85 0 0 1 -14
Neighboring cell GA -98 0 0 -100
Neighboring cell GB -80 0 0 -100
Neighboring cell GC -73 0 0 -100

1 8 36 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The Cell Reselection Control feature enables a more flexible cell reselection control from the network in a
Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS).
HCS layers management offers several solutions to manage the traffic demand and its associated noise rise.
For example, traffic may be split between the two or three layers in order to minimize the global noise rise, or it
may be split depending on the type of service used.
The later solution is conceivable if the microcell layer deployment aims at offering higher rate services continuously
within an area.
As a matter of fact, high data rate services require smaller cell sizes than low data rate services and therefore may
be continuously offered within an area only by the use of microcell sites (as illustrated on the above slide).
Moreover, since a microcell layer offer better indoor coverage quality than macro layers, this is well suited to high
data rate services, which are more likely to be indoor applications.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 36
5 Cell reselection in idle mode with HCS
5.10 Exercise: multi-layer cell structure, HCS used [cont.]

Assumptions
UE class 3
qualMeas = qualMeasEcno
qQualmin (Serving and Neighboring Cell 3G) = - 16 dB
qRxLevMin (Serving and Neighboring Cell 3G) = - 115 dBm
qRxLevMin (Neighboring Cell 2G) = - 104 dBm
sibMaxAllowedUlTxPowerOnRach = 24 dBm
maxAllowedUlTxPower (Neighboring Cell 3G) = 24 dBm
maxAllowedUlTxPower (Neighboring Cell 2G) = 33 dBm
sIntraSearch = 8dB
sInterSearch = 6dB
sSearchRatGSM = 4dB
sSearchHcs = 0dB
sHcsRatGsm = 0dB

isHcsUsed = True
sLimitSearchRat = 4dB
temporaryOffest = parameters not used

Question 1: which cell is reselected by the UE if in High Mobility?


Question 2: which cell is reselected by the UE if in Low Mobility?

1 8 37 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 37
6 Cell reselection in non-DCH connected
mode

1 8 38 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
6 Cell reselection in non-DCH connected mode
6.1 SIB 4 and SIB 12 broadcast
sib4Enable (FDDCell)
sib12Enable (FDDCell)

isDynamicSibAlgoWithSbAllowed
t
as (RadioAccessService)
e ll adc
C ro
rv ingers b
e t
: S me
I B 4 para
S n DCH DCH
o
l e c ti lls
- se
g Ce rs DCH DCH DCH
re rin ete
SIB1 SIB1
h bo ram +
1
+
1
eig pa t SIB1
: N tion dcas
DCH 1 DCH
2 DCH DCH
B 1 lec oa SIB1 + SIB1
SI e-se br DCH
1 DCH 1
DCH
r SIB1 + + SIB1
1 DCH Serving DCH 1
+ SIB1 FDDCell SIB1 +
DCH 1 1 DCH
DCH + + DCH
DCH SIB1 DCH
DCH 1+ DCH
SIB1 DCH SIB1
Cell_FACH 1 1
Cell_PCH + +
URA_PCH DCH DCH
DCH DCH DCH

DCH DCH

1 8 39 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Prior to UA06.0, Cell Selection and Reselection information was only broadcast to UE in SIB3/SIB11 whatever mode
(Idle, URA_PCH, Cell_PCH and Cell_FACH), SIB3 (resp. SIB11) containing serving cell information (resp. neighboring
cell).
UA06.0 introduced the support of SIB4/SIB12 in order to have different Cell Selection and Reselection setting
between Idle and connected modes (Cell_PCH, URA_PCH and Cell_FACH).
Enabling SIB4 and SIB12 has a direct impact on the System Information size since many information (especially
about neighboring cells) are duplicated.
When all scheduling information cannot be coded in one MIB segment, SB1 Scheduling Block (SB) is used to support
the exceeding segments, as defined per 3GPP. isDynamicSibAlgoWithSbAllowed allows the use of such an SB1.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 39
6 Cell reselection in non-DCH connected mode
6.2 SIB3 & SIB11 parameters & objects

RNC

NodeB

tReselection
FddCell qualMeas
UmtsNeighbouring qHyst1
CellSelectionInfo qHyst2
qQualMin
qRxLevMin
UmtsFddNeighbouringCell sIntraSearch
sInterSearch
sSearchRatGsm

UmtsNeighbouringRelation CrMgt
qOffset1sn
qOffset2sn
qQualMin HcsCellParam
qRxLevMin hcsPrio
neighbouringCellOffset
qHcs
sLimitSearchRat

UmtsNeighbouringHcsCellParam
hcsPrio
qHcs

1 8 40 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Cell Selection Info (SIB 3 / 4 Mapping):

Idle Mode
Connected mode
Root = FddCell

CellSelectionInfo CellSelectionInfoConnectedMode

CellSelectionInfo.FachMeasOccasion CellSelectionInfoConnectedMode.FachMeasOccasion

CellSelectionInfo.CrMgt CellSelectionInfoConnectedMode.CrMgt

CellSelectionInfo.HcsCellParam CellSelectionInfoConnectedMode.HcsCellParam

No Equivalent CellSelectionInfoConnectedMode.CellSelectReselectInfoPchFach

CellAccessRestriction CellAccessRestrictionConnectedMode

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 40
6 Cell reselection in non-DCH connected mode
6.3 SIB4 parameters & objects
tReselection
qualMeas
qHyst1
NodeB
qHyst2
qQualMin
qRxLevMin
FddCell sIntraSearch
sInterSearch
sSearchRatGsm
CellSelectionInfoConnectedMode
R99/R4 UEs
tReselection
qHyst1
qHyst2

CrMgt hcsPrio
qHcs R5/R6 UEs
HcsCellParam sLimitSearchRat

cellSelectReselectInfoPchFach
tReselectionPch
tReselectionFach
qHyst1Pch
cellAccessRestrictionConnectedMode qHyst1Fach
qHyst2Pch
qHyst2Fach

1 8 41 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Attributes for SIB4 HCSCellParams


CellSelectionInfoConnectedMode hcsPrio
interFreqScalingFactorTReselection qHcs
sLimitSearchRat
interRatScalingFactorTReselection
qHyst1 FachMeasOccasion
qHyst2 fachMeasOccasionCoef
qQualMin ratTypeList
qRxLevMin
qualMeas CrMgt
sHcsRatGsm nCr
sInterSearch speedDependScalingFactorTReselecti
sIntraSearch on
sSearchHcs tCrMax
sSearchRatGsm tCrMaxHyst
tReselection
CellAccessRestrictionConnectedMode
accessClassBarred CellSelectReselectInfoPchFach
accessClassCsBarred
tReselectionPch
accessClassPsBarred
tReselectionFach
barredOrNot
qHyst1Pch
cellReservationExtension
qHyst1Fach
cellReservedForOperatorUse
qHyst2Pch
intraFreqCellReselectInd
qHyst2Fach
tBarred

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 41
6 Cell reselection in non-DCH connected mode
6.4 SIB12 parameters & objects UMTS FDD neighbor
RNC

UmtsNeighbouring NodeB

Fddcell

UmtsFddNeighbouringCell

UmtsNeighbouringRelation

qOffset1sn
qOffset2sn
FddNeighCellSelectionInfoConnectedMode qQualMin
qRxLevMin
cellIndivOffset

UmtsNeighbouringHcsCellPara
hcsPrio
m
qHcs

1 8 42 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Neighboring Info (SIB 11 / 12 Mapping):

Idle Mode (Root = UMTSNeighbouringRelation) Connected mode


UMTSNeighbouringRelation UMTSNeighbouringRelation.FddNeighCellSelectionInfo
ConnectedMode
UMTSNeighbouringRelation. UMTSNeighbouringRelation.FddNeighCellSelectionInfo
UmtsNeighbouringHcsCellParam ConnectedMode.UmtsNeighbouringHcsCellParam


UMTSNeighbouringRelation. UMTSNeighbouringRelation.FddNeighCellSelectionInfo
UmtsNeighbouringHcsTemporaryOffset ConnectedMode.UmtsNeighbouringHcsTemporaryOffs
et

Attributes for SIB12:


UMTSNeighbouringRelation FddNeighCellSelectionInfoConnectedMode
maxAllowedUlTxPower cellIndivOffset
neighbouringCellOffset maxAllowedUlTxPower
qOffset1sn qOffset1sn
qOffset2sn qOffset2sn
qOffsetMbms qQualMin
qQualMin qRxLevMin
qRxLevMin

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 42
6 Cell reselection in non-DCH connected mode
6.5 SIB11 & SIB12 parameters & objects GSM neighbor
RNC

GSMNeighbour NodeB

Fddcell

GsmNeighbouringCellqRxlevMin

GSMCell qOffset1sn
gsmCellindivOffset

GsmCellSelectionInfoConnMode qRxlevMin
qOffset1sn
gsmCellindivOffset

GsmgHcsCellParam hcsPrio
qHcs

1 8 43 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

UMTSNeighbouringRelation FddNeighCellSelectionInfoConnectedMode
maxAllowedUlTxPower cellIndivOffset
neighbouringCellOffset maxAllowedUlTxPower
qOffset1sn qOffset1sn
qOffset2sn qOffset2sn
qOffsetMbms qQualMin
qQualMin qRxLevMin
qRxLevMin

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 43
6 Cell reselection in non-DCH connected mode
6.6 Exercises

By Respecting the following strategy, fill in tables in next pages with the
appropriate values for the Mono, Bi and Tri Layer Topologies:

Assuming qQualMin = -16 dB And event2D for 3G-2G HHO = -14 dB

When UE is in Idle mode, we want it to select the most suitable cell:

Small hysteresis between cells

Fast reactivity

When UE is in Cell_FACH or Cell_PCH state, we prefer it to stay on its current layer


(in accordance to InterFreq or InterRAT HHO setting), even if increasing the risk of
call drop:

Larger hysteresis to prevent Ping-Pong in cell reselection (intra frequency)

Lower threshold to delay the triggering inter freq or inter system measurements
1 8 44 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 44
6.6 Exercises
6.6.1 Exercise 1: mono-layer topology

Neighboring Definition:
3G 3G 3G

2G
Only Sib4 is used

Objective is to prevent UE to go in 2G while staying in FACH-PCH State:

Idle Mode Connected Mode Objective


Prevent ping pong between cells
qHyst2 2 dB
on connected mode

Idle Mode Connected Mode Objective

sSearchRatGs No 2G reselection until criteria


2dB
m for HHO is reached

1 8 45 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Subsidiary Question:

Propose a solution to deactivate the inter-RAT mobility.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 45
6.6 Exercises
6.6.2 Exercise 2: bi-layer topology

3G (HSxPA) 3G (HSxPA) 3G (HSxPA)


Only Sib4 is used
3G (R99) 3G (R99) 3G (R99)
Same setting for SIB4 on both 3G layer 2G
Objectives are to delay the inter-freq mobility and to prevent the UE to go on 2G
while in FACH-PCH State

Give two values for SInterSearch when InterFreq or inter-Rat is preferred in the iMCTA
setting
Idle Mode Connected Mode Objective
qHyst2 2 dB Prevent ping pong between cells
on connected mode
sInterSearch 6 dB Will depends on iMCTA Alarm
priority setting
sSearchRatGsm 2 dB No 2G reselection, first fallback
to interfreq reselection

1 8 46 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 46
6.6 Exercises
6.6.2 Exercise 2: bi-layer topology [cont.]

3G (HSxPA) 3G (HSxPA) 3G (HSxPA)


3G (HSDPA) 3G (HSDPA) 3G (HSDPA)

2G
Only Sib4 is used

Objectives are to delay the inter-freq mobility and to prevent the UE to go on


2G while in FACH-PCH State

F1 & F2 settings
Idle Mode Connected Mode Objective
qHyst2 2 dB Prevent ping pong between cells
on connected mode
sInterSearch 6 dB F1 F2 reselection allowed for
load sharing
sSearchRatGsm 2 dB No 2G reselection, first fallback
to interfreq reselection

1 8 47 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 47
6.6 Exercises
6.6.3 Exercise 3: tri-layer topology

F3 3G (R99) 3G (R99)

F2 3G (HSxPA) 3G (HSxPA) 3G (HSxPA) 3G (HSxPA)

F1 3G (R99) 3G (R99) 3G (R99) 3G (R99)

2G

Because of load sharing between F1 & F3 (R99 cells), the strategy is to allow
the UE to select the best cell (intra + inter-frequency F1+F3) in idle mode.

For connected mode (PCH / FACH), the strategy consists in keeping the UE on
its current layer, except for R99: with load sharing purpose, it is accepted that
the UE goes from F1 to F3 (and F3 to F1), but not on F2

1 8 48 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 48
6.6 Exercises
6.6.3 Exercise 3: tri-layer topology [cont.]

F1 & F3 settings
Idle Mode Connected Mode Objective
qHyst2 2 dB Prevent ping pong between cells
on connected mode
sInterSearch 6 dB F1 F3 reselection allowed for
load sharing
sSearchRatGsm 2 dB No 2G reselection, first fallback
to interfreq reselection

F2 settings
Idle Mode Connected Mode Objective
qHyst2 2 dB Prevent ping pong between cells
on connected mode
sInterSearch 6 dB To delay the inter-freq mobility
sSearchRatGsm 2 dB No 2G reselection, first fallback
to inter-freq reselection

1 8 49 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 49
6.6 Exercises
6.6.3 Exercise 3: tri-layer topology [cont.]

Purpose of SIB 12 is to disadvantage F2 compared to F1 & F3 for Cell


reselection.
For which frequency (or frequencies) should SIB12 be activated?

Idle Mode Connected Mode Objective

qOffset2sn 0 dB Disadvantage F2 compared to


F2 F1 & F3

qOffset2sn 0 dB
F1 & F3

1 8 50 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 50
7 3G to 4G inter-RAT cell reselection

1 8 51 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
7 3G to 4G inter-RAT cell reselection
7.1 Support of SIB19

SIB 19 allows setting priorities for different RATs


NEUtranFrequenAndPriorityInfoList
SIB 19 contains:
UTRA priority info list containing the UTRA Serving Cell IE and the UTRAN FDD
frequencies.
The UTRAN FDD frequencies IE is not supported in UA08.
GSM priority info list (IE OP).
This IE is not supported in UA08.
Up to 8 E-UTRA frequency and priority info lists (IE OP) are supported.

Better throughput when the PS call is established in (or moved to) the LTE
network thanks to the enhancement in SIB 19.

Support up to 8 E-UTRA frequency & priority lists in SIB19,


NEUtranFrequenAndPriorityInfoList changed from 2 to 8.

1 8 52 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In case of cell reselection from UTRA to E-UTRA


The reselection towards E-UTRA is based on information given in SIB19 to get:
Frequencies priority for all technologies GSM, UTRA and E-UTRA;
E-UTRA Frequencies in order to be able to detect E-UTRA cells.

In UA08.1, the following enhancements on the 3G-4G cell reselection framework is introduced: Support up to 8 E-
UTRA frequency & priority list in SIB19 (changed from 2 to 8).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 52
7 3G to 4G inter-RAT cell reselection
7.1 Support of SIB19 [cont.]

RNC

RNC NodeB

FDDCell
NodeB RadioAccessService
utraServingCellPriority
utraSearchPriority1
FDDCell utraSearchPriority2
isSib19Allowed utraThreshSLow
eUtraTargetDlCarrierFrequencyArfcn
sib19Enable eUtraTargetFrequencyMeasurementBandwidth
eUtraTargetFrequencyPriority
eUtraTargetFrequencyQrxlevmin
eUtraTargetFrequencyThreshxHigh
eUtraTargetFrequencyThreshxLow
eUtraTargetFrequencyDetection

1 8 53 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Utran Release UA07.1.2 provides the support of cell reselection from UMTS towards LTE. This applies to LTE capable
UEs in UTRA RRC IDLE, CELL_PCH, URA_PCH modes.
Cell reselection in Idle mode from UTRA to E-UTRA RRC idle
Cell reselection in CELL_PCH from UTRA to E-UTRA RRC idle
Cell reselection in URA-PCH from UTRA to E-UTRA RRC idle
It uses a new inter-RAT cell selection algorithm based upon priority information, as introduced by 3GPP in Rel. 8.
The priority algorithm allows one to additionally prioritize RAT in order to favor a system technology such as E-
UTRAN (Rel. 8 feature).
MS (non E-UTRAN capable) which does not support the priority algorithm shall use the legacy algorithm.
The network shall provide priority information if E-UTRA cells or frequencies are included within the neighbor cell
list.
The priority information (for E-UTRA and UTRA cells) as well as other parameters are broadcast to the UE in a newly
introduced SIB 19. A Rel. 8 UE will be able to detect itself E-UTRA cells but it will read SIB11/12 as usual to identify
FDD and GSM cells.

The following restrictions apply to SIB19 in UA08.1:


The IE Blacklisted cells per freq list is not supported.
The IE GSM priority info list is not supported.
The IE UTRAN FDD frequency priority is not supported.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 53
7 3G to 4G inter-RAT cell reselection
7.2 LTE neighboring definition

1 8 54 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

LTE Neighbouring Cells Parameters


There is no explicit configuration of each LTE neighboring cell. The LTE frequency and measurementBandwidth are
enough for the UE to detect by itself the E-UTRA cells.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 54
7 3G to 4G inter-RAT cell reselection
7.3 Measurement rules

1 8 55 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The measurement rules below apply in Idle, URA_PCH, CELL_PCH states. Reselection from Cell_Fach states towards
LTE is not yet supported by 3GPP.
Srxlev and Squal of the serving FDDCell are compared respectively with the parameters utraSearchPriority1
and utraSearchPriority2:
If SrxlevServingCell <= utraSearchPriority1
or
SqualServingCell <= utraSearchPriority2,
the UE shall perform measurements of inter-RAT layers of lower or higher priority.
If SrxlevServingCell > utraSearchPriority1
and
SqualServingCell > utraSearchPriority2,
the UE may choose not to perform measurements of inter-RAT layers of lower priority, the UE shall search for
E-UTRA layers of higher priority.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 55
7 3G to 4G inter-RAT cell reselection
7.4 LTE neighboring cell criteria

Reselection criterion
when LTE cell priority is higher

Treselection Srxlev
nonServing cell
New cell reselected
Threshx,high

Time

1 8 56 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

If the priority of the E-UTRAN layer is higher than the current serving cell:
Cell reselection criterion: Srxlev[nonServingCell,x] of a cell on an evaluated higher absolute priority
layer is greater than Threshx,high during a time interval Treselection.

In this case the Target LTE Cell is selected regardless of the Rxlev and quality level on the serving FDD cell.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 56
7 3G to 4G inter-RAT cell reselection
7.4 LTE neighboring cell criteria [cont.]

Reselection criterion
when LTE cell priority is higher

Srxlev Srxlev
Serving cell Treselection
nonServing cell
Sprioritysearch2
New cell reselected

Threshx,low

0
Threshserving,low Squal
Sprioritysearch1 Serving cell

Time
1 8 57 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

If the priority of the E-UTRAN layer is lower than the current serving cell
Cell
reselection criterion: Srxlev[ServingCell] < Threshserving,low or Squal[ServingCell] < 0 and
the Srxlev[nonServingCell,x] of a cell on an evaluated lower absolute priority layer is greater than
Threshx,low during a time interval Treselection.

If more than one LTE cell meets the criteria, the UE shall reselect the cell with the highest SrxlevnonServingCell,x
among the cells meeting the criteria on the highest absolute priority layer.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 57
7 3G to 4G inter-RAT cell reselection
7.5 Priority parameters

1 8 58 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 58
7 3G to 4G inter-RAT cell reselection
7.6 Other parameters

RNC

NodeB

FDDCell

utraThreshSLow
eUtraTargetFrequencyPriority
eUtraTargetFrequencyQrxlevmin
eUtraTargetFrequencyThreshxHigh
eUtraTargetFrequencyThreshxLow
eUtraTargetFrequencyDetection

1 8 59 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 59
8 Cell status and reservation

1 8 60 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
8 Cell status and reservation
8.1 Cell status and reservation process

barredOrNot (FDDCell) = ..?

barred notBarred

intraFreqCellReselectInd (FDDCell) = ..? cellReservedForOperatorUse (FDDCell) = ..?

other UE
allowed notAllowed reserved notReserved

try to select try to select


only UE with
another cell a cell of
Access Classes 11 / 15
of the same another
are accepted
frequency frequency

cellReservationExtension (FDDCell) = ..?


if no other cell

wait tBarred (FDDCell) reserved notReserved

try to reselect all UE Access Classes


same cell are accepted

1 8 61 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

All UEs are members of one out of ten randomly allocated mobile populations defined as Access Classes 0 to 9. The
population number is stored in the SIM. In addition, mobiles may be members of one or more out of 5 special
categories (Access Classes 11 to 15) also held in the SIM and allocated to specific high priority users as follows
(enumeration is not meant as a priority sequence):
Class 15 - PLMN Staff (VIP)
Class 14 - Emergency Services
Class 13 - Public Utilities (for example, water/gas suppliers)
Class 12 - Security Services
Class 11 - For Operator Use
An additional control bit known as "Access Class 10" is also signaled over the air interface to the UE. This indicates
whether or not network access for Emergency Calls is allowed for UEs with access classes 0 to 9 or without an IMSI.

Cell status and cell reservations are indicated with the Cell Access Restriction Information Element in the System
Information Message (SIB3) by means of four Information Elements:
Cell barred (IE type: "barred" or "not barred")
Cell Reserved for operator use (IE type: "reserved" or "not reserved")
Cell reserved for future extension (IE type: "reserved" or "not reserved")

Intra-frequency cell re-selection indicator (IE type: "allowed" or "not allowed")

The last element (Intra-frequency cell re-selection indicator) is conditioned by the value barred of the first element
(Cell barred)

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 61
9 Location registration

1 8 62 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
9 Location registration
9.1 LAC/RAC/SAC
locUpdatePeriod (RadioAccessService)
locationAreaCode (FDDCell)
RNC
routingAreaCode (FDDCell)
serviceAreaCode (FDDCell)
Core Network Domains
RAC 2 LAC 1

LAC 2

RAC 1

SAC 2

SAC 1

Sac (FDDCell/CBSResource)
Broadcast Domain
1 8 63 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Location Area (LA)


The location area is used by the Core Network CS domain to determine the UE location in idle mode. A location area
contains a group of cells. Each cell belongs only to one LA.
The location area is identified in the PLMN by the Location Area Code (LAC), which corresponds to the
locationAreaCode parameter of the FDDCell object.
The Location Area Identifier (LAI) = PLMN-id + LAC = MCC + MNC + LAC
Routing Area (RA)
The routing area is used by the PS Core Network to determine the UE location in idle mode. A routing area contains
a group of cells. Each cell belongs only to one RA.
The routing area is identified by the Routing Area Code (RAC) within the LA. The RAC corresponds to the
routingAreaCode parameter of the FDDCell object.
A Routing Area Identifier (RAI) = LAI + RAC = MCC + MNC + LAC + RAC
Core Network Service Area (CN SA)
The CN SA is used by the Core Network to determine the UE location in connected mode. A service area contains a
group of cells. Each cell belongs only to one CN SA.
The service area is identified by the Service Area Code (SAC) within the LA. The SAC corresponds to the
serviceAreaCode parameter of the FDDCell object.
The Service Area Identifier (SAI) = LAI + SAC = MCC + MNC + LAC + SAC.
Broadcast Service Area (BC SA)
The BC SA is used by the Broadcast Center to schedule messages to be broadcast to UEs in the network.
The broadcast (BC) domain requires that BC SA consists of one cell.
locUpdatePeriod is Alcatel-Lucent name for 3GPP T3212 parameter.
It is also possible to configure a periodic Routing Area Update. This is possible through the 3GPP parameter T3312.
This parameter can be modified at SGSN Level.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 63
End of module
Mobility in Reselection

1 8 64 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in Reselection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.8 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 8 Page 64
Section 1
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

W-CDMA R99 Algorithms


Description
Module 9
Mobility in SHO
TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1

UTRAN
UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
TMO18255_V2.0-SG Edition 1

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 1
Blank page

192 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Document History

Edition Date Author Remarks

01 YYYY-MM-DD Last name, first name First edition

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 2
Module objectives

Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:

Describe Soft Handover types and purpose


Describe Soft Handovers and the associated parameters
Describe Intra-Freq Hard Handovers and associated parameters

193 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 3
Module objectives [cont.]

194 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 4
Table of contents

Switch to notes view! Page

1 SHO mobility requirements 7


1.1 Soft handover types 8
1.2 Periodic vs. full event triggered reporting 9
1.3 Periodical reports processing 10
1.4 Intra-freq CNL management 11
1.4.1 CNL computation type2 12
1.4.2 CNL computation type1 13
1.4.3 CNL computation - RAN model 14
1.5 Exercise 15
2 Active set management (Soft HO) 16
2.1 Absolute and relative criteria for SHO (periodical mode) 17
2.2 Drop criteria (periodical mode) 18
2.3 Add criteria (periodical mode) 19
2.4 Relative add RL - event 1A 20
2.5 Detected set cells addition to active set 21
2.6 Relative delete RL - event 1B 22
2.7 Relative replace RL - event 1C 23
2.8 Event 1C improvement 24
2.9 Absolute add RL - event 1E 25
2.10 Absolute delete RL - event 1F 26
2.11 SHO blocking phase RNC overload 27
2.11.1
195
Event storage 28
3 Primary
W-CDMA R99 Algorithmscell change
Description
COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
Mobility in SHO 29
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
3.1 Primary cell election: periodical mode 30
3.2 Primary cell change: event 1D 31
3.3 Service based intra-freq mobility: RAN model 32
4 Intra-freq hard HO 33
4.1 Intra-freq inter-RNC mobility w/o Iur: HHO activation 34
4.2 RRC measurement control configuration 35
4.3 HHO detection after MeasId1: Iur link is down 36
4.4 HHO detection after MeasId16: Iur link is not provisioned 37
4.5 RAN model 38
5 SRNS relocation (UE not involved) 39
5.1 Principle 40
5.2 Parameters 41

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 5
Table of contents [cont.]

Switch to notes view!

196 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 6
1 SHO mobility requirements

197 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 7
1 SHO mobility requirements
1.1 Soft handover types
Core Network

RNC RNC

Node B Node B Node B

FDDcell FDDcell FDDcell FDDcell FDDcell FDDcell

Intra-NodeB SHO
Inter-RNC SHO Intra-RNC SHO (Softer)

198 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Soft Handover (SHO) applies only to dedicated physical channels and refers to the case where more than one cell
has a link established with a UE. In this mode, the UE is connected to a set of cells known as the Active Set, where
it benefits from macro diversity.
Softer Handover is a special case of SHO where the cells communicating with the UE belong to the same Node B,
thus it can only be performed intra-RNC. The particularity of the softer handover comes from the fact that the radio
links coming from different cells of the Node B are combined together at the Node B level before being sent back to
the RNC.
In the Intra-RNC SHO case, the cells involved in the soft handover procedure belong to different Node Bs that are
connected to the same Serving RNC (that is, the RNC in charge of the RRC connection with the mobile). Radio Link
recombination is performed at the S-RNC level.
In the Inter-RNC SHO case, the cells of the active set are not all controlled by the S-RNC. This is where the notions
of Drift and Serving RNC come into play:
S-RNC is in charge of the RRC connection with the mobile.
D-RNC controls the Node B that does not belong to the S-RNC and for which a radio link needs to be
established with the mobile.
An Iur link between S-RNC and D-RNC is required to perform inter-RNC SHO.
From S-RNC and UTRAN transport perspectives, D-RNC acts as a router.
From UE and Core Network perspectives, the presence of D-RNC is transparent, that is, soft handover occurs as
usual.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 8
1 SHO mobility requirements
1.2 Periodic vs. full event triggered reporting

RRC Measurement Control


RNC (Intra-frequency, Periodical Reporting)

FALSE

isEventTriggeredMeasAllowed
(FDDCell)

RRC Measurement Control


(Ec/No, 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1E, 1F)
RNC
RRC Measurement Control
(Ec/No, 2D, 2F)

RRC Measurement Control


TRUE
(RSCP, 2D, 2F)

Measurement Control
(UETxPower 6A,6B)

199 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

From UA04.2, the mobility of a given UE is managed either in Periodical Mode or Full Event Triggered Mode.
The choice between these two modes is done by the RNC when the UE establishes a communication in CELL_DCH
state and is kept unchanged as long as the UE remains in CELL_DCH state. There is no switch between Periodical
Mode and Full Event Mode in CELL_DCH state, even when the Primary Radio Link is changed.
In the event-triggered reporting mode, the type of the triggered event becomes the main indication to compute the
Mobility decisions. The semantic of the received event indicates which decision has to be taken. In this mode, the
RNC provides the UE, in the RRC Measurement Control, with the means to compute the criteria to manage the
Mobility. The RNC has to perform the related action indicated by the received event.
The isEventTriggeredMeasAllowed parameter controls the activation of the Full Event Triggered feature on a per
cell basis. The reporting mode for the call is the one configured on the cell where the call is established, and is not
changed during the call duration (on CELL_DCH).

Warning: not ALL UE support E6A and E6B: MeasControl Failure cause: unsupported measurement shall be sent
by the UE but the call is kept

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 9
1 SHO mobility requirements
1.3 Periodical reports processing

RRC Measurement Report


Active Set cells
+
6 Best Monitored Set cells
RNC
RRC Measurement Report +
3 Best Detected Cells

- 1 - Alarm Hard Handover criteria evaluation (Primary Cell)


Inter-Frequency Hard Handover (3G to 3G)
Inter-System Hard Handover (3g to 2G)

- 2 - Active Set update

- 3 - Primary Cell election

1 9 10 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The above slide indicates in which order the various procedures are performed in the RNC when receiving a RRC
Measurement Report message from the mobile.
In this release, Alarm Hard Handover refers to the following mobility cases:
3G to 2G handover for CS
3G to 2G handover for PS
3G to 2G handover for CS+PS
3G to 3G inter-frequency inter-RNC handover
3G to 3G inter-frequency intra-RNC handover

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 10
1 SHO mobility requirements
1.4 Intra-freq CNL management
isCompoundingCellListActivated (RadioAccessService)

NA2
NA2 NA1
NA3 A2 NA2
NA3 NA1 NA1
NA3
A3 A1
NA2 NA2
NA3 NA2 NA1
NA3
NA3 NA1

Monitored Set Primary Cell Monitored Set

Prl Type1 or
typeOfCompoundingNeighbourListIntraFreq Type2
(FDDCell and NeighbouringRNC)

1 9 11 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Two different CNL alogrithms are supported from UA06.0 that can be enabled/disabled using the
typeOfCompoundingNeighbourListIntraFreq parameter defined under the NeighbouringRnc and FDDCell
objects:
Prl stands for primary radio link and aims at disabling CNL at FDD cell level; the neighboring list only consists in
the primary cell neighborhood.
Type2 was the initial CNL algorithm introduced in UA4.1; the neighboring list classicaly consists in
concatenating Primary cell neighborhood then the best second legs until
maxCompoundingListSizeIntraFreq is reached.
Type1 is the newly introduced algorithm which aims at building intrafrequency neighbouring list based on
priorities and occurrence.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 11
1.4 Intra-freq CNL management
1.4.1 CNL computation type2
typeOfCompoundingNeighbourListIntraFreq
= Type2
(FDDCell and NeighbouringRNC)

SHO Neighboring List


Entire Active Set Cells
+
Primary Cell static neighboring for DCH mode
+
AS first best leg static neighboring for DCH
mode
+
Primary Cell Change AS second best leg static neighboring for DCH
mode
OR +
Active Set Modification ...
OR
SHO to non-SHO Transition
OR non-SHO Neighboring List
Dedicated Connection Initiation
Primary Cell static neighboring for DCH mode
+
first best monitored cell and its static neighboring for DCH mode
+
second best monitored cell and its static neighboring for DCH mode
+
...

1 9 12 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Basing the monitored set on the compound neighbor list rather than on the primary cell neighbors increases the
number of cells in the monitored set. So it is important to have a way to limit the size of the neighbor list, and
ensure that the monitored set comprises the best cells.
To achieve this, the algorithm consists in scanning the cells from the active set in decreasing order of CPICH Ec/N0
and adding their neighbors to the monitored set, until the number of cells in the list reaches the maximum size
allowed.
A cell is not added in the compounding list if it is already included in this list, so as not to have several instances of
the same cell in the list.
If maxNbOfMonitoredCellForNonShoCompoundList is set to zero, the compound list is only composed of the
primary cell and its neighborhood.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 12
1.4 Intra-freq CNL management
1.4.2 CNL computation type1
typeOfCompoundingNeighbourListIntraFreq
NA2
= Type1
(FDDCell and NeighbouringRNC)
NA2 NA1 cells in active set= ASET
NA3 A2 NA2
neighbourCellPrio = [0...62]
NA3 NA1 NA1
NA3 (UMTSFddNeighbouringCell)
A3 A1
NA2 NA2 Priority Level
NA3 NA2 NA1
NA3
Intra-Freq Neighboring List compounding Algorithm
NA3 NA1

For each cell in active set, build a neighboring list ordered by


neighbourCellPrio
Build the final intra-frequency neighboring list as follows:
Primary Cell Change 1. Add the cells in active set
OR 2. Select the numOfPrimaryCellNeighbourIntraFreq first
Active Set Modification cells from Primary Cell neighboring list
OR Defined under RadioAccessService
SHO to non-SHO Transition 3. Then perform the selection by number of occurrences
OR In case of conflict, select:
Dedicated Connection the one whose sponsoring cell has the highest
Initiation Ec/No
then the one with highest neighbourCellPrio
4. Until maxCompoundingListSizeIntraFreq is reached

1 9 13 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Type1 is the newly algorithm introduced in UA06.0 and is mainly based on:
neighbourCellPrio, between 0 and 62, defining for each FDD Cell a hierarchy within its neighborhood (0 is
the highest priority, 62 the lowest); note that two UMTSFddNeighbouringCell can NOT have the same
neighbourCellPrio.
cells in active set which are the cells from the ASET.

occurrence of each neighboring cell within the sponsoring cell neighborhood.

For each sponsoring cell, the RNC builds a neighboring cell list ordered by neighbourCellPrio. Then it builds the
final intra-frequency neighboring list by:
adding the sponsoring cells.

selecting the numOfPrimaryCellNeighbourIntraFreq first neighboring cells from Primary Cell neighboring
list.
and then performing the selection by number of occurrences.

In case of conflict, the RNC selects the neighboring cell whose sponsoring cell has the highest CPICH Ec/No, then
the one with the highest neighbourCellPrio until maxCompoundingListSizeIntraFreq is reached.
Iur case
In case a cell from the active set belongs to a Drift RNC, the Serving RNC may learn its intra-frequency
neighborhood using the information present in the RNSAP RadioLinkSetup/AdditionResponse message.
When type1 is selected, the RNC automatically assigns neighbourCellPrio by order of presence in the RNSAP
message (starting from 0).
It is recommended to set maxCompoundingListSizeIntraFreq to 32 to ensure that at least all cells of the
primary cell are sent. If maxCompoundingListSizeIntraFreq is 16 (for example) and the primary cell has 20
data filled neighbors, then only 16 neighbors will be sent to the UE.

If the detectedSetCellAddition flag is set to ENABLED or AUTOMATIC, then the


maxCompoundingListSizeIntraFreq parameter MUST be set to any value below 32. (31 is recommended).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 13
1.4 Intra-freq CNL management
1.4.3 CNL computation - RAN model

RNC

NeighbouringRnc
RadioAccessService typeOfCompoundingNeighbourListIntraFreq {prl, type1, type2}
isCompoundingCellListActivated {True, False}
numOfPrimaryCellNeighbourIntraFreq [0..32]
maxCompoundingListSizeIntraFreq [16..32]

NodeB

FDDCell
typeOfCompoundingNeighbourListIntraFreq {prl, type1, type2}

numOfPrimaryCellNeighbourIntraFreq [0..32]
UMTSFddNeighbouringCell
neighbourCellPrio [0..62]

1 9 14 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 14
1 SHO mobility requirements
1.5 Exercise
Type2 Type1
cells in active set 1 to 4 are ordered by EcNo Cell1

Cell1 > Cell2 > Cell3 > Cell4 Cell2

Cell1 is assumed to be the Primary Cell Cells from ASET Cell3

Cell4

Cell11

Cell12

Cell1 Cell2 Cell3 Cell4 Cell13

Cell11 Cell14
Cell1 Cell31 Cell1
Cell15
Cell12 Cell21 Cell32 Cell41
Primary Cell Cell16
Cell2 Cell22 Cell33 Cell42
Cell17
Cell3 Cell23 Cell34 Cell43
neighborhood Build
Cell4 Cell51 Cell1 Cell44
Cell18
the list of cells
Cell13 Cell3 Cell2 Cell2
Cell19
for Intra-Freq
Cell14 Cell4 Cell4 Cell3
Cell51 Measurements
Cell15 Cell52 Cell35 Cell45
Cell21 in Cell_DCH
Cell22
Cell16 Cell53 Cell36 Cell46
Cell23
Cell17 Cell24 Cell37 Cell47
Cell52
Cell18 Cell25 Cell38 Cell48
Cell53
Cell19 Cell26 Cell39 Cell54

Cell51 Cell27 Cell54 Cell55


Cell2 Cell24
neighborhood Cell25
Cell55 Cell49
Cell26
Cell52
Cell27
Cell53
Cell31

Cell3 Cell32

numOfPrimaryCellNeighbourIntraFreq = 4 neighborhood Cell33

maxCompoundingListSizeIntraFreq = 26

1 9 15 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Type1 is the newly algorithm introduced in UA06.0 and is mainly based on:
neighbourCellPrio, between 0 and 62, defining for each FDD Cell a hierarchy within its neighborhood (0 is
the highest priority, 62 the lowest); note that two UMTSFddNeighbouringCell can NOT have the same
neighbourCellPrio.
cells in active set which are the cells from the ASET.

occurrence of each neighboring cell within the sponsoring cell neighborhood.

For each sponsoring cell, the RNC builds a neighboring cell list ordered by neighbourCellPrio. Then it builds the
final intra-frequency neighboring list by:
adding the sponsoring cells.

selecting the numOfPrimaryCellNeighbourIntraFreq first neighboring cells from Primary Cell neighboring
list.
and then performing the selection by number of occurrences.

In case of conflict, the RNC selects the neighboring cell whose sponsoring cell has the highest CPICH Ec/No, then
the one with the highest neighbourCellPrio until maxCompoundingListSizeIntraFreq is reached.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 15
2 Active set management (Soft HO)

1 9 16 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
2 Active set management
2.1 Absolute and relative criteria for SHO (periodical mode)
P-CPICH Ec/No

Add relative
Delta

Drop Relative
Add Absolute Criterion
Delta

Add
Absolute
Threshold

Drop Be Add
st
Relative No Action Ce Relative
ll
Criterion Criterion

Drop Absolute Criterion Drop


Absolute
Threshold

1 9 17 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The active set update algorithm applies to all soft handover cases. Its purpose is to ensure that the strongest cells in
the UE environment will be part of its active set.
The algorithm is based on relative comparison between the best cell and each cell CPICH EC/N0 of the reported set.
Since UA04.1, the Active Set Update algorithm offers the possibility of using absolute thresholds for link addition and
link deletion criteria, providing additional tools to reducing call drop rates and improve the capacity of the network
from the perspective of radio power, code and RNC and Node B processing cost.
Note that absolute thresholds are optional and can be deactivated through parameters. Once activated, the criteria
for RL Addition/RL Deletion would be a logical OR between the relative and absolute criteria.
Cell Individual Offsets have also been supported since UA04.1. CIO is added to the measurements received from the
mobile before SHO conditions are evaluated, that is, Ec/No(i) + CellIndividualOffset(i) is compared to the add or
drop threshold (relative or absolute).

Note: Cell individual offset is taken into account by the RNC only if at least one of the flag enabling absolute
thresholds (add or drop) is set to true.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 17
2 Active set management
2.2 Drop criteria (periodical mode)
IF
Ec/No(i) + Cell Individual Offset(i) Ec/No(best) Drop Delta
AND
Ec/No(i) + Cell Individual Offset(i) < Add Absolute Threshold (if Add Absolute Criterion enabled)
OR
Ec/No(i) + Cell Individual Offset(i) Drop Absolute Threshold (if Drop Absolute Criterion enabled)
THEN
Drop Cell(i) from Active Set
ELSE
Keep Cell(i) in Active Set

Keep Cell in Active Set

neighbouringCellOffset (UMTSNeighbouringRelation)
legDroppingDelta (SoftHoConf)
Drop Relative shoLinkAdditionAbsoluteThresholdEnable (SoftHoConf)
Delta Add Absolute Threshold
shoLinkAdditionCpichEcNoThreshold (ShoLinkAdditionParams)
shoLinkDeletionAbsoluteThresholdEnable (SoftHoConf)
shoLinkDeletionCpichEcNoThreshold (ShoLinkDeletionParams)
Drop Absolute Threshold

Drop Cell from Active Set


1 9 18 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The RNC first identifies which is the best cell, that is, the cell with the highest CPICH EC/N0 of the reported set
(active set + monitored set).
Then for the cells belonging to the active set, the RNC applies the drop criteria:
Cells
not matching drop criteria are kept in the active set until the maximum number of cells in the active set is
reached.
Cells matching one of drop conditions are removed from the active set.
The drop criteria depend on the activation of the absolute add or drop thresholds.
If none of the cells of the current active set are eligible, the RNC keeps at least the best cell even if it does not meet
the criteria to be eligible.
The RNC identifies then the remaining cells (non-eligible cells) as cells to be removed from the active set. This
information will be transmitted in the active set update message.
When both relative and absolute criteria are used for the SHO Algorithm, it may happen that the relative and
absolute criteria trigger contradictory decisions for the same cell.
In order to avoid such a situation, it is necessary to add a supplementary check in order not to delete a radio link
which satisfies the link relative deletion threshold but is above the link absolute addition threshold.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 18
2 Active set management
2.3 Add criteria (periodical mode)
IF
Ec/No(i) + Cell Individual Offset(i) Ec/No(best) - Add Delta
AND
Ec/No(i) + Cell Individual Offset(i) > Drop Absolute Threshold (if Drop Absolute Criterion
enabled)
OR
Ec/No(i) + Cell Individual Offset(i) Add Absolute Threshold (if Add Absolute Criterion enabled)
THEN
Add Cell(i) in Active Set
ELSE
Keep Cell(i) in Monitored Set

Add Cell in Active Set

neighbouringCellOffset (UMTSFddNeighbouringCell)
legAdditionDelta (SoftHoConf)
shoLinkAdditionAbsoluteThresholdEnable (SoftHoConf)
Add Absolute Threshold
shoLinkAdditionCpichEcNoThreshold (ShoLinkAdditionParams)
Keep Cell in
Monitored Set Add Relative shoLinkDeletionAbsoluteThresholdEnable (SoftHoConf)
Delta shoLinkDeletionCpichEcNoThreshold (ShoLinkDeletionParams)
maxActiveSetSize (UsHoConf)
Drop Absolute Threshold

1 9 19 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The RNC first identifies which is the best cell, that is, the cell with the highest CPICH EC/N0 of the reported set
(active set + monitored set).
Then for the cells belonging to the monitored set, the RNC applies the add criteria:
Cellsmatching one of add delta & add absolute criteria are added in the active set until the maximum Active
Set size is reached.
Cells not matching any add criteria are ignored.
The addition criteria depend on the activation of the absolute add or drop thresholds.

When both relative and absolute criteria are used for the SHO Algorithm, it may happen that the relative and
absolute criteria trigger contradictory decisions for the same cell.
In order to avoid such a situation, it is necessary to add a supplementary check in order not to add a radio link
which satisfies the link relative addition threshold but is below the link absolute deletion threshold.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 19
2 Active set management
2.4 Relative add RL - event 1A

Event1A

Event1A

Event1A
maxActiveSetSize (UsHoConf)
amountRep1A
(FullEventRepCritShoMgtEvent1A)
CPICH_EC/No

Best Cell

New Cell
entering reporting range

leaving reporting range maxNbReportedCells1A


(FullEventRepCritShoMgtEvent1A)

timeToTrigger1A repInterval1A
(FullEventHOConfShoMgtEvent1A) (FullEventRepCritShoMgtEvent1A)

NA
10 LogM New CIO New W 10 Log M i (1 W ) 10 LogM Best ( R1a H 1a / 2)
i 1

cpichEcNoReportingRange1A
hysteresis1A
weight1A neighbouringCellOffset
(FullEventHOConfShoMgtEvent1A) (UMTSNeighbouringRelation)

1 9 20 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Event 1A is triggered when a new P-CPICH enters the reporting range.


Event 1A is used to add an RL based on relative criteria when the Active Set is not full.
The variables in the formula are defined as follows:
MNew is the measurement result of the cell entering the reporting range.
CIONew is the individual cell offset for the cell entering the reporting range if an individual cell offset is stored for
that cell. Otherwise it is equal to 0.
Mi is a measurement result of a cell not forbidden to affect reporting range in the active set.
NA is the number of cells not forbidden to affect reporting range in the current active set.
MBest
is the measurement result of the cell not forbidden to affect reporting range in the active set with the best
measurement result, not taking into account any cell individual offset.
W is a parameter sent from UTRAN to UE.
R1a is the reporting range constant.
H1a is the hysteresis parameter for event 1a.

By default, event 1A is triggered by cells belonging to the monitored set.


In order to help the operator efficiently monitor its network and optimize its neighboring plan, it is possible to trigger
this event 1A based on both Detected Set and Monitored Set.
In order to achieve this, the isDetectedSetCellsAllowed parameter shall be set to True.
From UA7 onwards, the decision if the cells from Detected Set are used in the mobility algorithms
depends on the detectedSetCellAddition flag (see next slide).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 20
2 Active set management
2.5 Detected set cells addition to active set
OAM CONFIGURATION

isDetectedSetCellsAllowed (RadioAccessService) = True

typeOfCompoundingNeighbourListIntraFreq RNC
= TYPE 1
(FDDCell and NeighbouringRNC)

RRC Measurement Control

Event 1A TriggeringCondition =
detectedSetAndMonitoredSetCells detectedSetCellAddition (FddCell)= Enabled OR
OR (Automatic AND Cutoff List <> )
monitoredSetCells detectedSetCellAddition (FddCell) = Automatic AND Cutoff List =

RRC Measurement Report 1A (Monitored Cell) Compounding


Cell List Algo
TYPE 1

New Active Set


RRC Measurement Control
New Monitored Cutoff List
Set
IntraFrequency MeasReporting Criteria = Detected set cells and monitored set cells Cell xxx

Cell xxx is computed


RRC Measurement Report 1A (Detected Cell xxx)
in new Compounding
List

1 9 21 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

From UA7 onwards, if the detectedSetCellAddition flag is set to ENABLED or AUTOMATIC, then the cells from the
Detected Set can be added to the Active Set.

If the combined intra frequency Cell Info List exceeds its maximum list size
maxCompoundingListSizeIntraFreq then cells with lower ranking priority need to be cut off from the list
which in consequence does no more represent the complete neighburhood of the active set.
Thecells having been cut off may reappear as detected set cells reported by the UE and will be re-identified by
the RNC. Those cells will no longer be ignored but be eligible to be added to the active set.
Thisis applicable when compounding algorithm Type1 is activated. Type2 does not support detected set cell
addition in the active set.
Compounding Neighboring List algo (typeOfCompoundingNeighbourListIntraFreq) must be set to
Type1
maxCompoundingListSizeIntraFreq MUST be set to any value strictly below 32.

If the detectedSetCellAddition flag is set to DISABLED the cells from Detected Set will not be used in the mobility
algorithms.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 21
2 Active set management
2.6 Relative delete RL - event 1B

Event1B

Event1B
Event1B

Event1B
CPICH_EC/No amountRep1B
(FullEventRepCritShoMgtEvent1B)

Best Cell

leaving reporting range

entering reporting range maxNbReportedCells1B


Old Cell (FullEventRepCritShoMgtEvent1B)

timeToTrigger1B repInterval1B
(FullEventHOConfShoMgtEvent1B) (FullEventRepCritShoMgtEvent1B)

N
10 LogMOld CIOOld W 10 Log Mi (1 W ) 10 LogMBest (R1b H1b / 2)
A

i 1
cpichEcNoReportingRange1B
hysteresis1B
weight1B neighbouringCellOffset
(FullEventHOConfShoMgtEvent1B) (UMTSNeighbouringRelation)

1 9 22 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Event 1B is triggered when an active P-CPICH leaves the reporting range.


Event 1B is used to delete an RL based on relative criteria.

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:


MOld is the measurement result of the cell leaving the reporting range.
CIONew is the individual cell offset for the cell entering the reporting range if an individual cell offset is stored for
that cell. Otherwise it is equal to 0.
Mi is a measurement result of a cell not forbidden to affect reporting range in the active set.
NA is the number of cells not forbidden to affect reporting range in the current active set.
MBest
is the measurement result of the cell not forbidden to affect reporting range in the active set with the best
measurement result, not taking into account any cell individual offset.
W is a parameter sent from UTRAN to UE.
R1b is the reporting range constant.
H1b is the hysteresis parameter for the event 1b.

Note: The above drawing shows an example assuming that CIO is set to 0 dB.
R99/R4 UEs are not able to use periodical measurement reporting after initial report.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 22
2 Active set management
2.7 Relative replace RL - event 1C

Event1C

Event1C

Event1C
Event1C
maxActiveSetSize
(UsHoConf)
CPICH_EC/No amountRep1C
(FullEventRepCritShoMgtEvent1C)

AS Cell

New Cell

entering reporting range

maxNbReportedCells1C
leaving reporting range InASCell (FullEventRepCritShoMgtEvent1C)

timeToTrigger1C repInterval1C
(FullEventHOConfShoMgtEvent1C) (FullEventRepCritShoMgtEvent1C)

10 LogM New +CIO New 10 LogM InAS +CIO InAS H1c / 2)

hysteresis1C (FullEventHOConfShoMgtEvent1C)
neighbouringCellOffset
(UMTSNeighbouringRelation)

1 9 23 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Event 1C is triggered when a new P-CPICH becomes better than an active P-CPICH.
Event 1C is used to replace an RL based on relative criteria when the Active Set is full.

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:


MNew is the measurement result of the cell not included in the active set.
CIONew is the individual cell offset for the cell becoming better than the cell in the active set if an individual cell
offset is stored for that cell. Otherwise it is equal to 0.
MInAS is the measurement result of the cell in the active set with the lowest measurement result.
CIOInAS is the individual cell offset for the cell in the active set that is becoming worse than the new cell.
H1c is the hysteresis parameter for the event 1c.

Note: The above drawing shows an example assuming that the maximum AS size is set to 2 and that all the CIOs
are set to 0 dB.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 23
2 Active set management
2.8 Event 1C improvement
isEnhanced1cHandlingAllowed
(RadioAccessService)

= True
RNC

Non-active cell is added if:


CPICH_EcNonon-active cell + CIOnon-active cell > CPICH_EcNoPrimaryCell cpichEcNoReportingRange1B

1 9 24 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

From UA7 onwards, if the isEnhanced1cHandlingAllowed flag is set to TRUE, the RNC will determine if the pilot
of any non-active cell to be added to the active set is weaker than the computed minimum signal strength (= pilot
strength of the strongest cell of the active set - cpichEcNoReportingRange1B)
If it is weaker, the candidate cell will not be added to the active set. A non-active cell will only be added if the
reported CPICH EcNo plus the Cell Individual Offset (CIO) is greater than threshold:

CPICH EcNo(NA_x) + CIO (NA_x) > CPICH EcNo (A1) - R1b

Where:
A1 = strongest active set cell
NA_x = non-active cell under consideration
R1b = cpichEcNoReportingRange1B

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 24
2 Active set management
2.9 Absolute add RL - event 1E
Event 1E is not

Event1E
maxActiveSetSize isEvent1EUsed
(UsHoConf) repeated! (FullEventHOConfShoMgt)

CPICH_EC/No

AS Cell

New Cell
entering reporting range
absolute threshold
leaving reporting range

maxNbReportedCells1E
(FullEventRepCritShoMgtEvent1E)

timeToTrigger1E (FullEventHOConfShoMgtEvent1E)

10 LogM New +CIONew T1e H1e / 2

cpichEcNoReportingRange1E
hysteresis1E
(FullEventHOConfShoMgtEvent1E)
neighbouringCellOffset (UMTSNeighbouringRelation)

1 9 25 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Event 1E is triggered when a new P-CPICH becomes better than an absolute threshold.
Event 1E is used to add an RL based on absolute criteria when the Active Set is not full.

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:


MNew is the measurement result of a cell that becomes better than an absolute threshold.
CIONew is the individual cell offset for the cell becoming better than the absolute threshold. Otherwise it is equal
to 0.
T1e is an absolute threshold.
H1e is the hysteresis parameter for the event 1e.

In order to help the operator efficiently monitor its network and optimize its neighboring plan, it is possible to trigger
this event 1E based on both Detected Set and Monitored Set. However the cells from the Detected Set will not be
used in the mobility algorithms.
In order to achieve this, the isDetectedSetCellsAllowed parameter shall be set to True.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 25
2 Active set management
2.10 Absolute delete RL - event 1F

Event1F
Event 1F is not isEvent1FUsed
repeated ! (FullEventHOConfShoMgt)
CPICH_EC/No

AS Cell

leaving reporting range


absolute threshold
entering reporting range

Old Cell maxNbReportedCells1F


(FullEventRepCritShoMgtEvent1F)

timeToTrigger1F (FullEventHOConfShoMgtEvent1F)

10 LogM Old +CIOOld T1f H1f / 2

cpichEcNoReportingRange1F
hysteresis1F
weight1F neighbouringCellOffset
(FullEventHOConfShoMgtEvent1F) (UMTSNeighbouringRelation)

1 9 26 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Event 1F is triggered when an active P-CPICH becomes worse than an absolute threshold.
Event 1F is used to delete an RL based on absolute criteria.

The variables in the formula are defined as follows:


MOld is the measurement result of a cell that becomes worse than an absolute threshold.
CIOOld is the individual cell offset for the cell becoming worse than the absolute threshold. Otherwise it is equal
to 0.
T1f is an absolute threshold.
H1f is the hysteresis parameter for the event 1f.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 26
2 Active set management
2.11 SHO blocking phase RNC overload

shoAfterBlockingPhaseEnable
RNC
(RadioAccessService)

Ongoing RRC procedure


True False
New events

stored flushed

event1y
event1x

Events processed after buffer


overload situation

1 9 27 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

An SHO procedure may block other procedures or may be blocked by ongoing procedures.

On the one hand, a blocking phase consists in forbidding any procedure until an SHO procedure is completed, i.e.
after the RNC receives RRC ActiveSetUpdateComplete from the UE.

The shoAfterBlockingPhaseEnable parameter allows one to activate a mechanism to process events during such
a blocking phase:
When set to True, all the events received during the blocking phase are stored in a stack and processed once
on-going procedure is completed, thus preventing abusive call drops in case of unexpected add/delete.
When set to False, all these events are discarded, thus inhibiting mobility and degrading performances.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 27
2.11 SHO blocking phase
2.11.1 Event storage
shoAfterBlockingPhaseEnable = True
UE > R99
isOne1bStorageAllowed
RNC
(RadioAccessService)

Ongoing RRC procedure

Event1A(cell1)
True False

Event1B(cell2)

Event1A(cell3)

Event1B(cell4)
1A(cell3)
1B(cell4) 1B(cell4)
1A(cell3) 1B(cell2)
Events 1A, 1C, 1D, 1E, 1J
Only lasts events can be stored
Event 1B
Only last OR several (*) events can be stored
Event 1F
Not stored (processed during blocking phase)
UE = R99
* Depends on UE release & isOne1bStorageAlloweed paramer
1 9 28 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The RNC processes only the last event 1A, 1C, 1D, 1E or 1J received during the blocking phase. Appropriate action
is taken just after the completion of the other procedure. However, the RNC processes all events 1F received during
the blocking phase.
A specific handling has been provided for event 1B in order to adapt the RNC reaction to different UE behaviors. If
several events 1B have been received from the same UE during a blocking phase, the events related to a continuous
trigger condition (received from a UE with release later than R99) or the successive single samples representing
different trigger conditions (received from a R99 UE) will be repeated by the UE.
In order to avoid any loss of information on radio links to be deleted, the RNC should keep the received events until
the other procedure is completed; but queuing of all repeated events may lead to handling of outdated measured
results. They will be reactivated and processed sequentially when the blocking phase is terminated. If event 1A or
1C was stored in parallel then event 1B will be processed first.
However, in order to enhance the handling of event 1B by keeping only the last event 1B when multiple events 1B
are received in the blocking phase, the handling of event 1B received from a UE later than R99 depends on the
isOne1bStorageAllowed flag as follows:
the isOne1bStorageAllowed flag is set to TRUE, only the last event 1B received during a blocking phase
If
will be stored. It will be reactivated on completion of the other procedure. Compared to the behavior defined
above for R99 Ues, the processing will be in reverse order so that event 1B will be processed after event 1A or
1C if stored in parallel (in order to avoid a call drop if event B corresponds to a last RL).
the isOne1bStorageAllowed flag is set to FALSE, then the same behavior as defined above for R99 UEs
If
will apply.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 28
3 Primary cell change

1 9 29 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
3 Primary cell change
3.1 Primary cell election: periodical mode

Candidate Cells Selection


IF
Cell(i) was in previous Active Set
AND
New Active Set
Cell(i) is in new Active Set Candidate Cells
Cell 1 AND
Cell 1
Cell 2 Ec/No(i) Drop Primary Delta Ec/No(Primary Cell)
Cell 3 THEN Cell 3
Cell 4 Cell(i) is candidate for Primary Cell Election
ELSE
Keep Cell(i) in Active Set

primaryRlDelta (SoftHoConf)

Primary Cell Election y


ar
IF r im ll
P Ce
Candidate Cells Ec/No(i) is the highest of all candidate cells
THEN
Cell 1
Cell(i) is the new Primary Cell
Cell 3 ELSE
Keep Cell(i) in Active Set
Cell 3

1 9 30 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The primary cell selection algorithm applies to all soft handover cases. The primary cell is used for monitored set
determination, but also as a pointer to mobility parameters. The primary cell selection algorithm is performed each
time a MEASUREMENT REPORT is received by the S-RNC.

To be selected as candidate cell, the following conditions must be true:


Cell was present in the previous active set.
Cell is eligible to be in the new active set (Reference: soft handover algorithm).
Cell has the strongest CPICH_Ec/N0 of the MEASUREMENT_REPORT.

The previous primary cell is compared with the candidate cell for primary minus a threshold defined PrimaryRlDelta.
The CPICH EC/N0 values used are the ones contained in the RRC MEASUREMENT_REPORT.

The Monitored Set should be updated each time the primary cell of active set changes. This is performed via the
RRC_MEASUREMENT_CONTROL message (with the measurement command set to modify) sent to the UE with the
cells to add and remove from the previous monitored set to form the new one.
The monitored set update usually follows the ACTIVE_SET_UPDATE message, but may also happen without any
ACTIVE_SET_UPDATE, when the active set content does not change, but, inside the active set, a cell becomes
strong enough to replace the primary cell.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 30
3 Primary cell change
3.2 Primary cell change: event 1D

Event1D
Event 1D is not
repeated !
CPICH_EC/No

entering reporting range


NotBest Cell
Best Cell
leaving reporting range
maxNbReportedCells1D
useCIOfor1D
(FullEventRepCritShoMgtEvent1D)

timeToTrigger1D
(FullEventHOConfShoMgtEvent1D)

10 LogMNotBest CIONotBest 10 LogMBest CIOBest H1d / 2)

hysteresis1D (FullEventHOConfShoMgtEvent1D)
weight1D (FullEventHOConfShoMgtEvent1D)

neighbouringCellOffset (UMTSNeighbouringRelation)

1 9 31 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The 1D event can be triggered by a cell in the Active Set for R5/R6 UEs or by a cell in the Active Set or in the
Monitored Set for R99/R4 UEs.

The primary cell determination is based on event 1D reception. Based on the reception of this event, the RNC stores
the new primary, and applies the current process used in case of change of primary cell.
Since events 1A and 1C are also configured, it is assumed that the new primary cell is already in the Active Set
when a 1D event is triggered. Typically, this will be ensured if the time to trigger 1D is greater than or equal to the
time to trigger events 1A or 1C. It should be noted that a monitored set cell that needs to be included in the active
set will trigger first a 1A event if its CPICH Ec/No is lower than the best cell in the Active set but entering in its
reporting range, or a 1C event if the Active Set is full and this cell is better than the worst in the Active Set.
An event 1D will typically be triggered by a cell better than the best in the active set. Therefore due to the triggering
conditions defined for these events, if the time to trigger a 1D event is greater than or equal to that for a 1A and 1C
event, the 1D will typically be triggered by a cell in the active set.
If the event 1D is triggered by a monitored cell, the RL will be added in the Active Set if not full.
If the Active Set is full and the 1D event is triggered by a monitored set cell, then the new best cell will be added in
the active set, replacing the worst active set cell.
In addition to the event 1D, a new primary cell will be defined if the current primary cell is removed due to reception
of RL deletion events.

Event 1D is not repeated by UE and therefore if lost during SRNS relocation it cannot be recovered. It is only
another event 1D for a different cell that will fix the issue of wrong primary cell. This is particularly bad for HSDPA
calls which follow the primary cell and do support SHO.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 31
3 Primary cell change
3.3 Service based intra-freq mobility: RAN model
RadioAccessService NeighbouringRNC
DlUserService
DedicatedConf
mobilityServiceType MeasConfClass [0..14]
FDDCell
HoConfClass [0..30]

Event1AHoConfInSIB11

UsHoConf [0..21] maxActiveSetSize cpichEcNoReportingRange1A


timeToTrigger1A
legDroppingDelta hysteresis1A
SoftHoConf maxActiveSetSize
legAdditionDelta
primaryRlDelta

ShoLinkAdditionParams shoLinkAdditionCpichEcNoThreshold

ShoLinkDeletionParams shoLinkDeletionCpichEcNoThreshold
FullEventHoConfShoMgt
isEvent1EUsed timeToTrigger1A
isEvent1FUsed timeToTrigger1B
timeToTrigger1C
hysteresis1C timeToTrigger1D
FullEventHoConfShoMgtEvent1 hysteresis1D timeToTrigger1E
hysteresis1A timeToTrigger1F
hysteresis1B cpichEcNoReportingRange1A
hysteresis1E cpichEcNoReportingRange1B
hysteresis1F cpichEcNoReportingRange1E
cpichEcNoReportingRange1F
1 9 32 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 32
4 Intra-freq hard HO

1 9 33 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
4 Intra-freq hard HO
4.1 Intra-freq inter-RNC mobility w/o Iur: HHO activation
Measurement Control (new IE: Cells for
measurements )
isIntraFreqInterRncHHOAllowed
isIntraFreqInterRncHhoOnIurLinkDownAllowed Measurement Report isEventTriggeredMeasAllowed

Measurement
Measurement Measurement
Reporting
ID Results
Quantity

Cell A
F1
Cell B Cell D
F1 F1
Cell C
SRNC F1

Measurement Id 1:
Cell A, B & C are candidates to SHO RNC1
(specified in the new IE)
1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1E and 1F (dedicated to RNC2
SHO)
Cell A, B & C could be candidates to HHO
in case IUR link is down
Measurement Id 16:
Cell D is candidate to HHO (specified in the new IE)
Event 1A is the only event provisioned as SHO can
NOT be performed without IUR

1 9 34 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Intra-frequency Inter-RNC mobility without Iur may occur in the following situations:
Two different operators (PLMN) using the same frequency in the same area
National roaming agreements are needed
In a single PLMN, no Iur provisioned between 2 RNCs
E.g. due to IOT reasons between 2 different RNC manufacturers
In a single PLMN, the Iur interface is provisioned but is not in an enabled state.
Need to handle Intra-frequency Inter-RNC HHO
FRS 21302 was initially implemented in UA4.3K timeframe
FRS 33422 was duplicated for UA05.0
Code was implemented but commercially not supported
Not applicable to HSxPA calls
FRS 33814 has been created for UA06.0
Feature is fully supported
Also applicable to HSxPA calls

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 34
4 Intra-freq hard HO
4.2 RRC measurement control configuration

RRC Measurement Control RRC Measurement Control


for MeasId1 for MeasId2
Measurement Identity = MeasId1,
isIntraFreqInterRncHHOAllowed =
New intra-frequency cells = {SHO Not sent by RNC
FALSE
candidate list}
Measurement Identity = MeasId1,
Measurement Identity = MeasId16,
New intra-frequency cells
New intra-frequency cells is empty as
isIntraFreqInterRncHHOAllowed = = {SHO candidate list + HHO
already present in MeasId1
TRUE candidate list}
Cells for measurements = {HHO
Cells for measurements = {SHO
candidate list}
candidate list}

No influence of isIntraFreqInterRncHHOIurLinkDownAllowed
This flag is only used at RRC Measurement Report (MR) processing (cf. next slide)

E1A triggering conditions depend on MeasId


Detected set and monitored set for MeasId1
Only Monitored Set for MeasId16

Specific E1A parameters for MeasId16

1 9 35 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 35
4 Intra-freq hard HO
4.3 HHO detection after MeasId1: Iur link is down
Case of MeasId1 (e1a) leading to HHO
detection
This best cell meets the criteria for RL addition SHO but Iur is
down HHO is triggered

Cell 1 : Primary Cell

cpichEcNoReportingRange1A hysteresis1A / 2 Cell 2 : Links from ASET

Cell 3 : Measured links (SHO candidate)

Cell 4 : Measured links (HHO candidate)


minimumCpichEcNoValueForHHO

Cells 1 2 3 4

DlUserService
RadioAccessService
isIntraFreqInterRncHHOAllowed = TRUE
IntraFreqTargetCellParams
isIntraFreqInterRncHhoOnIurLinkDownAllowed = TRUE
isHsdpaHhoWithMeasAllowed minimumCpichEcNoValueForHHO
RNC
isEdchHhoWithMeasAllowed minimumCpichRscpValueForHHO

UmtsNeighbouring UmtsNeighbouringRelation
neighbouringCellOffset

1 9 36 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

MR for MeasId1 (Event 1A)


UE reports MeasId1(E1A) in case SHO RL addition conditions are met
Triggering cells may belong to SRNC or DRNC when Iur is provisioned

Several conditions must be fulfilled for SRNC to detect HHO


The triggering cell belongs to DRNC but SRNC detects an Iur outage
The following flags are set to True
isIntraFreqInterRncHHOAllowed
isIntraFreqInterRncHhoOnIurLinkDownAllowed
isHsdpaHhoWithMeasAllowed for HSDPA calls
isEdchHhoWithMeasAllowed for E-DCH calls
The triggering cell i is reported better than the best one in the ASET
EcNoi + CIOi > EcNobest_ASET + CIObest_ASET
The triggering cell i respects the following condition:
(EcNoi >= minimumCpichEcNoValueForHHO) AND (Rscpi >=
minimumCpichRscpValueForHHO)
Beware to confusion with minimumCpichEcNo/RscpValueForHO dealing with IFREQ HHO
In case several cells fulfill these 2 conditions, HHO is triggered towards the cell with highest EcNo +
CIO

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 36
4 Intra-freq hard HO
4.4 HHO detection after MeasId16: Iur link is not provisioned

Case of MeasId16 leading to HHO detection

This best cell can NOT be added into the ASET as IUR is not
provisioned HHO is triggered

Cell 1 : Primary Cell

cpichEcNoReportingRange hysteresis / 2 Cell 2 : Links from ASET

Cell 3 : Measured links (SHO candidate)

minimumCpichEcNoValueForHHO Cell 4 : Measured links (HHO candidate)

Cells 1 2 3 4
DlUserService
RadioAccessService
isIntraFreqInterRncHHOAllowed = TRUE
IntraFreqTargetCellParams
isHsdpaHhoWithMeasAllowed
isEdchHhoWithMeasAllowed minimumCpichEcNoValueForHHO
RNC
minimumCpichRscpValueForHHO

UmtsNeighbouring UmtsNeighbouringRelation

neighbouringCellOffset

1 9 37 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

MR for measid16 (Event 1A)


UE reports measid16(E1A) in case Intra-frequency HHO conditions are met
Triggering cells must belong to another RNC when Iur is NOT provisioned

Several conditions must be fulfilled for SRNC to detect HHO


The triggering cell can NOT be added in the ASET as Iur is NOT provisioned
The following flags are set to True
isIntraFreqInterRncHHOAllowed
isHsdpaHhoWithMeasAllowed for HSDPA calls
isEdchHhoWithMeasAllowed for E-DCH calls
The triggering cell i is reported better than the best one in the ASET
EcNoi + CIOi > EcNobest_ASET + CIObest_ASET
The triggering cell i respects the following condition:
(EcNoi >= minimumCpichEcNoValueForHHO) AND (Rscpi >=
minimumCpichRscpValueForHHO)
Beware to confusion with minimumCpichEcNo/RscpValueForHO dealing with IFREQ HHO
In case several cells fulfill these 2 conditions, HHO is triggered towards the cell with highest EcNo +
CIO

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 37
4 Intra-freq hard HO
4.5 RAN model
RNC

RadioAccessService
isIntraFreqInterRncHHOAllowed
isIntraFreqInterRncHhoOnIurLinkDownAllowed
isHsdpaHhoWithMeasAllowed
isEdchHhoWithMeasAllowed DlUserService

DedicatedConf IntraFreqTargetCellParams
minimumCpichEcNoValueForHHO
minimumCpichRscpValueForHHO

MeasurementConfClass FddCell HoConfClass


isEventTriggeredMeasAllowed

UsHoConf

FullEventRepCritHhoMgt FullEventHoConfHhoMgt

FullEventRepCritEvent1AWithoutIur FullEventHOConfHhoMgtEvent1AWithoutIur
amountRep cpichEcNoReportingRange
maxNbReportedCells hysteresis
repInterval timeToTrigger

1 9 38 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 38
5 SRNS relocation (UE not involved)

1 9 39 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
5 SRNS relocation (UE not involved)
5.1 Principle

Before the SRNS relocation and


location registration: soft handover has After the SRNS relocation and
been location registration: data path is
done via the Iur interface optimized

HLR
HLR GGSN PS GGSN
CS

Old New Old New


SGSN SGSN SGSN Old New SGSN
Old New MSC MSC
MSC MSC

Source Target Source Target


SRNC RNC RNC SRNC

LA2, RA2 LA1, RA1 LA2, RA2


LA1, RA1

UE UE

Condition: no more SRNC cell in the Active Set


1 9 40 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The SRNS Relocation procedure is used to move the RAN to CN connection point at the RNC from the source SRNC
to the target RNC. As a result of this procedure:
The Iu links are relocated from the Source RNC (S-RNC) to the Target RNC (T-RNC).
The target RNC becomes the SRNC.
The source RNC is released from the call.
The figure shows a PS domain SRNS relocation example where the S-SRNC and T-SRNC are connected to different
SGSNs (i.e. inter-SGSN Relocation).
Beforethe SRNS Relocation procedure, the UE is registered in the old SGSN. The source RNC is acting as the
serving RNC (SRNC).
After the SRNS Relocation procedure, the target RNC is acting as the serving RNC.
TheSRNS Relocation (UE not involved) is triggered when there are no links in the active set on the Source RNC
and all remaining links in the active set are on a single DRNC.
The SRNS relocation procedure implemented in Alcatel-Lucent UA05 UTRAN release is called Iur-based SRNS
relocation to differentiate it from the other variants of SRNS relocation defined by 3GPP 23.009.
The key benefits associated with Iur-SRNS relocation are as follows:
Reduction in the delay associated with the routing of the user plane flow via the Iur interface.
Capacity gain at RNC and Iur interface due to saving of Iur transmission resources
QoS improvement: better RRM, less inter-RNC HHO

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 40
5 SRNS relocation (UE not involved)
5.2 Parameters

RNC

NeighbouringRNC

RadioAccessService

is3Gto3GWithIurAllowed
timeToTrigger3Gto3GWithIur

isOutgoing3Gto3GWithIurAllowedForCsConversational
isOutgoing3Gto3GWithIurAllowedForCsCsStreaming
isOutgoing3Gto3GWithIurAllowedForCsPsInteractive
isOutgoing3Gto3GWithIurAllowedForCsPsBackground

isIncoming3Gto3GWithIurAllowedForCsConversational
isIncoming3Gto3GWithIurAllowedForCsStreaming
isIncoming3Gto3GWithIurAllowedForPsInteractive
isIncoming3Gto3GWithIurAllowedForPsBackground

1 9 41 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 41
End of module
Mobility in SHO

1 9 42 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Mobility in SHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.9 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 9 Page 42
Section 1
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

W-CDMA R99 Algorithms


Description
Module 10
Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1

UTRAN
UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
TMO18255_V2.0-SG Edition 1

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 1
Blank page

1 10 2 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Document History

Edition Date Author Remarks

01 YYYY-MM-DD Last name, first name First edition

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 2
Module objectives

Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:

Describe Hard Handover types and their purpose


Describe Inter-Freq and Inter-RAT Hard Handovers (iMCTA algorithm) and the
associated parameters

1 10 3 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 3
Module objectives [cont.]

1 10 4 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 4
Table of contents

Switch to notes view! Page

1 HHO mobility requirements 7


1.1 Hard handover types 8
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation 9
2.1 Principle 10
2.2 Strategy 11
2.3 Generic iMCTA algorithm 12
2.4 iMCTA triggering 15
2.5 iMCTA alarm triggering 16
2.6 iMCTA alarm validity checking 18
2.7 iMCTA service validity checking 20
2.8 Cell load criteria on iMCTA 21
2.9 iMCTA configuration retrieval 23
2.10 Blind handover 26
2.11 Neighboring cells searching and filtering 31
2.12 Measurement configuration 37
2.13 Measurement report processing 38
2.14 HHO decision 52
2.15 iMCTA fallback 53
2.16 RAN model 54
2.17 Exercise 1 57
2.18 Exercise 2 58
2.19 Exercise 3
1 10 5
59
2.20 Exercise
W-CDMA R99 4 Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
Algorithms Description
COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
61
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
3 Inter-FDD/inter-RAT HHO 63
3.1 3G to 2G HHO 64
3.2 CS 3G to 2G HHO failure: next best cell attempt 65
3.3 3G to 3G intra-RNC inter-freq HHO 66
3.4 3G to 3G inter-RNC inter-freq HHO: Iur not used 67
3.5 3G to 3G inter-RNC inter-freq HHO: Iur used 68
4 4G to 3G inter-RAT HHO 69
4.1 LTE/UMTS mobility in UA08 70
4.2 RAT mobility events 71
4.3 Partial relocation of RABs 73
4.4 CS fallback procedure 75
4.5 RAN model 76

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 5
Table of contents [cont.]

Switch to notes view! Page

1 10 6 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 6
1 HHO mobility requirements

1 10 7 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 7
1 HHO mobility requirements
1.1 Hard handover types
Core Network

RNC RNC

Node B
Node B Node B

3G to 2G HHO LTE to 3G HHO

Lte

FDDcell FDDcell FDDcell

GSMcell

FDDcell FDDcell FDDcell


Intra-RNC HHO
Inter-RNC HHO

2G to 3G HHO

1 10 8 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Hard Handover gathers a set of handover procedures where all the old radio links are abandoned before the new
radio links are established (break before make).
Hard handovers are needed as soon as the UE needs to leave its serving UMTS carrier. It could be:
When the Iur interface is not present and the UE is changing RNC.
When moving to another UMTS carrier (inter / intra-RNC or inter / intra-PLMN): this case is defined as the
inter-frequency HHO.
When moving to another mode (e.g. TDD).
When moving to another technology (GSM, GPRS): this case is defined as the inter-RAT HHO.
When moving to UMTS from another technology (GSM, GPRS, LTE): this case is defined as incoming relocation
HHO.
When Soft Handover is not permitted (due to OAM constraint).

The following hard handover procedures are supported:


3G to 2G Hard Handover
3G to 3G Inter-frequency Inter-RNC HHO algorithm
3G to 3G Inter-frequency Intra-RNC HHO algorithm
3G to 3G Intra-frequency Inter-RNC HHO algorithm
2G to 3G Hard Handover
4G to 3G Hard Handover

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 8
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic
Allocation

1 10 9 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 9
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.1 Principle

LTE layer

iMCTA alarm
trigger

GSM layer

CAC failure
trigger
FDD2 HSPA

CAC Failure AO Upsize

User or Mobility FDD1 DCH


Service trigger User Service (R99)

HHO Alarm Mobility Service

iMCTA allows to handover a UE to another layer when in Cell_DCH connected mode

1 10 10 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation (iMCTA) allows the handover of a UE to another layer when in
Cell_DCH connected mode:
In case of coverage gap (iMCTA Alarm).
In case of RAB establishment failure. If call establishment is not possible because Call Admission Control (CAC)
fails establishing the traffic RAB (TRB) (iMCTA CAC).
After
Service Type change, Intra-frequency mobility or Always-On upsize based on load condition of
source/target cells, call type and UE/Cell capabilities (iMCTA Service).

iMCTA Alarm cannot be disabled as the objective is to save the call in case coverage is being lost. CAC and Service
can be enabled/disabled through OMC parameters. The recommended setting is to have iMCTA Alarm and CAC
enabled in order to improve Accessibility and Retainability.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 10
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.2 Strategy
HSxPA HSxPA
P2
1. Alarms
R99 A R99 Speech call
A iMCTA Alarm P1 GSM

CAC failure at
2. CAC Failure HSxPA
P1 PS call establishment

R99 C CS call
C iMCTA CAC
PNA
GSM

3. Service Partitioning Primary cell change


HSxPA
P1
M iMCTA Mobility Service R5 UE
R99M R99 PS call established
PNA GSM

4. Service Partitioning S HSDPA PS call


PS call release P1 P1 establishment
R99 R5 UE - CS call
S
S iMCTA User Service
PNA GSM PNA

1 10 11 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The iMCTA algorithm manages HHO handovers which may be triggered for several reasons:
save the call in case of loss of coverage: iMCTA triggered on HHO Alarm (case 1).
manage to establish a RAB that has experienced a CAC failure: iMCTA triggered on CAC failure (case 2).
optimize throughput by redirecting CS and PS calls to a preferred layer:
In case of a user service establishment or modification: iMCTA triggered on User Service (case 3).
In case of Primary Cell change: iMCTA triggered on Mobility Service (case 4).
For any iMCTA trigger cause, a load balancing can be applied in order to improve the overall network quality and
capacity:
For iMTCA triggers on User Service or Mobility Service:
Serving cell load can be checked to enable or disable the user redirection.
Target cell load can be checked to favor less loaded eligible cells.
For iMTCA triggers on HHO alarm or CAC failure:
Serving cell load is not checked.
Target cell load can be checked to filter out high loaded cell or favor less loaded eligible cells.
The iMCTA function only applies to call in connected mode (Cell DCH, E-DCH and HS-DSCH).
Call in Cell Fach (signaling or traffic), Cell PCH or URA PCH are not managed.

In UA08, 12 FDD carriers + 1 GSM carrier + 2 LTE carriers are supported.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 11
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.3 Generic iMCTA algorithm
iMCTA Triggering
iMCTA validity checking (checking activation
parameters, identifying Service Type & RAB)
iMCTA Algorithm UA08: support of AO upsize trigger for Service &
CAC
UA08: ability to use HSPA load criteria instead of
iMCTA validity checking DCH Load criteria for HSPA calls. Load color
Black for DCH.
iMCTA configuration retrieval
Blind HO processing iMCTA configuration retrieval to select the right
iMCTA Priority table
Blind HHO execution UA08: Priority list processing for AO upsize
trigger
Neighboring cells UA08: Support of 12 FDD carriers for Alarm, CAC
searching and filtering and Service priority tables
Configuration of CM &
of UE measurements UA08: Decision for Blind HO if applicable
no measurements configured
Measurement report processing UA08: iMCTA Alarm or CAC fallback if Blind HO
fails

iMCTA HHO execution or exit

1 10 12 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

iMCTA is composed of 9 different functions that are processed sequentially:


1. Invoking iMCTA upon 3 call processing events:
Alarm trigger
CAC failure trigger
User or Mobility Service trigger
2. iMCTA validity checking
To decide whether iMCTA must be processed or not (checking activation parameters and identifying the
Service Type and RAB to be set); In UA08.1, iMCTA supports a direct DCH transition to another layer
after an AO upsize trigger for Service and CAC, introduce the ability to use HSPA load criteria instead of
DCH Load Criteria for HSPA calls, and introduce the load color BLACK for DCH.
3. iMCTA configuration retrieval
To select the right Priority table (priority is a key parameter for iMCTA and is defined per carrier and per
service type); In UA08.1, the priority list processing includes the AO upsize trigger for CAC and Service
and the support of 12 FDD carriers for Alarm, CAC and Service priority tables.
4. Blind HO processing
Introduction in UA08.1. If applicable, this function will run prior to the neighboring cell searching and
filtering for Radio Access Selection for Measurement based HO; Blind HHO execution (no
measurements configured) and iMCTA Alarm or CAC fallback if Blind HO fails or continue with
neighboring cell searching and filtering for Radio Access Selection for Measurement based HO if enabled
and if not eligible cell retrieved for blind HO.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 12
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.3 Generic iMCTA algorithm [cont.]
iMCTA Triggering

UA08: Neighboring cell searching & filtering


iMCTA Algorithm For Radio Access Selection for Blind HO

iMCTA validity checking

iMCTA configuration retrieval Neighboring cell searching & filtering for Radio
Access Selection for Measurements based HO;
Blind HO processing UA08: HSPA load criteria instead of DCH Load
Criteria for HSPA calls & load color BLACK for
DCH
Blind HHO execution UA08: limitation to 2 FDD carriers for IFREQ
Neighboring cells radio measurement
searching and filtering Pre-check for IFREQ measurements to avoid
triggering measurements for FDD overloaded
Configuration of CM & access layers
of UE measurements

Measurement report processing Configuration of CM & of the UE measurements


to provide Node B and UE with complete
measurement info (CM & neighboring cell list
corresponding to selected RAT)
iMCTA HHO execution or exit

1 10 13 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

5. Neighboring cell searching and filtering


For Radio Access Selection (FDD and/or GSM) based on neighboring cell and priority tables to select a Radio
Access Technology (RAT); In UA08.1 iMCTA introduces the ability to use HSPA load criteria instead of DCH
Load Criteria for HSPA calls, and introduces the load color BLACK for DCH. It also introduces improvements
for the limitation to two WCDMA FDD carriers for inter-frequency radio measurement. Ability to pre-check
for inter-Frequency measurements to avoid triggering measurements for FDD overloaded access layers is
conserved.
6. Configuration of the compressed mode and of the UE measurements
To provide Node B and UE with complete measurement information (Compressed Mode and neighboring cell
list corresponding to the selected RAT; simultaneous compressed mode supported).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 13
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.3 Generic iMCTA algorithm [cont.]
iMCTA Triggering

iMCTA Algorithm

iMCTA validity checking

iMCTA configuration retrieval


Blind HO processing

Blind HHO execution Measurement report processing to process all


RRC Measurement Report sent by UE
Neighboring cells UA08: synchronization to wait for favored carrier
searching and filtering (FDD or GSM) measurement report
UA08: new configuration for EcNo & RSCP Target
Configuration of CM & Cell Threshold
of UE measurements

Measurement report processing


iMCTA HHO processing or iMCTA exit
UA08: iMCTA Alarm or CAC fallback if
Measurement based HO fails
iMCTA HHO execution or exit

1 10 14 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

7. Measurement report processing


To process all RRC Measurement Report messages sent by the UE. In UA07, filter out the loaded cells for
Alarm & CAC. In UA08.1, iMCTA introduces a synchronization mechanism to wait for the favored carrier
(FDD or GSM) measurement report and new configuration for EcNo and RSCP Target Cell Threshold.
8. iMCTA HHO execution or iMCTA exit
In UA08.1, iMCTA Alarm or CAC fallback if Measurement based HO fails.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 14
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.4 iMCTA triggering

iMCTA Alarm iMCTA CAC iMCTA Service


triggering triggering triggering
HHO Alarm on User Service on
- Quality too bad CAC Failure on
- RAB assignment procedure
- Level too low - RAB assignment procedure (RAB to set up or modify)
(RAB to set up or modify)
- UE Tx Power too high - RAB assignment procedure
- RAB assignment procedure (RAB to delete if it is not the last
(RAB to delete, in that case RAB)
iMCTA CAC is processed for the
remaining RAB(s)) - Iu release procedure
(if a RAB is still present for the
- Iu release procedure (in that other CN domain)
case iMCTA CAC is processed for
the remaining RAB(s) of the - Relocation Request procedure
other CN domain. (if at least one RAB exists)
- Always-On upsize

Mobility Service on
Primary Cell change

iMCTA algorithm

1 10 15 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

There are 3 types of iMCTA invocations:


HHO Alarm trigger: iMCTA is called on any HHO alarm measurement whether Periodic Mode or Full Event
Triggered Mode is used.
CAC failure trigger: it covers all causes of CAC:
From Cell: no radio resource available
From Iub, Iur: Radio Link Reconfiguration Failure
From Iub, Iur, Iu: Transport Bearer failure
From S-RNC: user plane resource allocation failure
Service trigger:
iMCTA service aims at redirecting the UE to a more appropriate layer (either UMTS or GSM) in order to
improve:
the quality of service provided to this user (e.g. by redirecting an HSUPA-capable UE to an
HSUPA-capable cell)
the usage of UTRAN resources (e.g. by redirecting a UE from a Red cell to a Green one)
iMCTA service is invoked after the RNC has sent RANAP Rab Assignment Response or Iu Release
Complete to CN, i.e. after RAB is established or released. Therefore, call establishment KPIs are not
impacted by iMCTA Service.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 15
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.5 iMCTA alarm triggering
Full Event Mode: HHO based on CPICH Ec/No or RSCP

Stop timer

Alarm Measurement Criteria NOT HIT HIT


iMCTA Alarm
Alarm Measurement Timer

Event2D
Event2D

Event2F
CPICH_EC/No
CPICH_RSCP timerAlarmHoEvent2D
(FullEventHOConfHhoMgt)

entering 2F reporting range


2F absolute threshold
leaving 2F reporting range

leaving 2D reporting range


entering 2D reporting range 2D absolute threshold

Best Cell

QUsed TUsed2d H2d /2 QUsed TUsed 2 f H 2 f / 2

FullEventHOConfHhoMgtEvent2F FullEventHOConfHhoMgtEvent2D FullEventRepCritHhoMgtEvent2D/2F


timeToTrigger2D
cpichEcNoThresholdUsedFreq2F cpichEcNoThresholdUsedFreq2D
maxNbReportedCells2D
hysteresis2F cpichRscpThresholdUsedFreq2D
timeToTrigger2F
cpichRscpThresholdUsedFreq2F hysteresis2D
maxNbReportedCells2F

1 10 16 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The algorithm used to trigger alarm measurements while in Full Event mode is based on the following principles:
On reception of an event 2D (alarm condition), the RNC starts the timer timerAlarmHoEvent2D.
If,
at expiry of the timerAlarmHoEvent2D, no event 2F (indicating that the alarm conditions are no
more met) has been received, the alarm condition is confirmed, and iMCTA Alarm is invoked.
Atthe opposite, if an event 2F is received while the timer is still running, the timer is stopped, and the alarm
conditions are invalidated. iMCTA Alarm is not invoked.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 16
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.5 iMCTA alarm triggering [cont.]

Full Event Mode: HHO based on UE Tx Power

/RSCP
DL: P-CPICH EcNo
isAlarmHHOUeTxPwrAllowed
UE Tx Power (RadioAccessService)

Primary Cell

UE Max Tx Power
UE Tx Power

iMCTA Alarm
ueTxPwrMaxThresholdOffset
(FulleventHOConfHHOMgtEvent6A)

ueTxPwrMaxThresholdOffset
timerAlarmHoEvent6A (FulleventHOConfHHOMgtEvent6B)
(FullEventHOConfHhoMgt)
6A
6B

timeToTrigger6A timeToTrigger6B time


(FulleventHOConfHHOMgtEvent6A) (FulleventHOConfHHOMgtEvent6B
)

1 10 17 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Prior to UA07, alarm HHO was triggered by the RNC upon reception of event 2D thus only dependent on the DL
Radio quality.

UA07.1 onwards:
UL UE Tx Power can be taken into account to evaluate the radio quality and trigger the Alarm HHO.
The Feature is activated by isAlarmHHOUeTxPwrAllowed.
Benefit: avoid dropped calls when UE TX power is insufficient.
When the UE TX Power reported by the UE is above a threshold, an alarm Hard Handover (inter-frequency or
inter-system) is triggered in order to rescue the call on another carrier.
The actual Handover then follows the same procedures as for the Ec/No and RSCP triggers. The RNC will
configure an uplink trigger as new Alarm HHO criteria by using the internal measurements Events 6A/6B:
6A: The UE Tx power exceeds an absolute threshold.
6B: The UE Tx power falls below an absolute threshold.
A Alarm HHO uplink criterion is hit when the RNC received an Event 6A AND the alarm confirmation timer
elapses without receipt of Event 6B.
at expiry of the timerAlarmHoEvent6A, no event 6B (indicating that the alarm uplink conditions are no
If,
more met) has been received, the alarm condition is confirmed, and IMCTA Alarm is invoked.
Atthe opposite, if an event 6B is received while the timer is still running, the timer is stopped, and the alarm
conditions are invalidated. iMCTA Alarm is not invoked.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 17
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.6 iMCTA alarm validity checking
iMCTA Triggering

iMCTA Algorithm

Primary cell is under S-RNC iMCTA validity checking

iMCTA configuration retrieval

SRN Blind HO processing

CN C Blind HHO execution

Neighboring cells
NodeB searching and filtering

Configuration of CM &
of UE measurements

SRNC DRNC Primary Measurement report processing


FDDCell
iMCTA HHO execution or exit

Primary FddIntelligentMultiCarrierTrafficAllocation

MS AS
mode

iMCTA
mode Alarm CAC User Mobility
(Primary Cell) Service Service

AlarmOnly Enabled Disabled Disabled Disabled


AlarmAndCAC Enabled Enabled Disabled Disabled
AlarmAndService Enabled Disabled Enabled Enabled
All Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

1 10 18 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Once iMCTA trigger has been identified, Validity Checking aims at determining whether this specific iMCTA trigger is
enabled on the Primary cell, through the mode parameter that can have 4 different values:
AlarmOnly to have only iMCTA Alarm enabled
AlarmAndCac to have iMCTA Alarm and iMCTA CAC enabled
AlarmAndService to have iMCTA Alarm and iMCTA Service enabled
All to have all iMCTA triggers enabled
The mode parameter must be set at primary cell level, i.e.:
at FDD cell level when primary cell C-RNC is the Serving RNC, through the
FddIntelligentMultiCarrierTrafficAllocation object (so-called FddImcta).
at Neighbouring RNC level when primary cell C-RNC is a Drift RNC, through the
NeighbouringRncIntelligentMultiCarrierTrafficAllocation object (so-called NeighbouringRncFddImcta).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 18
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.6 iMCTA alarm validity checking [cont.]

Primary cell is under D-RNC SRN


C

CN
DRNC neighbouringRncId NeighbouringRNC

SRNC DRNC NodeB NeighbouringRNCIntelligentMultiCarrier


TrafficAllocation

AS Primary
FDDCell mode
MS Primary

iMCTA
mode Alarm CAC User Mobility
(Neighbour RNC) Service Service

AlarmOnly Enabled Disabled Disabled Disabled


AlarmAndCAC Enabled Enabled Disabled Disabled
AlarmAndService
All

1 10 19 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

iMCTA Service can only be processed when the Primary cell is located on the Serving RNC:
Therefore, iMCTA Service can only be activated on the FddImcta object.
mode must be never be set to AlarmAndService or All on the NeighbouringRncImcta object.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 19
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.7 iMCTA service validity checking

iMCTA User Service


userServiceSigTo RAB 1st RAB assignment Relocation AO Upsize
TrafficOnlyEnable assignment RAB modification SRB+TRB- SRB+TRB-
(Pimary Cell) SRB->SRB+TRB RAB Release >SRB+TRB >SRB+TRB
SRB+TRB->SRB+TRB
True Enabled Disabled Disabled Disabled
False Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled

SRN isImctaOnAoUpsize RN
Primary
C C
FDDCell
userServiceSigToTrafficOnlyEnable RadioAccessServic
NodeB
FddImcta e
mobilityServiceForHsxpaEnable
mobilityServiceForNonHsxpaEnable

HSxPA capable UE non-HSxPA capable UE


mobilityServiceForHsxpan iMCTA Mobility mobilityServiceForNon iMCTA Mobility Service
Eable Service HsxpaEnable
(Pimary Cell) (Pimary Cell)
True Enabled True Enabled
False Disabled False Disabled

1 10 20 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

When the userServiceSigToTrafficOnlyEnable parameter is set to True, iMCTA User Service is only processed
consecutively to the establishment of the very first RAB, i.e. after transition from standalone SRB (DCH 3.4 or 13.6
kbps) to SRB+TRB (either CS or PS).
Therefore, this parameter allows one to limit the number of iMCTA User Service occurrences.
The mobilityServiceForHsxpaEnable parameter activates/deactivates the triggering of iMCTA Service when an
HSxPA-capable mobile performs Primary cell change.
The mobilityServiceForNonHsxpaEnable parameter activates/deactivates the triggering of iMCTA Service when
a non HSxPA-capable mobile performs Primary cell change.

iMCTA on AO upsize Enhancement:


This sub-feature adds iMCTA direct DCH transition support on AO upsize, i.e. on state change from URA/Cell_PCH or
Cell_FACH to Cell_DCH. In this release, only FDD twin cell targets are considered.
Sub-feature iMCTA on AO upsize is enabled if:
RadioAccessService/isImctaOnAoUpsize = TRUE, AND

FddIntelligentMultiCarrierTrafficAllocation/isImctaOnAoUpsize = TRUE

iMCTA Service on AO upsize with direct DCH transition applies upon:


AO upsize from Cell_FACH to Cell_DCH due to traffic reasons.
AO upsize from URA/Cell_PCH to Cell_DCH due to traffic increase or Cell Update procedure decides to perform
an AO upsize from URA/Cell_PCH to Cell_DCH due to new RAB assignments.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 20
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.8 Cell load criteria on iMCTA
iMCTA algorithm is stopped
Code Color No

DL Cell Color Yes


Power Color isServiceSegmentationTopPriority
AND
Worst Primary cell NOT fully compatible

Iub Color
Worst
Cell Color
Yes
CEM Color
UL Cell Color < originatingCellColourThreshold
Radio Load
Color No

Worst
iMCTA Configuration Retrieval
CEM Color
ServiceSegmentationPriorityClass FDDCell

FDDImcta
ServiceForTrafficSegmentationPriority
Imcta
isServiceSegmentationTopPriority originatingCellColourThresholdconfclassref

OriginatingCellColourThresholdConfClass

OriginatingCellColourThresholdperservice

originatingCellColourThreshold

1 10 21 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The cell load information is needed for iMCTA to state whether the Primary cell is eligible or not to iMCTA Service.
Comparing Primary cell iMCTA color with originatingCellColourThreshold is systematically performed by iMCTA
Service, for load balancing purposes but also for traffic segmentation (which is based on UE and NodeB HSxPA
capabilities). If operators priority is to perform traffic segmentation rather than load balancing,
originatingCellColourThreshold must be set to Green so as to systematically go further in the algorithm,
whatever Primary cell load.

Consequently, in UA05, it was impossible to have Load Balancing and Service Segmentation fully coexisting because
the former needs to have HHO only triggered when the cell is loaded whereas the latter needs to have HHO
triggered whatever cell load.
In UA06.0, such limitation was removed thanks to the introduction of isServiceSegmentationTopPriority, a new
flag defined per serviceType, which allows to bypass originatingCellColourThreshold during iMCTA Validity
checking, as presented hereafter.

NAMING CONVENTIONS
Cell fully compatible with UE capabilities
HSUPA cell and HSUPA UE
HSDPA cell and HSDPA UE
R99 cell and R99 UE
Cell partially compatible with UE capabilities
HSUPA (resp. HSDPA) cell and HSDPA (resp. HSUPA) UE
Cell NOT compatible with UE capabilities
HSxPA cell and R99 UE
R99 cell and HSxPA UE

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 21
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.8 Cell load criteria on iMCTA [cont.]

iMCTA to use HSPA load:


This sub-feature introduces the HSPA load indicator usage for iMCTA use

Load threshold parameters used by iMCTA have been enhanced with the new
load color black

DL Power HSPA Cell Color DL Codes HSPA Cell Color


Worst

DL HSPA Load

isImctaUseHspaLoad
HSPA load is enabled if: isHspaCellLoadAllowedForImcra
(RadioAccessService)
iMCTA & iMCRA HSPA load are
activated
Fair sharing is activated isHsxpaR99ResourcesSharing
OnCellAllowed (FDDCell)

1 10 22 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Rational: Feature UA07.1.2 81213 Load Balancing Between HSPA Carriers introduced a new HSDPA downlink load
criterion in order to manage load balancing of HSPA I/B traffic with or without MinBR (DL HSPA Load = maximum
(HSPA DL Power Colour, HSPA DL Codes Colour)); however, in UA07.1.2 it applies to IMCRA only.
iMCTA to use HSPA load Enhancement: this sub-feature introduces the HSPA load indicator usage for iMCTA
use. In parallel, load threshold parameters used by iMCTA have been enhanced with the new load color black.
iMCTA to use HSPA load is enabled if:
RadioAccessService/isImctauseHspaLoad = TRUE
isHspaCellLoadAllowedForImcra= TRUE & isHsxpaR99ResourcesSharingOnCellAllowed= TRUE
(PM81213);
Otherwise, iMCTA will use the aggregate DCH load.

In such case:
HSPA I/B calls will address the HSPA load criterion (DL HSPA Load = maximum (HSPA DL Power Color, HSPA DL
Codes Color)).
For DCH and HSPA GBR calls, the existing DCH load criterion is used further on.
For multi RAB calls (CS on DCH and PS on HSPA, or HSPA GBR and HSPA I/B), the RNC shall use the maximum
load color of DCH and HSPA load.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 22
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.9 iMCTA configuration retrieval
Alarm priority Table
Service Type Cs Cs Cs Ps Ps CsSpeech
Speech Conversational Streaming Streaming Ib PlusOther

FDD1 P2 P2 P1 P1 P1 P1
FDD2 P3 P3 P3 P3 P3 P3
2G P1 PNA P2 P2 P2 P2
CAC priority Table
Cs Cs Cs Ps Ps CsSpeech
Service Type Speech Conversational Streaming Streaming Ib PlusOther
Access Type
FDD1 P2 P2 P1 P1 P1 P1
FDD2 P3 P3 P3 P3 P3 P3
2G P1 PNA P2 P2 P2 P2
Service priority Table
Cs Cs Cs Ps Ps CsSpeech
Speech Conversational Streaming Streaming Ib PlusOther
FDD2 P3 P1 P1 P1 P2 P1
FDD1 P2 P2 P2 P1 P1 P1
2G P1 PNA P3 P3 P3 P2

1 10 23 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Once it has been checked that the invoked iMCTA trigger is enabled for the Primary cell, iMCTA Configuration Retrieval aims at
selecting the Priority Table to be used.
Priority Table is an important concept in iMCTA which must be associated with ServiceType (ST) and Priority.
An iMCTA Priority table defines for a specific iMCTA Trigger (Alarm, CAC or Service) and for each ST a priority level to be applied
on the different FDD and GSM neighboring cells.
When iMCTA Alarm is triggered, the algorithm retrieves the AlarmPriorityTable that is pointed either by FddImcta or
NeighbouringRncImcta object, depending on the Primary cell location.
From UA08 onwards, iMCTA Alarm & iMCTA CAC & iMCTA Service priority Tables are extended to contain 12 FDD
Frequencies.
Since iMCTA Service can only been triggered when Primary cell is located on the Serving RNC, the algorithm can retrieve up to 3
Priority tables that are pointed by the FddImcta object:
ServicePriorityGeneralTable
ServicePriorityTableForHsdpa (optional object)
ServicePriorityTableForHsupa (optional object)

The selection of the right Service Priority Table is based on UEs HSxPA-capabilities sent in the RRC Connection Setup Complete
message:
If UE is HSUPA-capable ServicePriorityTableForHsupa is retrieved if present
Otherwise ServicePriorityTableForHsdpa if present
Otherwise ServicePriorityGeneralTable
If UE is HSDPA-capable ServicePriorityTableForHsdpa is retrieved if present
Otherwise ServicePriorityGeneralTable
If UE is not HSDPA-capable nor HSUPA-capable ServicePriorityGeneralTable is retrieved
Unlike as for iMCTA Alarm and CAC, for iMCTA Service typically GSM and FDD access types should have different priority
because the Service trigger is not needed to save the call but to assign a better layer. Nevertheless, it is possible to
assign the same priority for GSM and FDD if desired.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 23
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.9 iMCTA configuration retrieval [cont.]

iMCTA Priority tables in the RAN model:

OriginatingCellColourThresholdConfClass
RNC
0..11
NodeB
RadioAccessService OriginatingCellColourThresholdPerService 011

FDDCell
Imcta ServiceSegmentationPriorityClass 0..4

FddImcta ServiceForTrafficSegmentationPriority 0..8

AlarmPriorityGeneralTableConfClass 0..11

CACPriorityGeneralTableConfClass 0..11
Frequency 1..14
ServicePriorityGeneralTableConfClass 0..11

UmtsFddNeighbouringCell Service 1.12

priority
UmtsNeighbouringImcta

1 10 24 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The originatingCellColourThreshold parameter can be configured per Service Type (ST). iMCTA
Alarm, CAC and Service Priority Tables are extended to contain 12 FDD Frequencies and 12 ConfClass:
New Object OriginatingCellColourThresholdConfClass 0..11;
New Object OriginatingCellColourThresholdPerService 011;
Updated Object Frequency 1..14 (FDD1-12; 2G; OtherFDD);
In UA08, AlarmPriorityTable may be composed of 12 FDD frequencies plus one input for 2G.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 24
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.9 iMCTA configuration retrieval [cont.]

Service HO option

RAB Assignment Request


CN RNC
Service Handover IE

should GSM priority = P0

should not iMCTA Service GSM priority = P8

iMCTA Alarm or CAC GSM priority = unchanged

shall not GSM priority = PNA

RNC

RadioAccessService
isChangeGsmIratHoCriterionAllowed

Imcta

serviceHoRanapIeEnable

1 10 25 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The Service Handover option allows CS and PS Core Networks to inform UTRAN that GSM is preferred for this
service, through the optional serviceHO Information Element (IE) which is present in RANAP RAB Assignment
Request messages:
Basedon the 3 different values that ServiceHo IE can have (if present), the iMCTA algorithm may dynamically
change the GSM priority in the Priority table:
IE = should: GSM priority is overwritten with P0, i.e. GSM becomes the most preferred target Access.
IE = should not: GSM priority is overwritten with P6, i.e. GSM becomes the less preferred target
Access.
IE = shall not: GSM priority is overwritten with PNA, i.e. GSM is no more eligible to target Access.
The processing of this optional IE is not systematic and can be enabled/disabled through
serviceHoRanapIeEnable parameter.
should not is never taken into account when iMCTA Alarm or iMCTA CAC are triggered.

isChangeGsmIratHoCriterionAllowed enables/disables the change of the Service Handover criterion of CS


voice calls for UMTS to GSM handover from 'should' to 'should not' if the UE is involved in a simultaneous PS call.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 25
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.10 Blind handover

iMCTA Alarm/CAC/Service blindHoMode


(FDDCell)
AO upsize CAC & Service

+
Primary cell is on SRNC

+
isImctaBlindHo
Blind HO activated
Blind HO (RadioAccessService)

+
blindHoType
=allowOnlyBho OR
{(blindHoType = blindHoType
minLevPrlBho) AND minLevPrlBho
(primary link level (FDDCell)
minLevPrlBho)}

1 10 26 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In UA08, iMCTA may apply measurement-based handover, also known as Mobile Assisted HO (MAHO) or Blind HO,
also known as Database Assisted HO (DAHO). If no Twin cell is eligible for Blind HO, then iMCTA continues with
Measurement based HO if enabled.
Blind HO applies to:
AO upsize CAC & Service trigger (Cell/URA_PCH or Cell_FACH to Cell_DCH)
only Blind HO is enabled for AO upsize trigger, because there is no available measurement.
for AO upsize trigger, Blind HO is enabled independent of parameters RadioAccessService/
isImctaBlindHo, FddIntelligentMultiCarrierTrafficAllocation/blindHoType, and
FddIntelligentMultiCarrierTrafficAllocation/blindHoMode.
iMCTA Alarm, iMCTA CAC or iMCTA Service depending on configuration for parameter
FddIntelligentMultiCarrierTrafficAllocation/blindHoMode (alarm, AlarmCac, AlarmService, cac, cacService,
service, all) and only if the following criteria are met:
Primary cell is on SRNC (if the primary cell is on DRNC then only MAHO is applicable), AND
RadioAccessService/isImctaBlindHo is true, AND
FddIntelligentMultiCarrierTrafficAllocation/blindHoType is allowOnlyBho or minLevPrlBho and
primary link level is equal to or above the configured FddIntelligentMultiCarrierTrafficAllocation
/minLevPrlBho

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 26
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.10 Blind handover [cont.]

Twin cell list:

Blind HO Twin cell list

GSM Twin cell FDD Twin cell

twinGsmCellRefList (FDDCell) twinCellList (FDDCell)

Blind HO is strictly related to GSM & FDD Twin Cell list


Measurement based HO is strictly related to GSM & FDD Neighbor Cell List

1 10 27 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Blind HO is processed in reference to a specific and parallel Twin cell list as did for RRC Re-direction while
Measurement based HO is in reference to the neighboring list.

Note: GSM twin list is new in UA08 whereas FDD twin list already existed in UA07.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 27
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.10 Blind handover [cont.]

Neighboring cell searching & filtering:

Check if Primary cell level is above or equal to the configured


level minLevPrlBho (not applicable for AO Upsize trigger)

Process filter based on priority tables

Process Load Based Target Twin cell filtering

Process Target Twin Cell and RAT Selection

1 10 28 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Process filter based on priority tables: Similar as for neighbor cells a Twin cell is only considered if the
frequency is selected via the iMCTA priority table.

Process Load Based Target cell filtering: Since Measurement report processing does not apply for Blind HO, the
initial iMCTA phase for neighboring cell searching reuses some Measurement report processing concepts for Twin
Cells.

Process Target Twin Cell and RAT Selection: A single FDD Twin cell or GSM cell should be selected for Blind
HO.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 28
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.10 Blind handover [cont.]

Load Based Target Twin cells filtering

iMCTA CAC/Alarm and AO upsize iMCTA Service and AO upsize


CAC Service

1. Cell Load Color twinCellImcta 1. If hsxpaSegmentationEnable= true:


LoadBasedTargetCellColorThreshold remove cells not compatible with UE
if applicable (isImctaLoad capability*
2. FDD Twin cells load color
BasedAllowed=true) targetCellColourThreshold
2. If IuB CAC Failure: the target cell Iub 3. If priority = Originating priority: cell
Load Color should be better than the load targetCellColour Threshold
originating cell color AND < originating cell load color
3. If Node B CEM CAC Failure: target cell (except if service segmentation has a
higher priority)
CEM Load color should be better than 4. If isServiceSegmentation
originating cell color TopPriority=true: remove cells
which do not match partially or fully
UE capability

1 10 29 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

* Cell fully compatible with UE capabilities


HSUPA cell and HSUPA UE
HSDPA or HSUPA cell and HSDPA UE
R99 cell and R99 UE
* Cell partially compatible with UE capabilities
HSDPA cell and HSUPA UE
* Cell NOT compatible with UE capabilities
HSxPA cell and R99 UE
R99 cell and HSxPA UE

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 29
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.10 Blind handover [cont.]

Target Twin Cell and RAT selection

If GSM and FDD Twin cells are applicable:


select the RAT based on parameter
false true
is3GHandoverPreferred

GSM FDD: iMCTA CAC/Alarm


and AO upsize CAC
1. Least loaded cell
2. Round Robin on DL frequency 1. HSUPA > HSDPA if HSUPA UE
2. Least loaded cell
3. Highest cell priority
4. Round Robin on DL frequency

FDD: iMCTA Service


and AO upsize Service

1. Highest cell priority


2. Least loaded cell
3. Round Robin on DL frequency

1 10 30 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

If GSM and FDD Twin cells are applicable then the RNC shall select the RAT based on parameter is3GHandoverPreferred (true selects FDD;
false selects GSM);

In iMCTA CAC and iMCTA Alarm and AO upsize CAC trigger conditions, if FDD is applicable and two or more Twin cells are applicable then
iMCTA selects the target FDD cell based on the following criteria:
If UE is HSUPA capable, preference is given to HSUPA cells then HSDPA cells or if UE is HSDPA capable, preference is given to HSDPA cells.
Preference is given to the least loaded cell (Call type load or DCH load).
Preference is given to cell (s) belonging to the Carrier with the highest priority.
Round Robin based on downlink frequency (ARFCN).

In iMCTA Service and AO upsize Service trigger conditions, if FDD is applicable and two or more Twin cells are applicable then iMCTA
selects the target FDD cell based on the following criteria:
Cells belonging to the Carriers with the highest priority are kept.
Preference is given to the least loaded cell (Call type load or DCH load).
Round Robin based on downlink frequency (ARFCN).
If GSM is applicable and two or more Twin cells are applicable then iMCTA selects target GSM cell based the following criteria:
Preference is given to the least loaded cell.
Round Robin based on downlink frequency (ARFCN).

Decision for Blind HO


Previous steps allow filtering an applicable cell for Blind HO. In such a case, the RNC triggers either 3G2G HHO or Intra-RNC HHO.
If no twin cell is applicable, then iMCTA shall continue with measurement based HO if enabled and neighbors cells are applicable.
If Blind HO fails, the following may apply:
The RNC triggers iMCTA fallback if provisioned (please refer to section 2.8.4.10).
Call returns to the initial frequency.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 30
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.11 Neighboring cells searching and filtering
iMCTA Triggering

iMCTA Algorithm

Generic Filtering: RadioAccessServic


iMCTA validity checking

iMCTA configuration retrieval


e Blind HO processing

Compounded DlUserService
Blind HHO execution

Neighboring
Neighboring cells
searching and filtering

List Configuration of CM &


of UE measurements

Measurement report processing

iMCTA HHO execution or exit

Remove
neighboring cells isGsmCModeActivationAllowed
of Access or Frequency
marked as PNA isInterFreqCModeActivationAllowed
In Priority Table

Remove
neighboring cells
of GSM bands
not supported
by UE

Remove
neighboring cells
Inter-RAT and Inter-Freq
If CM disable for this DlUserService
and UE is mono-receiver

1 10 31 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

If Blind HO does not apply or if no twin cell is eligible for Blind HO, then iMCTA shall continue with the
Measurement-based HO process if enabled. Once the Priority table has been retrieved for the selected Service Type,
this function aims at filtering the inter-frequency and inter-RAT neighborhood provisioning of the FDD cell so as to
eventually keep the cells:
Belonging to an authorized PLMN
Compatible with the retrieved Priority Table, i.e. neighboring cells whose Access is PNA are removed
Compatible with GSM and UMTS bands supported by UE
Compatible with Compressed Mode capabilities:
UE capabilities sent in an RRC Connection Setup Complete message
CM activation flags per DlUserService

isGsmCModeActivationAllowed indicates if the compressed mode for GSM is allowed for this DlUserService.
isInterFreqCModeActivationAllowed indicates if the compressed mode for inter-frequency is allowed for this
DlUserService.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 31
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.11 Neighboring cells searching and filtering [cont.]

iMCTA Alarm

Compounded Generic
Neighboring Filtering
List

iMCTA CAC

Compounded Generic
Remove
Neighboring neighboring cells
Filtering
List of D-RNC

iMCTA Service

Remove
Compounded Generic neighboring cells
Neighboring Filtering of lower Priority
List than Primary Cell

1 10 32 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

As per 3GPP, neither the relocation procedure nor the RNSAP RL addition procedure supports the Transport Channel
addition/deletion. Therefore, for iMCTA CAC, every neighboring cell belonging to another RNC are removed.
For iMCTA Service, unlike iMCTA Alarm and iMCTA CAC, the neighboring cells whose priority is worse than the
Primary cell one are removed.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 32
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.11 Neighboring cells searching and filtering [cont.]

Inter-Freq & Inter-RAT CNL Computation (type1)


New RRC MC message for inter-freq/Inter-Rat meas.
typeOfCompoundingNeighbourListInterFreq
OR typeOfCompoundingNeighbourListInterRat
Primary Cell Change
OR
Active Set Update
Type1

For each sponsoring cell, build a neighboring list ordered by


neighbourCellPrio
Build the final inter-frequency (or Inter-Rat) neighboring list as follows:

1. Select the N first cells (with N stand for numOfPrimaryCellNeighbourInterFreq


(or numOfPrimaryCellNeighbourInterRAT)) from Primary Cell's neighboring list
2. Then perform the selection by number of occurrences
1. In case of conflict, select:
1. the one whose sponsoring cell has the highest Ec/No
2. then the one with highest neighbourCellPrio
3. Build the Compound Neighbor Lits until (maxCompoundingListSizeInterFreq
(or maxCompoundingListSizeInterRAT)) is reached.

1 10 33 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Feature principles
The ALU RNC will compute the Inter-Freq neighbor list if:
A new RRC Measurement Control message needs to be sent to the UE for inter-frequency measurements.

the primary cell changes or the active set is updated while an inter-frequency measurement is ongoing.

The ALU RNC will compute the Inter-RAT neighbour list if a new RRC Measurement Control message needs to be
sent to the UE for inter-RAT measurements.
The Compounding Neighbor List algorithm considers:
Occurrence of a cell within all neighborhoods.

Measured quality of the sponsoring active set cell.

Priority defined per neighboring cell.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 33
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.11 Neighboring cells searching and filtering [cont.]
Type1

Inter-FREQ example Cell11

Cell12
numOfPrimaryCellNeighbourInterFreq
Cell13
Sponsoring cells 1 to 4 are ordered by EcNo Cell14

Cell1 > Cell2 > Cell3 > Cell4 Cell51

Cell1 is assumed to be the Primary Cell Cell52

Cell53
Neighboring cells
Cell54
Cell1 Cell2 Cell3 Cell4
with highest occurrence
Cell11 Cell21 Cell31 Cell41 Cell55

Cell12 Cell22 Cell32 Cell42 Cell15

Cell13 Cell23 Cell33 Cell43 Cell16

Cell14 Cell51 Cell34 Cell44 Cell17

Cell15 Cell52 Cell35 Cell45 Cell18

Cell16 Cell53 Cell36 Cell46 Cell19

Cell17 Cell24 Cell37 Cell47 Cell21

Cell18 Cell25 Cell38 Cell48 Cell22

Cell19 Cell26 Cell39 Cell54 Cell23 Neighboring cells


Cell51 Cell27 Cell54 Cell55
Cell24 with lower occurrence
Cell55 Cell49
Cell25
Cell52
Cell26
Cell53
Cell27

Cell31

Cell32
Common number
of occurrences maxCompoundingListSizeInterFreq

1 10 34 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 34
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.11 Neighboring cells searching and filtering [cont.]
Type1

Inter-RAT example Cell11

Cell12
Sponsoring cells 1 to 4 are ordered by EcNo numOfPrimaryCellNeighbourInterRAT
Cell13
Cell1 > Cell2 > Cell3 > Cell4 Cell14

Cell1 is assumed to be the Primary Cell Cell51

Cell52

Cell53
Cell1 Cell2 Cell3 Cell4 Neighboring cells
Cell54
Cell11 Cell21 Cell31 Cell41 with highest occurrence
Cell55
Cell12 Cell22 Cell32 Cell42
Cell15
Cell13 Cell23 Cell33 Cell43
Cell16
Cell14 Cell51 Cell34 Cell44
Cell17
Cell15 Cell52 Cell35 Cell45
Cell18
Cell16 Cell53 Cell36 Cell46
Cell19
Cell17 Cell24 Cell37 Cell47
Cell21
Cell18 Cell25 Cell38 Cell48
Cell22
Cell19 Cell26 Cell39 Cell54

Cell51 Cell27 Cell54 Cell55


Cell23 Neighboring cells
Cell55 Cell49
Cell24 with lower occurrence
Cell25
Cell52
Cell26
Cell53
Cell27

Cell31

Cell32
Common number
of occurrences maxCompoundingListSizeInterRAT

1 10 35 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 35
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.11 Neighboring cells searching and filtering [cont.]

Two IFREQ:
It is a 3GPP limitation
The RNC sends to the UE max 2 carriers for iMCTA measurements if:
Measurement based HO (not Blind HO)
Feature activated

carrierPreSelectAlgorithm (FDDCell)

carrierLoad twinCellLoad maxCells

1. Least loaded cell from 1. Least loaded cell from 1. Biggest number of
Neighboring List Twin cells List neighbors
2. Highest Priority 2. Round Robin on DL 2. Round Robin on DL
3. Round Robin on DL frequency frequency
frequency

1 10 36 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Rational:
3GPP 25.133 restricts the maximum number of carriers to be supported simultaneously by the UE to the current
carrier plus up to 2 additional FDD carriers, i.e. a total of 3 carriers. The UE behavior is undefined if more than 2
additional FDD carriers are to be measured. Tests with one UE type showed that arbitrarily some carriers were
ignored (not necessarily the carriers given first/last). QUALCOMM stated that the first two frequencies are selected.
For a deterministic behavior the RNC is required to restrict the number of additional (i.e. inter-frequency) FDD
carriers to be measured by a UE to 2.

Enhancement of two IFREQ carriers


To avoid impacting the neighboring relations management, a dynamic approach to determine the two neighbor
carriers for an UE is implemented please note that the interest of such an algorithm is for sites with 4 or more
carriers.
If Measurement based HO is decided and more than two candidate FDD carriers are still eligible to be target
layers, the RNC only choose 2 carriers for UE measurement. The following parameter is used:
carrierPreSelectAlgorithm. If carrierPreSelectAlgorithm = disabled, do not care of the number of frequencies
sent to the UE in measurement control.

Notes:
This feature is about inter-frequency (the UE can measure more than 2 cells in IFREQ).
This feature impacts the Neighboring cell searching and filtering part of the iMCTA algorithm.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 36
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.12 Measurement configuration
isSimCMAllowed
CNL Interfreq FDDs and CNL
Yes
UE can perform Inter-RAT Processed and sent to UE True
simultaneous
FDD & GSM
Compressed CNL of the Preferred RAT False
Modes No will be processed and sent to UE

is3GHandoverPreferred

NodeB UE
RRC Measurement Control

CM activation
+

Neighboring Cells

Inter-RAT
and/or
Inter-Freq

1 10 37 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Once target Access has been selected, this function configures Inter-frequency or GSM measurements on Node B
and UE sides, by respectively sending the NBAP Compressed Mode Command and RRC Measurement Control
messages.
The alarm measurement results are reported in periodic mode.
In event mode, new measurements are configured to report Inter-Frequency/Inter-RAT measurements (Intra-
Frequency measurement are not impacted and still reported in event-triggered mode).

The UE is requested to report up to 6 neighboring cells amongst the monitored set. The monitored set is defined as
the set of FDD inter-frequency and GSM neighbors of the primary cell and is provided to the UE through a
MEASUREMENT CONTROL message first time the alarm measurement condition is fulfilled and on modification of
the monitored set.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 37
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.13 Measurement report processing
MeasurementConfClass
UE

InterFreqMeasConf
interFreqFilterCoeff
NodeB
Measurement Report
RRCMeasurement
Measurement Report rrcIntraFreqMeasurementReportingPeriod
rrcGsmMeasurementFilterCoeff
Measurement
Measurement Measurement
Reporting
ID Results
Quantity

6 Best Monitored Set cells

Inter-RAT
and/or 6 Best Monitored cells
Inter-Freq

GSM Carrier RSSI maxCellsRepType (static)


CPICH Ec/No
Observed time difference to GSMCell
CPICH RSCP
Verified BSIC

1 10 38 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This function processes the measurements reported by the UE so as to possibly perform HHO. Processing is
different for Inter-frequency or GSM measurements. To improve the measurement report processing in UA08.1, a
measurement report processing delay is implemented.

In order to minimize algorithm changes, the same behaviour is adopted between periodic and full event modes. The
alarm measurement results are reported in periodic mode.
The only difference is that:
In
periodic mode, Inter-Freq/Inter-RAT are declared as additional measurements reported in the same RRC
measurement reports as Intra-Frequency (rrcIntraFreqMeasurementReportingPeriod).
Inevent mode, new measurements are configured to report Inter-Frequency/Inter-RAT measurements (Intra-
Frequency measurements are not impacted and are still reported in event-triggered mode).
In event mode and if both Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT measurements are used, then the Inter-Frequency
measurement is configured as the main measurement in periodic mode and the Inter-RAT measurement is
configured as the additional measurement of the Inter-Frequency measurement.
The UE is requested to report up to 6 neighboring cells amongst the monitored set. The monitored set is defined as
the set of FDD inter-frequency and GSM neighbors of the primary cell and is provided to the UE through a
MEASUREMENT CONTROL message first time the alarm measurement condition is fulfilled and on modification of
the monitored set.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 38
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.13 Measurement report processing [cont.]

Report processing delay

Issue: First UE IFREQ/IRAT measurements are not complete

Solution: Report Measurements Processing Delay

Feature enabled if measRepDiscardTimerXXX timer > 0 AND:


Measurements with IFREQ and IRAT

The Inter-freq measurement list contains cells belonging to multiple carrier frequencies
UE Measurements handled by the RNC after measRepDiscardTimerXXX expiry
or if target cell's technology is preferred AND target cell's Call Type color is GREEN

measRepDiscardTimerAlarmMultiRAT
measRepDiscardTimerCACMultiRAT
measRepDiscardTimerServiceMultiRAT
measRepDiscardTimerAlarmFDD
measRepDiscardTimerCACFDD
measRepDiscardTimerServiceFDD
(RadioAccessService)

1 10 39 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Rational: the RNC uses a single 2D threshold for both IFREQ & IRAT measurements and it asks the UE to start
measuring both IFREQ & IRAT neighbor cells at the same time. Also, the RNC uses periodic IFREQ & IRAT
measurements with a periodicity of 0.5s, meaning UE sends a measurement report every 0.5 seconds. Field
observations show that UE reports first cells from the first frequency ranked on Measurement Command and takes
about 2-3s for completing the measurement on all the cells in the neighboring list. The measurement reports sent in
the mean time contain only partial measurements that may even not include cells from the preferred priority layer.
Report Processing Delay Enhancement: to improve the measurement report processing it is implemented a
measurement report processing delay; this implementation is enabled if imcta/measRepDiscardTimerXXX > 0
and only apply if:
Simultaneous IFREQ and IRAT measurements are needed, or
the IFREQ measurement list contains cells belonging to multiple carrier frequencies.
In such conditions, measurement reports are processed the following way:
on expiry of timer imcta/measRepDiscardTimerXXX, or
if target cell technology is preferred (parameter is3GHandoverPreferred) AND target cell Call Type color is
GREEN.
If CM is needed (mono-receiver UE) then CM activation time is additionally taken into account.
The timer measRepDiscardTimer is adjusted for the CM activation time (it starts on start of iMCTA guard timer
and is stopped whenever iMCTA guard timer is stopped). measRepDiscardTimer is adjusted the following way:
UE needs CM for FDD: (CModeConfiguration::cModeDeltaCfn + CModePatternSeqInfo::tgcfnOffset of FDD) * 10
UE needs CM for GSM: (CModeConfiguration::cModeDeltaCfn + CModePatternSeqInfo::tgcfnOffset of GSM
BSIC) * 10
Note: This feature impacts the Measurement report processing part of the iMCTA algorithm.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 39
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.13 Measurement report processing [cont.]

Preferred layer

FDD And GSM Yes is3GHandoverPreferred True


Eligible Cells? (FDDCell)

False

No 3G Cells only are kept as


candidates followed by a
filtering then an
FDD or GSM FDD Cells
InterFreq HHO attempt
Eligible Cells?
GS
MC

No
e lls

GSM Cells only are kept as


Compressed mode candidates followed by a
measurements will filtering then an HHO
continue attempt to GSM

1 10 40 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

If the simultaneous compressed mode is requested but not possible then the RNC uses the single compressed mode
as per parameter is3GHandoverPreferred.
So, it specifies whether to perform inter-Frequency (3G) or inter-RAT (2G) measurements if the RAB combination or
the Node B does not support simultaneous CM patterns.

is3GHandoverPreferred = TRUE will also result in choosing an FDD cell as target if the measurement report
contains eligible cells from both 2G and FDD. Consequently, more traffic will handover to other FDD layer(s).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 40
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.13 Measurement report processing [cont.]
iMCTA Alarm or CAC: Inter-Freq case
FDD cells
Eligibility

Load Post-Filtering

For each FDD carrier


keep the cell with
highest
CPICH_Ec/No + CIO

FDDCell Filtering on
HSxPA capabilities
for iMCTA Alarm or CAC
UMTSNeighbouringRelation

Best Cell Color Cells

neighbouringCellOffset
Cells with
If no cell is eligible a GSM best FDD
Cell will be selected if a priority
suitable GSM Cell is reported Cell with best EcNo

1 10 41 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

FDD Eligible Cells filtering is explained later in the document.


Filtering on HSxPA capabilities for iMCTA Alarm or CAC is explained later in the document.
Load Post-Filtering is available from UA07 onwards; it is explained later in the document.

Best Cell Color Cells


FDD Cell Load must be understood here as Worst Combined DL and UL Cell Colors:
All
reported neighboring cells whose load is the lowest, among all cells remaining in the list after Filtering on
HSxPA capabilities, must be kept; all the others are removed.
This is applicable whatever Priority of the neighboring cell.
Forinstance, if some reported cells have their Cell Color= GREEN and others = YELLOW, then only the cells of
GREEN Cell Color are kept, YELLOW ones are removed.
Note: an FDD cell belonging to a neighboring RNC is considered as RED as Serving RNC is not able to
determine its load color.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 41
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.13 Measurement report processing [cont.]

FDD cells Eligibility

RNC filters target cell, if:


CPICH EcNo < minimumCpichEcNoValueForHO +
minimumCpichEcNoValueForHoOffset
Or CPICH RSCP < miniumCpichRscpValueForHO +
minimumCpichRscpValueForHoOffset

minimumCpichEcNoValueForHO
miniumCpichRscpValueForHO
(DlUserService)

FDD1 Neighboring Cell


FDD2 Neighboring Cell

minimumCpichEcNoValueForHoOffset
minimumCpichRscpValueForHoOffset
FDD1 Primary Cell (UMTSFddNeighbouringCell)

More flexibility and better tuning of target cell

1 10 42 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

To be eligible to HHO, a FDD neighboring cell must be reported better than 2 thresholds, one for CPICH Ec/No,
another for CPICH RSCP.
In UA07, the RNC filters target cells for which:
CPICH EcNo < minimumCpichEcNoValueForHO
CPICH RSCP < minimumCpichRscpValueForHO

In UA08, as the minimumCpichEcNoValueForHO/minimumCpichRscpValueForHO parameters are defined


per service, an enhancement is done in order to add an offset which depends on the neighbor cell. This
enhancement allows more flexibility and better tuning of the target cell. With such an implementation, different
target FDD carriers may have different eligibility thresholds for HHO.

The RNC then filters target cells for which:


CPICH EcNo < minimumCpichEcNoValueForHO + UMTSFddNeighbouringCell/
minimumCpichEcNoValueForHoOffset
Or CPICH RSCP < miniumCpichRscpValueForHO + UMTSFddNeighbouringCell/
minimumCpichRscpValueForHoOffset.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 42
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.13 Measurement report processing [cont.]

Load Post-Filtering (Alarm or CAC)


isImctaLoadBasedAllowed (RadioAccessService) = True

Cell kept as candidate

Yes (Trigger = CEM CAC) AND No


(CEM colour Target cell < CEM colour Source cell)

Yes No
(Trigger = IuB CAC) AND
(IuB colour Target cell < IuB colour Source cell)
Yes

<=
Cell Color imctaLoadBasedTargetCellColourThreshold

No

Cell not eligible

1 10 43 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This filtering for iMCTA Alarm and CAC load based is only invoked if isImctaLoadBasedAllowed = TRUE.
In this case, to be eligible to HHO, an FDD neighboring cell shall have a Cell Load Color fulfilling the
imctaLoadBasedTargetCellColorThreshold.

For instance, if imctaLoadBasedTargetCellColorThreshold = Yellow and one DCH color of the neighboring cell
is Red, this cell is removed from the candidate list to HHO.

An additional criterion applies for iMCTA Alarm and CAC load based: the 2G layer should be set with the same
priority value (different from PNA) as the highest FDD priority (activation of simultaneous IFREQ/ IRAT
measurements) is mandatory allowing simultaneous FDD and GSM compressed modes. This way, it is guaranteed
that at least an inter-RAT handover is performed to rescue the call due to coverage loss or resource shortage when
all FDD neighboring cells are discarded due to overload.

In UA07.1, isImctaLoadBasedAllowed enables the cell load criteria when the reason for iMCTA is Alarm or CAC
failure.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 43
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.13 Measurement report processing [cont.]

Filtering on HSxPA Capabilities (Alarm or CAC)

some HSUPA cells


HSUPA Yes Yes
HSUPA
UE? only
cells?

No No

Yes some Yes HSDPA cells


HSDPA
HSDPA
UE? only
cells?

No No

R99
cells

1 10 44 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Filtering on UE and reported cells HSxPA capabilities aims at optimizing UTRAN radio resources since only HSxPA
capable mobiles are able to use HSxPA radio resources.
Dont forget that for iMCTA Alarm or iMCTA CAC, Priority is the same between the different FDD carriers.
As an example, if UE is HSUPA capable, theRNC will keep the HSUPA-capable cells if present. Otherwise, the
HSDPA-capable cells if present. Otherwise, all cells.
This filtering can be seen as a best-effort filtering.
HSxPA UE stands for HSUPA or HSDPA UE, i.e. R6 or R5 UE.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 44
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.13 Measurement report processing [cont.]

iMCTA Alarm or CAC: Inter-RAT case FDDCell

GSM cells GsmNeighbouringCell


Eligibility

gsmCellIndivOffset

Check 2G cell color

RadioAccessService

Keep the cell


with highest GSM_RSSI + CIO Imcta

among lowest load cells

2G Cell X
Color
inhibitTimer3g2g(Load)
inhibitTimer3g2g

1 10 45 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

GSM Eligible Cells filtering is explained later in the document.


GSM Cell Load must be understood here as a means to inhibit an HHO to a GSM cell to which a previously
attempted HHO has failed in the last inhibitTimer3g2g seconds.
A GSM target cell will have a RED Cell Color if a handover towards this cell has been rejected for load reasons
in the previous inhibitTimer3g2g seconds.
Otherwise the Cell Color is GREEN.
The2G cell load detection is based on the receipt of the RANAP Relocation Preparation Failure message with a
cause IE value equal to Relocation failure in target CN/RNC or target system.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 45
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.13 Measurement report processing [cont.]

GSM cells eligibility

GSM Carrier RSSI > minimumGsmRssiValueForHO

GSM Neighboring Cell


GSM Neighboring Cell

RadioAccessService

FDD1 Primary Cell

minimumGsmRssiValueForHO

1 10 46 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

To be eligible to HHO, a GSM neighboring cell (BCCH Rxlev) must be reported better than a threshold.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 46
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.13 Measurement report processing [cont.]
2G cell load management
is2GCellLoadInformationManagementAllowed True
False isCellLoadInformationSendingAllowed
CN
RNC Cell Load Information BSC

Dl(Ul) GSM cell available capacity


= Dl(Ul) cell capacity class 2G Cell Load Info
x (100- Dl(Ul) load value/100) 3G Cell Load Info
Dl(Ul) capacity Class Dl(Ul) capacity class CapacityClass
Dl(Ul) load value
check
Dl(Ul) RT load value Dl(Ul) load value
Dl(Ul) NRT load value DL(UL) Cell Color

Dl(Ul)GreenLoadValue
gsmDl(Ul)AvailableCapacityThresholdToRedColor
Dl(Ul)YellowLoadValue
Dl(Ul)RedLoadValue
inhibitTimer3g2gLoad

Copyright 1996 Northern Telecom


iMCTA MR MR MR
time
Service UMTS

2G Cell X
Color HHO to HHO to
2G cell
HHO reject
2G cell GSM
from 2G
X X Unloaded 2G cell
inhibitTimer3g2g Loaded 2G cell

1 10 47 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The aim of this feature is to make better 2G Target cell selection during an inter-system handover procedure,
thanks to a better knowledge of the 2G cell load, which is provided by the 2G BSC.

Moreover, the RNC takes the opportunity to provide the 2G BSC, during an inter-system handover procedure, with
the 3G cell load information so as to also allow it to improve the 3G Target cell selection. The 3G cell load
information is sent in the following RANAP messages:
Relocation required / old BSS to new BSS information
Relocation request ack / new BSS to old BSS information
Relocation failure / new BSS to old BSS information
During inter-system handover procedures, the feature must ensure the following functions when the feature is
activated:
Compute the UTRAN cell load information and send it to the BSC.
When the GSM cell load information is provided by the BSC, compute the GSM cell load color based on this
received cell load information.

If the 2G network supports the feature Unified RRM Step 2, the GSM cell load information is received by the
RNC in the following messages:
Relocation request / source RNC to target RNC
Relocation command / inter system information transparent container
Relocation preparation failure / inter system information transparent container

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 47
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.13 Measurement report processing [cont.]
iMCTA Service: Inter-Freq case
RadioAccessService
FDD cells
Eligibility
FddImct
a
For each FDD carrier
keep the cell
hsxpaSegmentationEnable
with highest
CPICH_Ec/No + CIO = True

Filtering on
HSxPA capabilities
for iMCTA Service
Filtering on
load criteria

Keep the cell


With highest priority
Then with lowest load
Then with highest CPICH_Ec/No + CIO

1 10 48 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

FDD Eligible Cells filtering is the same as for iMCTA Alarm or CAC.
Filtering on HSxPA capabilities for iMCTA Service is explained later in the document.
Filtering on load criteria is explained later in the document.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 48
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.13 Measurement report processing [cont.]

Filtering on HSxPA capabilities


hsxpaSegmentationEnable

HSxPA Yes HSxPA cells


UE? only

No

R99 cells
only

1 10 49 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Unlike iMCTA Alarm and iMCTA CAC, a new filtering is introduced based on the hsxpaSegmentationEnable
parameter.
When this parameter is set to True, the algorithm removes all reported cells that are not compatible with UEs
HSxPA capabilities (sent in the RRC Connection Setup Complete message):
If UE is NOT HSxPA-capable, all HSxPA-capable cells are removed (either HSDPA or HSUPA).
If UE is HSxPA-capable (either HSDPA or HSUPA), all non HSxPA-capable cells are removed.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 49
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.13 Measurement report processing [cont.]
Filtering on Load Criteria
Candidate Target Cells

NO
Target Cell load Green or targetCellColourThreshold

YES
isServiceSegmentationTopPriority NO
AND
YES
Source cell NOT fully compatible
YES
YES
target cell fully or partially compatible

NO i.e. NOT compatible YES


target cell priority better than source cell
NO i.e. same priority

YES target cells load smaller than source cell's load


OR
target cell's load =Green
FDDCell
NO

umtsFddNeighbouringCell isServiceSegmentationTopPriority
YES
AND
Source cell NOT fully compatible
umtsNeighbouringImcta Target cell is kept
NO

targetCellColourThreshold Target cell is removed

1 10 50 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The idea of iMCTA Service is to improve quality of service or to optimize resource usage.
Therefore, all reported neighboring cells whose load is worse than targetCellColourThreshold must be removed.
This is applicable whatever Priority of the neighboring cell.
For instance, if targetCellColourThreshold= YELLOW and one DCH color of the neighboring cell is RED, this cell
is removed from the candidate list to HHO.
Note: an FDD cell belonging to a neighboring RNC is considered as RED as Serving RNC is not able to determine its
load color.
Comparing reported neighboring cells iMCTA color with targetCellColourThreshold is systematically performed
by iMCTA Service, for load balancing purposes but also for traffic segmentation (which is based on UE and NodeB
HSxPA capabilities).
If the operators top priority is to perform traffic segmentation rather than load balancing,
targetCellColourThreshold must be set to RED so as to systematically go further in the algorithm, whatever
neighboring cell load.
isServiceSegmentationTopPriority=True AND originating cell is NOT fully compatible with UE capabilities,
If
remove cells that are NOT compatible with UE capabilities:
Fully and partially compatible cells are kept
Flag defined per serviceType
If priority is equal to primary cell:
If cell load is GREEN or better than Primary cell load, keep the cell
Otherwise remove the cell except when isServiceSegmentationTopPriority=True AND originating cell is
NOT fully compatible with UE capabilities
forget that for that neighboring cells whose priority is worse than the Primary cell one have been
Dont
removed at Neighbouring Cell Searching and Filtering stage.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 50
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.13 Measurement report processing [cont.]
RNC

iMCTA Service Inter-RAT Case GSMNeighbour

GSMCell
GSM
Eligible Cells GsmImcta

targetCellColourThreshold
Keep cells with
load <=
targetCellColourThreshold

Keep the cell


with highest GSM_RSSI + CIO
among lowest load cells

2G Cell X
Colour
inhibitTimer3g2g

1 10 51 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

GSM Eligible Cells filtering is the same as for iMCTA Alarm or CAC.
GSM Cell Load must be understood here as a means to inhibit an HHO to a GSM cell to which a previously
attempted HHO has failed in the last inhibitTimer3g2g seconds:
A GSM target cell will have a RED Cell Color if a handover towards this cell has been rejected for load reasons
in the previous inhibitTimer3g2g seconds.
otherwise the Cell Color is GREEN.
The 2G cell load detection is based on receipt of the RANAP Relocation Preparation Failure message with a cause IE
value equal to Relocation failure in target CN/RNC or target system.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 51
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.14 HHO decision
measurementGuardTimer
2G Blind HHO if provisioned
iMCTA MR MR MR
time
Alarm
CM reactivation if Event 2F not received

measurementGuardTimer

no candidate cell

measurementGuardTimer 2G Blind HHO if provisioned


CM reactivation if Event 2F not received
iMCTA MR MR MR
time
CAC
RAB Assignment Failure

measurementGuardTimer
no candidate cell

measurementGuardTimer 2G Blind HHO if provisioned


CM reactivation if Event 2F not received
iMCTA MR MR MR
time
Service
UE remains on initial FDD carrier
Imcta

measurementGuardTimerFdd
measurementGuardTimer
no candidate cell measurementGuardTimer2g

1 10 52 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

HHO Decision is taken by the RNC according to the Measurement Reported on neighboring cells: HHO triggered can
be Inter-RAT normal or blind, Inter-Freq Intra-RNC or Inter-RNC.
The period during which iMCTA Alarm waits for neighboring reported cells is bounded by 2 different guard timers,
so-called measurementGuardTimerFdd and measurementGuardTimer2g, depending on the selected target
Access type.
Atguard timer expiration, if no neighboring cell is candidate for HHO (no reported cell has been reported or the
reported cells have been discarded):
For iMCTA Alarm:
RNC triggers 2G Blind HO if provisioned.
otherwise Compressed Mode is reactivated if Event 2F has not been received (iMTCA Alarm only).
For iMCTA CAC
RAB cannot be established and the RNC sends RANAP RAB Assignment Response (RAB failed list)
to CN.
For iMCTA Service
The UE remains on the initial frequency.
measurementGuardTimerFdd and measurementGuardTimer2g replace UA04.2 previous CM timers
(gsmCmodeReactivationTimer, fddCmodeReactivationTimer) and HHO timers (blindHhoGsmTimer,
blindHhoFddTimer).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 52
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.15 iMCTA fallback

Trigger: iMCTA Alarm or iMCTA CAC HHO to another FDD frequency or


to GSM failure
Activation: iMCTA Alarm or CAC fallback is enabled via the
imctaFallbackHoFailure parameter
imctaFallbackHoFailure
(RadioAccessService)
Algorithm:
Measurement based HO: the 2nd best cell if reported by the UE
Blind HO: the next Twin cell if configured (2nd best target)

Fallback is done only once


iMCTA trigger
Alarm CAC Service AO upsize
imctaFallbackHoFailure disable
alarm x
cac x
alarmCac x x

1 10 53 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

If iMCTA Alarm or iMCTA CAC HHO to another FDD frequency or to GSM fails due to any reason (internal SRNC
failure, NBAP, RNSAP, RANAP or RRC failure message) and iMCTA Alarm or CAC fallback is enabled via parameter
imcta/imctaFallbackHoFailure then the RNC will once re-attempt HHO to another target cell.
The fallback is triggered only once. If the fallback attempt also fails, then no 3rd attempt is done.
The target for a fallback is selected as follows:
Measurement based HO: The 2nd best cell if reported by the UE.
Blind HO: The next Twin cell if configured (2nd best target).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 53
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.16 RAN model

RNC

RadioAccessService
maxCompoundingListSizeInterFreq [16..32]
maxCompoundingListSizeInterRAT [16..32]

NeighbouringRNC
NodeB numOfPrimaryCellNeighbourInterFreq
numOfPrimaryCellNeighbourInterRat
typeOfCompoundingNeighbourListInterFreq
typeOfCompoundingNeighbourListInterRat
FDDCell
typeOfCompoundingNeighbourListInterFreq
typeOfCompoundingNeighbourListInterRat
numOfPrimaryCellNeighbourInterFreq
numOfPrimaryCellNeighbourInterRat

GsmNeighbouringCell UMTSFddNeighbouringCell
neighbourCellPrio neighbourCellPrio

1 10 54 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 54
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.16 RAN model [cont.]
RadioAccessService
NeighbouringRNC
DlUserService
DedicatedConf
mobilityServiceType
FDDCell MeasConfClass [0..14]
HoConfClass [0..30]

UsHoConf [0..21]
cpichEcNoThreshold
cpichRscpThreshold
counter
FastAlarmHardHoConf stepUp
stepDown

FullEventHoConfHhoMgt timerAlarmHoEvent2
D
FullEventHoConfHhoMgtEvent2D
timeToTrigger2D cpichEcNoThresholdUsedFreq2D
hysteresis2D cpichRscpThresholdUsedFreq2D

FullEventHoConfHhoMgtEvent2F
timeToTrigger2F cpichEcNoThresholdUsedFreq2F
hysteresis2F cpichRscpThresholdUsedFreq2F

1 10 55 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 55
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.16 RAN model [cont.]
RN
C

NodeB RadioAccessService
isImctaLoadBasedAllowed
isCEMLoadUseRestrictedAllowed
isImctaFddLayerLoadPreCheckAllowed

FddCell Imcta
measurementGuardTimer2g
measurementGuardTimerFdd
serviceHoRanapIeEnable
inhibitTimer3g2g

FddImcta OriginatingCellColourThresholdConfClass 1..5


mode
hsxpaSegmentationEnable
AlarmPriorityTableConfClass OriginatingCellColourThresholdPerService 112
mobilityServiceForHsxpaEnable
mobilityServiceForNonHsxpaEnable
userServiceSigToTrafficOnlyEnable originatingCellColourThreshol
originatingCellColourThresholdConf CACPriorityTableConfClass d
ClassRef

ServicePriorityTableConfClass
ServiceSegmentationPriorityClass 1..7

Frequency 1..7 ServiceForTrafficSegmentationPriority 1..12


UmtsFddNeighbouringCell Frequency 1..8
Access
Access
isServiceSegmentationTopPriority
dlFrequencyNumber
dlFrequencyNumber ulFrequencyNumber
ulFrequencyNumber
UmtsNeighbouringImcta
Service 1..12 Service 1..12
targetCellColourThreshold
imctaLoadBasedTargetCellColorThreshold priority priority

1 10 56 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 56
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.17 Exercise 1

Set iMCTA Alarm Priority Table


3G FDD2
HSDPA HSxPA HSxPA HSxPA HSDPA 3G
FDD1
R99 R99 R99 R99 R99 R99 R99 R99 R99
GSM GSM GSM GSM GSM GSM
2G
Objective: to save the call in case of loss of coverage
Redirect any CS calls to GSM layer preferably if service supported on 2G
Redirect STR PS call to HSPA layer preferably
Redirect PS I/B & CsSpeechPlusOther Service Types to R99 layer only
Forbid redirection to GSM if service not supported on 2G

Question: Fill in the Alarm Priority Table below.

Alarm priority Table

Service Type Cs Cs Cs Ps Ps CsSpeech


Speech Conversational Streaming Streaming Ib PlusOther
Access Type
FDD1
FDD2
2G

1 10 57 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 57
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.18 Exercise 2

Set iMCTA CAC Priority Table 3G FDD2


HSDPA HSxPA HSxPA HSxPA HSDPA 3G
FDD1
R99 R99 R99 R99 R99 R99 R99 R99 R99
GSM GSM GSM GSM GSM GSM
2G
Objective: to set up the call when RAB establishment fails on 3G
Preferably establish any CS or PS I/B call on R99 & PS STR or CsSpeechPlusOther call
on HSPA
Preferably establish any PS in 3G
Also aAllow establishment attempt on GSM if service supported on 2G
Forbid establishment attempt on GSM if service not supported on 2G
Question: Fill in the CAC Priority Table below
CAC priority Table

Service Type Cs Cs Cs Ps Ps CsSpeech


Speech Conversational Streaming Streaming Ib PlusOther
Access Type
FDD1
FDD2
2G

1 10 58 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 58
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.19 Exercise 3

Set iMCTA Service Priority Tables


3G FDD2
HSDPA HSxPA HSxPA HSxPA HSDPA 3G
FDD1
R99 R99 R99 R99 R99 R99 R99 R99 R99
GSM GSM GSM GSM GSM GSM
2G

Objective: split UE traffic according to their capabilities


Redirect R99 capable UE calls to R99 layer
Forbid redirection of R99 capable UE calls to HSxPA layer
Redirect R5/R6 UE calls to HSxPA layer for PsIb and CsSpeechPlusOther Service Types
only
Redirect R5/R6 UE calls to R99 layer for all Service Types except PsIb and
CsSpeechPlusOther
Forbid redirection to GSM

Question: Fill up the Service Priority General Table and the Service Priority For
HSDPA Table next page
Assume that Service Priority General For HSUPA Table is not configured

1 10 59 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 59
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.19 Exercise 3 [cont.]

3G FDD2
HSDPA HSxPA HSxPA HSxPA HSDPA 3G
FDD1
R99 R99 R99 R99 R99 R99 R99 R99 R99
GSM GSM GSM GSM GSM GSM
2G

Service priority General Table (R99 UE)


Cs Cs Cs Ps Ps CsSpeech
Speech Conversational Streaming Streaming Ib PlusOther
FDD2
FDD1
2G

Service priority For HSDPA Table (HSDPA UE)


Cs Cs Cs Ps Ps CsSpeech
Speech Conversational Streaming Streaming Ib PlusOther
FDD2
FDD1
2G

1 10 60 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 60
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.20 Exercise 4
Find the target cell chosen by iMCTA
G1 G3 G5 G7
-71dBm -62dBm -55dBm -73dBm
2G G2 G4 G6 G8
-70dBm -85dbM -65dBm -77dBm
A1
3G -7dB
F1 A2 A3 A4 A5
-16dB -6dB -14dB -4dB

B1 B3

Copyright 1996 Northern Telecom


3G F2 B5 Alarm triggered
-3dB -6dB
-10dB
B2
B4 B6
-16dB -11dB -5dB

C1 C3 C5
3G F3 -6dB -22dB
-5dB

C2 C4 C6
-12dB -20dB -3dB

1 10 61 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 61
2 Intelligent Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation
2.20 Exercise 4 [cont.]

Alarm priority Table

Service Type Cs Cs Cs Ps Ps CsSpeech


Speech Conversational Streaming Streaming Ib PlusOther
Access Type
FDD1 P3 P2 P1 P1 P1 P1
FDD2 P2 P1 P2 P2 P2 P2
FDD3 P1 P3 P2 P3 P3 P3
2G P1 PNA P5 P4 P4 P4

mode = all isImctaLoadBasedAllowed = True


isGsmCModeActivationAllowed = true isImctaFddLayerLoadPreCheckAllowed =
isInterFreqCModeActivationAllowed = true True
isInterFreqMeasActivationAllowed = true minimumCpichEcNoValueForHO= -7 dB
originatingCellColorThreshold = green minimumGsmRssiValueForHo= -70dBm
targetCellColor = green is3GHandoverPreferred = True
imctaLoadBasedCellColorThreshold = isSimCMAllowed = True
green
isServiceSegmentationTopPriority = True
hsxpaSegmentation = False

Supposing the service used is CsSpeech, what would be the target Cell for HHO?
Supposing the service used is PsIb, what would be the target Cell for HHO?

1 10 62 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Mode: defines what triggers iMCTA (alarm, Alarm&CAC, Alarm&Service, All)

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 62
3 Inter-FDD/inter-RAT HHO

1 10 63 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 63
3 Inter-FDD/inter-RAT HHO
3.1 3G to 2G HHO

Core Network

SRNC GSM/GPRS BSS

FDD Cell GSM Cell

BCCH
1
3

activationHoGsmCsAllowed
activationHoGsmPsAllowed
Handover From UTRAN Command isInterFreqMeasActivationAllowed
2 or
(RadioAccessService)
Cell Change Order
isGsmCmodeActivationAllowed
isPatternAllowed (DlUserService)
(CmodePatternSeqInfo)

1 10 64 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Thanks to the Compress Mode, a UE can perform an HHO to 2G with measurements.


CM for 2G neighboring cells measurements is activated when the UE has a CS RAB or a PS RAB on 3G if:
isInterFreqMeasActivationAllowed = True
isGsmCmodeActivationAllowed = True
isPatternAllowed = True

Inter-system HHO can occur following iMCTA Alarm, CAC or Service triggering. The selection between FDD and 2G
Access is part of the iMCTA algorithm, mostly based on UE capabilities, priority tables and available neighboring
cells.

3G to 2G HHO is possible for a UE:


having a CS service if activationHoGsmCsAllowed is set to True.
having a PS service if activationHoGsmPsAllowed is set to True.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 64
3 Inter-FDD/inter-RAT HHO
3.2 CS 3G to 2G HHO failure: next best cell attempt

isGsmIratHoToNextBestCellAllowed During iMCTA processing


(RadioAccessService)

2
iMCTA Algo ranking: G1,G2
G1 Best candidate Selected for HHO 3
Relocation Required G1
5
G2 Selected for HHO RNC BSC

4
Relocation Failure G1:
Cause: Lack of radio resources

1
Measurement
report CM
InterRat Cells
G1,G2,G3

G1 G3
Cell 1: Primary Cell G2

1 10 65 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

If the SRNC received a RELOCATION PREPARATION FAILURE message upon a RELOCATION REQUIRED message
for relocation preparation to a GSM target cell with one of the following causes:
No Radio Resources Available in Target cell (or)
Relocation Target Not Allowed (or)
Relocation Failure in Target CN/RNC or Target system
Then UTRAN can retry relocation preparation to the next best GSM cell if the UE has reported more than one cell
with sufficient received BCCH level.
This mechanism can be enabled via the isGsmIratHoToNextBestCellAllowed parameter introduced in UA07.
Else SRNC shall maintain the CS call on 3G with no further HHO attempt. A new 3G 2G HHO attempt may be
triggered again at the next 2G measurement report message received from the UE.

SRNC shall only trigger another relocation preparation procedure to the next best GSM cell (with lowest cell load
preferably (if available) and highest RSSI), based on latest 2G measurement report, if and only if:
An alternative GSM target cell exists as per the latest 2G measurement report.
If
the UE has sent a combined measurement report for inter-RAT and inter-frequency then the report contains
no suitable inter-frequency target cells.
If
eligible neighbors present in report for both inter-RAT and inter-frequency then HHO target layer selection
will be based on is3GHandoverPreferred.
The need for handover is still present, e.g. the alarm condition is still active.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 65
3 Inter-FDD/inter-RAT HHO
3.3 3G to 3G intra-RNC inter-freq HHO

SRNC

FDD Cell FDD Cell


F1 F2

4 P-CPICH

1 Radio Bearer Reconfiguration 2 Radio Bearer Reconfiguration Complete

is3Gto3GWithoutIurAllowedforCS
isIrmCacForInterFreqIntraRncEnable
is3Gto3GWithoutIurAllowedforPS
(RadioAccessService)
(RadioAccessService)

1 10 66 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Global 3G->3G Inter-frequency HHOs are controlled by the is3Gto3GWithoutIurAllowedforCS and


is3Gto3GWithoutIurAllowedforPS parameters even though naming is not explicit.
isIrmCacForInterFreqIntraRncEnable allows to play iRM CAC tables on the Target FDD cell before executing
HHO (only applicable for Intra-RNC HHO).

If the Inter-Freq Intra-RNC HHO takes place in a DRNC then the procedure is:
eithera handover over Iur with the neighboring RNC to be the DRNC which controls both the source and the
target cells.
or a SRNS relocation UE Involved with this DRNC to become the new SRNC.

It depends on the isInterFreqHandoverOverIurAllowed flag as follows:


f the isInterFreqHandoverOverIurAllowed flag is set to TRUE for the DRNC to control both source and
target cells then inter-frequency handover over Iur is used.
the isInterFreqHandoverOverIurAllowed flag is set to FALSE for the DRNC to control both source and
If
target cells then the handover is performed through SRNS relocation UE Involved.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 66
3 Inter-FDD/inter-RAT HHO
3.4 3G to 3G inter-RNC inter-freq HHO: Iur not used

d CN Rel
1
e q uire oca 2
R t io
ca tion a n d nR
equ
el o m R elo c
R C om .
est
i o n Req
t . Ac
oca 4 3
SRNC Rel k
Target RNC

FDD Cell F1 FDD Cell F2

P-CPICH
8
7
6
5

Radio Bearer Reconfiguration Radio Bearer Reconfiguration Complete

is3Gto3GWithoutIurAllowedforCS
isInterFreqHandoverOverIurAllowed is3Gto3GWithoutIurAllowedforPS
= False
(NeighbouringRNC) (RadioAccessService)

1 10 67 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Prior to UA07, Inter-RNC HHOs are processed in the same way whether there is Iur or not, i.e. through a SNRS
Relocation UE involved procedure through the CN.
From UA07, Inter-RNC HHOs are processed using the SRNS Relocation UE involved if the
isInterFreqHandoverOverIurAllowed parameter is set to False.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 67
3 Inter-FDD/inter-RAT HHO
3.5 3G to 3G inter-RNC inter-freq HHO: Iur used

1 RNSAP Radio Link Setup Request


SRNC Target RNC
2 RNSAP Radio Link Setup Response

FDD Cell F1 FDD Cell F2

P-CPICH
6
5
4
3

Radio Bearer Reconfiguration Radio Bearer Reconfiguration Complete

is3Gto3GWithoutIurAllowedforCS
isInterFreqHandoverOverIurAllowed is3Gto3GWithoutIurAllowedforPS
= True
(NeighbouringRNC) (RadioAccessService)

1 10 68 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The radio link to the target cell is to be set up with the RNSAP Radio Link Setup or RNSAP Radio Link
Addition procedure depending on the DRNC being new or already existing in the call context. The radio link to the
source cell needs to be released with the NBAP Radio Link Deletion procedure.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 68
4 4G to 3G inter-RAT HHO

1 10 69 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 69
4 4G to 3G inter-RAT HHO
4.1 LTE/UMTS mobility in UA08

These are the main enhancements added in UA08:

1. Extend the number of frequencies in SIB19

2. Partial relocation from LTE by accepting only a part of RAB in RAB list contained in
the RANAP relocation request

3. Support LTE to UMTS CS fallback procedure, to count CS fallback

UA07.1.2 limitations UA08 enhancement


IEs in SIB19: Support E- <= 8 (3GPP
<= 2
UTRA frequencies requirement)
LTE to UMTS cell
Supported Supported
reselection
Partial relocation of RABs Not supported Supported
RANAP Rel 7 Rel 8
Relocation of PS conver.
Not supported Supported
RAB
CS fallback counters Not supported Supported

1 10 70 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This feature provides the following enhancements regarding LTE mobility:


Support of 3GPP Rel-8 RANAP interface for LTE to UMTS PS handover and PS Handover based CS Fallback.
Inter-working with 3GPP Rel-8 Core Network.
Handling3GPP Rel-8 CS Fallback IE, allowing success rate monitoring of PS Handover based CS Fallback
procedure.
Supportof partial relocation in case of LTE to UMTS PS Handover procedure by accepting only a subset of RABs
supported on the UMTS layer in the RANAP relocation request procedure (maximum 3 PS RABs).
Partial relocation isnt limited to the case where there are more than 3 PS RABs to handover from LTE to UMTS.
It is also applicable to 3 or less RABs.
ForUMTS to LTE cell reselection procedure, SIB19 with extended E-UTRAN frequency to 8 frequencies is
broadcasted.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 70
4 4G to 3G inter-RAT HHO
4.2 RAT mobility events

Event A2

EventA2
Measured quantity

leaving reporting range

hyst A2 Theshold

entering reporting range

LTE Cell

timeToTriggerA2
Event A2: Serving becomes worse than threshold
1 10 71 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Feature 104489 LTE to UMTS HHO provides Handover from LTE to UMTS and support the following procedures:
LTE to UMTS PS HHO: incoming SRNS relocation request triggered for a UE connected in 4G radio network;
Inter-RAT Mobility events used to trigger mobility 4G to 3G:
Event A2: Serving becomes worse than threshold.
Event B2: Serving becomes worse than threshold1 and inter-RAT neighbor becomes better than
threshold2.
CS Fallback from LTE to UMTS: The CS fallback procedure only could be started following the successful
completion of PS service relocation.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 71
4 4G to 3G inter-RAT HHO
4.2 RAT mobility events [cont.]

Event B2
EventB2 3G Condition
4G Condition

Measured quantity

3G Hyst. 3G Th2
LTE Cell

4G Hyst. 4G Th1

3G Cell

timeToTriggerB2
Event B2 :Serving becomes worse than threshold1
and inter RAT neighbor becomes better than threshold2
1 10 72 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 72
4 4G to 3G inter-RAT HHO
4.3 Partial relocation of RABs

UTRAN supports partial relocation from LTE by accepting only a part of


RABs in the RAB list contained in the RANAP relocation request.

UE eNodeB MME Target SGSN Target RNC

Handover Required

Forward Relocation Request

isPartialRelocationFromLteAllowed
Relocation Request
UA08.1 introduces the capability for the
RNC to perform RAB Selection (RAB To Setup list IE prioritized)
to filter out some RABs before performing
Relocation Request Ack
RAB Matching
(RABs Failed To Setup List RAB
Selection & RAB Matching)
Forward Relocation Response

1 10 73 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

UTRAN supports maximum 3 PDP contexts in UA08 and E-UTRAN supports till 8 RABs for a given UE.

The Ranap Relocation Request from LTE through the target SGSN may contain more than 3 RABs to be set up.
Some RAB combinations/services may not be supported by the RNC. As a result, UA08.1 introduces the capability for
the RNC to perform RAB selection to filter out some RABs before performing RAB matching.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 73
4 4G to 3G inter-RAT HHO
4.3 Partial relocation of RABs [cont.]

Partial relocation is introduced to enhance 4G to 3G handover in the


following way:

If one RAB is not supported, the RAB is removed.

If a configuration is not supported, one or several RABs are removed


until asupported configuration is found.

If the number of RABs to be setup exceeds the maximum number of


RABs supported, the exceeding RAB(s) will be removed to find a
supported configuration.

RAB Selection is the main function of partial relocation.


Refer to diagram below

1 10 74 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Incoming relocation request for 4G3G:


RAB to setup list

No
partialRelocationFr Existing RAB matching
omLTE == true? algorithm.
Yes

Filter out RABs with GBR > MAX_ACCEPTSANCE_GBR

st
Keep the 1 conv. RAB. Move
other conv. RABs and all
Yes PS conv. RAB Yes streaming RABs to failed
conversational supported? RAB list
RABs included?

No No

Move all conversational


RABs to failed RAB list

Yes
#streaming st
Keep the 1 streaming RAB.
RABs > 1? Move other streaming RABs to
failed RAB list

No

Select 1st (up to) 3 RABs from remaining RAB to setup list. Add the rest RABs to the failed RAB list.

No
#RABs >0?
Peg counter NT_Iu_relocation_request_failures_ps
(537) screening
4Gto3GRejectionDueToRabMatchingFailure (12)
Move the last
RAB to failed
RAB list.
RAB Matching algorithm Relocation preparation fails.
Send RANAP relocation
failure.

No Yes
RAB Matching
succeessful?
No
Continue RAB setup for the
(#RABs ==2 && they are successful RABs.
Sig+Conv)? or Peg counter PS_Rab_Selection
(#RABs ==1 && it is
Conv.)?

Yes RAB setup No


succeessful?
Move the remaining RAB(s) to failed
st Yes
RAB list. Select the 1 I/B RAB from
the RAB list right before the 1st RAB
matching add RABs in failed RAB list to the
RABs Failed To Setup List of the
RANAP relocation request ack.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 74
4 4G to 3G inter-RAT HHO
4.4 CS fallback procedure

UE RNC SGSN MSC


UA08.1 introduces a new
RNC timer: Ho To UTRAN Complete Relocation Detect
TmaxDelayForCsCallEstablishment Security Mode Command
Security Mode Complete
Starts: UTRAN Mobility Information
after the Relocation Complete UTRAN Mobility Information Confirm
message is sent to SGSN Relocation Complete

Stopped: RRC Measurement control


When the Initial Direct Transfer TmaxDelayForCsCallEstablishment
message is received by the RNC, RRC UE capability enquiry
this CS establishment is identified NBAP measurement setup
and treated as LTE to UMTS
iRM and iMCTA eligibility
Handover with CS fallback setting

Initial Direct Transfer


(Service Request or Paging
Response, CS Domain)
SCCP CR (Service Request or
Paging Response)

1 10 75 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

CS fallback procedure
The CS fallback procedure could only be started following the successful completion of PS service relocation as
detailed in previous sections.
Regardless the Circuit Switched Fallback (CSFB) type (e.g. Mobile termination CS fallback or Mobile origination CS
fallback), the CSFB procedure is always beginning with an RRC UL INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER message of the "CN
domain identity IE" set to "CS domain, with the embedded NAS message of IDT set to either Paging Response or
Service Request.
The CS service is then setup in UTRAN with PS service already established.
UA08.1 PM108661 introduces a new RNC timer (TmaxDelayForCsCallEstablishment). The timer starts only for
handover with cause set to CS fallback triggered, after the Relocation Complete message is sent to the SGSN. The
purpose of this timer is to check whether a CS call is successfully established or not after an LTE to UMTS relocation
request with cause CS fallback.
If a CS establishment request (Initial Direct Transfer - Service Request, or Paging Response, with CS domain) is for
an established PS call with a CS fallback, timer TmaxDelayForCsCallEstablishment will be running.

When the Initial Direct Transfer message is received by the RNC, this CS establishment is identified and treated as
LTE to UMTS Handover with CS fallback:
Timer TmaxDelayForCsCallEstablishment is stopped.
CS establishment is treated as normal CS call setup.
Otherwise, this CS establishment is treated as normal CS call setup.
For LTE to UTRAN handover for CS fallback, handling the subsequent CS establishment after the PS handover
completes the whole CS fallback procedure.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 75
4 4G to 3G inter-RAT HHO
4.5 RAN model

RNC

PsCoreNetworkAccess RadioAccessService

FromEutraRelocationCiphering isEutraToUtraHhoAllowed
isPartialRelocationFromLteAllowed
maxDelayForCsCallEstablishment

UA07.1.2/7.1.3
parameters
New UA08.1 parameters

1 10 76 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

New UA08.1 parameters:


isPartialRelocationFromLteAllowed {boolean TRUE, FALSE} allows accepting only a part of RABs in the
RAB list contained in the RANAP relocation request from LTE.
maxDelayForCsCallEstablishment {Integer [1..300], unit second} is the maximum delay time for a CS
call setup request to be received, after a relocation from 4G is received with cause set to CS fallback
triggered.
Call Traces: a new CNode snapshot sub-function is added: the Snapshot CNode Incoming relocation.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 76
End of module
Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO

1 10 77 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility in HHO
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.10 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 10 Page 77
Section 1
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

W-CDMA R99 Algorithms


Description
Module 11
Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1

UTRAN
UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
TMO18255_V2.0-SG Edition 1

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 1
Blank page

1 11 2 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Document History

Edition Date Author Remarks

01 YYYY-MM-DD Last name, first name First edition

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 2
Module objectives

Upon completion of this module, you should be able to:

Explain the benefits of intelligent Multi Carrier RRC Allocation


Describe the iMCRA step 1 algorithm
Describe the iMCRA step 2 algorithm
List and explain the related parameters

1 11 3 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 3
Module objectives [cont.]

1 11 4 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 4
Table of contents

Switch to notes view! Page

1 iMCRA overview 7
1.1 Objectives of iMCRA 8
1.2 iMCRA-step 1 (UA07) 10
1.3 iMCRA-step 2 (UA08) 11
1.4 Twin cells definition 12
2 iMCRA step 1 13
2.1 Redirection types 14
2.2 UE capabilities and call type 15
2.3 Cell capabilities and FaType 16
2.4 Candidate target cell list selection procedure 17
2.5 Load balancing procedure 19
2.6 RRC redirection based on CAC 20
2.7 iMCRA: RAN model 21
2.8 Exercise 1 22
2.9 Exercise 2 23
3 iMCRA step 2 24
3.1 Principle 25
3.2 Call type calculation 26
3.3 Action list mapping 28
3.4 Carrier selection list processing 29
3.5 Load condition calculation 30
3.6 Target carrier selection
1 11 5
31
3.7
W-CDMACAC failure
R99 Algorithms case
Description
COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection 34
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
3.8 RAN model 35
3.9 Exercise 36

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 5
Table of contents [cont.]

Switch to notes view!

1 11 6 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 6
1 iMCRA overview

1 11 7 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 7
1 iMCRA overview
1.1 Objectives of iMCRA

LTE layer
Why iMCRA?
Traffic Segmentation
UE & Cell Capability
GSM layer
RRC CAC Failure
Load balancing

FDD2 HSPA

isRrcRedirectionInterFreq FDD1 DCH


(RadioAccessService) traffic

A powerful algorithm to handle traffic allocation

1 11 8 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

To increase the network capacity and optimize HSxPA throughput, operators may deploy multi-layer configurations
with several layers structures:
Multi-layers
based on asymmetric topologies (dedicated layers for HSxPA or Data traffic separated from
dedicated layers for R99 or Conversational traffic).
Multi-layers based on symmetric topologies (shared layers for HSxPA and R99 traffic).
Several features are used in order to distribute the traffic between the different layers including 2G (GSM, CDMA)
and 4G (LTE):
Idle Mode & Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS) allows strategies based on UEs camping homogeneously on
different frequencies or favor specific carriers or even prioritizing cell layers for mobiles in idle mode, Cell_FACH
and URA/Cell_PCH connected modes. The HCS cell reselection algorithm also takes into account UE speed so
that fast moving UEs can be placed in large cells to avoid excessive cell reselections.
Intelligent Multi-Carrier RRC Connection Allocation: iMCRA allows redirecting UE to FDD, GSM or LTE
cells at RRC connection establishment. iMCRA Step2 provides a powerful programmable RRC redirection action
matrix giving great flexibility to operators for a best use of their access carriers resources. It provides the
capability to process in parallel the RRC Connection Request message or the failure of SRB CAC based on:
iMCRA Service may be triggered by the RRC Connection Request message, enabling RRC redirection to
an FDD cell or the GSM RAT or the LTE RAT based on common or mixed RRC Redirection strategies.
iMCRA CAC may be triggered by the failure of SRB CAC induced by any CAC failure cause, enabling RRC
redirection to an FDD cell or the GSM RAT or the LTE RAT based on common or mixed RRC Redirection
strategies.
Intelligent
Multi-Carrier Traffic Allocation (iMCTA) allowing handover UE to another layer when in
Cell_DCH connected mode.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 8
1 iMCRA overview
1.1 Objectives of iMCRA [cont.]

UE NodeB RNC
Call Type analysis
RRC Connection Request
(Establishment Cause)

RRC/RACH Candidate target cell list

iMCRA
Call setup in originating cell
Algorithm

RRC Connection Setup Redirection to another cell

RRC/FACH Redirection to another RAT


or RRC Connection Reject
(eg: GSM, LTE)

1 11 9 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 9
1 iMCRA overview
1.2 iMCRA-step 1 (UA07)

iMCRA-step 1 algorithm (UA07)

Independent standard functions for RRC Redirection apply:


1. UE Capability only
2. UE Capability and Establishment Cause
3. Preferred Frequency Allocation
4. CAC

Up to 5 FDD Cells could be specified in the Twin cell list.

Redirection to GSM available through specific mechanisms:


3G to 2G Redirect for Speech Calls
3G to 2G Redirect based on Cell Load

1 11 10 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 10
1 iMCRA overview
1.3 iMCRA-step 2 (UA08)

iMCRA-step 2 algorithm (UA08)

One single algorithm for Interfrequency redirection:


3G FDD (Up to 12 cells)
GSM RAT (1 frequency)
LTE RAT (2 Frequencies)

Easy tuning process by defining call group types

Possibility to redirect a configurable percentage of UEs to a


dedicated layer

Powerful programmable RRC redirection action matrix introduced by this


feature provides great flexibility for a best use of access carriers resources to
cope with load allocation policy.

1 11 11 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

When activated, iMCRA step2 replaces the following features (meaning the user can define an action list and a
carrier selection list to reproduce the function of those features):
iMCRA Step 1
3G/2G Redirection based on cell load (partially)
3G/2G Redirection for speech call
Load Balancing between HSPA carriers (partially, iMCRA part)

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 11
1 iMCRA overview
1.4 Twin cells definition

The twin cells are co-located inter-frequency cells plus cells from other Node
B for blind redirection referenced by Cell Id

NodeB1
twinCellList
FDD 1
(InterFreqHhoFddCell)
CellId xyz
FDD 2

FDD 3

FDD 4

FDD 5
NodeB 2

Up to 5 twin cells can be defined:


Inter-frequency cells from the same or another Node B
With the same or higher coverage than the original cell

1 11 12 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The twin cells are co-located inter-frequency cells plus cells from other Node B for blind redirection referenced by
Cell Id.

Cells FDD2, FDD3, FDD4 and FDD5 are twin cells of cell FDD1.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 12
2 iMCRA step 1

1 11 13 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 13
2 iMCRA Step 1
2.1 Redirection types

preferredFa
based on Frequency Allocation
Preferences

capaOnly capaAndEstCause
based on UE HSPA based on UE Capabilities
Capabilities only and Call Type

rrcRedirectionType
(InterFreqHhoFddCell)

Cac
None
based on RRC
Call Admission Failure Algorithm Disabled

1 11 14 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

During the RRC Connection Setup procedure, the RNC determines the preferred Frequency Allocation (FA) based
on:
UE
capability only (Redirection based on UE HSPA capabilities already available in UA06 plus segmenting
R6+ UEs, plus choice of less loaded target cell).
UEcapability and establishment cause (Redirection based on UE HSPA capabilities and call type already
available in UA06 plus segmenting R6+ UEs, plus choice of less loaded target cell).
Preferred FA (Select original cell or twin cell with lowest cell load).
Note: FA Frequency Allocation = Carrier
Optional FA classification: Conversational, Data or Other layer
OriginatingCellColourThresholdset to either GREEN/YELLOW/RED
GREEN: Full Load distribution; high number of redirections
RED: Load distribution only when originating cell gets overloaded
CAC (Redirection to twin cells with lowest load if CAC failure on originating cell)
None (Redirection disabled)

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 14
2 iMCRA step 1
2.2 UE capabilities and call type
RNC

RRC/RACH (RRC Connection Request)


IE: Access Stratum Release (UE Release)
Establishment Cause

UE Capability Combinations Establishment Cause Call Type


UE Release UE Capability UE Capability Originating
Indication Deduced Conversational Call Conversational
Terminating
R99 N/A Conversational Call
DCH Originating Interactive
R6 or higher Absent
Originating Background

R5 N/A Originating Streaming


HSDPA Terminating Interactive
DATA
R6 or higher HS-DSCH Terminating Background
Terminating Streaming
R6 or higher HS-DSCH HSUPA
+ E-DCH Other Causes Other

1 11 15 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

The UE capability combinations are based on the Access Stratum Release Indication IE in the RRC Connection
Request message for the identification of the different UE types.
The call type identification is based on the Establishment Cause IE in the RRC Connection Request message to
distinguish the different call types.
Note:
From UA07, the following causes Originating Subscribed Traffic Call, Registration and Originating High Priority
Signalling are mapped to the Data type but they may be removed from the list of Data causes that could perform a
redirection. Indeed, for short and low traffic procedures some operators may prefer to keep the UE on the
originating cell that had been selected by the UE for access.
From UA07, the spare RadioAccessService.reserved2 byte 2 (3 rd byte) is used to handle the configuration referred
above. For future releases, Boolean; {True, False} parameter
RadioAccessService.isOrigHighPrioSigAndRegistPreferredDataCall will apply.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 15
2 iMCRA step 1
2.3 Cell capabilities and FaType

For capaOnly and capaAndEstCause type: For preferred FA type:


cell capability is determined by cell capability is defined by
its HSDPA/EDCH activation parameters its faType parameter

RadioAccessService

RRCRedirectionConfClass 0..6

Cell Concept Cell Capability Cell Configuration


Frequency Allocation 1..6
Indication
R99 DCH Capable hsdpaActivation = False
edchActivation = False faType
HSDPA HSDPA Capable hsdpaActivation = True (InterFreqHhoFddCell)
edchActivation = False
HSxPA HSUPA Capable hsdpaActivation = True
edchActivation = True Conversationa
l Other
Data

1 11 16 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 16
2 iMCRA step 1
2.4 Candidate target cell list selection procedure

1 First step: Candidate Target Cell List Selection

rrcRedirectionType
isRrcRedirectionInterFreq = True
layerPreferredForR99

UE capability Target FA Fallback FAs

DCH DCH Cells Originating & all


twin cells
UE Capability Only
HSDPA HSDPA Cells HSUPA then DCH
Cells
HSUPA HSUPA Cells HSDPA then
DCH Cells

Fallback FA: Cells used in case Target FA is empty

1 11 17 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Please note that an optional criterion introduced by UA06 feature 84900 is based on the preferred layer to
distinguish the R99 services potentially served on the preferred layer from the others. It is only applicable for
configurations using rrcRedirectionType = capaOnly or capaAndEstCause.
In such conditions, for all cells with layerPreferredforR99 = TRUE, the RNC shall assume HSPA Cell Capability =
DCH. For all cells with layerPreferredforR99 = FALSE, the RNC shall assume HSPA Cell Capability = HSPA.
When to decide if an RRC connection should be redirected to the DCH (R99) layer, the function check
layerPreferredforR99 for both cells, in addition to the existing criteria. Only when both twin cells are
configured as HSPA capable, layerPreferredforR99 is checked. If the current cell does not prefer R99 but the
twin cell does, redirect is selected. Otherwise, the current behavior is unchanged.
When to decide if an RRC connection should be redirected to HSPA layer, the function check
layerPreferredforR99 for both cells, in addition to the existing criterias. Only when both twin cells are
configured as HSPA capable, layerPreferredforR99 is checked. If the current cell prefers R99 but the twin
cell does not, redirect is selected. Otherwise, the current behavior is unchanged.
This option applies in case HSxPA is deployed on both layers (allowing both layers to carry HSPA traffic and keeping
RRC Traffic Segmentation enabled for R5+ UEs). It is possible to prefer some of the HSPA capable layers for R99
traffic by using parameter layerPreferredforR99 (it is possible to configure several cells with
layerPreferredForR99=TRUE and to configure R99-only cells, layerPreferredForR99 cells and HSPA cells):
DCH service originated on non-preferred cell will be redirected to the preferred cell.

HSxPA service originated on preferred cell will be redirected to the non-preferred cell.

This algorithm is enhanced from UA6.0, i.e. the RNC is able to find preferred HSxPA cells for DCH traffic in case
using RRC Traffic Segmentation based on UE Capabilities. This enhancement is only applicable if the originating cell
and operational twin cell is enabled for HSDPA (parameter hsdpaActivation).
Emergency calls are redirected in case of CAC failure only.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 17
2 iMCRA step 1
2.4 Candidate target cell list selection procedure [cont.]
UE capability Call type Target FA Fallback FAs

Conversational DCH
DCH Data DCH
Other Originating
UE Capability and Conversational DCH
Establishment Cause HSDPA Data HDSPA Same as in
capaOnly
Other Originating
Conversational DCH
HSUPA Data HSUPA
Other Originating

Call Type Target FA Fallback FAs


Select FAs with FAs of type other; if
Conversational faType set to none FAs of type
Conversational Data

Preferred FA Select FAs with FAs of type other; if


Data faType set to Data none FAs of type
conversational

Other Any available cell


referenced for
redirection

1 11 18 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 18
2 iMCRA step 1
2.5 Load balancing procedure

2 Second step: Load Balancing

rrcRedirectOrigCellColorThreshold

Select compatible Cells Else select cells with lowest


among originating and twin load color
cells (Green<Yellow<Red<Black)

If originating cell among selected


If originating cell among
candidates ones, Setup call in it. Else select
and its color < threshold, the final target cell with round
Setup call in originating cell robin mechanism
(dlFrequencyNumber >
originating one)

1 11 19 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Load Balancing is applied for any rrcRedirectionType (capaOnly, capaAndEstCause, preferredFA and cAC)
after the Candidate Target Cell List Selection procedure. This procedure will find the best target cell among the
candidate target cell list provided by the Candidate Target Cell List Selection phase.
If the originating cell is included in the set of candidate cells and the originating cell color is better than
rrcRedirectOrigCellColourThreshold then the call is established in the originating cell (note: not applicable for
rrcRedirectionType =cAC).
Otherwise, if two or more cells are selected, the following steps (with decreasing priority) are processed until
retaining one cell:
Preference is given to the less loaded cells.
The originating cell is selected if it is included in the list. Otherwise, select the twin cell with the round robin
algorithm based on frequency number (dlFrequencyNumber > originating one).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 19
2 iMCRA step 1
2.6 RRC redirection based on CAC

isRrcRedirectionInterFreq = True

rrcRedirectionType = cac
2
Second step: Load Balancing
If CAC failure occurs,
RNC select cells with lowest
cell color (green< yellow < red>
Black)

RRC Connection Request


If more than one cell selected,
Select the final target cell with
CAC Failure on Originating Cell
round robin mechanism
1 (dlFrequencyNumber> originating
one)

First step: Candidate Target Cell List Selection


Target FAs: Twin cells for all cases of CAC failure (R99, HSPA, CS, etc.)

1 11 20 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

RRC Redirection can trigger re-try of the RRC Connection Allocation procedure when CAC failure occurs.
If CAC occurred during SRB establishment on the originating cell then the RNC considers redirection to a list of twin
cells. Emergency calls are also redirected in case of CAC failure.

iMCRA Interaction with 3G to 2G Redirect for Speech Calls:


If iMCRA is activated with rrcRedirectionType= cac (cares for redirection to another frequency only. Not for
redirection to GSM), if CAC occurred during SRB establishment on the originating cell then the RNC considers
redirection to another FDD cell; this is applicable to all establishment causes.
If both iMCRA & 3G/2G Redirect for Speech calls are activated, Originating Conversational call or Emergency call is
redirected by feature 3G/2G Redirect for Speech calls (CAC) to GSM only when the redirection triggered by iMCRA
fails CAC again on target cell selected.
If rcRedirectionType= cAC is not configured and 3G/2G Redirect for Speech calls is activated, the RNC decides to
redirect to 2G Conversational or Emergency calls upon SRB CAC failure on originating cell.

iMCRA Interaction with 3G to 2G Redirection based on cell load:


If both iMCRA and 3G to 2G Redirection based on cell load are activated, for Originating Conversational call or
Emergency call, when target twin cell(s) are selected by iMCRA RRC Redirection and all the twin cell loads reach the
configurable threshold for 3G/2G redirection, the UE can be redirected to 2G using the RRC Connection Reject
message by 3G to 2G Redirection based on cell load.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 20
2 iMCRA step 1
2.7 iMCRA: RAN model

RN
UA08 RAN model for iMCRA Step 1 C

RadioAccessService NodeB

isRrcRedirectionInterFreq
isOrigHighPrioSigAndRegistPreferredDataCall FddCell

layerPreferredForR99
twinCellList
RrcRedirectionConfClass 0..6
InterFreqHhoFddCell

FrequencyAllocation 1..6 rrcRedirectionConfClassId


dlFrequencyNumber rrcRedirectionType
ulFrequencyNumber rrcRedirectOrigCellColourThreshold
faType
fddFrequencyUserLabel

1 11 21 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In UA08.1, the TwinCellList parameter moves from the InterfreqHhoFddCell object to the FDDCell
object.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 21
2 iMCRA step 1
2.8 Exercise 1

Suggest the parameters values for the 3 different configuration strategies:

I. Always perform redirection based on UE type and Establishment cause


II. Always perform redirection based on call type only
III. Perform redirection based on load only and only if originating cell is RED

Parameter Value I. Value II. Value III.


isRrcRedirectionInterFreq
rrcRedirectionType

rrcRedirectOrigCellColourThreshold

faType FDD1

faType FDD2

faType FDD3

1 11 22 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 22
2 iMCRA step 1
2.9 Exercise 2

For both configuration scenarios, determine which is the target cell for the RRC
Establishment.

R5 (HSDPA) UE Config 1 Config 2


MO I/B isRrcRedirectionInterFreq True True

rrcRedirectionType capaAndEstCause PreferredFa


FDD1
rrcRedirectOrigCellColourThr Yellow Yellow
FDD2 eshold
Cell Type faType
FDD3
FDD1 CellA HSUPA Data

FDD4 FDD2 Cell B HSUPA Data

FDD5 FDD3 Cell C HSUPA Other

FDD4 Cell D R99 Data

FDD6 Cell E R99 Conversational

1 11 23 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 23
3 iMCRA step 2

1 11 24 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 24
3 iMCRA step 2
3.1 Principle

iMCRA CALL TYPE CALCULATION


iMCRA basic call types and iMCRA group call types

iMCRA CARRIER SELECTION PROCESS

ACTION LIST MAPPING

CARRIER SELECTION LIST PROCESSING

LOAD CONDITION CALCULATION

TARGET CARRIER LIST PROCESS

1 11 25 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

iMCRA CALL TYPE CALCULATION


This function calculates the iMCRA call type associated to the RRC establishment cause received in the RRC
Connection request message. It can be distinguished between iMCRA basic call types and iMCRA group call types.
The iMCRA group call types cover a set of iMCRA basic call types.
iMCRA CARRIER SELECTION PROCESS
iMCRA has two logical sub-functions: iMCRA Service and iMCRA CAC.
iMCRA Service covers triggers of RRC Connection Request message reception.
iMCRA CAC covers failure of SRB CAC induced by any CAC failure cause.
The operator can assign one iMCRA Action List for iMCRA Service and one iMCRA Action List for iMCRA CAC per FDD
cell.
ACTION LIST MAPPING
This function provides a pointer to the iMCRA Carrier Selection List based on the iMCRA call type matching;
i.e. Call Type = HspaGroupCall can point to HSPA carrier selection list
i.e. Call Type = DchGroupCall can point to DCH selection list
CARRIER SELECTION LIST PROCESSING
The Carrier Selection List consists of load conditions and target carrier process.
It permits user to configure criteria for target carrier selection.
The target carrier can contain an FDD cell or GSM or LTE RAT or it can be empty.
LOAD CONDITION CALCULATION
This function will verify the Load Condition to apply for the associated target carrier list.
TARGET CARRIER LIST PROCESS
This function will select a suitable target carrier for redirection among the list of target carriers fulfilling the load
condition.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 25
3 iMCRA step 2
3.2 Call type calculation

This function calculates the iMCRA call type associated to the RRC
Establishment Cause.

It can be distinguished between:


iMCRA basic call types and,
iMCRA group call types.
The iMCRA group call types cover a set of iMCRA basic call types.

RRC Connection Request


RRC
Calculate RRC Calculate Calculate
Cause types types basic call type iMCRA call type

isRedirectionBasedOnEstablishmentCause
UE capability iMCRA call types
(basic call type, group
call type)

1 11 26 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

iMCRA Basic Call type and iMCRA Group Call type calculation can be split to several steps:
Step1 RRC message derives RRC cause Types
Step2 RRC cause types mapped to Basic call types
Step3 Basic call types simplify to Group call Types

Group Call Types are listed as follows:


MO CS Group Call: Mobile originated CS voice call over DCH or HSPA and mobile originated CS conversational
calls, if established by a UE < Rel-6.
CSGroup Call: Mobile originated or terminated CS voice or data call over DCH or HSPA and Mobile originated or
terminated Conversational Calls if established by a UE < Rel-6.
DCH Group Call: CS or PS call over DCH.
HSPA Group Call: CS or PS call over HSPA.
PS Data Group Call: PS call over DCH or HSPA.
CS/PS Group Call: CS or PS call over DCH or HSPA.
All Group Call: CS or PS call over DCH or HSPA or signaling only connections.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 26
3 iMCRA step 2
3.2 Call type calculation [cont.]

iMCRA basic call types and their mapping to the iMCRA group call types:
Group Call Types MO CS CS DCH HSPA PS Data CS/PS
All
Group Group Group Group Group Group
Group Call
Basic Call Types Call Call Call Call Call Call
MO CS Voice Call X X X X X
MT CS Voice Call X X X X

MO CS Conversational Call X X X X X
CS
MT CS Conversational Call X X X X
CS Voice Call X X X X
CS Data Call X X X X
PSDCH Call X X X X
HSDPA Data Call X X X X
HSxPA Data Call X X X X PS
DC Data Call X X X X
LTE Data Call X X X X

Other Call X

1 11 27 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Basic Call Types are listed as follows:


MO CS Voice Call: Mobile originated CS voice call over DCH (UEs > = Rel-6) except UEs which are VoHSPA
capable
MT CS Voice Call: Mobile terminated CS voice call over DCH (UEs > = Rel-6) except UEs which are VoHSPA
capable
MO CS Conversational Call: Mobile originated CS voice or data call over DCH (UEs < Rel-6)

MT CS Conversational Call: Mobile terminated CS voice or data call over DCH (UEs < Rel-6)

CS Voice Call: Mobile originated or terminated CS voice call on DCH, if the use of RRC establishment cause is
disabled (UEs > = Rel-6)
CS Data Call: Mobile originated or terminated CS data call on DCH, if the use of RRC establishment cause is
disabled (UEs > = Rel-6)
PS DCH Call: PS data call over DCH

HSDPA Data Call: PS data call over HSDPA.

HSxPA Data Call: PS data call over HSPA

DC Data Call: PS data call over HSPA and dual cell option

LTE Data Call: PS data call over HSPA and LTE redirection option

Other Call: Signalling connections (e.g. location registrations). If the operator has disabled the use of the RRC
establishment cause by setting isRedirectionBasedOnEstablishmentCause to FALSE, then Other Call
includes all calls for UEs < Rel-5 and all calls for Rel-5 UEs in CS domain (for all Rel-5 UEs in the PS domain
HSDPA Data Call is assumed).

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 27
3 iMCRA step 2
3.3 Action list mapping

This function provides a pointer to the iMCRA Carrier Selection List


based on the iMCRA call type matching

High
1 RadioAccessService

Priority order
Imcra
Low

ImcraActionList

2
ImcraAction

imcraCallType
redirectionPercentage
carrierSelectionListId

Redirect if RedirectPercentage + (#call * RedirectPercentage) % 1 >= 1

1 11 28 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This function provides a pointer to the iMCRA Carrier Selection List based on the iMCRA call type matching. The
calculated iMCRA call type shall be matched with configured call type in the action list per action (basic call types or
group call types).
The first action in the list has the highest priority. Thus basic call types should be configured first before actions for
group call types. For the redirection of a certain percentage of calls according to the "Redirect Percentage" field in
the action list, the following formula applies: Redirect if (RedirectPercentage + (#call * RedirectPercentage) % 1 >=
1); if the load condition is fulfilled and the call is selected according to the formula, a selected target carrier is
selected. Otherwise, the RNC will check the next load condition, if configured.
Maximum 50 Action Lists can be defined. Each Action List may contain maximum 15 actions.

Ca rrier Selectio n
Algorithm

N
Call Ty pe
in Action L ist?

Select next Action


Lis t entry Y
Carrier
Selection L ist
Processing
N
Ou tp ut: Target Carrier
En d of Y Target Carrier (FDD cell or RAT)
Action L ist? emp ty?

Y N
Up date red irection
percentag e figure

N Redirection
req uired according
to p ercen tage
T arget carrier = figu re? T arget carrier =
o riginating cell originating cell
Y

End

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 28
3 iMCRA step 2
3.4 Carrier selection list processing

The Carrier Selection List contains a load Rule per instance plus an
associated list of allowed target carriers

1 RadioAccessService

ImcraImct
a

CarrierSelectionList

CarrierSelectionRule
2
csrTargetCarrierList

CarrierSelectionCondition
High

csrCarrier
Priority order
csrLoadType
Low csrOperator
csrLoadValue

1 11 29 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

After matching the calculated iMCRA call type with one redirection action configured in the action list, RRC
Redirection Decision shall process its associated "Carrier Selection List.
The Carrier Selection List contains a load Rule per instance plus an associated list of allowed target carriers (target
carrier list). The target carrier list includes FDD carriers or GSM or LTE RAT.
The following figure provides an example to the Carrier Selection List. The following conditions apply:
The first instance (#1) of the Carrier Selection List has the highest priority and is processed first (the
conditions stored in the instances (#1, #2#y) of the Carrier Selection List are implicitly linked by an OR
operation = If the load condition does not match or no target carrier has been found, then the next instance of
the Carrier Selection List is processed).
A carrier selection rule can comprise up to four load conditions, which are linked by a logical AND operation,
i.e. if all of conditions of a rule are fulfilled, the carrier(s) in the target carrier list are applied.
Up to 150 Carrier Selection Lists can be defined per RNC (=three in mean per Action List). Each Carrier
Selection List can contain up to 20 rules with up to 4 conditions each.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 29
3 iMCRA step 2
3.5 Load condition calculation

This function will verify the Load Condition to apply for the associated
target carrier list

Carrier Selection List


Carrier Selection Rule
# Carrier Load Type Operator Load Value Target Carrier List

F2 HSPA Load <= Red


- - - -
1 F2
- - and
Single - -
- -
Combined load - -
2 type

y An operator Green < Yellow< Red < Black
(=, <=, <, >,
reference to an >=, TRUE)
FDD frequency

1 11 30 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This function will verify the Load Condition to apply for the associated target carrier list. Theload condition in the
Carrier Selection List comprises:
A frequency reference to an FDD frequency (F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, Fo); carrier is a
reference to a frequency object defining the carrier (F1 F12) or it references to the originating carrier (Fo).
A load type (Single and Combined load type).
An operator (=, <=, <, >, >=, TRUE); If the "operator" field of the condition is set to TRUE, then the load
condition is always true.
A load value (Green < Yellow< Red < Black).
The RNC supports the following single load types as part of a load condition in the Carrier Selection List: DL POWER
Load; DL OVSF Load; DL IUB Load; DL CEM Load; UL CEM Load; UL RX POWER Load; HSDPA Load;

The RNC supports the following combined load types as part of a load condition in the Carrier Selection List: CEM
Load = max (DL CEM and UL CEM loads); DL RADIO Load = max (DL POWER and DL OVSF loads); DL DCH Load =
max (DL RADIO, DL CEM and DL IUB loads); UL DCH Load = max (UL RX POWER and UL CEM loads); DCH Load =
max (DL DCH and UL DCH loads); HSDPA UL DCH Load = max (HSDPA Load and UL DCH Load); HSPA Load =
HSDPA load; TOTAL Load = max (DCH and HSPA loads); CALL TYPE Load - DCH or HSDPA load.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 30
3 iMCRA step 2
3.6 Target carrier selection

This function will select a suitable target carrier for redirection among
the list of target carriers fulfilling the load condition

carrier
FDD cells
T
RA
M
GS

Target
LTE RAT

If multiple carrier types are provisioned in the target carrier list, the RNC
tries to selects:
1. first an FDD cell, then
2. the GSM RAT and then
3. the LTE RAT.

1 11 31 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 31
3 iMCRA step 2
3.6 Target carrier selection [cont.]

1. FDD Target Carrier Selection:


The following conditions should be
LTE layer
fulfilled:
The FDD cell is configured in the twin
cell list and uses one of the carriers
listed in the target carrier parameter.
GSM layer
The FDD cell is not barred, and it is
operational.
The FDD cell is not excluded by
parameter FDD2 HSPA
fddUnsupportedCellList due to
inter-band redirection towards this
target cell being not supported.
A CAC failurehas not been FDD 1 DCH
traffic
experienced for the FDD cell during
the current RRC connection request
procedure.

1 11 32 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

If the target carrier list contains two or more applicable FDD cells, the following sorting rules are applied:
1. Less loaded FDD cells shall be ranked highest.
2. Among FDD cells with equal load, the RNC shall rank the origination cell first if it is applicable.
3. Among FDD cells with equal load without originating cell, the RNC shall rank the FDD cells sorted by their
dlFrequencyNumber from low to high (round robin).

The load criterion to be used for load comparison depends on the call type, the UEs HSDPA/HSUPA capability and
the FDD cell capability. The following load criteria are fixed coded:

Call Type belonging to Sort Criterion


1st 2nd 3rd Comment
DCH group call type DCH Load Calculated DCH
cell load value
HSPA group call type HSPA Load UL DCH Load FDD cell needs to
support HSDPA. If cell
does not support
HSDPA then use DCH
load.

The 2nd and 3rd criteria are only applied, if the previous selection criterion results in multiple cells with the same
load. The calculated DCH cell load value is derived from the individual cell loads and their weighted load color

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 32
3 iMCRA step 2
3.6 Target carrier selection [cont.]

2. GSM Target Carrier:


RNC cannot check the GSM inter-RAT
LTE layer
capability of the UE upon RRC
connection request.
Nevertheless, the UE is redirected to
GSM
GSM layer
Performed by the UE via intra-PLMN
cell selection procedure.

FDD2 HSPA
3. LTE Target Carrier:
The RNC checks whether the UE
supports redirection to LTE according FDD 1 DCH
to the IE "Pre-redirection info" traffic
included in the RRC Connection
Request message.

1 11 33 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

In case of configured GSM target carrier, the RNC cannot check the GSM inter-RAT capability of the UE upon RRC
connection request. Nevertheless, the UE is redirected to GSM, which is performed by the UE via intra-PLMN cell
selection procedure. If the UE does not support the deployed GSM band, it will repeat the RRC connection request.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 33
3 iMCRA step 2
3.7 CAC failure case

In case of CAC failure, iMCRA follows the same steps as described


previously, with dedicated tables:
CAC Action List Mapping
CAC Target Carrier List
Target Carrier Selection

Carrier Selection List k1


iMCRA Action List n1 Target carrier selection criterion
Action 1 Target carrier selection criterion
Action 2 ...
... Target carrier selection criterion
Action x1
Service Action List ref
CAC Action List ref Carrier Selection List k2
iMCRA Action List n2 Target carrier selection criterion
Each FDD cell has a Action 1 Target carrier selection criterion
reference to an iMCRA Action 2 ...
service and CAC action ...
list. Target carrier selection criterion
Action x2

1 11 34 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Each FDD cell refers to two action lists, one is used for iMCRA Service actions and the other is used for iMCRA
CAC actions.
Each action of an action list references to a Carrier Selection List.
Multiple FDD cells can point the same action list / Multiple actions can reference to the same Carrier Selection List.

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 34
3 iMCRA step 2
3.8 RAN model
RNC

Node RadioAccessService
B
FddCel Imcra ImcraImcta FddCarrie DedicatedConf
l
isImcraActivated
r
dlFrequencyNumber
imcraServiceActionListId
imcraCacActionListId ImcraActionList CarrierSelectionList ulFrequencyNumber CacConfClass
twinCellList fddUnsupportedTargetCarrierList
fddRejectCellList CarrierSelectionRule
isRedirectionBasedOnEstablishmentCause HspaCellLoadParameters
isEmergencyCallRedirectionOnCac csrTargetCarrierList green2YellowHSPAPwrDlLoadThreshold
ecNoThresholdForTwinCellSelection ImcraAction yellow2GreenHSPAPwrDlLoadThreshold
isEcNoCheckFor3GTwinCellAllowed imcraCallType CarrierSelectionCondition yellow2RedHSPAPwrDlLoadThreshold
isEcNoCheckForLteTwinCellAllowed redirectionPercentage csrCarrier red2YellowHSPAPwrDlLoadThreshold
carrierSelectionListId csrLoadType red2BlackHSPAPwrDlLoadThreshold
NodeBConfClass csrOperator Black2RedHSPAPwrDlLoadThreshold
csrLoadValue green2YellowHSPACodesDlLoadThreshold
yellow2GreenHSPACodesDlLoadThreshold
yellow2RedHSPACodesDlLoadThreshold
UlIrmCEMParameters IrmIubTransportLoadParameters red2YellowHSPACodesDlLoadThreshold
red2BlackUlCEMThreshold red2BlackHSPACodesDlLoadThreshold
red2BlackDlTLCThreshold Black2RedHSPACodesDlLoadThreshold
black2RedUlCEMThreshold black2RedDlTLCThreshold

DlIrmCEMParameters IrmOnCellColourParameters
red2BlackDlCEMThreshold
red2BlackCLCThreshold
black2RedDlCEMThreshold
black2RedCLCThreshold
New UA08 Object red2BlackPLCThreshold
black2RedPLCThreshold

Unaffected Object UlIrmRadioLoadParameters


Updated parameter red2BlackUlRadioLoadThreshold
black2RedUlRadioLoadThreshold
New parameter
1 11 35 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 35
3 iMCRA step 2
3.9 Exercise

Load balancing policy with 2 Carriers (F1, F2) & 1 GSM Layer

The traffic is to be handled as follows:


F1 for DCH traffic
F2 for HSPA traffic
GSM layer
DCH traffic handling:
Service: DCH traffic on F1
CAC failure: Originating speech to GSM
HSPA traffic handling:
F2 HSPA traffic
Service: HSPA traffic on F2
CAC failure: Originating speech to F1, if
F1 load < BLACK, else originating speech
to GSM, others to F1
F1 DCH traffic

Question: Give the suitable parameters configuration of the Action List and
Carrier Selection List given next slide

1 11 36 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 36
3 iMCRA step 2
3.9 Exercise [cont.]

iMCRA Service Action List iMCRA CAC Action List

iMCRA Action List (Service) iMCRA Action List (CAC)


# Call Type Redirect iMCRA Carrier # Call Type Redirect iMCRA Carrier
Percentage Selection List Percentage Selection List
1 CSL #1 . 1 100 CSL #3
2 CSL #2 2 100 CSL #4

iMCRA Service Carrier Selection Lists iMCRA CAC Carrier Selection Lists

iMCRA Carrier Selection List #1 (Service R99) iMCRA Carrier Selection List #3 (CAC MO Voice)
# Carri Load Opera Load Target # Carr Load Operat Load Target
er Type tor Value Carrier List ier Type or Value Carrier List
1 1 <

2
iMCRA Carrier Selection List #2 (Service HSPA)
# Carri Load Oper Load Target iMCRA Carrier Selection List #4 (CAC All)
er Type ator Value Carrier List
# Carri Load Opera Load Target
1 er Type tor Value Carrier List
1

1 11 37 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 37
End of module
Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection

1 11 38 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Inter-Carrier Mobility at RRC Connection
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.11 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 11 Page 38
Section 1
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

W-CDMA R99 Algorithms


Description
Module 12
Abbreviations and Acronyms
TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.12 Edition 1

UTRAN
UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
TMO18255_V2.0-SG Edition 1

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.12 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 12 Page 1
Blank page

1 12 2 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Abbreviations and Acronyms
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

This page is left blank intentionally

Document History

Edition Date Author Remarks

01 YYYY-MM-DD Last name, first name First edition

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.12 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 12 Page 2
Abbreviations and Acronyms

#
16-QAM Switch to
16 Quadrature notes view!
Amplitude D
Modulation DCCH Dedicated Control CHannel
1xEV-DO 1x EVolution Data Only DCH Dedicated CHannel
1xEV-DV 1x EVolution Data and Voice DL Downlink
1xRTT 1 times 1.25MHz Radio Transmission DPCCH Dedicated Physical Control CHannel
Technology DPCH Dedicated Physical CHannel
3GPP 3rd Generation Partnership Project DPDCH Dedicated Physical Data CHannel
3xEV-DV 3x Evolution Data and Voice D-RNC Drift-Radio Network Controller
DS Delay Sensitive
A DS-CDMA Direct Sequence-Code Division
AAL2 ATM Adaptation Layer type 2 Multiple Access
AAL5 ATM Adaptation Layer type 5 DSCH Downlink Shared CHannel
ACK ACKnowledgment DTCH Dedicated Traffic CHannel
AICH Acquisition Indicator CHannel DTX Discontinuous Transmission
AM Acknowledged Mode
AMC Adaptive Modulation and Coding E
AMD Acknowledged Mode Data E1 Standard European PCM link (2.048
AMR Adaptive Multi-Rate Mbps)
ARQ Automatic Repeat Query EDGE Enhanced Data for Global Evolution
AS Access Stratum EGPRS EDGE GPRS
ASC Access Service Class
ATM Asynchronous Transfer Mode F
FACH Forward Access CHannel
B FBI FeedBack Information
BCCH1 12 3Broadcast Control CHannel FDD Frequency Division Duplex
BCH W-CDMA R99Broadcast CHannel
Algorithms Description Abbreviations and Acronyms FDMA Frequency Division Multiple Access
COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description


BER Bit Error Rate FIFO First In First Out
BFN NodeB Frame Number FP Frame Protocol
BLER BLock Error Rate
BMC Broadcast Multicast Control G
BPSK Binary Phase Shift Keying GMM Global Mobility Management
BTS Base Transceiver Station GPRS General Packet Radio Service
GSM Global System for Mobile
C communications
CAC Call Admission Control GTP GPRS Tunneling Protocol
CC Chase Combining
CCCH Common Control CHannel H
CCP Communication Control Port
CCPCH Common Control Physical CHannel H-ARQ Hybrid ARQ
CCTrCH Coded Composite Transport CHannel HFN Hyper Frame Number
CDMA Code Division Multiple Access HO HandOver
CEM Channel Element Module H-RNTI HS-DSCH Radio Network Temporary
CFN Connection Frame Number Identifier
CID Channel IDentifier HSDPA High Speed Downlink Packet Access
CK Ciphering Key HS-DPCCH High Speed Dedicated Physical
CM Compressed Mode Control CHannel
CmCH-PI Common transport CHannel Priority HS-DSCH High Speed Downlink Shared
Indicator (SPI) CHannel
CP NodeB Control Port HS-PDSCH High Speed Physical Downlink
CP Control Plane Shared CHannel
CPCH Common Packet CHannel HS-SCCH High Speed Shared Control CHannel
CPICH Common PIlot CHannel
CQI Channel Quality Indicator
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
C-RNC Controlling-Radio Network Controller
C-RNTI Cell-Radio Network Temporary
Identity
CS Circuit Switch
CTCH Common Traffic CHannel

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.12 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 12 Page 3
Abbreviations and Acronyms [cont.]

I Switch to notes view! OAM Operation Administration and


IE Information Element Maintenance
IK Integrity Key OVSF Orthogonal Variable Spreading
IMA Inverse Multiplexing ATM Factor
IMEI International Mobile Equipment
Identity P
IMSI International Mobile Subscriber PA Power Amplifier
Identity PCCH Paging Control CHannel
IMT-2000 International Mobile P-CCPCH Primary-Common Control Physical
Telecommunication for year 2000 CHannel
IP Internet Protocol PCH Paging CHannel
IR Incremental Redundancy PCM Pulse Code Modulation
Iu Interconnection point between RNC PCPCH Physical Common Control CHannel
and 3G Core Network PDP Packet Data Protocol
Iub Interface between Node B and RNC PDU Protocol Data Unit
Iur Interface between two RNCs PI Paging Indicator
PI Priority Indicator
K PICH Paging Indicator CHannel
Kbps Kilobit per second PIR Partial Incremental Redundancy
kHz kiloHertz PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
KPI Key Performance Indicator PMM Packet Mobility Management
Ksps Kilo symbol per second PN Pseudo Noise
PQ Priority Queue
PRACH Physical Random Access CHannel
L PS Packet Switch
L1 1 12 Layer
4 1 (Physical Layer) P-SCH Primary-Synchronization CHannel
COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
L2 Layer 2 (Data Link Layer)
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Abbreviations and Acronyms
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description
PSK Phase Shift Keying
L3 Layer 3 (Network Layer)
LA Location Area Q
LAC Location Area Code QId Queue Identity
LAI Location Area Identity QoS Quality of Service
LAN Local Area Network QPSK Quadrature Phase Shift Keying
LSB Least Significant Bit
R
M R4 Release 4
MAC Medium Access Control R5 Release 5
Mbps Megabit per second R6 Release 6
MCC Mobile Country Code RA Routing Area
MCPA Multi Carrier Power Amplifier RAB Radio Access Bearer
Mcps Megachip per second RAC Routing Area Code
MHz MegaHertz RACH Random Access CHannel
MIR Mix Incremental Redundancy RAN Radio Access Network
MM Mobility Management RANAP Radio Access Network Application
MNC Mobile Network Code Part
MOC Managed Object Class RB Radio Bearer
MOI Managed Object Instance RF Radio Frequency
MOS Mean Opinion Score RL Radio Link
MSB Most Significant Bit RLC Radio Link Control
RM Rate Matching
N RNC Radio Network Controller
NACK Negative ACKnowledgement RNS Radio network subsystem
NAS Non Access Stratum
NBAP Node B Application Part
NDI New Data Indicator
NDS Non-Delay Sensitive
Node B Logical node responsible for radio
Tx/Rx to/from UE
NRZ Non Return to Zero

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.12 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 12 Page 4
Abbreviations and Acronyms [cont.]

RNSAP Radio Network Subsystem Application UARFCN UMTS Absolute Radio Frequency
Part Switch to notes view! Channel Number
RNTI Radio Network Temporary Identity UDP User Datagram Protocol
RRC Radio Resource Control UE User Equipment
RRM Radio Resource Management UM Unacknowledged Mode
RTT Radio Transmission Technology UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication
RV Redundancy Version System
RX Receiver / Reception UP User Plane
URA UTRAN Registration Area
S U-RNTI UTRAN-Radio Network Temporary
SA Service Area Identity
SAP Service Access Point UTRAN Universal Terrestrial Radio Access
SAW Stop And Wait Network
S-CCPCH Secondary-Common Control Uu the radio interface between UTRAN
Physical CHannel and UE
SCH Synchronization CHannel
SCR Sustainable Cell Rate V
SDU Service Data Unit VCC Virtual Channel Connection
SF Spreading Factor VoIP Voice over IP
SFN System Frame Number
SHO Soft HandOver W
SIM Subscriber Identity Module W-CDMA Wideband-CDMA
SIR Signal to Interference Ratio
SM Session Management
SNR Signal to Noise Ratio
SPI Scheduling Priority Indicator (CmCH-
1 12 5
PI)
W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Abbreviations and Acronyms
COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description


SRLR Synchronous Radio Link
Reconfiguration
S-RNC Serving-Radio Network Controller
S-SCH Secondary-Synchronization CHannel
STTD Space Time Transmit Diversity

T
TAF That's All Folks!
TB Transport Block
TBS Transport Block Size
TCP Transmission Control Protocol
TDD Time Division Duplex
TDM Time Division Multiplexing
TDMA Time Division Multiple Access
TF Transport Format
TFC Transport Format Combination
TFCI Transport Format Combination
Indicator
TFI Transport Format Indicator
TFO Tandem Free Operation
TFRC Transport Format and Resource
Combination
TFRI Transport Format and Resource
Indicator
TFS Transport Format Set
TPC Transmit Power Control
TrCH Transport CHannel
TrFO Transcoder Free Operation
TS Time Slot
TTI Transmission Time Interval
TX Transmitter / Transmission

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.12 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 12 Page 5
End of module
Abbreviations and Acronyms

1 12 6 COPYRIGHT ALCATEL-LUCENT 2012. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description Abbreviations and Acronyms
UTRAN UA08 9300 W-CDMA R99 Algorithms Description

Copyright 2012 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


TMO18255_V2.0-SG-UA08-Ed1 Module 1.12 Edition 1
Section 1 Module 12 Page 6
Last but one page

Congratulations
You have finished the training

Your feedback is appreciated!


Please feel free to Email your comments to:

training.feedback@alcatel-lucent.com

Please include the training reference in your email (see cover page)

Thank you!

1 All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR


@@PRODUCT
@@COURSENAME

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR


@@COURSENAME - Page 1
All rights reserved Alcatel-Lucent
Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents
not permitted without written authorization from Alcatel-Lucent

All Rights Reserved Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR


@@COURSENAME - Page 2

Вам также может понравиться